GA22 6822 20_System_360_and_System_370_Bibliography_Jul73 20 System 360 And 370 Bibliography Jul73
GA22-6822-20_System_360_and_System_370_Bibliography_Jul73 GA22-6822-20_System_360_and_System_370_Bibliography_Jul73
User Manual: GA22-6822-20_System_360_and_System_370_Bibliography_Jul73
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 432
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
GA22-6822-20
File No. 8360/8370-00
IBM System/360 and System/370
Systems
Bibliography
This bibliography identifies and describes all technical publications
and related materials needed by those who plan for, program, install,
or operate the IBM System/360 (Model 22 and above) and the IBM
System/370.
Titles, order numbers, current status, subject codes, an abstract of
each item, and graphic library charts are provided.
This bibliography is updated regularly to include new or revised
publications and abstracts pertaining to this system library.
\
System/360 Model 20 publications and abstracts are provided in a
separate bibliography, order number GA26-3565.
Twenty-fast Edition (July 1973); level of June 7, 1973
This is a major revision of, and supersedes, GA22-6822-19 and Technical Newsletter
GN2()'2844.
This edition incorporates and makes obsolete a temporary supplement, IBM System/370
Advanced Function Bibliography, GC2()'1763.
In Part 3, which was introduced in the Twentieth Edition, the subject code of each
publication has now been added to the left of its order number.
Requests for IBM publications should be made to your IBM representative or to the
mM branch office serving your locality.
A form for readers' comments is provided at the back of this bibliography. If the form
has been removed, comments may be addressed to IBM Corporation, Dept. 77 A,
1133 Westchester Avenue, White Plains, New York 10604. Comments and suggestions
become the property of mM.
Preface
For each major IBM data processing system, publications useful in planning, programming, installing
and operating that system are assembled in a
system library.
Subject Identification and Filing
Where a file number (e.g., S360-33) appears on a
publication, it identifies the system library in the
prefix (S360) and the subject classification in the
suffix (33, i.e., sort/merge).
Prefix of File Number
Publications associated with two system libraries
identify both in the prefix. Publications applying to
more than two libraries have component number(s)
in the prefix if one or two components, GENL if
involving no one or two specific components, or TP
in the case of generalized teleprocessing.
Subject Code
The suffix of the file number identifies the subject
classification or code, such as 22 for APL or 15 for
physical planning manuals and templates. The subject code indicates the filing sequence for publications in system libraries which are organized by the
subject.
The subject code is used alone (Le., independently of the file number.prefix) to identify and group
associated publications. It is also used in subscribing to SLSS (System Library Subscription Service).
The complete list of subject codes and their definitions is given in a table at the beginning of Part 1
of this bibliography.
Organization of Bibliography
This system bibliography has four parts. Part 1
lists publications by subject. It is organized as
shown in the table of contents - with the publications under most headings being grouped by sub.
ject code.
Part 2 contains abstracts describing each item
.
listed in Part 1.
Part 3 consists of a second listing, in ordernumber sequence, of all items listed by subject sequence in Part 1.
Part 4 consists of graphic library charts that help
to show the associations among publications.
Note: Order numbers are sequenced by second
character. The first character (G, S, or L) is
the use key. (See "Identification of Availability.")
Part 1
In Part 1, the subject code listing, only one subject
code is assigned to a publication; however, a publication is listed under more than one heading if, for
example, it applies to more than one programming
system.
Items under the same subject code heading are
listed in sequence. Basic sequences include: numeric by machine type for machine publications;
alphabetic by program name for program publications; or alphameric by title for installation forms
and supplies.
In Part 1, the basic eight-position order number
of each publication is given. Where it is necessary
to distinguish between publications that support
different releases of a programming system, ordernumber suffixes (which identify specific editions of
that publication), or the order numbers of supplements to that publication, are also given.
Part 2
Before ordering copies of publications, check the
abstract, in Part 2, to be sure that your installation
will require the information. Abstracts are listed in
order-number sequence.
Part 3
Part 3, the list of current editions by order number,
shows all recent supplements (Technical Newsletters, or TNLs) as well as all current editions.
This part of the bibliography enables you to easily
locate and verify the currency of any publication·
listed, through its edition suffix and any TNLS issued since the latest edition.
Some publications may exist in several current
editions; all are listed, because an early current edition, regularly updated with TNLS, is exactly the
same as the latest current edition.
For your convenience in determining the subject
code of a publication listed in Part 1, the subject
code is repeated in Part 3.
Part 4
The library charts in Part 4 provide a graphic aid
for quickly finding publications related to specific
configurations and programming systems. Showing
various associations among publications or different paths for different requirements, they reduce
the time required to chart or check out a basic, individuallibrary.
Order Number
The publication order number has eight positions,
plus one or two positions for the edition suffix.
The order number identifies various facts about a
publication -- including those described below.
Preface
Identification of Availability
The first character of the order number is the use
key, which governs the availability of the document .. Use key G means that the item is available
to customers, through the IBM representative, without charge for quantities that meet normal requirements. Use key S means that the item is for sale
through IBM branch offices. Use key L means that
the item is available only to licensees for the IBM
Program Product or other licensed program.
Identification of Logic Manuals
Publications that explain program logic have a "Y"
as the second character of the order number: e.g.,
SY28-1234-5. (They also include "Program Logic
Manual," "System Manual," "Logic," or similar
wording in the title.) Such manuals are intended for
use by persons involved in program maintenance or
alteration of the program design; they are not required for normal use or operation of the program
described.
Bill of Forms
An order number in the form of GBOF-1234 is a Bill
Of Forms -- a single order number for a package of
several separately-order-numbered documents.
Identification of Microfiche
An alphabetic character in the third position of an
. order number identifies a document on microfiche:
e.g., S2CO-0301 or LYB0-5432-1. The only exception is
a bill of forms, in which the third character is also
alphabetic (not zero).
Identification of Back-Release Support
A "T" or"Q" in the second position is a temporary
order number for a publication that supports a release or version of a programming system that is
prior to the latest release. E.g., GTOO-OO12-1 or
ST28-1234-4.
Extra Symbols (Flags)
Maximum case: **GC19-0001-5#*
or: **GC28-6421-3#+
A double asterisk preceding the order number
indicates a change in the associated title or order
number (such as a new edition) or an additional
item.
When more than one edition of a publication is
current, the order number suffix is followed by a
number sign (#).
A single asterisk following the order number indicates that the item is for IBM World Trade use only.
ii IBM System/360 and System/370 Bibliography
A plus sign following the order number indicates
that the item is for U.S.A. use only.
In the abstract section (Part 2), *N identifies a
new abstract and *M identifies a modified abstract.
Updating
To keep publications current, changes and additions are distributed in the form of Technical
Newsletters (TNLS). When the changed pages released in a TNL are inserted in the manual to which
it applies, the base publication is brought up to
date. The next reprint of the base publication incorporates the TNLS, and is assigned the next higher suffix number, but need not be ordered as it is
the same as any prior edition listed as also current.
TNL Masthead
The masthead of the TNL cover page includes the
order number of the base publication to which the
TNL applies. All previously issued TNLs are listed
in the masthead so that you may verify receipt of
all changes. (Each TNL is separately orderable.)
Bibliography Revision Schedule
Between revisions, TNLS are issued to update the
bibliography. Each TNL includes pages to be added or replaced wherever necessary to reflect the
addition, change, or deletion of publications. At
regular intervals, the bibliography is revised to incorporate and merge all new information with that
in the previous bibliography edition.
References
Specialized bibliographies and other supplemental
items are listed in Part 1 under appropriate subject
codes. Check the following items, and the abstracts that describe them:
Supplemental Bibliography: Teleprocessing/Data
Collection (GA24-3089), subject code 00.
Bibliography of Data Processing Techniques
(GF20-8172), subject code 00.
Bibliographies of application publications that pertain to specific industries (Medical, Media, Public
Utilities, Finance, State and Local Government,
Insurance and others), subject code 60 in
"Licensed Application Programs."
IBM Data Processing Glossary (GC20-1699) and
IBM Marketing Publications KWIC Indexes,
subject code 85 in "Other Supplementary
Information. "
Contents
Part 1. Subject Code Listings 0. 0. 0 0. 0. 0. 00......... 0.............. 0...... 0.. iv
Table of Subject Code Definitions .•..... 0 0.. 0.................. 0 . . . . . . . . . .. iv
Machines ..... 0............... 00 ....... 0..... 0......................... I
Programming - General. 0... 0.... 0 .. 0.. 0. 0.. 0... 0........................ 8
OS/VSI (OS/Virtual Storage I) ........... 0. 0.. 0.... 0...... 0....... 0....... 10
OS/VS2 ............... 0" 0............. 0 .......... 0...... 0........... 17
VM/370 (Virtual Machine Facility/370) .......... 0.......... 0................ 23
OS (Operating System) - Release Dependent Publications .•.... 0 ........... 0.. 0 0 24
OS - Release Independent Publications ..... 0.............. 0 0.............. 0 34
ASP (Attached Support Processor/Asymmetric Multiprocessing System) . 0..... 0. 0 34
Call-OS ..... 0 ....... 0................... 0.0 ...... 00. 0.00 ............ 34
Real Time Monitor ... 0.... 0....................... 0.......... 0........ 35
Other ........ 0.... 0.................. 0 0... 0.... 0 o......... 0 0.0 .... 0.35
DOS for System/370 Only (DOS Release 27 and DOS/VS) ......... 0... 0.. 0 0 0.. 0 37
DOS (Disk Operating System) for System/360 and System/370 .......... 0...... 0. 38
TSS (Time Sharing System) ...... 0.. 0 0...... 0..... 0.. 0 ....... 0... 0 0 ....... 42
44PS (Model 44 Programming System) ..... 0....................... 0...... 0. 43
TOS (Tape Operating System) 0 0. 0...... 0.................... 0 0. 0 0.. 0...... 44
BOS (Basic Operating System) ... 0..... 0. 0... 0........ 0 ..... 0... 0. 0........ 45
BPS (Basic Programming Support) ... 00 .. 0..... 0 0......... 0... 0 0.. 0. 0 .. 0 0 .. 0 46
Licensed Programs (Subject Codes 20 through 40) .. 0.......... 0................ 48
ITF (Interactive Terminal Facility) - Program Product .. 0......... 0......... 0.. 0 59
TSO (Time Sharing Option) - Licensed-Program Publications ...... 0.. 0 0........ 61
• Licensed Application Programs .......................... 0 0.. 0 .. 0.... 0..... 62
Type II Programs .... 0....... 0.... 0... 0... 0. 0...... 0 ....... 0........ 0. 0. 85
Type III Programs ........ 0................................ 0 ...... 0 0.... 0 94
Other Supplementary Information .... 0... 0.. 0 ......... 0 ....... 0........ 0.. 0 95
Data Processing - Introductory Manuals and Texts ......... 0..... 0. 0 0. 0 0.... 95
Education - Course Catalogs ... 0........... '.' ......... 0. 0.. 0•.... 0.. 0... 96
Installation Forms and Supplies ........ 0... 0....... 0 0...... 0.... 0.. 0 0.... 96
EWS (Early Warning System) ...... 0....... 0... 0.... 0 ....... 0.. 0 . 0....... 96
PTF (Program Temporary Fix) Listings ............. 0 . 0........... 0. 0...... 96
Type I and SCP Program Listings (microfiche) .... 00 ... 0 0....... 0. 0.. 0..... 0 0 97
Part 2. Abstracts .. 0 ...... 0. 0............... 0.................... 0... 0.. 105
Part 3. Current Editions by Order Number ........ 0. 0. 0 ........ 0.... o... 0..... 331
Part 4. Library Charts .. 0 0................. 0. 0....... 0....... 0... 0.. 0 .. 0. 400
Machine System ..... 00 .. 0............................... 0... 0..... 0. 0 0 400
I/O Equipment ...... 0........•..... 0 0... 00 ....•..... 0.. 0........ 0..... 401
BPS ..... o................................ 0.0 .. 0.. 0.................. 402
BOS ...... 0....... 0........................ 0... 0.00 .. 000 .... 0.00 .... 403
TOS . 00 ... 0........................ 0 ........... 0... 0.... 000 .... 00.0.404
TSS ... o .......................... , ......... 0" 0 0 o. 0... 0 0.... 0.00.00.405
DOS ......... o ............... 00...... 0.... 0 0•.... 0........ 0........ 0407
OS ... 0.......... 0......... 0........ 0......... o. 0 o. 0.0. 0 0... 0 0.00 ... 0408
OS/VSI ..................................... 0 o.. 0 ...... 0 0. 0.... 0 .. 0 0 411
OS/VS2 .. 0.. 0... 0......... 0. 0.... 0 ........... 0...... 0....... 0.' 0 0... 417
An Index for Some
Common Program
Acronyms
Page
Page
Page
ALISo ........ 0.. 67,88
ASP .. 0......... 0 ... 34
ATS ............ 75,92
CICSo 0... 0.. 0.00 ... 80
COGS ......... 0.0 .. 63
CP-67 000 ... 000 ... 0.95
CSMP ........ o .. 85,94
DBOMP . 0... 00 .. 76,81
FASTER- .......... 54
FIRST. 0.... 0... 0 ... 73
GIS ..... 0 ......... 077
GPSS .. 0.... 0... 85,94
IMS ........ o. 0... 0.78
LEMRAS ..... 0.. 0.. 67
MISP ........... 0... 91
MPSX ........ 0.. 0.. 83
PALlS ...... 0.... 68,90
PMS ........... 0 82,93
PSG 000 ............ 81
PSP .... 0... 0....... 72
RTM ..
35
SHAS . , ......... 71,91
SLIS ............... 72
STAIRS 0... 0. 0. 0 76, 83
STAT/BASIC ........ 60
TCS ........ 0... 0 55,66
VIDEO/370 . 0......• 55
0
••••••••••••
Contents iii
Part 1. Subject Cede Listings
TABLE OF SUBJECT CODe DEFINITIONS
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
13
14
15
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
60
62
63
64
65
66
67
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
78
79
80
81
82
83
85
87
89
95
97
99
General System Information (System Summaries, Bibliographies, Configutators)
Machine System (CPU, Storage, Channels, Console)
Card Readers and/or Punches, Control Units
Printers, Control Units
OCR, MCR (Optical and Magnetic Character Readers), Control Units
Magnetic Tape Units, Control Units
Display Equipment
DASD (Direct Access Storage Devices), Control Units
Other I/O Devices, Control Units
Teleprocessing Equipment
Auxiliary Equipment (devices normally off-line)
Special Features Information
Custom Features and Supporting Programs
Physical Planning Information
Programming Systems - General Information
Assembler
APL
BASIC
COBOL
FORTRAN
ALGOL
RPG
PL/I
"Access Methods, Data Management, I/O Control Programs
Support Programs (e.g., Link Edit, Loader)
Utilities
Sort/Merge
l
System Planning, Generation, Installation, System Management Facility (includes Storage or Performance
Estimates, Release Guides)
Simulation or Emulation (catalogued by host system)
Control Program (e.g., Supervisor, Monitor, JCL, Job Management, IPL, Data Areas, Checkpoint/Restart)
RAS (Reliability, Availability, Serviceability): testing, service aids, problem determination
Remote Job Entry (RIB, CRIE, RAX, CRBE)
Time Sharing, Interactive Facilities (e.g., OS with TSO)
System Operation
Industries - General Information (Industry Bibliographies, etc.)
Airlines (see Transportation)
Business and Management Services
.
Communications: see Public Utilities (e.g., telephone, communication control) or Media (e.g., text processing)
Distribution (e.g., apparel, food, agribusiness)
Education
Engineering
Exploratory
Finance
Government, Federal
Government, State and Local
Insurance
ManufactUring
Mathematics (see 82 Cross-Industry)
Media
Medical
Process (e.g., forest products, petroleum, plastics, textiles)
Public Utilities (Utilities and Communications)
Securities (see Finance)
Transportation
Cross-Industry (see also 80-83 for selections)
Cross-Industry - Information Management
Cross-Industry - Management, Planning, Project Control
Cross-Industry - Mathematics and Science
Cross-Industry - Simulation
Data Processing - Introductory Manuals and Texts
Education - Course Catalogs
Installation Forms and Supplies
EWS (Early Warning System)
PTF (program Temporary Fix) Listings
Type I and SCP Program Listings
iv IBM System/360 and System/370 Bibliography
.MACHINES (00-15)
00 General System Information
GA24-3089
G.F20-8172
GA22-6810
GA22-1001
GA24-3511
GA24-3232
GA22-6813
GA22-6814
GA22-6814
GA22-6881
GA21-2113
GA22-6888
GA22-6920
**GA33-1511
GA33-1501
GA33-3014
GA22-6951
GA22-1013
GA22-6956
GA22-1014
GA22-6944
GA22-6812
GA22-6823
GA22-1002
SUPPLEMENTAL BIBLIOGRAPHY: TELEPROCESSING/DATA COLLECTION
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF DATA PROCESSING TECHNIQUES
IBM SYSTEM/360 SYSTEM SUMMARY
IBM SYSTEM/370 SYSTEM SUMMARY
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 25 CONFIGURATOR
IBM SYSTEM.l360 MODEL 30 CONFIGURATOR
IBM SYSTEM.l360 MODEL 40 CONFIGURATOR
IBM SYSTEM.l360 MODEL 44 CONFIGURATOR
IBM SYSTEM.l360 MODEL 50 CONFIGURATOR
SYSTEM.l360 MODEL 65 CONFIGURATOR
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 61 CONFIGURATOR
IBM SYSTEM.l360 MODEL 75 CONFIGURATOR
IBM SYSTEM.l360 MODEL 85 CONFIGURATOR
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 115 CONFIGURATOR
IBM SYSTEM/310 MODEL 125 CONFIGURATOR
IBM SYSTEM.l310 MODEL 135 CONFIGURATOR
IBM SYSTEM.l310 MODEL 155 CONFIGURATOR
SYSTEM/310 MODEL 158 CONFIGURATOR
IBM SYSTEM.I310 MODEL 165 CONFIGURATOR
SYSTEM.l310 MODEL 168 CONFIGURATOR
IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM.I310 MODEL 195 CONFIGURATOR
IBM 1821 DATA CONTROL UNIT - CONFlGURATOR
SYSTEM.I360 INPUT.lOUTPUT CONFIGURATOR
SYSTEM/31 0 'INPUT/OUTPUT CONFIGURATOR
Q1 Machine System
GA22-6821
GA22-1000
GX20-1103
GX20-1850
SR20-1018
GX26-1581
GX26-1588
GX20-1181
GA24-3512
GA24-3514
GA24-3519
GA24-3510
GA24,..3523
GA24-3538
GA24-3231
GA24-3313
GA24-3411
GA22-6881
GA22-6911
GA22-6815
GA22-6910
GA22-6898
GA22-6908
GA22-6884
GA21-2128
GA21-2119
G.I\22-6889
GA22-6909
GA22-6916
GA22-6921
GA22-6901
**GA33-1510
**GC33-5386
GA33-1506
**GA33-1509
GC33-2001
GA33-3005
Ge38-0005
GA33-3010
Ge20-1738
GA24-3551
Ge38-0015
IBM SYSTEM/360 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
IBM SYSTEM.l310 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
IBM SYSTEM/360 REFERENCE DATA CARD
SYSTEM.l310 REFERENCE SUMMARY CARD
SYSTEM.l360 - 310 OPERATOR'S REFERENCE GUIDE
IBM REFERENCE CARD, DECIMAL/HEXADECIMAL INTEGER
CONVERSION CHART
IBM REFERENCE CARD, DECIMAL/HEXADECIMAL FRACTION
CONVERSION CHART
DEBUGGING AID
DIRECT EVALUATION OF FLOATING POINT NUMBERS IN HEXADECIMAL
IBM SYSTEM.l360 MODEL 22 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
SYSTEMS MANUAL
IBM SYSTEM.I360 MODEL 22 OPERATOR'S GUIDE
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 22 CHANNEL CHARACTERISTICS AND
FUNCTIONAL, EVALUATION - SYSTEMS LIBRARY MANUAL
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 25 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 25 OPERATING PROCEDURES
IBM SYSTEM.l360 MODEL 25 CHANNEL CHARACTERISTICS AND
FUNCTIONAL EVALUATION
IBM SYSTEM.I360 MODEL 30 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
IBM SYSTEM.I360 MODEL 30 OPERATING GUIDE
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30 CHANNEL CHARACTERISTICS AND
FUNCTIONAL EVALUATION
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 40 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 40 OPERATING PROCEDURES
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 44 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 44 OPERATING PROCEDURES
IBM SYSTEM.I360 MODEL 50 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 50 OPERATING PROCEDURES
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 65 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 65 OPERATING PROCEDURES
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 61 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 15 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 15 OPERATING PROCEDURES
IBM SYSTEMJ"360 MODEL 85 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 85 OPERATING PROCEDURES
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 91 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
IBM SYSTEM.l310 MODEL 115 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
SYSTEM/360 MODEL 20 TO SYSTEM.I370 MODEL 115 TRANSITION GUIDE
OOS/VS
IBM SYSTEM.I370 MODEL 125 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS MANUAL
IBM SYSTEM.I370 MODEL 125 OPERATION PROCEDURES
SYSTEM.l360 MODEL 20 TO SYSTEM.l370 MODEL 125 TRANSITION
GUIDE
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 135 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
IBM SYSTEM.I370 MODEL 135 OPERATING PROCEDURES
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 135 CHANNEL CHARACTERISTICS
A GUIDE TO 'l'BE IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 135
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 145 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 145 OPERATING PROCEDURES
1
GA24-3573
GC20-1734
GA22-6942
GA22-6966
GA22-6962
GC20-1729
GA22-7011
**GC38-0025
GA22-7012
GC20-1754
GA22-6935
GA22-6969
GC20-1730
GX22-6984
GA22-7010
**GC38-0030
GC20-1755
GC20-1752
GC20-1753
GA22-6943
GA22-6954
GA22-6877
GA24-3552
GA24-3550
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 145 CHANNEL CHARACTERISTICS
A GUIDE oro THE IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 145
IBM SYSTEfV370 MODEL 155 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 155 OPERATING PROCEDURES
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 155 CHAN6EL CHARACTERISTICS
A GUIDE oro THE IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 155
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 158 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 158 OPERATING PROCEDURES
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 158 CHANNEL CHARACTERISTICS
A GUIDE ro THE IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 158
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165 OPERATING PROCEDURES
A GUIDE ro THE IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165 OPERATORS REFERENCE. CARD
SYSTEM/370 MODEL 168 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS MANUAL
SYSTEM/370 MODEL 168 OPERATING PROCEDURES
A GUIDE ro THE IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 168
OS/VSl FEATURES SUPPLEMENT (OPTIONAL SECTION FOR GC20-1734,
GC20-1738, GC20-1754, OR GC20-1755)
OS/VS2 FEATURES SUPPLEMENT (OPTIONAL SECTION FOR GC20-1734,
GC20-1754, OR GC20-1755)
IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 MODEL 195 FUNCTIONAL
CHARACTERISTICS
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 195 OPERATING PROCEDURES
IBM SYSTEfV360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS AND OPERATING
PROCEDURES IBM 1052 PRINTER-KEYBOARD MODEL 7 WITH·
IBM 2150 CoNSOLE
IBM 3210 CONSOLE PRINTER-KEYBOARDS
IBM 3215 CONSOLE PRINTER-KEYBOARD COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
02 Card Readers and/or Punches, Contro1 Units
GA21-9025
GA21-9026
GA21-9027
GA21-9033
GA21-9144
**GA21-9124
"GA21-9167
03 Printers. Contro1
GA24-3073
GA24-1446
GA24-3120
GA24-3312
GA24-3543
IBM 1442-61 AND 62 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATING
PROCEDURES - SRL MANUAL
IBM 2501 MODELS Bl AND B2 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND
OPERATING PROCEDURES
IBM 2520-Bl, B2, AND B3, COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATING
PROCEDURES - SRL MANUAL
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION A~ OPERATING
PROCEDURES, IBM 2540 CARD READ PUNCH - SRL MANUAL
IBM 2596 CARD READ PUNCH PROGRAMMER'S REFERENCE MANUAL
AND OPERATOR'S GUIDE - SYSTEMS REFERENCE LIBRARY
IBM 3504 CARD READER/IBM 3505 CARD READER AND IBM 3225
CARD PUNCH SUBSYSTEM
IBM SYSTEM/370: 5425 MULTI-FUNCTION CARD UNIT PROGRAMMER'S
REFERENCE MANUAL AND OPERATOR'S GUIDE
!!!!!E!
IBM 1403 PRINTER COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
IBM 14011 PRINTER
IBM 14113 PRINTER MODELS 1 THROUGH 4 AND N1, AND 14115 PRINTER
MODELS 1 AND N1: COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
IBM 2821 CONTROL UNIT COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
IBM 3211 PRINTER 3216 INTERCHANGEABLE TRAIN CARTRIDGE AND
3811 PRINTER CONTROL UNIT COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND
OPERAroR'S GUIDE
Oil OCR and MaC, Contro1 units
GA24-1499
GA19-0004
GA21-9031
GA24-3542
GA24-3500
GA19-0036
GA19-0034
GA24-3256
GA21-9064
**GA21-9150
GA21-9139
GX20-1741
GX20-1759
GA21-9081
IBM 1219 READER SORTER IBM 1419 MAGNETIC CHARACTER READER
IBM 1219 READER SORTER, MODEL 32
IBM 11119 MAGNETIC CHARACTER READER, MODEL 32
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATING
PROCEDURES: 1231-N1 (OPTICAL MARK PAGE READER)
IBM 1255 MAGNETIC CHARACTER READER MODELS 1. 2. AND 3
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
IBM 1259 MAGNETIC CHARACTER READER COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
PAPER AND PUNT QUALITY REQUIREMENTS FOR IBM 1270 AND 1.275
OPTICAL READER SORTERS
IBM 1275 OPTICAL READER SORTER FOR SYSTEM/360 AND
SYSTEfV370
IBM 1285 OPTICAL READER COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATING
PROCEDURES
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATING
PROCEDURES IBM 1287 OPTICAL READER
IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND
OPERATING PROCEDURES: IBM 1287 OPTICAL· READER, MODEL 5
IBM 1287 OPTICAL READER MODEL 5: GENERAL INFORMATION
IBM 1287 OPTICAL READER DOCUMENT TRACING GOlDE
IBM 1287 OPTICAL READER DESIGN FORMATS
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 1288
OPTICAL PAGE READER MODEL 1
2
GX21-9106
**GC20-1686
**GC20-1739
**GC20-1733
GA24-1421
GA24-1452
GA24-1473
GA19-0023
GC20-1751
**GA21-9143
**GA21-9147
**GA21-9154
"GA21-9148
"GC20-1760
**GA24-3602
IBM 1288 OOCUMEN'r GAUGE FOR MACHINE SETUP
OCR INPUT PREPARATION GUIDE FOR THE IBM 1287/1288 OPTICAL
CBARAC'.rER READERS
BANDPRIN'rING CONSIDERATIONS FOR THE IBM 1287/1288
OPTICAL CHARACTER READERS
IBM 1287/1288 OCR ERROR RECOVERY GUIDE
IBM 1412 MAGNETIC CHARACTER READER MODEL I
PRINT QUALITY CONSIDERATIONS IBM 1418 AND IBM 1428
IBM 1418 OPTICAL CHARACTER READER
IBM 1428 ALPHAMERIC OPTICAL READER
IBM 1419 MODEL 32 ATTACHED TO IBM SYSTEM/360
MODEL 25, 30, 40, 50, AND 65
IBM 3881 OPTICAL MARK READER SYSTEMS DESIGN GUIDE
IBM 3881 OPTICAL MARK READER MODELS. 1 AND 2 REFERENCE MANUAL
AND OPERATOR'S GUIDE
IBM 3886 OPTICAL CHARACTER READER MODEL I REFERENCE MANUAL
IBM 3886 OPTICAL CHARACTER READER MODEL 2 COMPONENT
REFERENCE MANUAL
IBM 3886 OPTICAL CHARACTER READER INPUT DOCUMENT DESIGN
GUIDE AND SPECIFICATIONS
IBM 3886 OPTICAL CHARACTER READER FORMS KIT
IBM 3890 DOCUMENT PROCESSOR - GENERAL INFORMATION
05 Magnetic Tape Units, Control Units
GA32-0006
GA22-6866
GX22-6837
GX35-5001
GA32-0007
GA27-2726
GA32-0015
"GAl2-0022
GA32-0020
GA22-6828
TAPE SPECIFICATIONS FOR IBM ONE-HALF INCH TAPE DRIVES AT:
556 AND 800 BPI AND 3200 FCI
SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS: 2400-SERIES MAGNETIC
TAPE UNITS, 2803/2804 TAPE CONTROLS, AND 2816 SWITCHING UNIT
MODEL 1
2401 - 2404 AND 2415 MAGNETIC TAPE UNITS
IBM SYSTEM/360/370 REFERENCE DATA 2401-2404, 2415, 2420,
AND 3420 MAGNETIC TAPE UNITS
COMPONEN'r DESCRIPTION IBM 2420 MODEL 5 MAGNETIC TAPE UNIT
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2495 TAPE
CARTRIDGE READER
IBM 3410/3411 MAGNETIC TAPE SUBSYSTEM COMPONENT SUMMARY
MANUAL
IBM 3410/3411 MAGNETIC TAPE SUBSYSTEM COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
MANUAL
3803/3420 MAGNETIC TAPE SUBSYSTEMS
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 7340 MODEL 3
HYPERTAPE DRIVE
06 Display Equipment
Note: other display equipment, used primarily in a teleprocessing environment,
is listed under subject code 09.
GA27-27 0 1
GA27-2702
GA27-2721
GC20-1688
GA27-2700
GA27-2731
GA27-2730
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2250
DISPLAY UNIT MODEL 1
.
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM
2250 DISPLAY UNIT MODEL 2 IBM 2840 DISPLAY CONTROL MODEL
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2250 DISPLAY UNIT
MODEL 3 IBM 2840 DISPLAY CONTROL MODEL 2
IBM 2260 DISPLAY STATION OPERATOR MANUAL
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION:
IBM 2260 DISPLAY STATION
IBM 2848 DISPLAY CONTROL
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
IBM 2265 DISPLAY STATION IBM 2845 DISPLAY CONTROL .
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2285 DISPLAY COPIER
07 DASD, Control Units
GA26-3633
**GA26-4187
GA26-5756
GA22-6895
GX20-1717
GX20-1705
GA26-3599
GX20-1710
GA26-1606
GX20-1704
GA26-1589
GA26-5988
DATA CELL HANDLING GUIDE
DISKETTE HANDLING PROCEDURES
IBM DISK PACK AND CARTRIDGE HANDLING PROCEDURES
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS - 2820 STORAGE
CONTROL AND 2301 DRUM STORAGE
IBM 2301 DRUM STORAGE
IBM 2311 DISK CELL DRIVE REFERENCE CARD
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS - 2314 DIRECT ACCESS
STORAGE FACILITY AND 2844 AUXILIARY STORAGE CONTROL
IBM 2314 DIRECT ACCESS STORAGE FACILITY .CAPACITY AND
TRANSMISSION TIME REFERENCE aRD
IBM 2319 DISK STORAGE - A-SERIES, COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
IBM 2321 DATA CELL DRIVE
COMPONENT SUMMARY-2835 STORAGE CONTROL
2305 FIXED HEAD STORAGE
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS--2841 AND
ASSOCIATED DASD
2311 DISK STORAGE DRIVE MODEL 1, 2321 DATA CELL DRIVE,
2303 DRUM STORAGE
3
**GA26-1615
INTRODUCTION IBM 3330 A-SERIES DISK STORAGE - SYSTEM LIBRARY
MANUAL
3330 SERIES DISR STORAGE 3330/3333 MODEL 1 3330 MODEL 2
REFERENCE SUMMARY
IBM 3340 COMPONENT SUMMARY
IBM 3540 DISKETTE INPUT/OUTPUT UNIT SYSTEM
INFORMATION MANUAL
REFERENCE MANUAL FOR IBM 3830 STORAGE CONTROL AND IBM 3330
DISK STORAGE
INTRODUCTION IBM 3830 MODEL 2 STORAGE CONTROL UNIT - SYSTEM
LIBRARY MANUAL
REFERENCE MANUAL FOR IBM 3830 MODEL 2 STORAGE CONTROL UNIT
**GX20-1920
**GA26-1619
**GC21-5072
GA26-1592
**GA26-1617
"GA26-1620
08 Other I/O Devices« Contro1 .!mill
GA22-6868
IBM SYSTEM/360 - COMPONENT DESCRIPTION. IBM 1827 DATA
CONTROL UNIT
IBM 2671 PAPER TAPE READER.
IBM 2822 PAPER TAPE READER CONTROL - COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS - 2826 PAPER TAPE
CONTROL UNIT 1017 PAPER TAPE READER 1018 PAPER TAPE PUNCH
IBM 4481 FILM READER/RECORDER
.
4481 FILM READER/RECORDER PROGRAMMER"S GUIDE
GA24-3388
GA33-4500
GA36-0002
GA36-0003
09 Te1eprocessinq Equipment
GA22-6864
GC30-3004
GA22-6846
GA27-2703
GA27-2704
GA24-3426
GA27-3029
GA27-3039
GA27-3011
GA27-2739
GA27-2742
GA27-2749
GA27-2750
**GX20-1878
GA27-3048
GA27-3050
GA27-3051
GC3D-3004
"GA27-3055
GA27-3043
GA27-3063
GA19-0010
GA27-2712
GA27-2710
GA27-2711
IBM 2701 DATA ADAPTER UNIT COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
IBM 3704 AND 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLERS PRINCIPLES OF
OPERATION
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
IBM 2102 TRANSMISSION CONTROL
IBM 2703 TRANSMISSION COMTROL COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2711 LINE
ADAPTER UNIT
IBM 2112 REMOTE MULTIPLEXOR
2721 POR'lABLE AUDIO TERMINAL
IBM 2121 PORTABLE AUDIO TERMINAL OPERATOR"S HANDBOOK
IBM 2760 OPTICAL IMAGE UNIT COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
AN INTRODUCTION TO THE IBM 3210 INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM
SYSTEM LIBRARY MANUAL
OPERATOR"S GUIDE FOR IBM INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEMS SYSTEM
LIBRARY MANUAL (IBM 3210)
IBM 3270 INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
IBM 3270 PROBLEM DETERMINATION GUIDE - SYSTEM LIBRARY
IBM 3270 INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM REFERENCE SUMMARY
IBM 3670 BROKERAGE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
SYSTEM CONCEPTS AND CONFIGURATOR
IBM 3610 BROKERAGE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM COMPONENT
DESCRIPTION MANUAL
INTRODUCTION TO THE 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
IBM 3704 AND 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLERs PRINCIPLES OF
IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER OPERATOR"S GUIDE
IBM 3735 PROGRAMMABLE BUFFERED TERMINAL CONCEPT
AND APPLICATION
COMPONENT INFORMATION FOR THE IBM 3780 DATA COMMUNICATION
TERMINAL
IBM 3944 DIAL TERMINAL
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION: IBM 7110 AUDIO RESPONSE UNIT MODEL 3
IBM 7712 AUDIO RESPONSE UNIT VOCABULARY
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 1112 AUDIO
RESPONSE UNIT
10 Auxi1iary Equipment
GA27-2725
GA22-6951
IBM 50 MAGNETIC DATA INSCRIBER COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
IBM 50 MAGNETIC DATA INSCRIBER OPERATOR" S GUIDE
13 Special Features
GA22-6892
GA22-6983
GA24-3526
GA24-3524
GA24-3512
GA24-3255
GA19-0019
GX20-1758
IBM SYSTEM/360 SPECIAL FEATURE CHANNEL-TO-CHANNEL ADAPTER
SYSTEM/370 SPECIAL FEATURE: CBANNEL-TO-CRANNEL ADAPTER
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 25 INTEGRATED COMMUNICATIONS
ATTACHMENT FEATURE
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 25 MODEL 20 MODE FEATURE
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 25 1401/1460 AND 1440 COMPATIBILITY
FEATURES
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30 1401/1440/1460 COMPATIBILITY FEATURE
SRL MANOL
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30 1401/1440/1460 COMPATIBILITY FEATURE
INVERTED PRINT EDIT AND STERLING SUB-FEATURES
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30 1401/1440/1460 COMPATIBILITY
FEATORE REFERENCE CARD
4
GA24-3365
GA22-6900
GA27-2717
GA27-2716
GA27-2715
GA27-2733
GA33-3009
**GA33-3011
GA33-3007
GA33-3008
GA22-7017
GA22-6955
GA22-6958
GA22-6963
GA22-7016
GA24-3342
GA24-3081
1!
~
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30 1620 COMPATIBILrrY FEATURE
DATA ACQUISITION SPECIAL FEATURES FOR THE IBM SYSTEM/360
MODEL 44
IBM SYSTEM/360 SPECIAL FEATURE DESCRIPTION 7074
COMPATIBILITY FEATURE FOR SYSTEM/360 MODELS 50 AND 65
IBM SYSTEM/360 SPECIAL FEATURE DESCRIPTION 7080
COMPATIBILITY FEATURE FOR SYSTEM/360 MODEL 65
IBM SYSTEM/360 SPECIAL FEATURE DESCRIPTION
709/7040/7044/7090/7094/7094 II COMPATIBILITY FEATURE FOR
SYSTEM/360 MODELS 65 AND 67
IBM SYSTEM/360 SPECIAL FEATURE DESCRIPTION
709/1090/7094/7094 II COMPATIBILITY FEATURE FOR
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 85
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 135-SYNCBRONOUS DATA ADAPTER TYPE II
(FOR ICA): SPECIAL FEATURE DESCRIPTION
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 135 - TELEGRAPH ADAPTER TYPE II
(FOR ICA): SPECIAL FEATURE DESCRIPTION MANUAL
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 135-TERMINAL ADAPTER TYPE I MODEL II
(FOR ICA): SPECIAL FEATURE DESCRIPTION SYSTEM LIBRARY MANUAL
IBM SYSTEM/370 ,MODEL 135 TERMINAL ADAPTER TYPE III FOR ICA:
SPECIAL FEATURE DESCRIPTION
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 155 II DYNAMIC ADDRESS TRANSLATION
FACILITY
IBM SYSTEM/370 SPECIAL FEATURE DESCRIPTION:
709/7090/7094/7094 II
COMPATIBILITY FEATURE FOR IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165
IBM SYSTEM/370 SPECIAL FEATURB DESCRIPTION: 7070/7074
COMPATIBILITY FEATURE FOR IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL ·165
IBM SYSTEM/370 SPECIAL FEATURE DESCRIPTION
7080 COMPATIBILITY FEATURE FOR IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165 II DYNAMIC ADDRESS TRANSLATION
FACILITY
BATCH NUMBERING FEATURE FOR IBM 1241 AND 1419 MAGNETIC INK
CHARACTER RECOGNITION READERS
MARK READ STATION (SLANTED MARIO FOR IBM 1418 AND IBM 1428
Features and Supporting Programs
GL22-6960
**GA34-1507
GA24-3547
GA24-3564
IBM RESERVATION SYSTEM CUSTOM FEATURE DESCRIPTION
IBM SYSTEM/7-360/370 CHANNEL ATTACHMENT: GENERAL INFORMATION
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 25, HIGH-SPEED CHANNEL-3414 ATTACHMENT
FEATURE RPQ.E69109
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30 STORAGE EXPANSION FEATURE MANUAL:
RPQ'S BA3807, EA1527i OR RPQ'S Y91283 AND Y91325 (~ORLD
TRADE)
GL22-6902
GL22-6903
GL22-6904
GA27-3040
GA26-3699
GA24-3590
GA26-5714
GL21-9071
GC50-0001
GA26-1599
"GX26-1618
GL27-3022
GC26-3767
SY26-3766
GL27-3009
GA27-2737
GL22-6871
GL22-6937
GL24-3597
GL24-3591
GL22-6901
IHM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 40 SUM OF PRODUCTS INSTRUCTION RPQ W12561 SPECIAL SYSTEMS FEATURE
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 40, ~ORD TRANSLATE INSTRUCTION RPQ W13462 SPECIAL SYSTEMS FEATURE
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 40, TABLE ADDRESS CHAINING RPQ W13518 SPECIAL SYSTEMS FEATURE
CUSTOM UNIT DESCRIPTION - 1970-1 REMOTE AUDIO RESPONSE UNIT
IBM 1971-1980 CUSTOM TERMINAL FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS,
OPERATING PROCEDURES, AND PHYSICAL PLANNING
IBM 1972 MODEL 3 PRODUCTION TERMINAL 1972 MODEL 4
INSTRUCTION CONSOLE OPERATOR'S GUIDE
IBM 2314/2844 MULTIPLEX STORAGE CONTROL FEATURE - AIRLINES
BUFFER
IBM 2501 CARD READER, MODELS A AND B RPQ FEATURES
IBM 2701 DATA ADAPTER UNIT AND ASCII AUTODIN ADAPTER
(RPQ F16124): PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
IBM 2730 MODEL 1 TRANSACTION VALIDATION TERMINAL, IBM 2968
MODEL 9 AND MODEL 12 RECEIVER-TERMlNAL CONTROL UNIT
IBM 2730 TRANSACTION VALIDATION TERMINAL - REFERENCE CARD
CUSTOM SYSTm4 DESCRIPTION:
IBM 2740-1/2950-2 BATCH BUFFER TERMINAL SYSTEMS REFERENCE
IBM 2740/2968 AUDIO-VISUAL CONTROL USER'S GUIDE
RPQ NUMBER F30209
,
IBM 2740/2968 AUDIO-VISUAL CONTROL PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
RPQ NUMBER F30209
2905 REMOTE MULTIPLEXER COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
IBM 2909-3 ASYNCHRONOUS DATA CHANNEL RPQ F13299
CUSTOM PEATURE DESCRIPTION
IBM SYSTEM/360 2911 MANUAL SWITCHING UNIT MODELS 1, 2, and 5
AND 2989 REMOTE SWITCHING CONSOLE SPECIAL SYSTEMS FEATURE
IBM SYSTEM/360 CUSTOM FEATURE DESCRIPTION
2914 SWXTCBING UNIT MODEL 1 - RPQ 880882
IBM 2922 I.>ROGRAMMABLE TERMINAL (RPQ 810563, 810564
AND 810565) COMPONENT DEScRIPTION AND OPERATING PROCEDURES
IBM 2921 TAPE-TO-PRINTER UNIT RPQ 812390 & 812391
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
IBM 2931 MODELS 1, 2, AND 3, MULTIPLIER-SUMMATION PROCESSOR,
SPECIAL SYSTEM FEATURE, RPQ 880626
5
GA24-3519
GL24-3570
GCB8-6196
GCB8-6791
GC28'""6681
GL22-6919
GCB8-6198
GCB8-6799
GY28-6688
GA24-3551
GA26-1593
GL22-6940
GC28-6709
GC28-6711
SY28-6746
GL19-0003
GA26-5993
GA26-1583
**GA26-1622
**GA27-2758
**GA21-2752
**GA27-2753
**GA34-1511
GA27-2740
**GL22-7015
~
IBM SYSTEM/360 CUSTOM EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION: 2938 ARRAY
PROCESSOR (MODEL 1, RPQ W24563: MODEL 2, RPQ 815188)
IBM 2946 TERMINAL CONTROL SUBSYSTEM
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATING GUIDE
IBM 2947-4 CHECK COLLECTION CONTROLLER (RPQ #888264)
SEQUENTIAL ACCESS METHOD (CBAM) MAIN MODULE-DOS
MICROFICHE LISTING, PROG. NO. 5199-WAF
IBM 2947-4 CHECK COLLECTION CONTROLLER (RPQ #888264)
SEQUENTIAL ACCESS METHOD (CBAM) ERR MODULE-DOS
MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 5199-WAF
USER'S GUIDE FOR THE IBM 2941-4 CHECK COLLECTION CONTROLLER
SEQUENTIAL ACCESS METHOD PROGRAM SUPPORTING RPQ 888264
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5799-WAF, 5199-WAG
IBM 2941 MODEL 4 CHECK COLLECTION CONTROLLER (RPQ 888264)
FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS - REFERENCE MANUAL
IBM 2941-4 CHECK COLLECTION CQNTROLLER (RPQ #888264)
SEQUENTIAL ACCESS METHOD (CSAM) MAIN MODULE-OS
MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 5199-WAG
IBM 2941-4 CHECK COLLECTION CQNTROLLER (RPQ #888264)
SEQUENTIAL ACCESS METHOD (CSAM) ERR MODULE-OS
MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 5199-WAG
INTERNAL LOGIC MANUAL FOR THE IBM 2941-4 CHECK COLLECTION
CONTROLLER SEQUENTIAL ACCESS METHOD - PROGRAM SUPPORT
RPQ 888264 - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5799-WAF 5799-WAG
IBM 2956-5 MULTI-POCKET MCR READER SORTER CUSTOM UNIT
DESCRIPTION: RPQ W19976
IBM 2968 MODEL 11 AUDIO/VISUAL CONTROL:
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATING PROCEDURES
RPQ F30209
IBM 2969 PROGRAMMABLE TERMINAL INTERCHANGE
MODEL 1--RPQ888111
IBM 2969 PROGRAMMABLE TERMINAL INTERCHANGE MODEL 1
CONTROL PROGRAM OPERATOR'S GUIDE SUPPORTING RPQ 888111
IBM 2969 PROGRAMMABLE TERMINAL INTERCHANGE MODEL 1
CONTROL PROGRAM USER'S GUIDE SUPPORTING RPQ 888117
IBM 2969 PROGRAMMABLE TERMINAL INTERCHANGE MODEL 1
CONTROL PROGRAM DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS SUPPORTING
RPQ 888111
CUSTOM SYSTEM DESCRIPTION: IBM 2970 MODEL 8 BANK TERMINAL,
RPQ 858230
IBM SYSTEM/360 CUSTOM FEATURE, 2972 LINE
CONTROL UNIT, MODEL 1
IBM SYSTEM/360 CUSTOM FEATURE DESCRIPTION - 2973 MODEL 2
FILE SWITCH RPQ F13209
OPERATOR AND PROGRAMMING GUIDE FOR IBM 2984-1 CASH ISSUING
TERMINAL, RPQ 834660
IBM 3270 INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM CUSTOM FEATURE
DESCRIPTION, DUAL CASi.l: CHARACTER SET RPQ 8K0366
IBM 3284/3286 PRINTER CUSTOM FEATURE DESCRIPTION MARGIN STOP
VARIABLE RPQ #EB3995
IBM 3284/3286 PRINTER CUSTOM FEATURE DESCRIPTION VERTICAL
FORMS INDEX CONTROL (RPQ EB4324)
SYSTEM/310 IBM 5098-N05 SENSOR BASED CONTROL UNIT GENERAL
INFORMATION MANUAL
IBM 1412 MODEL 1 CONSOLE, CUSTOM SYSTEMS RPQ AA2846.
CUSTOM FEATURE DESCRIPTION
IBM 1441-1/1980-9 CUSTOM TERMINAL FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
OPERATING PROCEDURES AND PHYSICAL PLANNING
Physical Planning
GC22-6820
GC19-0001
GC22-7004
GC19-0004
GX22-7018
GL22-6928
GX22-6985
GX22-6857
GX22-6859
GX22-6858
GX22-6925
GX22-6835
IBM SYSTEM/360 INSTALLATION MANUAL - PHYSICAL PLANNING
IBM SYSTEM/360 WORLD TRADE INSTALLATION MAN~ PHYSICAL
PLANNING
IBM SYSTEM/370 INSTALLATION MANUA~ -- PHYSICAL PLANNING
IBM SYSTEM/370 INSTALLATION MANUAL -- PHYSICAL PLANNING
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370
IBM AIRLINES RESERVATION SYSTEM, REMOTE EQUIPMENT
INSTALLATION MANUAL - PHYSICAL PLANNING
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/310
CHANNELS: 2860, 2870, AND 2880
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370
COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370
CONSOLES AND TERMINALS
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370
DATA STORAGE DEVICES
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370
FIELD ENGINEERING FURNITURE AND TEST EQUIPMENT
SYSTEM/360 SYSTEM/370 TEST EQUIPMENT ANALYZER FURNITURE
BASIC STORAGE MODULE DATA ADAPTER UNIT
PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE IBM SYSTEM/360 BYPERTAPE
6
GX22-6860
GX22-6855
GX26-5508
GX22-6894
GX22-6914
GX22-6924
GX22-6905
GX22-6856
GX22-6923
"GX22-1021
GX22-1008
GX22-1005
GX22-1006
GX22-1023
GX22-1001
GX22-1022
GX22-6981
GA24-3561
GA21-3041
GA24-3566
GC22-6939
GA26-1600
GL21-3025
GL21-3010
GA21-2121
GC22-6922
GA24-3562
GL22-6936
GA21-2124
GL24-3596
GL24-3592
GA24-3516
GA24-3509
GL24-3511
GL22-6982
GA24-3545
GL22-6945
GA21-2729
GA26-1582
"GA26-1621
GA21-3049
GA21-2141
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/310
MAGNETIC AND OPTICAL CHARACTER READERS
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/310
MAGNETIC TAPE UNITS AND CONTROLS
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE SYSTEM/360
PROCESS I/O DEVICES
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/360 MODELS 22, 25,
30, AND 40
PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE SYSTEM/360 PROCESSORS
MODELS 44 AND 50
PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE SYSTEM/360 MODEL 65 MULTISYSTEM
PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE SYSTEM/360 MODEL 61
PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/360 PROCESSOR'MODEL 15
PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE SYSTEM/360 MODEL 85
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE SYSTEM/310 MODEL 125
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/310 MODEL 135
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE SYSTEM/310 MODEL 145
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE SYSTEM/310 MODEL 155
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/310 MODEL 158
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/310 MODEL 165
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/310 MODEL 168
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE SYSTEM/360 MODEL 195
IBM 1925 MODEL 18 INTERFACE SWITCH UNIT RPQ 811301
INSTALLATION MANUAL--PHYSICAL PLANNING
IBM 1910 MODEL 1 REMOTE AUDIO RESPONSE UNIT
INSTALLATION MANUAL - PHYSICAL PLANNING
IBM 1912 MOOEL 3 PRODUCTION TERMINAL
IBM 1972 MODEL 4 INSTRUCTION CONSOLE INSTALLATION MANUAL
PHYSICAL PLANNING COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
IBM SYSTEM/360 SPEC,IAL FEATURE: 2680 CRT PRINTER
INSTALLATION MANUAL PHYSICAL PLANNING
2130 MODEL 1, 2968 MODEL 9, AND 2968 MODEL 12: INSTALLATION
MANUAL - PHYSICAL PLANNING
IBM 2140-1/2950-2 BATCH BUFFER TERMINAL
INSTALLATION MANUAL - PHYSICAL PLANNING
IBM SYSTEM/360 CUSTOM SYSTEMS UNIT,
2905 REMOTE MULTIPLEXER, 2906 TRANSMISSION CONTROL,
INSTALLATION MANUAL - PHYSICAL PLANNING
IBM SYSTEM/360 CUSTOM SYSTEMS UNIT 2909 MODEL 3 ASYNCHRONOUS DATA CHANNEL RPQ F13299 RPQ 882045
INSTALLATION BULLETIN-PHYSICAL PLANNING
IBM 2911 MODELS 1, 2, AND 5 AND IBM 2989 MODEL 8,
INSTALLATION MANUAL - PHYSICAL PLANNING
IBM 2911 MODEL 14 INTERFACE SWITCH UNIT RPQ 811503
INSTALLATION MANUAL--PHYSICAL PLANNING
IBM 2914 SWITCHING UNIT MODEL 1, RPQ 880882, CUSTOM FEATURE:
INSTALLATION MANUAL -,PHYSICAL PLANNING
IBM SYSTEM/360 CUSTOM SYSTEMS UNIT 2916 LCNG LINE ADAPTER,
MODELS 3 AND 4 INSTALLATION BULLETIN - PHYS~CAL PLANNING
IBM 2922 PROGRAMMABLE TERMINAL RPQ'S 810563, 810564, 810565
INSTALLATION MANUAL--PHYSICAL PLANNING
IBM 2921 TAPE-TO-PRINTER UNIT, RPQ 812390 AND 812391:
INSTALLATION MANUAL - PHYSICAL PLANNING
IBM 2938 ARRAY PROCESSOR MODEL 1 RPQ W24563, MODEL 2
RPQ 815188 INSTALLATION MANUAL - PHYSICAL PLANNING
IBM 2944 DATACHANNEL REPEATER INSTALLATION MANUAL-PHYSICAL
PLANNING
IBM 2946 TERMINAL CONTROL SUBSYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL
PHYSICAL PLANNING
IBM 2947 CHECK COLLECTION CONTROLLER MODEL 4 (RPQ 888264)
INSTALLATION MANUAL PHYSICAL PLANNING
IBM 2956-5 MULTI-POCKET READER SORTER INSTALLATION MANUAL
PHYSICAL PLANNING
IBM 2969 PROGRAMMABLE TERMINAL INTERCHANGE MODEL 1,
RPQ 888111 - INSTALLATION MANUAL - PHYSICAL PLANNING
IBM SYSTEM/360 CUSTOM SYSTEMS DNIT 2972 MODEL 1
SCIENTIFIC INTERFACE CONTROL UNIT RPQ E46181
INSTALLATION BULLETIN - PHYSICAL PLANNING
IBM 2913 MODEL 2 FILE SWITCH INSTALLATION MANUAL PHYSICAL PLANNING RPQ F13209
IBM 2916 MOBILE TERMINAL SYSTEM CUSTOM SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
OPERATOR'S GUIDE - PHYSICAL PLANNING
INSTALLATION MANUAL PHYSICAL PLANNING IBM 2984 MODEL '1 CASH
ISSUING TERMINAL RPQ 834660
IBM 3670 BROKERAGE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
INSTALLATION MANUAL--PHYSICAL PLANNING
INSTALLATION BULLETIN PHYSICAL PLANNING FOR IBM 7412
CONSOLE MODEL 1 CUSTOM SYSTEMS RPQ AA2846
1
•
PROGRAMMING
=
GENERAL (20-40)
20 Programming Systems
GC20-1619
=General Information
CATALOG OF PROGRAMS FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 MODELS 25 AND ABOVE
23 BASIC
GC28-6837
BASIC LANGUAGE REFERENCE MANUAL
24 COBOL
GC28-6395
GC28-6570
GX28-1520
GC28-6559
GY27-7108
IBM SYSTEM/360 COBOL DIFFERENCES USA STANDARD COBOL
CONVERSION
IBM SYSTEM/360 TRANSITION AIDS COBOL LANGUAGE DIFFERENCES
IBM REFERENCE CARD - COBOL
IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: COBOL LANGUAGE
CONVERSION PROGRAM FOR THE IBM 1401,
PROGRAM NUMBER 1401-CB-701
IBM SYSTEM/360 TRANSITION AIDS: COBOL LANGUAGE
CONVERSION PROGRAM (1401-CB-701) FOR THE IBM 1401
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
25 FORTRAN
GX28-6384
GC28-6560
IBM FORTRAN IV REFERENCE CARD
IBM SYSTEM/360 TRANSITION AIDS: FORTRAN II LANGUAGE
CONVERSION PROGRAM (1401-FO-702) FOR THE IBM 1401
GC21-7514
GC26-5999
INTRODUCTION TO RPG II
IBM SYSTEM/360 RPG TRANSLATOR
GY33-6003
IBM SYSTEM/360 PL/I LANGUAGE SPECIFICATIONS
33 sort/Merge
GC33-4015
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 155 SORT/MERGE TIMING ESTIMATES
PLANNING GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-SM-023
35- Simul.ation or Emulation
GC27-6929
GC26-3564
GC28-6561
GY27-7103
GC28-6563
GC28-6568
GY28-6569
GY27-7115
GY27-7126
GY27-7116
GC28-6529
GC28-6816
IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: SAMPLE PROBLEMS FOR IBM
SYSTEM/360 EMULATOR PROGRAMS
PROGRAM NUMBERS: 360C-EU-074 360C-EU-726 360C-EU-729
360C-EU-097 360C-EU-727 36OC-EU-731 360C-EU-725
360C-EU-728 360C-EU-733
IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 1401/1440/1460
TAPE OVERLAP EMULATOR PROGRAM FOR IBM SYSTEM/360
MODEL 30, PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-097
IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 1401/1460 EMULATOR
PROGRAM FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 40,
PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-074
IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE
1401/1460 EMULATOR PROGRAM FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 40
PLM - PROG. NO. 360C-EU-074
IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 1410/7010
EMULATOR PROGRAM FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 40,
PROG~ NUMBER 360C-EU-728
IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 1410/7010 EMULATOR
PROGRAM FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 50
PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-726
IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 1410/7010
EMULATOR PROGRAM FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 50
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - pROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EV-726
IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 1410/7010 SIMULATOR
FOR IBM SYSTEM/360, PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-SI-754
IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 1410/7010 SIMULATOR FOR
IBM SYSTEM/360, PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-SI-754
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30 1620 EMULATOR PROGRAM
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-731
IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 1620 SIMULATOR FOR
IBM SYSTEM/360, PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-SI-75.2
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 1620 SIMULATOR FOR
IBM SYSTEM/360, PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-SI-752
IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS:
1620 SIMULATOR FOR IBM
SYSTEM/360 MODEL 44 PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-SI-755
8
GY28-6816
GC28-6585
GY28-6599
GC28-6530
GY27-7117
GC27-6908
GY27-7111
GC27-6911
GC28-6531
GY27-7118
GC28-6565
GY28-6566
GC28-6532
GY27-7119
IBM SYSTEM/360 CO~VERSION AIDS 1620 SIMULATOR FOR IBM
SYSTEM/360 MODEL 44 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL 360C-SI-755
IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 7040/7044
EMULATOR PROGRAM FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 65
PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-733.
IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 7040/7044
EMULA~OR PROGRAM FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 65
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - pROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-733
IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: ~HE 7070/7074 SIMULA~OR
FOR SYSTEM/360 - SYSTEMS REFERENCE LIBRARY
PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-SI-753
IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 7070/7074 SIMULATOR FOR
IBM SYSTEM/360. PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-SI-753
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 7074 EMULATOR PROGRAM
FOR IBM SYSTEM/360. MODELS 50 AND 65.
PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-725
IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE
7074 EMULATOR PROGRAM FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 MODELS 50 AND 65
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-725
IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 7080 EMULATOR PROGRAM
FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 65. PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-727
IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: ~HE 7080 SIMULATOR FOR IBM
SYSTEM/360. PROG. NO. 360C-SI-751
IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 7080 SIMULATOR FOR
IBM SYSTEM/360. PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-SI-751
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 709/7090/7094/7094 II
EMULATOR PROGRAM FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 65.
PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-729
IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: ~BE 709/7090/7094/7094 II
EMULA~OR PROGRAM FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 65
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROG. NO. 360C-EU-729
IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 7090/7094 SIMULATOR FOR
IBM SYSTEM/360 PROGRAM NUMBER 36OC-SI-750
IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 7090/7094 SIMULATOR
FOR IBM SYSTEM/360. PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-SI-750
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
9
9~
~,OS/VSl
(OS/VIRTUAL STORAGE
1)
(20-40)
RELEASE
ORDER NO./TNL'S
1..J!
2.0
20 Programming systems - General Information
GY28-0602-0
GY28-0603-0
E
E
OS/VS Master Index
OS/VS Master Index LogiC Manual
21 Assembl.er
GC33-4010-1
N
E
OS/VS and DOS/VS Assemb1er Language
GC33-4021-1
N
E
OS/VS Assembler PrograllUller's Guide
SY33-8041-0
SN33-8152
SN33-8158
N
N
E
OS/VS Assembler Logic
GC24-3337-5
GN21-5204
E
E
E
E
E
N
OS RPG Language specifications
Prog. No. 360S-RG-038
30 Access Methods, Data Management, I/O Control. Programs
SY26-3789-1
SN26-8029
N
GY21-0012-1
GN26-8026
GN26-8034
N
N
SY35-0003-1
(SQ75-0003-1)
SY35-0003-2
N
SY26-3787-0
(ST66-3787-0)
SN26-8023
SY26-3787-1
N
E
OS/VS BDAM Logic
N
E
E
OS BSAM Logic for IBM 1419/1275
N
OS/VS Catal.og Management Logic
N
OS/VS DruoSM Logic
N
N
GC28-0631-2
E
OS/VS Data Management for system Programmers
GC26-3193-2
E
OS/VS Data Management Macro Instructions
E
N
OS/VS Data Management Services Guide
GC26-378j-2
GN26-0763
N
GC38-0255-0
(GT38-0255-0)
GC38-0255-1
N
SY21-1240-0
SN27-1389
N
N
E
GC21-6911-0
N
E
GN27-1391
N
E
operator's Library: Os/vs1 Disp1ay Consoles
N
OS/VS Graphics Access Method Logic
E
OS/VS Graphic Programming Services (GPS) for IBM 2250
Display Unit
10
ORDER NO./TNL'S
RELEASE
.!.:..Q 2.0
GC27-6972-0
GN27-1392
N
N
E
E
OS/VS Graphic Programming services (GPS) for IBM 2260
Display station (Local Attachment)
GC27-6973-0
GN27-1393
N
N
E
E
OS/VS Graphic Subroutine Package (GSP) for FORTRAN IV, COBOL,
and PL/I
SY27-7242-0
SN27-1390
N
N
E
E
OS/VS Graphic Subroutine Package (GSP) for FORTRAN IV, COBOL,
and PL/I Logic
GC27-6974-0
GN27-1394
N
N
E
E
OS/VS Problem Determination Aids and Messages and Codes for
GPS and GSP
SY27-7241-0
N
E
OS/VS Graphics Problem-Oriented Routines Logic
SY24-5156-0
(ST64-5156-0)
SY24-5156-1
SN24-5464
N
SY26-3786-1
SN26-8030
N
SY26-3785-1
(SQ66-3785-1>
SY26-3785-2
N
SY26-3788-1
SN26-8028
N
OS/VS I/O supervisor Logic
N
N
OS/VS1 I/O supervisor LogiC
E
N
OS/VS ISAM Logic
OS/VS open/Close/EOV Logic
N
E
OS/VS SAM LogiC
N
GC26-3795-1
E
OS/VS Tape Labels
OS/VS BTAM
GC27-6980-0
GN27-1397
GN27-1417
N
N
E
SY27-7246-0
SN27-1398
SN27-1401
N
N
E
E
N
OS/VS BTAM Logic
GC30- 20 22-1
GN30-2575
C
C
E
OS TCAM Concepts and Facilities,
Prog. No. 360S-CQ-548
GC30-2034-1
(GQ30-2034-1)
GC30-2034-2
C
E
E
N
E
OS/VS TCAM Programmer's Guide,
Prog. No. 5744-AW1
C
GC30-2036-0
N
OS/VS TCAM Level 4 Component Release Guide
GC38-0305-0
C
E
Operator's Library: OS/VS TCAM
GC30-2035-0
C
E
OS/VS1 TCAM Level 2 Component Release Guide
snO-2039-1
(ST70-2039-1)
SY30-2039-2
C
GC30-2025-0
(GT30-2025-0)
GC30- 2025-1
E
E
E
E
OS/VS TCAM LogiC
C
os TCAM User's Guide
11
ORDER NO./TNL'S
RELEASE
2.0
!:.Q.
GC27-6987-1
E
GC26-3799-0
(GT26-l799-0)
GC26- 3799-1
C
GC21-5004-2
GN21-5147
GN21-7658
E
N
N
E
E
E
OS Data Management Services and Macro Instructions for IBM
1285/1287/1288
GY21-0013-1
GN21-5169
GN21-7659
E
E
E
E
OS Data Management Macro LogiC for IBM 1285/1287/1288
N
N
E
OS Data Management Services and Macro Instructions for
11119/1275
E
Introduction to VTAM
OS/VS Virtual Storage Access Method (VSAM) Planning Guide
C
GC21-5006-2
GN26-0744
GN26-0755
N
N
GC30-l001-2
GN30-3003
GNlO-1004
GNlO-3005
E
E
E
E
E
N
E
GC21-5069-0
GN21-5206
N
N
E
E
OS/VS Program Planning Guide for IBM 3886 Optical
Character Reader Model 1
GY30-300o-0
GYlO-l500
GY30-3501
GYlO-3504
E
E
E
E
E
N
IBM 3735 programmable Buffered Terminal: Form
Description Macro Instructions and Form
Description Utility: Program Logic Manual
(OS, DOS and VS Systems)
GC27-6995-0
E
VTAM Application program Reference Manual
GCl8-101D-0
GN24-5462
N
N
OS/VS Message Library: VS1 RES RTAM and Account Messages
SY28-6849-0
SN28-5468
N
N
OS/VS1 RES RTAM and Workstation Support Logic
E
OS/VS Linkage Editor and Loader
E
OS/VS Linkage Editor LogiC
E
N
N
IBM 3735 Programmer's Guide (OS, DOS, and VS Systems)
E
II Support Programs
GC26-3813-1 .
SY26-3815-0
SN26-8020
SN26-8033
N
N
SY26-3814-0
SN26-8022
S926-8032
N
N
GC38-1007-1
GN26-0753
N
E
N
E
E
N
OS/VS Loader LogiC
E
N
OS/VS Message Library: Linkage Editor and
Loader Messages
32 utilities
GC35-0005-1
N
E
OS/VS Utilities
SY35-0005-0
N
E
OS/VS Utilities LogiC
12
ORDER NO./TNL'S
RELEASE
2.0
.l:..Q
SN35-0008
GC38-1005-1
(GQ38-1005-1)
GC38-1005-2
N
N
E
OS/VS Message Library: Utilities Messages
E
34 System Planning. Generation. Installation. SMF
GC24-5090-0
(GT24-5090-0)
GN24-5454
GC24-5090-1
N
GC24-5082-1
N
GC24-5095-0
(GT24- 5095- 0)
GC24-5095-1
N
GC24-5092-0
N
os/VS1 Planning and Use Guide
N
N
E
DOS to OS/MFT. OS/MVT. OS/VSl Management Planning Guide
DOS to OS/VSl Implementation Guide
N
OS/VSl Release 1 Guide
GC24-5097-0
GN24-5460
N
OS/VSl Release 2 Guide
N
GC24-5094-0
(GT24-5094-0)
GC24-5094-1
GN24-5463
GN24-5469
N
GC26-3790-1
N
GC26-3791-0
(GT26-3791-0)
GC26-3791-1
GN26-0762
GN26-0764
N
OS/VSl Storage Estimates
N
N
N
E
OS/VS system Generation Introduction
OS/VSl System Generation Reference
N
N
N
GC35-0004-2
(GTOO- 0118-0)
GC35-0004-3
N
OS/VS System Management Facilities (SMF)
E
35 S·imulation or Emulation
GC26-3777-3
INDEP
Emulating DOS on IBM System/370 Under OS
GY26-3741-3
GN26-8021
INDEP
DOS Emulator Logic (on IBM System/370 under OS)
GC33-2008-1
INDEP
1401/1440/1460 as Emulator on System/370:
Reference .- Prog. No. 360C-EU-735 (MFT/MVT);
5744-AH1 (VS)
GY33-7011-0
GN33-7024
GN33-7029
INDEP
1401/1440/1460 as Emulator on system/370:
Logic. Prog. No. 360C-EU-735 (MFT/MFT);
5744-AH1 (VS)
GC33-2009-2
GN33-7040
INDEP
1410/7010 OS Emulator on System/370: Reference,
Prog. No. 360C-EU-736 (MFT/MVT).; 5744-AG1 (VS)
13
RELEASE
ORDER NO.nE'S
.hQ. 2.0
~
GY33-7012-0
GN33-7030
INDEP
1410/1010 OS Emulator on system/31 0:- Logic
Prog. No. 360C-EU-136 (MFT/MVT); 5144-AG1 (VS)
GC27-6948-2
INDEP
1094 - OS Emulator on System 360/310 Models 155/165
and for Vs/310
GY21-724S-0
GN27-1409
INDEP
1094 - OS Emu1ator on System 360/310 Models 155/165
and for Vs/310
36 Control. Program
E
GC2~37S4-2
SY2f1-,5159-0
(S'r64-5159-0)
8N26-S027
SY24-5-'59-1
OS/VS1 Checkpoint/Restart Logic
N
N
N
SY2S-0605-0
(ST68-0605-0)
SY2S-0605-1
N
SY24-516o-0
(ST64-5160-0)
SY24-516o-1
N
OS/vS1 System Data Areas
N
OS/VS1 IPL and NIP Logic
N
GC2S-061S-2
E
GC2S-Q617-1
(GQ28-0617-1)
GC2S-0617-2
N
GX2S-0619-1
N
SY24-5161-0
(S'.r6f1-,5161-0)
SY24-5161-1
N
GC24-5091-1
N
GC21-6919-1
GN27-1400
N
SY21l...,5155-0(8fill-5155-0)
N
OS/VS JCL Reference
OS/VS JCL Services
N
E
OS/VS JCL Syntax Reference summary
OS/VS1 Job Management Logic
N
E
OS/VS Programmer's Reference Digest
E
OS/VS Supervisor Services and Macro Instructions
N
SY24...,~155-1
GC21l...,5093-0
(GT24...,5093-0)
GC24...,5093-1
OS/VS Checkpoint/Restart
OS/vS1 Supervisor Logic
N
os/vs 1 Debugging Guide
N
N
GX2S-0690--0
C
OS/VS Dynamic support system Command Lan_guage Reference
Sununary
GC2S-061lo-0
C
OS/VS Dynamic Support System
SY2S-0641-0
C
OS/VS-Dynamic SuppOrt System Logic
GC2S-0636-1
N
OS/VS OLTEP
14
ORDER NO./TNL'S
RELEASE
.l:...Q. .hQ
GC28-0666-0
SY28-0631-1
N
OS/VS OLTEP Logic
N
SY28-0662-0
SY21-1239-0
(ST61-1239-0)
SN21-1399
SY21-1239-1
SN27-1401
N
GC28-0633-1
GN28-2540
N
GX28-0634-1
N
GC38-1006-1
(GQ38-1006-U
GC38-1006-2
N
SY28-0635-0
SN28-2541
N
GC28-0638-0
(GT28-0638-0)
GC28-0638-1
N
SY28-0639-0
(ST68-0639-0)
SY28-0639-1
N
OS/VS1 OLTEP
N
OS/VS1 OLTEP Logic
N
OS/VS Recovery Management Support Logic
N
N
E
OS/VS Service Aids
N
E
OS/VS Service Aids Reference Summary
OS/VS Message Library: Service Aids and OLTEP Messages
N
E
N
OS/VS1 Service Aids Logic
OS/VS SYS1.LOGREC Error Recording
[Ii
OS/VS SYS1.LOGREC Error Recording Logic
[Ii
38 Remote Job Entry
OS/MFT, OS/MVT, and OS/VS1: CRJE Concepts and Facilities,
Prog~ No. 360S-RC-551 (MFT/MVT), 5141-SC1-0A (VS1)
GC30-2012-1
GN28-0596
E
N
GC30-2016-1
GN28-0598
GN28-0613
E
N
E
E
N
OS/MFT, OS/MVT, and OS/VS1: CRJE System programmer's
Guide, Prog. No. 360S-RC-551 (MFT/MVT). 5141-SC1-0A (VS1)
GC38-0335-0
N
E
Operator's Library: OS/VS1 CRJE
GC30- 20 14-1
GN28-0591
GN28-0612
E
N
E
E
N
OS/MFT, OS/MVT, and OS/VS1: CRJE Terminal User's Guide,
Prog. No. 360S-RC-551 (MFT/MVT), 5741-SC1-0A (VS1)
E
OS/MFT, OS/MVT. and OS/VS1: CRJE Logic, Prog. No.
360S-RC-551 (MFT/MVT), 5741-SC1-0A (VS1)
GY30-2011-1
GN28-0599
GN28-0614
GC28-6818-0
GN24-5466
GC28-6819-0
GN24-5467
SY2B-0660-0
E
N
E
E
E
N
N
OS/vS1 RES system programmer's Guide
{Ii
[Ii
OS/VS1 RES Workstation User's Guide
N
OS/VS1 RES Account Faci1ities Logic
15
RELEASE
ORDER ffO./TNL'S
hl £:.Q
GC38-033O-0
GN211-51165
N
N
Operator's Library: OS/VS1 RES
110 System operation
GC38-0120-1
(GQ38-0120-1)
GC38-012o-2
N
GC38-011o-0
(GT38-0 110-0)
GC38-0-110-2
N
GC38-1004-1
(GQ38-1004-1)
GC38-1004-2
N
GC38-1003-0
(GT38-1003-0)
GC38-1003-1
N
GC38-1001-0
(GT38-1001-0)
GC38-1001-1
N
N:
E:
e:
Operator's Library: OS/VS ConsoLe Configurations
N
Operator's Library: OS/VSl Reference
N
OS/VS Message Library: Routing and Descriptor Codes
N
OS/VS Message Library VSl System Codes
N
OS/VS Message Library: VSl System Messages
N
New for this reLease.
Existing book, initiaLLy issued for other than this reLease;
a1so appLies to this reLease.
Issued for a component reLease that can be added to this reLease.
GT, GQ, ST, SQ order numbers (appearing in parentheses) are temporary order
numbers fOr back-LeveL pubLications. Be sure to use this temporary number
when ordering any back-LeveL pubLication.
L6
~
VS2 (OS/VIRTUAL STORAGE 2) 20-40)
ORDER NO./TNL'S
RELEASE
.hQ 1..:.&
20 General Information
GC28-0602-0
GY28-0603-0
E
OS/VS
OS/VS
E
OS/VS and DOS/VS Assembler Language
E
OS/VS Assembler Programmer's Guide
E
E
E
OS/VS Assembler Logic
E
~aster
~aster
Index
Index LogiC Manual
21 Assembler
GC33-4010-1
E
GC33":4021-1
SY33-8041-0
SN33-8152
SN33-8158
E
N
E
30 Access Methods, Data Management, I/O Control Programs
SY26-3789-1
SN26-8029
N
E
E
E
OS/VS
GY21-0012-1
GN26-8026
GN26-8034
E
N
E
E
E
OS BSAM Logic for IBM 1419/1275
SY35-0003-1
(SQ75-0003-1 )
SY35-0003-2
N
SY26-3787-0
(ST66-3787-0)
SN26-8023
SY26-3787-1
E
E
GC28-0631-2
Logic
OS/VS Catalog Management LogiC
E
OS/VS DADSM Logic
E
E
E
BD~i
E
E
OS/VS Data Management For system Programmers
GC26-3793-2
N
E
OS/VS Data Management Macro Instructions
GC26-3783-2
GN26-0763
N
N
E
OS/VS Data Management services Guide
GC38-0260-0
GN27-1431
N
E
E
Operator's Library: OS/VS2 Display Consoles
SY27-7240-0
SN27-1369
E
N
E
E
OS/VS. Graphics Access Method Logic
GC27-6971-0
GN27-1391
E
E
E
OS/VS Graphic Programming Services (GPS) for IBM 2250 Display Unit
N
GC27-6972-0
GN27-1392
E
E
N
E
OS/VS Graphic Programming Services (GPS) for IBM 2260 Display
Station (Local Attachment)
GC27-6973-0
GN27-1393
E
E
E
OS/VS Graphic Subroutine package (GSP) for FORTRAN IV, COBOL,
and PL/I
SY27-7242-0
SN27-1390
E
E
E
OS/VS Graphic Subroutine package (GSP) for FORTRAN IV, COBOL,
and PL/I Logic
N
N
17
RELEASE
ORDER RO./T8L· S
.!.:...Q.hl
GC21-6914-0
GN27-1394
8
E
E
E
OS/VS Problem Determination Aids and Messages and Codes for
GPS and GSP
SY27-7241-0
E
E
OS/VS Graphics Problem-Oriented Routines LogiC
SY26-3823-0
(ST66-3823-0)
SY26-3823-1
N
SY26-3786-1
G826-8030
N
E
E
E
SY26-3785-1
(SQ66-3785-1)
SY26-3185-2
N
E
E
SY26-3188-1
S826-8028
N
E
E
E
OS/VS2 I/O supervisor LogiC
N
GC26-3795-1
". OS/VS ISAM Logic
OS/VS Open/Close/EOV Logic
E
OS/VS SAM Logic
OS/VS Tape Labels
OS/VS BTAM
GC27-698o-0
(GT21-6980-0)
GN27-1397
GC21-6980-1
GN27-1411
E
SY27-7246-0
S821-1398
S827-1401
E
E
N
E
C
E
GC30-2022-1
G830-2515
E
E
E
E
GC3o-,2034-1
(GQ3o- 2034-1)
GC3O-2034-2
E
C
GC38-0305-0
E
Operator's Library: OS/VS TCAM
SY30-2039-1
(STlO-2'l39-1)
SY3O-2039-2
E
OS/VS TCAM Logic
GC30-2025-0
(GT3O-2025-0)
GC30-2025-1
E
GC30-2036-0
C
GC21-6987-1
E
E
GC26-3799-0
(GT26-3199-0)
GC26-3799-1
E
E
OS/VS Virtual Storage
C
GC21-5004-2
GN21-5141
GN21-1658
E
E
E
E
E
E
OS Data Management services and Macro Instructions for IBM
N
C
E
C
C
C
OS/VS BTAM Logic
os
T~
Concepts and Facilities
OS/VS TCAM programmer's Guide
E
E
Os
TC~i
User's Guide
E
OS/VS TCAM Level 4 Component Release Guide
Introduction to VTAM
~285/1281/1288
18
~ccess
Method (VSAM) Planning Guide
Rhl.EASE
.!:.!
ORDER NO./TNL'S
.!:..Q.
GY21-0013-1
GN21-5169
GN21-1659
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
as Data Management Services and Macro Instructions for IBM
1419/1215
I~l
OS Data Management Macro Logic for IBM 1285/1287/1288
GC21-5006-2
GN26-0144
GN26-0155
E
GC30-3001-2
GN30-3003
GN30-301l4
E
E
E
N
E
E
GC21-5069-0
E
E
OS/VS Program Pl.anning Guide for IBM 3886 Optical. Character
Reader Model 1
GY30-3000-0
GY30-3500
GY30-3501
GY30-3504
E
E
E
IBl".! 3735 programmable Buffered Terminal: Form Description Macro
Instructions and Form Description Util.ity: Program Logic Manual.
(OS, DOS, and VS Systems)
N
E
E
E
GC21-6995-0
E
E
3735 Programmer's Guide (OS, DOS, and VS Systems)
E
VTAM Appl.ication Programmer's Reference Manual.
E
OS/VS Linkage Editor and Loader
E
E
E
OS/VS Linkage Editor Logic
E
E
E
OS/VS Loader Logic
31 support Programs
GC26-3813-1
SY26-3815-0
SN26-8020
SN26-8033
E
N
E
SY26-3814-0
SN26-8022
SN26-8032
N
E
GC38-1001-1
GN26-0753
N
E
E
OS/VS Message Library: Linkage Editor & Loader Messages
32 Util.ities
GC35-0005-1
N
E
OS/VS Utilities
SY35-0005-0
SN35-0008
E
E
os/vs Util.ities LogiC
N
E
GC38-1005-1
(GQ38-1005-1)
GC38-1005-2
N
E
OS/VS Message Library: Utilities Messages
N
34 system pl.anninq, Generation, Instal.l.ation, SMF
GC28-0661-0
E
E
Introduction to OS/VS2 Rel.ease 2
GC28-0600-2
N
E
OS/VS2 Planning and Use Guide
GC28-0667-0
E
E
OS/VS2 pl.anning Guide for Release 2
GC28-0601-0
(GT28-0601-0)
N
GC28-0601-1
OS/VS2 Rel.ease 1 Guide
N
OS/VS2 Rel.ease 1.6 Guide
19
RhLEASE
ORDER NO./TNL'S
.!:..Q
~
GC28-0604-0
N
E
OS/VS2 Storage Estimates
GC26- 379 0-1
N
E
OS/VS System Generation Introduction
GC26-3792-0
(GT26-3792-0)
GN26-0160
GC26-3792-1
E
GC35-0004-2
(GTOO-0118-0)
GC35-0004-3
E
OS/VS2 system Generation Reference
E
N
OS/VS System Management Facilities (SMF)
N
35 Simulation or Emulation
GC26-3111-3
INDEP
Emulating DOS on IBM System/310 Under OS
GY26-3141-3
GN26-8021
INDEP
DOS Emulator Logic (on IBM System/370 Under OS)
GC33-2008-1
INDEP
1401/1440/1460 OS Emulator on System/3?0: Reference,
Prog. No. 360C-EU-135 (MFT/MVT). 5744-AH1 (VS)
GY33-1011-0
GN33-1024
GN33-1029
INDEP
1401/1440/1460 OS Emulator on System/J?O: Logic,
Prog. No. 360C-EU-735 (MFT/MVT). 5744-AH1 (VS)
GC33-2009-2
GN3J-1040
INDEP
1410/7010 OS Emulator on System/370: Reference,
Prog. No. 360C-EU-736 (MFT/MVT): 5744-AG1 (VS)
GY33-1012-0
GN3J-1030
INDEP
1410/1010 OS Emulator on system/310: Logic,
Prog. No. 360C-EU-136 (MFT/MVT). 5744-AG1iI1S)
GC27-6948-2
Ii~DEP
7074 OS Emulator on system 360/310 Models 155/165
and for VS/310
GY27-7248-0
GN27-1409
INDEP
1014 OS Emulator on system 360/370 Models 155/165
and for VS/310 Logic
GC26-3784-2
N
E
uS/VS Checkpoint/Restart
SY26-J820-0
N
E
OS/VS2 Checkpoint/Restart Logic
SY28-0606-0
N
E
OS/VS2 System Data Areas
SY27-124J-0
SN27-1406
N
E
OS/VS2 IPL and NIP Logic
GC28-0618-2
E
GC28-0617-1
(GQ28-0617-1)
GC2.8-0617-2
N
E
E
GX28-0619-1
N
E
OS/VS JCL syntax Reference Summary
SY28":'0620-0
N
E
OS/VS2 Job Management Logic
GC24-5091-1
N
E
OS/VS Programmer's Reference Digest
36 Control
Pro~rams
N
E
OS/VS JCL Reference
OS/VS JCL Services
20
RE-LEASE
ORDER NO./TNL'S
.!.:J!. M
GC27-6979-1
GN27-1ijOO
GN27-1ij05
N
E
SY27-72ijij-O
SN27-1ij03
N
E
N
OS/VS2 Supervisor Logic
GC28-0632-0
GN28-2560
N
E
N
OS/VS2 Debugging Guide
GC28-0636-1
N
E
OS/VS OLTEP
SY28-0637-1
N
SY27-7239-0
(ST67-7239-0)
SN27-1399
E
E
OS/VS supervisor servic'es and Macro Instructions
E
N
37 RAS
OS/VS OLTEP Logic
E
SY27-7239-1
SN27-1ij07
E
OS/VS RMS Logic
N
SY27-7252-0
N
E
OS/VS2 Recovery Management support Logic
GC28-0633-1
GN28-25ijO
N
E
E
OS/VS Service Aids
GX28-063ij-l
N
E
GC38-1006-1
(GQ38-1006-1)
GC38-1006-2
N
E
E
GX38-0690-0
C
E
OS/VS Dynamic Support System Command Language Reference summary
GC28-06ijO-O
C
E
OS/VS Dynamic support system
SY28-06ijl-0
C
E
OS/VS Dynamic support System Logic
SY28-06ij3-0
N
E
OS/VS2 service Aids Logic
GC28-0638-0
(GT28-0638-0)
GC28-0638-1
N
SY28-0639-0
(ST68-0639-0)
SY28-0639-1
N
E
E
OS/VS service Aids Reference Summary
OS/VS
~essage
Library: Service Aids and OLTEP Messages
OS/VS SYS1.LOGREC Error Recording
E
OS/VS SYS1.LOGREC Error Recording Logic
E
E
GC28-06ijij-O
N
E
OS/VS2 TSO Guide
GC28-06ij6-0
GN28-2537
N
C
E
E
OS/VS2 command Language Reference
GX28-0M7-0
N
E
OS/VS2 TSO Command Language Reference summary
39 Time Sharing
21
ORDER NO./TNL'S
RELEASE
.hQ hl
SY28-0651-0
N
E
OS/VS2 TSO Command Processor Logic Volume 1: ACCOUNT
SY33-8548-0
N
E
OS/VS2 TSO Command Processor Logic Volume 2: EDIT
SY35-0004-0
N
E
OS/VS2 TSO Command Processor Logic Volume 3: TEST
SY28-0652-0
N
E
OS/VS2 TSO Command Processor Logic Volume IV
SY28-0649-0
N
E
OS/VS2 TSO Control Program Logic
SY28-0659-0
C
E
OS/VS2 TSO Enhancement Logic
GC38-1009-0
GN28-2559
N
E
OS/VS ruessage Library: VS2 TSO Messages
GC38-0220-0
N
E
Operator's Library: OS/VS2 TSO
GC28-6762-1
N
E
OS/MVT and OS/VS2 TSO Terminals
GC28-0645-0
N
E
OS/VS2 TSO Terminal User's Guide
SY28-0650-0
N
E
OS/VS2 TSO Terminal Monitor Program and Service Routines Logic
GC28-0648-0
N
E
OS/VS2 TSO Guide to Writing a Terminal Monitor Program or a
Command Processor
N
40 system Generation
GC38-0120-1
(GQ38- 0 120-1)
GC38-0120-2
E
E
GC38-0210-0
N
E
GC38-1004-1
(GQ38-1004-1)
GC38-1004-2
N
Operator's Library: OS/VS Console Configurations
N
operator's Library: OS/VS2 Reference
OS/VS ruessage Library: Routing and Description Codes
E
E
GC38-1008-0
GN28-2558
N
E
N
OS/VS
~essage
Library: VS2 system Codes
GC38-1002-0
GN28-2557
N
E
OS/VS
~essage
Library: VS2 system Messages
N:
E:
C:
N
New for this release.
Existing book, initially issued for other than this release; also applies
to this release.
Issued for a component release that can be added to this release.
INDEP
= Release
Independent
GT, GQ, ST,SQ order numbers (appearing in parentheses) are temporary order
numbers for back-level release publications. Be sure to use the temporary
number when ordering.
22
~VM/370
(Virtua1 Machine Facility/310) (20-40)
20 General Information
GC20-1800
**GX20-1926
n
IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/310 - INTRODUCTION MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5149-010
IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/310: QUICK GUIDE FOR USERS
REFERENCE SUMMARY - PROGRAM NUMBER 5149
Assembler
**GC20-1802
IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/310 ASSEMBLER PROGRAMMER"s
GUIDE
23 BASIC
**GC20-1803
**GX20-1924
IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/310 BASIC LANGUAGE REFERENCE
MANUAL
IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/370: BASIC LANGUAGE REFERENCE
SUMMARY - PROGRAM NUMBER 5149-010
34 system P1anninq. Generation. Installation. SMF
GC20-1801
**GC20-1811
IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/310 PLANNING AND SYSTEM
GENERATION GUIDE
IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/310: RELEASE 1 GUIDE - PROGRAM
NUMBER 5749-010
36 Control Program
**GC20-1804
**SY20-0880
**SY20-0881
**GC20-1805
IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/310 COMMAND LANGUAGE USER"S
GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5749-010
IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/310 CONTRCL PROGRAM (CP)
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5749-010
IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/370 CONVERSATIONAL MONITOR
SYSTEM (CMS) PROGRAM LOGIC - PROGRAM NUMBER 5749-010
IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/370 EDIT GUIDE
31 RAS
**GC20-1801
**GC20-1809
**SY20-0882
IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/370 PROGRAMMER"S GUIDE TO
DEBUGGING
IBM.VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/370 OLTSEP AND ERROR RECORDING
GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5749-010
IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/370 SERVICE ROUTINES
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM 'NUMBER 5749-010
40 System Operation
**GC20-1806
**GC20-1808
**GC20-1810
IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/370 OPERATOR"S GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5749-010
IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/310 SYSTEM MESSAGES MANUAL
IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/370 TERMINAL USER"S GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5749-010
23
OS (OPERATING SYSTEM) -- RELEASE DEPENDENT PUBLICATIONS (20-40)
ORDER NO.
21.7
21. 6
RELEASE STATUS
2.1.0 20.1
20.0
19
TITLE
20 GENhRAL INFORNATION
GC28-6644-6
X
SRL Master Index
X
G~'28-6644-5
X
GC28-6534-4
GT28-6534-2
GN28-2450
Gl\i28-2458
X
Introduction
X
X
X
X
GY28-6717-3
m'68-6711-2
X
GL~28-2447
X
X
Master Index PLM
},.
21 ASSJ:.lV,BLE.R
GC28-6514-8
Gl\i33-8154
GTOO-0006-0
GT28-6514-6
GN33-8072
Assembler Language
X
X
X
X
},.
X
GC28-6595-2
GN33-8084
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Assembler (E) Programmers Guide
X
GC33-4014-0
X
X
X
X
Assembler (E) Installation Guide
GC26-3756-7
GN33-6155
GTOO-0003-0
Gl\i33- 81 00
Assembler (F) Programmer's Guide
X
X
X
X
},.
G~26-3756-4
X
GN33-8075
X
GY26-3598-0
GY26-3700-3
GL~33-
8156
X
X
X
X
X
Assembler (32K) PLM
X
X
X
X
Assembler (64K) PLM
X
GT66-3700-1
GY33-8028
X
X
24 COBOL
GC28-6516-8
GN28-0266
GN28-0427
GN28-0465
X
X
GC24-5029-4
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
COBOL eE) Programmer's Guide
GC28-6380-4
X
X
X
X
COBOL (F) Programmer's Guide
GC28-6395-2
X
X
X
X
COBOL Differences ANS COBOL Conversion
GC28-6396-3
GN28-1002
GT28-6396-2
GN28-0428
Gl\i28-0439
GN28-0478
X
X
X
GC28-6399-2
GTOO-0067-0
GN28-0408
GN28-0422
GN28-0437
GN28-0473
X
X
COBOL Language - COBOL (E)
X
X
X
X
Full American National Standard COBOL
X
X
X
},.
X
Full ANS COBOL Programmer's Guide
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
},.
24
RELEASE STATUS
ORDER NO.
21.7
21.6
21.0
20.1
20.0
.!2
TITLE
GC28-6400-1
X
X
X
X
Conversion Aids - COBOL to ANS COBOL
GY24-5009-2
X
X
X
X
COBOL (E) PLM
GY33-7007-1
X
X
X
X
COBOL to PLII Language Conversion for OS PLM
GY28-6382-2
X
X
X
X
COBOL (F) PLM
GY28-6395-1
GN28-0499
GTOO-0046-0
GN28-0400
GN28-0416
X
American Nationa1-Standard COBOL
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
25 FORTRAN
GC28-6629-2
X
X
X
X
Basic FORTRAN IV Language
GC28-6515-9
X
X
X
X
FORTRAN IV Language
GC28-6430-0
X
X
X
X
FORTRAN IV (E) Compi1er Insta11ation Reference
Materia1
GC28-6817-3
X
X
X
X
FORTRAN IV (G) and
GC28-6603-J
X
X
X
X
FORTRAN IV (E) Programmer's Guide
GC27-6937-2
X
X
X
X
S/360 and 1130 Disk Monitor System
FORTRAN IV Subroutines for Data Transmission
between S/360 and a 1130 System
GC28-6819-0
X
X
X
X
Language Handbook for Conversion from 7090/7094
FORTRAN IV
GC28-6818-1
X
X
X
X
FORTRAN IV Library-Mathematica1 and Service
SUbprograms
GC33-2002-2
X
X
X
X
Conversion Aids: FORTRAN IV to PLII
Language Conversion Program for OS
GY27-7152-2
GN27-1334
X
X
X
X
X
GSP for FORTRAN IV, COBOL and PLII PLM
GY27-7161-0
X
X
X
X
S/360 and 1130 DMS Data Transmission for
FORTRAN PLM
GY21-7194
X
X
X
X
GY28-6601-3
X
X
X
X
FORTRAN IV (E) Compi1er PLM
GY28-6638-2
X
X
X
X
FORTRAN IV (G) Compi1er PLM
GY28-6642-5
X
X
X
X
FORTRAN IV (H) Compi1er PLM
GY28-6831-2
GT68-6831-0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
(II)
Programmer's Guide
FORTRAN IV Syntax Checker PLM
26 ALGOL
GC33-2000-2
X
GC28-6615-3
GTOO-OO13-0
X
GC33-4000-3
GN12-5900
GTOO-OO31-0
GN33-8091
X
X
Conversion aids - ALGOL TO PL/I Language:
ALGOL Language
ALGOL Programmer's Guide
X
X
X
X
X
25
RELEASE STATUS
'ORDER NO.
21.7
21.6
21.0
GY33-S000-0
GN33-S129
GY33-S001
GY33-S003
X
X
GY33-7006-0
20.1
20.0
l2.
TITLE
ALGOL
Compiler PLM
(F)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
ALGOL to PLiI Language Conversion for OS PLM
GC24-3337-5
GN21-5204
X
X
X
X
X
Report Program Generator Program
GY26-3704-0
GY21-0006
GY21-0011
X
X
},.
A
X
X
X
RPG - PLM
A
X
X
X
X
A
X
X
PL/I Subroutine Lib. Computational Subroutines
X
A
X
A
PLiI
(F)
programmer's Guide
GC2S-S201-4
X
X
X
X
PLiI
(F)
Language Reference Manual
GY2S-6S00-5
GY2S-6S0 1- 6
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
PL/I (F) Compiler PLM
PLiI Subroutine Library PLM
GY33-S009-1
X
x
X
X
PLiI Syntax Checker PLM
2S ROO
X
29 PLiI
GC2S-6590-2
GC2S-6594-S
X
30 ACCESS METHODS, DATA MANAGEMENT, I/O CONTROL PROGRAMS
GY2S-6617-6
GTOO-OO54-0
GT6S-6617-4
GN26-S007
X
GY2S-6606-3
GTOO-OO49-0
GN26-S006
GY35-0002
GY35-0007
X
GC26-3794-0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
A
Catalog Mgmt PLM
X
A
X
X
GC26-3746-1
GTOO-OOO2-0
GN26-0624
GN26-0631
GC2S-6550-11
GTOO-Ol17
GN26-0750
Basic Direct Access Methods PLM
X
OS Data Management Macro Instructions
X
A
Data Management Services
X
X
},.
Data Management for system Programmers
A
X
X
GY2S-6607-S
GTOO-0050-0
GT6S-6607-6
GN26-S012
Direct Access Device Space Mgmt PLM
X
X
X
X
X
GC27-6933-3
GN27-1371
X
X
X
X
X
User's Guide for Job Control from the IBM 2250
GC27-693S-1
GN27-1315
GN27-1330
GN27-1370
X
X
X
X
X
A
X
X
X
X
X
:x
S/360 I; 1130 Disk Monitor system: User's Guide
for Job Control from a 2250 Display Unit attached
to an 1130 system with a fixed number of Tasks MFT
X
26
RELEASE STATUS
ORDER NO.
21.1
21.6
21.0
GY27-7113-6
GTOO-0040-0
X
GY27-7110-1
20.1
20.0
.!2
TITLE
Graphic Access Method PLM
A
X
X
X
X
X
X
Graphics Problem Oriented Routines PLM
GC27-6909-6
X
X
X
X
Graphic programming services for 2250
GC21-6912-8
GTOO-0004-0
X
A
X
A
Graphic Programming services for 2260 Display
station (Local Attachment)
GC27-6927-1
X
A
X
X
GPS for 2280 & 2282 File Units
GC27-6932-4
X
X
X
X
GPS for FORTRAN IV, COBOL and PL/I
GY28-6618-5
GTOO-0055-0
GT68-6618-3
GN26-8001
X
GY28-6616-9
GN26-8036
GTOO-0053-0
GT68-6616-7
GN26-8013
X
X
X
X
GY28-6604-5
GTOO-0048-0
GT68-6604-3
GN26-8009
X
GY30-2001-6
GTOO-OO69-0
GY30-2552
GY30-2564
Input/Output suprv. PLM
X
X
GC30-2004-1
GN27-1420
X
X
X
GY28-6609-6
GTOO-0051-0
GN26-8015
GT68-6609-4
GC28-6680-5
GQ28-6680-4
GTOO-OO19-0
GN26-0625
GT28-6680-2
Indexed Sequential Access Methods PLM
X
X
S/360 Input/Output Support Open/Close/EOV PLM
X
.l!.
X
X
Sequential Access Method PLM
X
X
X
X
Tape Labels
X
X
X
X
X
X
BTAM
X
X
BTAM PLM
X
X
X
X
X
.l!.
X
X
X
X
X
.l!.
X
.l!.
GC30-2005-3
GT30-2005-2
GN30-2526
X
GC30-2003-4
X
X
X
X
QTAM Message Processing Programs
GY30-2002-3
X
.l!.
X
X
QTAM PLM
GC30-2022-1
GN30-2515
GTOO-0076-0
GN30-2561
X
X
GC30-1007-0
GC30-2024-3
GTOO-OO70-0
GN30-2513
GTOO-0035
GT30-2024-0
GN30-2558
X
X
QTAM Message Control Program
TCAM Concepts & Facilities
X
X
.l!.
MFT/MVT TCAM Level 4 Component Rel·ease Guide
TCAM programmer's Guide and Reference Manual
X
X
X
X
X
X
GC30- 2028-1
GY30-2029-3
X
.l!.
X
X
X
Planning for TCAM with the 3705 Communications
Controller
X
TCAM PLM
X
27
RELEASE STATUS
ORDER NO.
x
GTOO-0065-0
GY30-2566
X
GY30-2027-0
x
GC30-2025- 1
GT30-2025-0
x
x
x
TCAM serviceabi1ity Aids PLM
X
TCAM User's Guide
x
GC30-2026- 1
Gbl30-3008
x
GC26-5929-7
X
GC21-5004-2
GN21-5147
Gbl21-7658
GTOO-0001-0
Gbl21-5124
GN21-5154
X
GY21-0013-1
GN21-5169
GN21-7659
GTOO-0039-0
GN21-5123
Gbl21-5136
GN21-5155
x
GC21-5006-3
x
X
X
x
IBM 1419/1275 Data Management Macro Instructions
and Services
GY21-0012-1
Gbl26-8026
GN26-8034
x
x
X
X
X
1419 Magnetic Character Reader & 1275 Optica1
Reader/Sorter Device Dependent BASM - PLM
x
X
X
Maintenance Program
X
X
Linkage Editor (E) IRM
31 SUPPORT
X
X
X
x
OS Conversion Guide from QTAM or BTAM to TCAM
X
X
1130 SUbroutine Library
IBM 1285, 1287, and 1288 Optica1 Readers
x
x
X
X
X
X
X
Data Management Macros i Services
1285, 1287, 1288 Optica1 Readers PLM
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
x
X
X
X
X
PROG~~
GC27-6918-3
x
GC28-6429-0
X
GC28-6538-9
GN26-0761
GTOO-0007-0
GN28-0272
G'1I28-0423
GN28-0435
G!II28-0474
x
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
GY27-7155-3
GY27-7184-2
GT67-7184-0
GN27-1332
GY27-7198-2
GTOO-0119-0
GTOO-0042-0
Linkage Editor and Loader
X
X
x
X
x
x
X
Machine Check Hand1er for S/360 Mode1 65 PLM
Machine Check Hand1er for S/360 Mode1 85 PLM
X
X
x
Machine Check Hand1er for S/370 Mode1s 155, 165 PLM
x
x
x
GY27-7237-1
GTOO-0045-0
x
GY28-6610-2
GY28-2301
GY28-2356
GY28-6400
X
X
x
X
X
A
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
GY28-6667-2
GTOO-0060-0
GN28-0434
G'I'68-6667-0
X
x
X
OS Machine Check Hand1er for 5/370
Mode1s 135 and 145
Linkage Editor (E) PLM
Linkage Editor
X
X
28
(F)
PLM
RELEASE STATUS
ORDER NO.
21.7
21.6
21.0
20.1
20.0
GY28-2357
GY28-6401
GY28-6404
19
TITLE
X
X
X
GY28-6714-2
GT68-6714-0
GY28-2401
GY28-6405
X
GY28-7106-0
X
X
Loader PLM
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Update Analysis Program PLM
32 UTILITIES
Utilities
}.
GC28-6586-15
GTOO-0123-0
X
GTOO-OO12-0
GN35-0001
GN35-0003
GT28-6586-11
GTOO-OO66-0 (pCP only)
GY28-6614-S
GN35-0009
GTOO-OO52-0
GY35-0001
GT6S-6614-6
GY35-0006
X
X
X
X
X
X
PCP Only
Util.ities PLM
X
X
.lI.
X
X
X
X
33 SORT/MERGE
GC2S-6543- S
GTOO-OOOS-O
GN33-S096
GT2S-6543-5
GN33-S054
GN33-S070
X
GC28-6662-1
X
GY2S-6597-4
GN33-S164
GTOO-0047-0
GY33-S030
X
X
Sort/Merge
X
X
X
X
.lI.
X
X
X
X
Sort/Merge Timing Estimates
Sort/Merge PLM
X
X
X
X
X
X
34 SYSTEM PLANNING, GENERATION, INSTALLATION, SMF
GC27-6939-10
GN28-2546
GTOO-OO05,..O
GQ27-6939-S
MFT Guide
X
X
X
X
GC28-6551-16
GTOO-OO10-0
GTOO-OO10-0
GN28-2495
GN2S-2499
GQ2S-6551-12
GN28-2455
GT2S-6551-11
GN28-2438
}.
GC2S-6554-12
GQ28-6554-11
GN26-0637
GTOO-OOll-0
GN26-0627
}.
Storage Estimates
X
X
X
X
.lI.
X
X
X
X
System Generation
X
X
X
.lI.
X
29
RELEASE STATUS
ORDER NO.
21.1
21.6
21.0
GN26-0629
GN26-0634
GN26-0635
GT28-'6554-9
GN26-0613
GN26-0628
GN28-2439
X
X
X
II
TITLE
X
systems Management Facilities
X
X
A
GC28-6116-0
GN28-2449
GC28-6130-5
GTOO-0122
GTOO-0011- 0
GTOO-0012-0
GN28-2530
GN28-2532
GTOO-0021-0
GN28-2496
GN28-2498
GN28-2514
GN28-2516
20.0
X
X
X
X
GC28-6112-1
GT28-6112-6
GTOO-0024-0
GN35-0002
GC28-6120-4
GN28-2553
GTOO-0026-0
GQ28-6120-2
GN28-2460
20.1
X
X
X
X
X
Feature Guide
MVT Guide
X
X
A
X
X
Release 21.1 Guide
Release 21.6 Guide
Release 21.0 Guide
X
X
X
X
X
X
Release 20.1 Guide
A
X
X
X
A
GT28-6130-0
GN28-2465
Release 20 Guide
X
X
GC28-613l-1
GN28-2432
GN28"'"2434
GN28-2453
GN28-2466
GN28-2449
X
Release 19 Guide
X
X
X
A
X
36 CONTROL PROGRAM
GC21-6942-2
GC28-6628-9
GTOO-O 114-0
GXOO-0014-0
GQ28-6628:-6
GN28-2464
GT28-6628-5
GC28-6646-6
GN21-1419
GTOO-0016-0
GQ28-6646-4
GN21-1350
GT28-6646-3
X
A
Intro to Main Storage Hierarchy Support for 2361
Models 1 i 2
system Control Blocks
X
X
X
X
X
X
Supervisor Services and Macro Instructions
X
X
X
X
X
GC28- 6641- 5
GN26-0622
GN26-0630
GX28-6641-4
GC28-6610-6
GN28-2545
GTOO-OO18-0
GN28-2451
X
X
X
A
Supervisor
X
& Data Mgmt Macro Instructions
X
Programmer's Guide to Debugging
X
X
X
A
X
30
RELEASE STATDS
ORDER NO.
21.7
21.6
21.0
GN28-2472
GT28-6670-3
~
TITLE
X
X
Job
Contro~
Language User's Guide
Job
Contro~
Language Reference
X
X
X
X
X
GC28-6708-4
GTOO-0023-0
GN26-0620
GN26-0623
X
X
X
X
X
X
~dvanced
X
lI.
X
X
Gl'00-0009- 0
GN28-2494
Gl'28-6550-8
GN28-2437
GJIl28-2452
GN28-2456
Checkpoint/Restart
system Programmer's Guide
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
GY27-7128-7
Gl'00-0041-0
GN28-2468
X
GY27-7159-1
GY27-7166-0
GY27-7192
GY27-7236-2
Gl'00-0120-0
GN27-1378
Gl'00-0044-0
GN27-1349
GN27-1364
20.0
X
GC28-6703-2
GTOO-OO77
GQ28-6703-1
GT28-6703-0
GC28-6704-3
GTOO-0115·
Gl'00-0022-0
GT28-6704-0
GN28-2451
20.1
Job Management with MFT, PLM
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Graphic Job Processor Support PLM
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
S/360 & 1130 Disk Monitor System Job processing
from a remote 1130/2250 Subsystem PLM
MFT supervisor PLM
X
X
X
X
X
X
lI.
GY28-6605-5
X
Introduction to
GY28-6612- 5
X
PCP Supervisor PLM
GY28-6613-5
X
PCP Job Management PLM
GY28-6659-7
Gl'00-0121-0
GN27-1379
GrOO-0057- 0
GN27-1354
GN27-1363
GY28-6660-9
GJIl28-2551
GrOO-0058-0
GQ68-6660-6
GY28-6661-5
GN27-1404
Gl'00-0059-0
GN27-1344
GN27-1353
Gr68-6661-3
GX28-6783-0
Contro~
PLM
MVT supervisor PLM
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
MVT Job Management PLM
X
X
X
X
IPL and NIP PLM
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Job
X
OS
Contro~
Language Syntax Ref Summary
37 RAS
GC27-6970-0
31
Prob~em
Determ. Aids & Msgs/Codes for GPS & GSP
RELEASE STATUS
ORDER NO.
21.1
21.6
21.0
GC28-6648-1
X
GC28-6650-6
Gi'l28-2549-0
GTOO-OO11-0
GQ28-6650-4
GT28-6650-3
GC28-6119-2
GN28-2552
GTOO-0025-0
GN28-2418
GT28-6119-0
20.1
20.0
.!!
X
X
TITLE
TESTRAN
On-11ne Test Executive Program
X
X
X
X
X
Service Aids
X
X
X
X
X
Re1iabi1ity Data Extractor (RDE) Guide
GC28-6141-3
GT28-6147-2
GTOO-OO29-0
X
X
A
GA28-6749-3
GTOO-0038-0
X
X
GC26-3796-0
GY28-6721-0
GN28-2554
Service Aids - Reference Card
X
GY28-6611-1
GY28-6651-5
GN28-2550
G'IOO-OO56-0
GT68-6651-2
X
X
X
TESTRAN PLM
X
TESTRAN System Information
X
On1ine Test Executive Program PLM
X
X
A
X
Service Aids Logic
X
Remote Job Entry
X
38 RJ:loJOTE JOB hNTliY
GC30-2006-5
GN28-0602
GN28-0611
GTOO-OO32-0
GN30-2543
GN30-2541
GN30-2555
X
X
X
JI.
X
A
GC30-2016-1
GN28-0598
GN28-0613
GTOO-OO35-0
GN30-2548
Conversationa1 RJE Concepts i
X
x
X
X
Facilities
X
Conversationa1 RJE Termina1 User's Guide
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
A
Conversationa1 RJE system Programmer's Guide
X
A
X
X
X
X
X
X
JI.
X
X
X
A
GYJO-2005-4
GY30-2542
GY30-2551
GY30-20 11-1
GN28-0599
Gl\I28-06t4
GTOO-0062-0
GY30-2550
GY30-2553
A
X
GC30-2012-1
GN28-0596
GTOO-0033- 0
GC30-2014-1
GN28-0591
GN28-0612
GTOO';"OO34-0
GN30-2549
X
X
X
X
X
X
RJE PLM
Conversationa1 RJE PLM
X·
X
X
X
iI.
X
X
X
X
X
32
RELEASE STATUS
ORDER NO.
21.7
21.6
21.0
20.1
20.0
J:!
~
39 TIME SHARING
GC28-6698-6
GTOO-0111-5
GTOO-OO21-0
GN28-2497
GN28-2502
GT28-6698-2
GX28-6781-1
GC28-6732-4
GTOO-Ol12-0
GTOO-0028-0
GN28-2480
GN28-2503
TSO Guide
X
X
A
X
A
X
TSO Command Language Reference summary
X
TSO Command Language Reference
X
X
X
A
X
A
GY28-6771-0
GN28-2489
GY28-6772-1
X
X
X
GY28-6773-1
GTOO-0063-0
GN28-2485
X
GY28-6774-1
X
X
TSO Command Processor PLM. Vol 4
GY28-6775-1
X
X
TSO Command Processor PLM. Vol 5
GY28-6776-0
GN28-2492
X
X
X
X
TSO Command Processor PLM. Vol 6
GY28-6777-1
X
X
TSO Command Processor PLM. Vol 7
TSO Command Processor PLM. Vol 2
TSO Command Processor PLM. Vol 3
x
X
GY27-7199-2
GN27-1377
GN27-1388
GTOO-OO43-0
X
X
X
GC28-6764-2
GTOO-OO73-0
GN28-2523
GTOO-OO31-0
GN28-2484
X
GY28-6770-2
GTOO-OO74-0
GN28-2524
GTOO-OO61-0
X
TSO Control Program PLM
X
X
TSO Guide to Writing a Terminal Monitor
Program or a Command Processor
X
X
X
X
GC28-6762-1
GT28-6762- 0
GN28-2487
GC28-6763-2
GN28-2555
GTOO-OO30-0
GN28-2483
TSO Command Processor PLM. Vol
X
X
A
TSO Terminal Monitor Program and
service Routines PLM
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
TSO Terminals
X
X
X
TSO Terminal User's Guide
X
X
X
X
40 SYSTEM OPERATION
GC27-6949-2
GT27-6949-1
GN27-1374
GTOO-0064- 0
GN27-1356
GN27-1362
GC28-6691-3
GN28-2544
GTOO-OO20-0
GN28-2463
Operator's Guide for Display Consoles
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Operator's Reference
Messages and Codes
X
X
X
X
X
33
RELEASE STATUS
ORDER NO.
21.7
~
21.0
20.1
GN28-2473
GN28-2500
GT28-6691-1
GN28-2433
GN28-2444
GC28-6692-2
GC28-.6631-13
GTOO-O 116-0
GTOO-OO 15- 0
GN28-2501
GQ28-6631-10
GN28-2461
GT28-6631-9
GN28-2429
GN28-2440
•
OS
20.0
.!2
TITLE.
X
A
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Operator's Procedures
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
=RELEASE INDEPENDENT PUBLICATIONS
(20-40)
( ) ASP (Attached Support Processor/Asymmetric Multiprocessing System)
36 Control Program
GB20-0322
GB20-0321
GH20-0323
GX20-1827
GY20-0305
GT60-0305
GH20-1173
**G820-1289
**GB20-1290
**GH20-1291
**GH20-1292
**GX20-1927
**GC27-6992
**GC27-6993
**GY27-7255
**GYBO-0856
IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 ATTACHED SUPPORT PROCESSOR
SYSTEM (ASP) VERSION 2, APPLICATION PROGRAMMER·S MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-15x
IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 ATTACHED SUPPORT PROCESSOR
SYSTEM (ASP) VERSION 2 CONSOLE OPERATOR'S MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-15X
IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 ATTACHED SUPPORT
PROCESSOR SYSTEM (ASP) VERSION 2, SYSTEM PROGRAMMER'S
MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-t5X
SYSTEM/360/370 ASP REFERENCE CARD,
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-15X
IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTErY370 ATTACHED SUPPORT PROCESSOR
SYSTEM (ASP) VERSION 2 SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER
360A-CX-15X
SYSTEM/360. ATTACHED SUPPORT PROCESSOR SYSTEM (ASP)
VERSION 2 SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-1SX
IBM SYSTEM/360 AND.SYSTEM/370 ASP VERSION 3 ASYMMETRIC MULTI
PROCESSING SYSTEM: GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL, PROG. NO.
360A-CX-15X
ASYMMETRIC MULTIPROCESSING SYSTEM - OPERATIONS MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-15X
SYMMETRIC MULTIPROCESSING SYSTEM - MESSAGES AND CODES MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-1SX
ASYMMETRIC MULTIPROCESSING SYSTEM - APPLICATION PROGRAMMER'S
MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-15X
IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 ASP VERSION 3 ASYMMETRIC
MULTIPROCESSING SYSTEM - SYSTEM PROGRAMMER'S MANUAL
PROG. NO. 360A-CX-15X
ASP VERSION 3 ASYMMETRIC MULTIPROCESSING SYSTEM - HANDBOOK
. PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-1SX
OS/VS2 HASP II VERSION 4 - SYSTEMS PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBER 370H-TX-001
OS/VS2, HASP II VERSION 4 OPERATOR'S GUIDE
PROG. NO. 370H-TX-001
OS/VS2 HASP II VERSION 4 LOGIC
PROGRAM NUMBER 370H-TX-001
S/370 HASP II VERSION 4 MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER
370H-TX-00l
( ) CALL-OS
20 General Information
GH20-0673
CALL/360-0S SYSTEM DESCRIPTION MANUAL,
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X
34
23 BASIC
GH20-0699
GX20-1811
GY20-0530
CALL-OS BASIC LANGUAGE REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER
360A-CX-44X
CALL/360-0S BASIC REFERENCE CARD PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X
CALL/360 - OS BASIC SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X
25 FORTRAJ!I
GX20-1812
GY20-0531
29 PL/I
GH20-0700
GX20-1810
GY20-0567
GY20-0568
GY20-0569
GY20-0570
CALL/360-0S FORTRAN REFERENCE CARD PROGRAM NUMBER
360A-CX-42X
CALL/360-0S FORTRAN SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X
CALL/360-oS PL/I LANGUAGE REFERENCE MANUAL
CALL/360-oS PL/I REFERENCE CARD PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X
CALL-OS PL/I SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME I
CALL/360-0S PL/I SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME II
CALL/360-oS PL/l SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME III
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X
CALL/360 OS PL/I SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME 4
32 Util.ities
**GY20-0795
"GY20-0796
"GY20-0797
"GY20-0798
CALL-OS EXECUTIVE AND UTILITIES
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X
CALL-OS EXECUTIVE AND UTILITIES
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42x
CALL-OS EXECUTIVE AND uTILITIES
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X
CALL-OS EXECUTIVE AND UTILITIES
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X
SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME 1
SYSTEM MANUAL - VOLUME 2
SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME 3
SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME 4
34 system Planning, Generation, Installation, SMF
GH20-0786
CALL/360-oS EXECUTIVE AND UTILITIES PROGRAM DESCRIPTION
MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X)
40 System operation
GH20-0788
GT40-0788
G820-0787
GX20-1830
o
CALL/360-0S OPERATOR'S MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X
CALL/360-oS TERMINAL OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER
360A-CX-42X
CALL-OS TERMINAL OPERATIONS MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X
CALL-OS TERMINAL COMMAND LANGUAGE - REFERENCE CARD
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X
REAL TIME MONI'l'OR
36 Control Program
GH20-0824
GH20-0876
GH20-0877 .
GY20-0599
o
INTRODUCTION TO THE REAL-TIME MONITOR
THE REAL-TIME MONITOR (RTM) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL,
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SV-00l
The REAL-TIME MONITOR (RTM), ~ROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SV-00l
OPERATIONS AND PROGAMMER'S GUIDE
THE REAL-TIME MONITOR (RTM) SYSTEM MANUAL,
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SV-00l
OTHER
20 General Information
GX28-6731
S229-3169
OPERATING SYSTEM SUMMARY CHART
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM HANDBOOK
11 Assembler
**GC30-3003
IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE
MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 360H-TX-035 (OS), 360H~X-036 (DOS)
25 FORTRAN
GC28-6596
IBM SYSTEM/360 FORTRAN IV LIBRARY SUBPROGRAMS
PROG. NOS. 360S-LM-501, 360F-LM-619, 360N-LM-480
GX33-6000
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/l (F)
REFERENCE CARD: KEYWORDS
29 PL/I
35
30 Access Methods, Data Management, I/O Contro1 Programs
GC27-6975
GC21-5008
**GC27-6999
GC21-5027
GC30-3000
**GC30-3006
**SY30-3003
**GC30-3001
IBM 2260 BTAM AND 2260 GAM TO IBM 3270 BTAM CONVERSION
GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBERS 360S-CQ-513, 360N-CQ-469
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PLANNING FOR THE
IBM 3211 PRINTER DATA MANAGEMENT MACRO INSTRUCTIONS AND
SERVICES
AN INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING THE IBM 3270
IBM SYSTEM/360 OS PROGRAM PLANNING GUIDE FOR IBM 3505 CARD
READER AND IBM 3525 CARD PUNCH ON IBM SYSTEM/370
IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER NETWORK PROGRAM
GENERATION AND UTILITIES GUIDE AND REFERENCE MANUAL
IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER NETWORK CONTROL PROGRAM
STORAGE AND PERFORMANCE ESTIMATES - PROG. NO. 360H-TX-034
IBM 3705 CO~~UNICATIONS CONTROLLER NETWORK CONTROL PROGRAM
PLM
IBM 3735 PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE (OS, DOS. AND VS SYSTEMS)
32 Uti1ities
**GY30-3000
IBM 3735 PROGRAMMABLE BUFFERED TERMINAL FORM DESCRIPTION
MACRO INSTRUCTIONS AND FORM DESCIPTION UTILITY
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL (OS. DOS, AND VS SYSTEMS)
35 simu1ation or Emu1ation
GC26-3777
GY26-3741
GC33-2008
GY33-7011
GC33-2009
GY33-70l2
GC30-3002
**GC30-3005
**SY30-3001
GC27-6948
GY27-7228
GY27-7238
GC27-6952
GY27-7229
GC27-6951
GY27-7187
EMULATING DOS ON SYSTEM/370 UNDER OS
DOS EMULATOR LOGIC (ON IBM SYSTEM/370 UNDER OS). PROG. NO.
360C-EU-738 (FOR MFT/MVT). 5744-ASl (FOR VS)
1401/1440/1460 OS EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370 REFERENCE - PROGRAM
NO. 360C-ED-735 (MFT/MVT); 5744-AHl (VS)
1401/1440/1460 OS EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370 LOGIC - PROGRAM
NUMBERS 5744-AHl AND 360C-EU-735
1410/7010 EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370 145/155 - REFERENCE, PROG.
NOS. 360C-EU-736 AND 5744-AG1
1410/7010 OS EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370 LOGIC - PROGRAM NUMBERS
5744-AG1 AND 360C-EU-736
IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLED EMULATION PROGRAM
GENERATION AND UTILITIES, GUIDE AND REFERENCE MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBERS 360H-TX-033. 035, 036; 5735-SC1; 5744-ANl
IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER EMULATION PROGRAM STORAGE
AND PERFORMANCE REFERENCE MANUAL
IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER EMULATION PROGRAM
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360H-TX-033
EMULATING THE IBM 7074 ON THE IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165
USING OS/360
PROGRAM TO EMULATE THE IBM 7074 ON THE IBM SYSTEM/370
MODEL 165 USING OS/360 - PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-739
LOGIC MANUAL
IBM 7074 OPERATING SYSTEM EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370 MODEL 155
LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-741
EMULATING THE IBM 7080 ON THE IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165
USING OS/360 - PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-737
PROGRAM TO EMULATE THE IBM 7080 ON THE IBM SYSTEM/370
MODEL 165 USING OS/360 - PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-737
EMULATING THE IBM 7094 ON IBM MODELS 85 AND 165 USING OS/360
PROG. NO. 360C-EU-734(FOR MOD 85). 360C-EU-740 (FOR MOD 165)
EMULATOR PROGRAM TO EMULATE THE 7094 ON MODELS 65 AND 165
USING OS/360 - PROGRAM NUMBERS 360C-EU-734. 360C-EU-740
36 Contro1 Program
** GH20-l17l
** GH20-1058
** GH20-1021
** GH20-l057
** GY20-0738
GC27-6935
GC30-2015
SYSTEM/370 DISTRIBUTED SYSTEM PROGRAM (S/370 DSP) GENERAL
INFORMATION MANUAL. PROG. NO. 360A-TX-032
RESOURCE SECURITY (FOR OS/MVT)-GENERAL INFORMATION AND
PLANNING MANUAL, PROG. NO. 360A-SV-007
OS/MVT WITH RESOURCE SECURITY INSTALLATION AND SYSTEM
PROGRAMMERS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SV-007
OS/MVT WITH RESOURCE SECURITY. SECURITY OFFICER'S GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SV-007
OS/MVT WITH RESOURCE SECURITY - LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SV-007 TYPE 1 EXTENSION
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PLANNING FOR ROLLOUT/ROLLIN
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM REMOTE JOB ENTRY PLANNING FOR IBM 2770 RJE SUPPORT
36
~ DOS FOR SYSTEM/l70 ONLY (DOS RELEASE 27 AND DOS/VS)
ORDER NO./TNL'S
27
20-40 (+07)
RELEASE
DOS/VS
07 DASD (DIRECT ACCESS STORAGE DEVICES), CONTROL UNITS
GC21-5072-1
N
DOS/VS system Information for IBM 3540 Diskette
Input/Output Unit
20 GENERAL INFORMATION
GC33-5007-0
GNl3-8722
GC33- 5370-1
DOS Version 4
N
N
Introduction to DOS/VS
N
OS/VS and DOS/VS Assembler Language
21 ASSEMBLER
GC33-40 10-1
GC33-4010-0
GN3l-8145
GN33-8148
GN33-8160
N
29 PL/I
GC24-9005-6
GNl3-9124
GN33-9129
GN33-9130
N
DOS and TOS PL/I (D) compiler
Programmer's Guide
30 ACCESS METHODS, DATA MANAGEMENT, I/O CONTROL PROGMMS
GC3l-5372-0
GN33-8752
GY33-8543-0
GN3l-8732
GY33-8544-0
GN33-8733
GY33-8545-0
GN33-8734
GYl3-8546-0
GC27-6978-1
GY27-7245-1
E
DOsiVs Data Management Guide
N
DOS Version 4 LIOCS Volume
N
DOS Version 4 LIOCS Volume 2 PLM
N
DOS Version 4 LIOCS Volume 3 PLM
N
E
DOS Version 4 LIOCS Volume 4 PLM
DOS Version 4 Basic Telecommunications
Access Method (BTAM)
DOS Version 4 BTAM: PLM. Prog. No.
370N-CQ-469
Introduction to VTAM (Virtual Telecommunications
Access Method)
VTAM Application programmer's Reference Manual
DOS/VS Program Planning Guide for IBM 3886
Optical Character Reader Model 1
GC27-6987-1
GN27-1416
GC27-6995-0
GC21-5059-0
N
N
PLM
31 SUPPORT PROGRAMS
GY33-8538-0
GN33-8729
N
DOS Version 4 Linkage .Editor PLM
N
DOS Version 4 System utilities PLM
32 UTILITIES
GY33-8547-0
34 SYSTEM PLANNING, GENERATION, INSTALLATION, SMF
GC33-5008-0
GN33-8723
GC3l-5401-0
GC33-5371-0
N
N
N
GC33~5402-1
GN33-9139
GC33-5400-0
DOS Version 4 system Generation
N
N
Planning Guide for DOS/VS System Enhancements
DOS/VS System Management Guide
DOS/VS Planning Guide for Programming
The Systeml370 Model 115 and The IBM
5203 and 3203 Printers
DOS/VS Prog. Planning Guide for 3340 DASD. RPS
and Block Multiplex Channel Support
37
ORDER NO./TNLs
27
RELEASE
DOS/VS
TITLE
35 SIMULATION OR EMULATION
SY33-7010-0
SN33-7038
GC33-2004-2
N
GY33-7008-0
GN33-7019
GN33-7022
GC33-2005-2
N
Model 20 Emulator on System/370 using DOS:
Logic. Prog. No. 370N-IC~002
1401/1440/1460 DOS 'Emulator on Models
135/145/155 Reference
1401/1440/1460 DOS Emulator on Models
135/145/155 Logic. Prog. No. 370N-EU-490
E
1410/7010 DOS. Emulator on Models
145/155 Reference
1410/7010 DOS Emulator on Models
145/155 Logic
N
GY33-7009-0
GN33-7020
GN33-7023
GC33- 20 10-0
N
GC33-2006-3
E
Model 20 Emulator on System/370 using DOS & DOS/VS
Planning Guide
Model 20 Emulator on System/370
GY33-8533-0
GY33-8542-0
GN33-8731
GN33-8751
GY33-8539-0
N
N
Introduction to DOS Version 4 Logic PLM
DOS Version 4 IPL and JOB Control - PLM
N
GY33-8532-0
GN33-8725
GY33-8534-0
GN33-8727
GN33-8755
GY33-8537-0
GN33-8728
GC33-5373-0
N
DOS Version 4 Librarian Maintenance and Service
Programs PLM
DOS Version 4 Logical Transients PLM
N
36 CONTROL PROGRAM
N
DOS Version 4 Supervisor and Related
Transients PLM
N
DOS Version 4 System service Programs PLM
DOS/VS Supervisor and I/O Macros
37 RAS
GC24-5086-3
GN28-2536
GY24-5154-3
N
DOS OLTEP
N
DOS OLTEP LogiC
N
DOS Version 4 Messages
40 SYSTEM OPERATION
GC33-5009-1
N:
E:
C:
•
New for this release.
Existing book. initially issued for other than this release;
also applies to this release.
Issued for a component release that can be added to this release •
DOS (Disk Operating System) for systeml'360 and System/370 (20-40)
NOTE: The following publications pertain to DOS Release 26;
generally applicable DOS publications are also included.
20 General Information
. GC24-5030
GC24-5063
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISI( AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTEMS
CONCEPTS AND FACILITIES
DOS MASTER IRDEX
11 Assembler
GC24-3414
GY26-3642
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTEM
ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE
IBM SYSTBM/360 DISK AND ~PE QPERATING SYSTEMS ASSEMBLER (D)
PROGRAM NUMBER 360M~AS-465
38
GY26-31l6
**GC3O-3003
IBM SYSTEMl360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER (F)
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-AS-466
IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE
MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 360B-TX-035 (OS), 360B-TX-036 (DOS)
24 COBOL
GC24-3433
GC24-5025
GY24-5025
GC24-5039
GC28-6394
GC28-6398
GY28-6392
GC28-6400
GY28-6397
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTEMS
COBOL LANGUAGE SPECIFICATIONS COBOL DOS PROGRAM NUMBER
360N-CB-452 COBOL TOS PROGRAM NUMBER 360M-CB-402
IBM SYSTEMl360 DISK AND T~PE OPERATING SYTEMS COBOL
PROGRAMMER"S GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBERS 360N-CB-452 360M-CB-402
IBM SYSTEMl360 DISK AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTEMS COBOL D
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, PROG. NOS. 360M-CB-402, 360N-CB-452
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM COBOL DASD MACROS
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CB-468
IBM DOS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL, PROG. NOS.
360N-CB-482(Vl , 2), 5136-CB2(V3 COMPILER), LM2(V3 LIBRARY)
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM. FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL
STANDARD COBOL: PROGRAMMER"S GUIDE, PROG. NO. 360N-CB-482
IBM SYSTBM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM AMERICAN NATIONAL
STANDARD COBOL: PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL. PROG. NO. 360N-CB-482
IBM CONVERSION AIDS: COBOL-To-AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD
COBOL LANGUAGE CONVERSION PROGRAM
PROGRAM NUMBERS 360N-CV-489. 360C-CV-113
IBM CONVERSION AIDS: COBOL-TO-AMERICAN NATIONAL ST"D COBOL
LANGUAGE CONVERSION PROGRAM - PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBERS 360N-CV-489. 360C-CV-7l3
25 FORTRAN
GC28-6629
GC24-5038
GY24-5032
GC28-6397
GY28-6394
GC28-65l5
GC28-6596·
GC28-68l9
SC2l-5033
GC26-3570
GY26-370l
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC FORTRAN LANGUAGE (OS. DOS, 'lOS , BPS)
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTEMS BASIC
FORTRAN IV PROGRAMMERS GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBERS 360N-Fo-45l AND 360M-FO-409
IBM SYSTEMl360 DISK AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTEMS FORTRAN IV
PROGRAM NUMBER 360M-FO-409 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-FO-45l
IBM SYSTEMl360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV
PROGRAMMER"S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBERS 360N-FO-419 360N-LM-480
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-FO-479
SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/310 FORTRAN IV LANGUAGE. PROG. NO.
360N-LM-480
IBM SYSTEMl360 FORTRAN IV L~BRARY SUBPROGRAMS
PROG. NOS. 360S-LM-50l, 360F-LM-6l9. 360N-LM-480
IBM SYSTEM/360 FORTRAN IV LANGUAGE HANDBOOK FOR CONVERSION
FROM IBM 1090/1094 FORTRAN IV
PROGRAM NUMBER 1090-PR-130
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM
RPG TO RPG II CONVERSION REFERENCE MANUAL
DOS AND TOS RPG LANGUAGE SPECIFICATIONS. PROG. NOS.
360N-RG-460 (DOS). 360M-RG-408 ('lOS)
IBM SYSTBM/360 DISK AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTEM REPORT
PROGRAM GENERATOR PROGRAM NUMBERS 360N-RG-460 (DISK)
360M-RG-408 (TAPE)
29 PYI
GC24-9005
GC28-8202
GX20-l149
GY33-90l0
GY33-90ll
GY33-90l2
GY33-90l3
DOS AND TOS PYI (0) COMPILER PROGRAMMER" S GUIDE
PL/I - PROGRAMMER"S GUIDE
DOS AND 'lOS PL/I SUBSET REFERENCE MANUAL
IBM SYSTEM/360 DOS/TOS REFERENCE CARD PL/I
IBM SYSTEMl360 DISK AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTEMS. PYI SUBSET
LANGUAGE. PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL. VOLUME 1 OF 3
PROGRAM NUMBERS: 360N-PL-464 (DOS) 360M-PL-4l0 ('lOS)
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTEMS. PL/I SUBSET
LANGUAGE. PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL. VOLUME 2 OF 3. PROG. NOS.
360N-PL-464 (DOS). 360M-PL-4l0 ('lOS)
IBM SYSTEMl360 DISK AND TAPE OpERATING SYSTEMS. PYI SUBSET
LANGUAGE, VOLUME 3 OF 3 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBERS: 360N-PL-464 (DOS) 360N-PL-410 ('lOS)
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK AND TAPE QPERATING SYSTEMS PYI
SUBSET LIBRARY ROUTINES - PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBERS 360N-PL-464 (DOS), 360M-PL-410 ('lOS)
39
30 Access Methods, Data Management. I/O Control Programs
GC24-3427
GC24-5037
**SY30-3003
DOS DATA MANAGEMENT CONCEPTS. PROG. NO. 360N- BPS)
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTEMS BASIC
FORTRAN IV PROGRAMMERS GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBERS 360N-Fo-451 AND 360M-FO-409
IBM SYST~360 DISK AND ~PE OPERATING SYSTEMS FORTRAN IV
PROGRAM NUMBER 360M-FO-409 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-FO-451
DOS AND TOS RPG LANGUAGE SPECIFICATIONS, PROG. NOS.
360N-RG-460 (DOS), 360M-RG-408 (TOS)
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK AND TAPE QPERATING SYSTEM REPORT
PROGRAM GENERATOR PROGRAM NUMBERS 360N-RG-460 (DISK)
360M-RG-408 (TAPE)
44
GC24-9005
GC28-8202
GX20-1749
GY33-9010
GY33-9011
GY33-9012
GY33-9013
DOS AND TOS PL/I (D) COMPILER PROGRAMMER"S GUIDE
PL/I - PROGRAMMER"S GUIDE
DOS AND TOS PL/I SUBSET REFERENCE MANUAL
IBM SYSTEM/360 DOSnOS REFERENCE CARD PL/I
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTEMS, PL/I SUBSET
LANGUAGE. PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL. VOLUME 1 OF 3
PROGRAM NUMBERS: 360N-PL-464 (DOS) 360M-PL-410 (TOS)
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTEMS, PL/I SUBSET
LANGUAGE. PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, VOLUME 2 OF 3, PROG. NOS.
360N-PL-464 (DOS>. 360M-PL-410 (TOS)
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTEMS, PL/I SUBSET
LANGUAGE. VOLUME 3 OF 3 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBERS: 360N-PL-464 (DOS> 360N-PL-410 (TOS)
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTEMS PL/I
SUBSET LIBRARY ROUTINES - PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBERS 360N-PL-464 (DOS), 360M-PL-410 (TOS)
30 Access Methods, Data Management, I/O Contro1 Programs
GC24-3430
GC24-5035
GC24-5070
GY24-5018
IBM SYSTEM/360, TAPE OPERATING SYSTEM, DATA MANAGEMENT
CONCEPTS
IBM SYSTEM/360, TAPE OPERATING SYSTEM, SUPERVISOR AND
INPUT/OUTPUT MACROS
BPS, BOS, TOS, AND DOS: TAPE LABELS
IBM SYSTEM/360. TAPE OPERATING SYSTEM, LOGICAL IOCS.
PROGRAM NUMBER 360M-IO-404. VERSION 2.1
32 Utilities
GC24-3465
GC24-5042
GY24-5019
GY24-5045
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTEMS
UTILITY PROGRAMS SPECIFICATIONS
PROGRAM NUMBERS 360N-UT-461. 462. 463
DOS AND TOS UTILiTy MACROS PROG. NOS. 360M-UT-411 AND
360N-UT-471
IBM SYSTEM/360 TAPE OPERATING SYSTEM UTILITY PROGRAMS
PROGRAM NUMBER 360M-UT-403
DOS AND TOS UTILITIES MACROS - PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBERS 360M-UT-411. 360N-UT-471
33 Sort/Merge
GC24-3438
GY24-5016
GC24-3439
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTEMS TAPE
SORT/MERGE PROGRAM PROGRAM NUMBERS 360M-8M-400 360N-SM-400
TOS SORT/MERGE PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL. PROG. NO. 360M-SM-400
IBM 1401/1460 TIMING PROGRAM FOR DOS AND TOS TAPE SO&T/MERGE
PROGRAM. PROG. NO. 1401-LM-Ol0(2401-2404), 1401-LM-012(2415>
34 system P1anninq, Generation, Installation, SMF
GC24-5015
GC24-5020
IBM SYSTEM/360 TAPE OPERATING SYSTEM, SYSTEM GENERATION AND
MAINTENANCE
IBM SYSTEM/360, TAPE OPERATING SYSTEM. PERFORMANCE ESTIMATES
36 Control Program
GC24-5034
GY24-5022
GC24-3441
GY24-5026
GC24-5066
GY24-5056
IBM SYSTEM/360 TAPE OPERATING SYSTEM. SYSTEM CONTROL AND
SYSTEM SERVICE PROGRAMS
IBM SYSTEM/360. TAPE OPERATING SYSTEM. SYSTEM CONTROL.
PROGRAM NUMBER 360M-CL-405. VERSION 2
IBM SYSTEM/360 TAPE OPERATING SYSTEM AUTOTEST SPECIFICATIONS
PROGRAM NUMBER 360M-PT-407
IBM SYSTEM/360 TAPE OPERATING SYSTEM AUTOTEST
PROGRAM NUMBER 360M-PT-407
TOS OLTEP SPECIFICATIONS AND OPERATING GUIDE. PROG. NO.
360M-ON-418
IBM SYSTEM/360 TAPE OPERATING SYSTEM
ON-LINE TEST EXECUTIVE PROGRAM - PROGRAM NUMBER 360M-DN-418
40 System Operation
GC24-5021
•
IBM SYSTEM/360. TAPE OPERATING SYSTEM, OPERATING GUIDE
BOS (BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM> (20-flO)
20 Genera1 Information
GC24-5041
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM. MASTER INDEX
45
21 Assemb1er
GC24-3361
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER WITH
INPUT/OUTPUT MACROS SPECIFICATIONS
PROGRAM NUMBER 360B-AS-309
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT
BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM MACRO DEFINITION LANGUAGE
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM DISK ASSEMBLER
PROGRAM NUMBER 360B-AS-309
GC24-3364
GY24-5000
GC24-3387
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM
REPORT PROGRAM GENERATOR SPECIFICATIONS
PROGRAM NUMBER 360B-RG-307
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM REPORT PROGRAM
GENERATOR (8K DISK) PROGRAM NUMBER 360B-RG-307
GY24-5005
30 Access Methods, Data Management. I/O Contro1 Programs
GY24-5003
GC24-5070
BOS LOGICAL IOCS, PROG. NOS. 360B-IO-303, -304, -305
BPS, BOS, TOS, AND DOS: TAPE LABELS
32 Otil.ities
GC24-3409
IBM SYSTEM/J60 BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM UTILITY PROGRAMS
SPECIFICATIONS
PROGRAM NUMBERS J60B-UT-JOO, J60B-UT-301
33 Sort/Merge
GC24-3321
GY24-5001
GC24-3377
IBM SYSTEM/J60 BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM SORT/MERGE PROGRAM
SPECIFICATIONS
PROGRAM NUMBER J60B-SM-J08
IBM BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM/300 (8K DISK) SORT/MERGE
PLM - PROG. NO. J60B-SM-J08
IBM 1401/1460 TIMING PROGRAM FOR IBM BASIC OPERATING
SYSTEM/360 SORT/MERGE PROGRAM PROGRAM 1401-LM-079
36 Contro1 Program
GC24-3372
GY24-5002
IBM SYSTEM/J60 BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE
IBM BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM/J60 SYSTEM CONTROL (8K DISK)
PROGRAM NUMBER J60B-CL-J02
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
GC24-3378
IBM SYSTEM/J60 BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS
AUTO'lEST (8K DISK)
PROGRAM NUMBER 360B-PT-J06
38 Remote Job Entry
GY30-2006
IBM SYSTEM/J60 BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM, BASIC PROGRAMMING
SUPPORT REMOTE JOB ENTRY WORK STATION PROGRAM
PROGRAM NUMBERS J60B-CQ-311-(BOS), J60P-CQ-218-(BPS)
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
40 System Operation
GC24-3450
GC24-5024
•
BPS
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM OPERATING GUIDE
IBM SYSTEM/J60 BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM OPERATOR MESSAGES
(BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPOft) (20-40)
20 Genera1 Information
GC24-5067
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT MASTER INDEX
21 Assemb1er
GC28-6503
GC24-3J55
GY24-5012
GY24-5014
BPS (CARD) BASIC ASSEMBLER & BASIC UTILITY PROGRAMS: SPECIFICATIONS & OPERATING GUIDE, pROG. NO. J60P-AS-021 AND
360P-UT-017 THROUGH 020
IBM SYSTEM/J60 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT ASSEMBLER WITH
INPUT/OUTPUT MACROS (TAPE) SPECIFICATIONS
SYSTEMS REFERENCE LIBRARY - PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-AS-021
IBM SYSTEM/J60 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT TAPE ASSEMBLER
PROGRAM NUMBER J60P-AS-091
IBM SYSTEM/J60 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT
BASIC ASSEMBLER, PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-AS-021
46
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMXNG SUPPORT
BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM MACRO DEFINITION LANGUAGE
25 FORTRAN
GC28-6629
GC21-5000
GC21-9040
GY21-0001
GC28-6583
GC24-3374
GC24-3464
GY24-:-5037
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC FORTRAN LANGUAGE (OS, DOS, TOS ,. BPS)
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMXNG SUPPORT FORTRAN IV (CARD)
PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-Fo-205
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMXNG SUPPORT SPECIFICA~IONS
FORTRAN IV· (16K CARD)
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMXNG SUPPORT
FORTRAN IV (16K CARD) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-FO-205
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMXNG SUPPORT FORTRAN IV (~APE)
PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-Fo-031
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMXNG SUPPORT SPECIFICATIONS
REPORT PROGRAM GENERA~OR (CARD)
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT
REPORT PROGRAM GENERATOR (CARD) OPERATING GUIDE
IBM SYSTEM/360, BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT, REPORT PROGRAM
GENERATOR FOR PUNCHED CARD EQUIPMENT PROGRAM NUMBER
360P-RG-200
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT REPORT PROGRAM
GENERATOR (TAPE) SPECIFICATIONS
PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-RG-201
30 Access Methods, Data Management. I/O Control Programs
GC24-5070
GC24-3408
GC24-3398
GC24-3437
GY24-5007
BPS, BOS, TOS, AND DOS: TAPE LABELS
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMXNG SUPPORT INPUT/OUTPUT 1231
SPECIFICATIONS AND OPERATING GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBER: 360P-Io-060
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMXNG SUPPORT INPUT/OUTPUT
1412/1419 SPECIFICATIONS AND OPERATING GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-IO-058
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMh~NG SUPPORT INPUT/OUTPUT
1418/1428 SPECIFICATIONS AND OPERATING GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-IO-059
BPS INPUT OUTPUT CONTROL PROGRAM: PLM, PROG. NO. 360P-IO-060
(1231-N1), -059 (1418/1428), -058 (1412/1419)
32 Utilities
GX20-1709
GY24-5015
GC24-5027
GC24-5026
GC24-3392
GC24-3363
GC21-5001
GY21-0004
GC24-5069
GY24-5096
GC24-3396
GY24-5013
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT BASIC UTILITIES REFERENCE CARD
PROGRAM NUMBERS 360P-UT-017, 360P-OT-018, 360P-UT-019,
360P-IJ'T-020
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT BASIC UTILITIES
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMM~NG SUPPORT CARD AND TAPE
UTILI~Y PROGRAMS OPERATING GUIDE
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMM~NG SUPPORT CARD AND TAPE
UTILITY PROGRAMs SPECIFICATIONS
.
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PRO~NG SUPPORT DASD UTILITY
PROGRAMS OPERATING GUIDE
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT DASD UTILITY
PROGRAMS SPECIFICATIONS
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT DISTRIBUTION
PROGRAM SPECIFICATIONS AND QPERATING GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-UT-208
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAM~NG SUPPORT DISTRIBUTION
PROGRAM, PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-UT-208 .
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT
MODULAR FILE MAINTENANCE PROGRAM SPECIFICATIONS AND
OPERATING GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-UT-219
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT MODULAR FILE
MAINTENANCE PROGRAM - PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-UT-219
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMM~NG SUPPORT UNIVERSAL
CHARACTER SET UTILITY PROGRAM OPERATING GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-UT-048
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMM~NG SUPPORT UNIVERSAL
CHARACTER SET UTILITY PROGRAM PROGRAM NUMBER 360p-UT-048
33 sort/Merge
GC24-3413
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT SORT/MERGE PROGRAMS
OPERATING GUIDE PROGRAMS:
1 - CHANNEL - 360P-SM-043
2 - CHANNEL - 360P-SM-Q44
47
GC24-3320
GC24-3345
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC paOGRAMMING SUPPOaT SORT/MERGE
PROGRAMS SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAMS:
1 - CHANNEL - 360P-SM-043
2 - CHANNEL - 360P-SM-044
IBM 1401/1460 TIMING PROGRAMS FOR IBM SYSTEMl360 BASIC
PROGRAMMING SUPPORT SOaT/MERGE,PROGRAMS (BK TAPE)
PROGRAM 1401-LM-07B, VERSION 2 (2401-2404)
PROGRAM 1401-~OBO, VERSION 1 (2415)
311 SYStem Pl.anning. Generation. Xnsta11ation. 8Mii'
GC24-5061
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMM~NG SUPPORT BASIC
SYSTEM GENERATION AND MAINTENANCE
PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-AS-091
~PE
SYSTEM
36 Control. Program
GC24-3354
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPOaT BASIC TAPE SYSTEM
PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-~-091
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMM~NG SUPPORT
BASIC TAPE SYSTEM SYSTEM CONTROL AND IOCS
PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-AS-091
GY24-5010
GC24-3417
GC24-3343
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT
AUTOTEST OPERATING GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-PT-045
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPOaT AUTOTEST
SPECIFICATIONS (BK TAPE)
PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-PT-045
38 Remote Job Entry
GY30-2006
IBM SYSTEMl360 BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM, BASIC PROGRAMMING
SUPPORT REMOTE JOB ENTRY WORK STATION PROGRAM
PROGRAM NUMBERS 360B-CQ-31'-(BOS), 360P-CQ-21B- (BPS)
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
110 system Operation
GC211-3391
•
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPOaT BASIC TAPE SYSTEM
OPERATING GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-AS-091 RPG
PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-RG-201
LiceDSed ProqriDIS (Subject Codes
20
through 40)
20 Genera1 InfoJ:JDation
GC2B-8200
SYSTEM/370 PROGRAM PRODUCTS: LANGUAGE AND SOaT PROCESSORS
-OS, DOS, VM/370-CMS (CATALOG)
21 Assemb1er
GC26-3735
GC26-3743
GC26-3758
SC26-3759
SC26-3768
SC26-3770
GC26-3771
LY26-3760
LCB6-3772
··GB21-0704
••5B21-0705
••LB21-0706
GB21-0334
SB21-0335
LB21-0336,
IBM SYSTM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER H
DESIG~ OBJECTIVES SHEET, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-AS1
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER H
SPECIFICATION SHEET, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-AS1
OS ASSEMBLER H GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL, PROG. #5734-AS1
OS ASSEMBLER H PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE, PROG. NO. 5734-AS1
OS ASSEMBLER B S~TEM INFORMATION, PROG. NO. 5734-AS1
OS ASSEMBLER H MESSAGES, PROG. NO. 5734-AS1
,OS ASSEMBLER H LANGUAGE, PROG. NO. 5734-AS1
OS ASSEMBLER H LOGIC PROG. NO. 5734-AS1
IBM SYSTEM/360 OS ASSEMBLER H - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-AS1
BURROUGHS 100/200/300/500 BASIC ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE TO IBM
DOS ALC CONVERSION AID FOR SYSTEM/360, 370 AVAILABILITY
NOTICE - FDP NUMBER 5798-AMC
BURROUGHS 100/200/300/500 BASIC ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE TO IBM
DOS ALC CONVERSION AID FOR SYSTEM/360, 370 PROGRAM
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - FDP NUMBER 579B-AMC
BURROUGHS 100/200/300/500 BASIC ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE TO IBM
DOS ALe CONVERSION AID FOR SYSTEM/360, 370 SYSTEMS GUIDE
FDP NUMBER 5798-AMC
DOS TO OS ASSEMBLER MACRO CONVERSION
FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM AVAILABILITY NOTICE
DOS TO OS ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE MACRO CONVERSION
FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 579B-AFL
.
DOS TO OS ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE MACRO CONVERSION - FIELD
DEVELOPED PROGRAM SYSTEMS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 579B-AFL
4B
GB20-0689
GB20-1I0117
GB20-1I0116
GB20-0850
SB20-0890
SB20-0938
GB2D-0906
LY20-0678
LYBO-0625
LYBO-0626
"GB21-011111
"SB21-01115
••LB21-01116
•• GB20-112113
APL/360 PRIMER - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-XMl AND 5736-XMl
APL/360 OS SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XM6
PAL/36D-DOS SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-XM6
APL/360 - OS (S7311-XM6) AND APL/360 - DOS (5736-XM6)
GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL
APL/360 - OS OPERATIONS AND INSTALLATION MANUAL,
PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-XM6
APL/360 - DOS OPERATIONS AND INSTALLATION MANUAL,
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XM6
APL/360-0S (5734-XM6), APL/360-DOS (5736-XM6),
USER"S MANUAL
APL/360-0S AND APL/360-DoS SYSTEM MANUAL
FEATURE NUMBERS 8091, 8034
PROGRAM NUMBERS 57311-XM6, 5736-XM6
APL/360-OS ASSEMBLY LISTINGS, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM6,
FEATURE CODE 8092, FE SERVICE NUMBER 200156
APL/360 -"DOS ASSEMBLY LISTINGS,
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XM6, FEATURE CODE 8065,
FE SERVICE NUMBER 200157
GRAPBS AND HISTOGRAMS IN APL AVAILABILITY NOTICE - FDP
NUMBER 5798-AGL
"
GRAPHS AND HISTOGRAMS IN APL PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
MANUAL - FDP NUMBER 5798-AGL
GRAPHS AND HISTOGRAMS IN APL SYSTEMS GUIDE - FDP NUMBER
5798-AGL
PROGRAMMING RPQ #WE1191 APL SHARED VARIABLES (APLSV) DESIGN
OBJECTIVES - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5799-AJF
211 COBOL
.·GX28-8195
GC28-61106
GC28-61136
GC28-61107
SC28-61137
SC28-61132
SC28-611110
LY28-61107
LYC7-5023
LYC7-5038
LYC7-5039
GC28-61108
GC28-611611
GC28-6431
SC28-6456
"SC28-6458
"SC28-6457
••LY28-6420
"LY28-6419
IBM GUIDE TO AMERICAN NATIONAL S~ANDARD COBOL REFERENCE CARD
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FULL
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD (ANS) COBOL COMPILER
VERSION 3 DESIGN OBJECTIVES SHEET, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-CBl
IBM SYSTEM/360 OS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL
COMPILER AND LIBRARY, VERSION 3, PROGRAM PRODUCT
SPECIFIC~IONS (PPS) - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-CBl
IBM OS FOLL AMEJUCAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND
LIBRARY, VERSION 3: GENERAL INFORMATION, PROG. NO. 51311-CBl
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL
STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY, VERSION 3, PROGRAMMER'S
GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-CBl
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM
FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY,
VERSION 3, INSTALLATION REFERENCE MANUAL,
PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-CBl
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL
STANDARD COBOL, VERSION 3, MESSAGES
PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-CBl
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM
FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY,
VERSION 3 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 51311-CBl
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD
(ANS) COBOL VERSION 3 LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-CBl
IBM SYSTEM/360/370 OS FULL ANS COBOL VERSION 3
COMPILER AND LIBRARY - LISTINGS, PROG. PROD. 5734-CBl
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FOLL COBOL COMPILER
VERSION 3/TIME SHARING OPTION COBOL PROMPTER
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-CB3
IBM OS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND
LIBRARY, VERSION 4 - PPDO - PROG. NOS. 5134-CB2, -LM2
IBM OS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND
LIBRARY, VERSION 4 - PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NUMBERS 57311-CB2, 5734-LM2
OS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND
LIBRARY, VERSION 4, PLANNING GUIDE - PROGRAM
NOS. 5734-CB2, -LM2
IBM OS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND
LIBRARY VERSION 4, PROGRAMMERS GUIDE - PROGRAM PRODUCTS
5134-CB2 AND 5734-LM2
IBM OS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND
LIBRARY VERSION 4 MESSAGE MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCTS
57311-CB2 AND 5734-LM2
IBM OS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPLIER AND
LIBRARY, VERSION II, MESSAGES MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS
5134-CB2, AND 5134-LM2
IBM 5/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD
COBOL COMPILER V4 - PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT
5134-CB2
IBM S/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD
COBOL SUBROUTINE LIBRARY V4 PLM - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5134-CB2,
5134-LM2
49
GC28-6420
GC28-6443
GC28-6428
GC28-6444
GC28-6421
SC28-6441
GC28-6394
SC28-6442
SC28-6445
LY28-6412
LY28-6413
LYC7-5030
LYC7-5031
••GC28-6480
GC28-6450
GC28-6402
SC28-6439
GC28-6403
SC28-6438
SC28-6446
LY28-6414
LYC7-5041
•• GB21-0836
••SB21-0837
••LB21-0838
GB20-4101
GB20-0920
S020-0921
S020-0922
SB20-0923
IBM DOS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL S'l'ANDARD COBOL COMPILER,
VERSION 3: PP.DO, PROG. NO. 5736-CB2
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CB2
IBM SYS'l'EM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL
STANDARD COBOL COMPILER VERSION 3
SYSTEM REFERENCE LIBRARY PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CB2
IBM DOS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL S'l'ANDARD COBOL OBJECT-TIME
SUBROUTINE LIBRARY: PPDO, PROG. NO. 5736-LM2
SUBROUTINE LIBRARY - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LM2
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM: FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL
STANDARD COBOL OBJECT TIME SUBROUTINE LIBRARY
PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LM2
IBM DOS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND
LIBRARY, VERSION 3, RELEASE 2, GENERAL INFORMATION
PROG. NOS. 5736-CB2 (COMPILER), 5736-LM2 .lLIBRARY)
GENERAL INFORMATION
IBM SYSTEM/360 .DISK OPERATING SYSTEM: FULL AMERICAN
NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY, VERSION 3
SYSTEM REFERENCE LIBRARY PROGRAMMER's GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-CB2, 5736-LM2
IBM DOS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL, PROG. NOS.
360N-CB-482(V1 & 2), 5736-CB2(V3 COMPILER), LM2(V3 LIBRARY)
IBM DOS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND
LIBRARY, VERSION 3: INSTALLATION REFERENCE MANUAL, PROG.
NOS. 5736-CB2 AND 5736-LM2
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM: FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL
S'l'ANDARD COBOL VERSION 3 MESSAGES - SYSTEM REFERENCE LIBRARY
MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-CB2, 5736-LM2
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL
STANDARD COBOL COMPILER VERSION 3, PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-CB2
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL
STANDARD COBOL SUBROUTINE LIBRARY, VERSION 3
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LM2
SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM ANS COBOL COMPILER
VERSION 3 PROGRAM LISTING MICROFICHE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CB2
SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM ANS COBOL LIBRARY VERSION
3 PPJGRAM PRODUCT LISTING MICROFICHE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LM2
IBM DOS'SUBSET AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL
COMPILER AND LIBRARY DESIGN OBJECTIVES
PROG. PROD. 5736-CB1
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SUBSET AMERICAN
NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND LIBARY (PROGRAM
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS) PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-CB1
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM:
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD SUBSET COBOL COMPILER
GENERAL INFORMATION
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SUBSET AMERICAN
NATIONAL S'l'ANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY
PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CB1
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM:
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD SUBSET COBOL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CB1
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SUBSET AMERICAN
NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY
INSTALLATION REFERENCE MATERIAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CB1
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SUBSET. AMERICAN
NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL MESSAGES - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CB1
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SUBSET AMERICAN
NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY PROGRAM LOGIC
MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-CB1
SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SUBSET ANS COBOL COMPILER
AND LIBRARY - MICROFICHE - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5136-CB1
BURROUGHS 2500 SERIES COBOL TO IBM ANS COBOL CONVERSION AID
AVAILABILITY NOTICE - FDP NUMBER 5198-APH
BURROUGHS 2500 SERIES COBOL TO IBM ANS COBOL CONVERSION AID
PROGRAM .DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - FDP NUMBER 5798-APB
BURROUGHS 2500 SERIES COBOL TO IBM ANS COBOL CONVERSION AID
SYSTEMS GUIDE - FDP NUMBER 5798-APH
ONLINE COBQL SYMBOLIC DEBUG FOR IBM CP-67 SYSTEMS (RPQ)
PROGRAM NUMBER 5199-AAE - REFERENCE PRPQ AA0476
PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATION SHEET
CONTROL PROGRAM-61 ONLINE COBOL SYMBOLIC DEBUG
PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AAE - APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL
CONTROL PROGRAM - 67 ONLINE COBOL SYMBOLIC DEBUG
USER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AAE
CONTROL PROGRAM - 61 ONLINE COBOL SYMBOLIC DEBUG
INSTALLATION MANUAL, PROGRAM NDMBER 5799-AAE
CONTROL PROGRAM - 61 ONLINE COBOL SYMBOLIC DEBUG
OPERATING SYSTEM/360 IN A VIRTUAL MACHINE,
PROGRAM NUMBER 5199-AAE
so
LY20-0635
•• Ge28-6414
··GC28-6413
GB21-0381
··SB21-0388
"LB21-0389
"GB21-0493
•• SB21-0494
.·LB21-0495
GB21-0490
··SB21-0491
··LB21-0492
•• SC28-6469
CONTROL PROGRAM-61 ONLINE COBOL SYMBOLIC DEBUG PROGRAMMING
RPQ: SYSTEM MANUAL. PROG. NO. 5199-AAE FEATURE NO. 8006
DOS/vS COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY DESIGN OBJECTIVES PROGRAM
PRODUCT 5746-CBl (COMPILER AND LIBRARY) AND 5146-LM4
(LIBRARY ONLY)
,IBM DOs/VS COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY GENERAL INFORMATION
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5146-CBl AND 5146-LM4
HONEYWELL 200 SERIES COBOL TO, IBM ANS COBOL CONVERSION AIDS
FOP AVAILABILITY NQrICE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AGe
HONEYWELL 200 SERIES COBOL TO IBM ANS COBOL CONVERSION AID
FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5198-AGC
BONEYWELL' 200 SERIES COBOL TO IBM ANS COBOL CONVERSION AID
FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM-SYS~EMS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER
5198-AGC
RCA COBOL ~ IBM ANS COBOL CONVERSION AID FOR SYSTEM/360/370
AVAILABILITY NOTICE - FOP NUMBER 5798-ART
RCA COBOL TO IBM ANS COBOL CONVERSION AID FOR SYSTEM/360.310
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - FDP NUMBER 5198-ART
RCA COBOL TO IBM ANS COBOL CONVERSION AID FOR SYSTEM/360.310
SYSTEMS GUIDE - FDP NUMBER 5798-ART
UNIVAC 9300 COBOL TO IBM ANS COBOL CONVERSION AID
PROG. NO. 5198-AHP. FDP AVAILABILITY NOTICE
UNIVAC 9300 COBOL TO IBM ANS COBOL CONVERSION AID
FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5198-AHP
UNIVAC 9300 COBOL TO IBM ANS COBOL CONVERSION AID
FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM-SYS~EMS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER
5798-AHP
IBM VM/370 OS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER
AND LIBRARY. VERSION 4 CMS - USER'S GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5134-CB2 AND 5134-LM2
25 FORTRAN
GC28-6884
Gl.;28-6832
SC28-6859
LY28-6846
SC28-6853
LYC1-50j6
GB20-0896
SB20-0897
LY20-0608
GC28-6854
SC28-6856
LY28-6856
LYC7-5021
GC28-6862
Ge28-6847
Ge28-6863
SC28-6852
SC28-6861
Ge28-6865
LYC1-5019
IBM FORTRAN PROGRAM PRODUCTS FOR OS AND THE CMS COMPONENT OF
VM/370: GENERAL INFORMATION. PROG. NOS. 5734-F01.2.3.5
-LM1.3.-CP3
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM CODE AND GO FORTRAN
PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-FOl
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM CODE AND GO FORTRAN
PROCESSOR INSTALLATION REFERENCE MATERIAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-FOl
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM CODE AND GO FORTRAN
PROCESSOR PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-FOl
IBM OS CODE AND GO FORTRAN AND FORTRAN IV (Gl) PROGRAMMER'S
GUIDE. PROG. NOS. 5734-F01. 2. -LMl
IBM SYSTEM/360/370 CODE AND GO FORTRAN COMPILER - LISTINGS.
PROG. PROD. 5734-FOl
FORTRAN CONVERSION AID PROGRAM. GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AAJ. REFERENCE NUMBER FA1287
FORTRAN CONVERSION AID PROGRAM.
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL.
PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AAJ. REFERENCE NUMBER FA1287
FORTRAN CONVERSION AID PROGRAM (SYSTEM MANUAL.
PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AAJ. FEATURE CODE 8001.
REFERENCE NUMBER FA1281
OS FORTRAN IV (Gl) PROCESSOR - PPS - PROG. NO. 5734-F02
FORTRAN IV (Gl) PROCESSOR AND TSO FORTRAN PROMPTER FOR OS
AND VM/370 (CMS): INSTALLATION REFERENCE MATERIAL. PROG.
NOS. 5734-F02. 5734-CP3
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV (GI) COMPILER PLM
PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-F02
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV (G 1) COr·1PILER
MICROFICHE LISTINGS. PROG. PROD. 5734-F02
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: FORTRAN IV (H EXTENDED)
COMPILER PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-F03
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV LIBRARY (MOD II)
PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-LM3
OS FORTRAN IV LIBRARY (MOD II) - PPS - PROG. NO. 5134-LM3
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: FORTRAN IV (H EXTENDED)
COMPILER. PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-F03
5134-LM3
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV (H EXTENDED)
COMPILER AND LIBRARY (MOD II) rRM MODULE II INSTALLATION
REFERENCE MATERIAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5134-F03. 5134-LM3
IBM SYSTEM/360 OS: FORTRAN IV (H EXTENDED)
COMPILER AND LIBRARY (MODEL II). MESSAGES - SYSTEM REFERENCE
LIBRARY-MANUAL. PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-F03. 5134-LM3
IBM SYSTEM/360/370 FORTRAN IV H EXTENDED COMPILER PROG. PROD. 5134-F03
5-1
L1f28-6409
LYC7-5020
SC28-6868
LY28-6415
LYC7-5042
GC28-6881
**GC28-6888
**SX28-8193
GC28-6844
GC28-6850
SC28-6858
LY28-6408
LYC7-5022
GC28-8193
GC28-8194
SC28-6851
LYC7-5012
SC28-6864
GC28-6872
GC28-6882
SC28-6883
LYC7-5044
**SC28-6891
GC21-5028
GC21-5021
SC21-5005
LY21-0014
LYB1-0450
GC21-5052
SC21-5056
LYC7-1317
GC33-0030
GC33-0003
SC3l-0007
IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV
LIBRARY MOD II PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL. PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LM3
IBM SYSTEM/36 0/370 FORTRAN IV LIBRARY MOD II - LISTINGS
PROG. PROD. 5734-LM3
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV (H EXTENDED
PLUS COMPILER , LIBRARY USER SUPPLEMENT - PROGRAM NUMBER
5799-AAW
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV (H EXTENDED PLUS)
COMPILER AND LIBRARY PROGRAM LOGIC SUPPLEMENT
(PROGRAMMING REQUEST FOR PRICE QUOTATION)
PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-MW
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN H EXTENDED PLUS
MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AAW
FORTRAN INTERACTIVE DEBUG FOR 05(TSO) AND VM/370(CMS)
PROGRAM PRODUCT DESIGN OBJECTIVES. PROG. NO. 5734-F05
FORTRAN INTERACTIVE DEBUG FOR OS (TSO)
PPS PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-F05
IBM FORTRAN INTERACTIVE DEBUG FOR OS (TSO) AND VMI'370 (CMS)
REFEaENCE CARD - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-F05
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATIlqG S~STEM FORTRAN IV LIBRARY MOD 1
DESIGN OBJECTIVES - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LMl
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV LIBRARY MOD 1
PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LMl
IBM SYSTEM/36.0 FORTRAN IV LIBRARY (MODEL 1)
INSTALLATION REFERENCE MATERIAL. PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LMl
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV LIBRARY (MODEL I)
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL. PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LMl
OS 3601'370 FORTRAN IV LIBR. MOD I LISTING. P.P. NO. 5734-LMl
IBM SYSTEMI'360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV LIBRARY
ASCII SUPPORT
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LMl
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM
FORTRAN IV LIBRARY ASCII SUPPORT
PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LMl
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM - FORTRAN IV LIBRARY
ASCII SUPPORT: PROGRAMMER"S GUIDE SUPPLEMENT
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LM1.
SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN F LIBRARY
PROGRAM PRODUCT LISTING MICROFICHE
ASC II - PROGRAM NUMBElR 5736-LMl
IBM SYSTEMI'360 OS: FORTRAN IV MATH AND SVC SUBPROGRAM
SUPPLEMENT FOR MODE I and MODEL II LIBRARIES
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-LM1. 5734-LM3
SYSTEMI'360 DISK OPERATING SY~EM FORTRAN IV LIBRARY.
OPTION 1 - PROGRAM PRODUCT DESIGN OBJECTIVE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5746-LM3
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV LIBRARY OPTION 1 - PROGRAM
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5746-LM3
DOS FOR'fRAN IV LIBRARY OPTION/PROGRAMMERS" S GUIDE
SUPPLEMENT - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5746~LM3
DOS FOR'fRAN IV LIBRARY OPTION I - MICROFICHE - PROGRAM
NUMBER 5746-LM3
IBM VMI'370 (CMS) TERMINAL USER"S GUIDE FOR FORTRAN IV
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-F01. 5734-F02. 5734-F03. 5734-LMl
AND 5734-LM3
IBM DISK OPERATING SYSTEM RPG II
PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-RGl
IBM DOS RPG II GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-RGl
IBM DOS RPG II LANGUAGE, PROG. NO. 5736-RGl
IBM DOS RPG II LANGUAGE PRO~ LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-RGl
S/360 DOSRPG II COMPILER, LISTINGS. PROG. PROD. 5736-RGl
IBM DISK OpERATING SYSTEM RPG II AUTO REPORT FEATURE
GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-RG1
IBM DOS RPG II AUTO REPORT FEATURE - REFERENCE MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-RGl
IBM DISK OPERATING SYSTEM REPQRT PROGRAM GENERATOR II
AUTO REPORT FEATURE - PROGRAM LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER
5736-RGl
OS PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER - PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PL2
OS PLI'I CHECKOUT COMPILER: GENERAL INFORMATION
PROGRAM NUMBERs 5734-PL2. 5734-LM4
SYSTEMI'360 OPERATING SYSTEM PLI'I CHECKOUT COMPILER
PROGRAMMER"S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-PL2. 5734-LM5
52
SC33-003l
SC33-0032
SC33-0034
LY33-6013
LY33-60l4
LYC7-2500
SX33-6002
SC33-0009
GC33-0013
GC33-0022
GC33-000l
SC33-0006
SC33-0025
SC33-0027
SC33-0026
•• SC33-0037
LY33-6007
LYC7-2506
GC33-0023
LY33-600a
LYC7-2504
GC33-0024
LY33-6009
LYC7-2505
GC33-00l0
GC33-00l6
GC33-0004
SC33-0005
SC33-000a
SC33-00l9
SC33-0020
SC33-002l
SX33-600l
LY33-60l0
LYC7-2503
GC33-0017
LY33-6011
LYC7-250l
OS PL/,I CHECKOUT COMPILER: INSTALLATION - PROGRAM PRODUCTS
5734~PL2 AND 5734-LM5
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYoSTEM PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER
EXECUTION LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-PL2
5734-LM5
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER:
MESSAGES MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-PL2, 5734-LM5
OS PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PL2
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER
PROGRAM LOGIC, VOLUME 2 OF 2 -PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PL2
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYoSTEM PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER
PROGRAM LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PL2
OS PL/I OPTIMIZING AND CHECKOUT COMPILERS:
KEYWORDS. TERMINAL COMMANDS, AND COMPILER OPTIONS
REFERENCE CARD - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-PL1, PL2, PL3
OS PL/I OPTIMIZING AND CHECKOUT COMPILER
LANGUAGE REFERENCE MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-PL1, 5734-PL2, 5734-PL3
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER
DESIGN OBJECTIVES - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PLl
SYSTEM/360 OS PL/I OPTIMIZING QpMPILER
PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PLl
OS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PLl
OS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER - PROGRAMMER"S GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-PL1, 5734-LM4, 5734-LM5
OS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: EXECUTION LOGIC PROGRAM NOS.
5734-PL1. 5734-LM4 AND 5734-LM5
OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: MESSAGES
PROG. NOS. 5734-PL1, 5734-LM5
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER:
SYSTEM INFORMATION - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-PL1, 5734-LM4,
5734-LM5
OS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: CMS USERS GUIDE - PROGRAM
NUMBER 5734-PLl
OS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PLl
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER
MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PLl
OS PL/I RESIDENT LIBRARY - PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LM4
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I RESIDENT LIBRARY:
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LM4
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I RESIDENT LIBRARY
MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LM4
OS PL/I TRANSIENT LIBRARY-- PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LM5
OS PL/I TRANSIENT LIBRARY: PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LM5
OS PL/I TRANSIENT LIBRARY - MICROFICHE, PROG. NO. 5734-LM5
DOS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER PROGRAM PRODUCT DESIGN
OBJECTIVES - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-PLl
DOS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-PLl
DOS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPri.ER: GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL PROG. PROD.,5736-PLl
DOS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: LANGUAGE REFERENCE MANUAL
PROGRAM NOS. 5736-PL1, AND 5736-PL3
DOS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: PROGRAMMER"S GUIDE
PROG. PROD. 5736-PLl
DISK' OPERATING SYSTEM/360 PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER:
EXECUTION LOGIC PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-PL1, 5736-LM4,
5736-LM5
DOS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: INSTALLATION
PROGRAM NOS. 5736-PL1,LM4,LM5
NOTE: THESE PRODUCTS ARE ALSO DISTRIBUTED AS COMPOSITE
PACKAGE 5736-PL3
DOS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: MESSAGES MANUAL, PROG. PROD.
5736-PL1, 5736-LM5
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/360 REFERENCE CARD PL/I OPTIMIZING
COMPILER KEYWORDS
DOS PL/l OPTIMIZING COMPILER: PROGRAM LOGIC PROGRAM PRODUCT
5736-PLl
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/360 PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER
ASSEMBLY LISTING MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-PLl
DOS PL/I RESIDENT LIBRARY PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LM4
DOS PL/l RESIDENT LIBRARY: PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LM4
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/360
PL/I RESIDENT LIBRARY - ASSEMBLY LISTING MICROFICHE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LM4
53
GC33-0018
"SC33-0035
LY33-6012
LYC7-2502
GC33-0036
DOS PL/I TRANSIENT LIBRARY PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LM5
DOS PL/1 TRANSIENT LIBRARY: MESSAGES SYSTEM LIBRARY IIANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LM5
DOS PL/I TRANSIENT LIBRARY - PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LM5
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/360 PL/I TRANSIENT LIBRARY
ASSEMBLY LISTING MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LM5
PLII UNDER CMS - PROGRAM PRODUCT DESIGN OBJECTIVES:
PLII OPTIMIZING COMPILER. PROG. NO. 5734-PL1
PL/I RESIDENT LIBRARY. PROG. NO. 5734-LM4
PL/I TRANSIENT LIBRARY. PROG. NO. 5734-LM5
30 Access Metbods. Data Management. I/O Control. proqra1llS
GH20-4105
GH20-0853
SH20-0926
SH20-0925
LY20-0638
"GH20-4318
**GH20-1220
**SH20-1219
**SH20-1221
**LY20-0823
GH20-4039
GH20-0838
GH20-0723
SH20-0879
SH20-0885
LY20-0601
GH20-I1Q32
GH20-0810
SH20-0863
SH20-0864
LY20-0595
GH20-414
OPERATIONS MANUAL
SYSTEM/360 REQUIREMENTS PLANNING INTERFACE SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-M13
OS SHOP FLOOR CONTROL. PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-M31
PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATION SHEET
SHOP FLOOR CONTROL FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION - PROGRAM PRODUCT
5736-M31
SYSTEM/360 SHOP FLOOR CONTROL APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-M31
SHOP FLOOR CONTROL. PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-M31 (DOS>.
57311-M31 (OS) - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL
OS SHOP FLOOR CONTROL OPERATIONS MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-M31
SYSTEM/360 SHOP FLOOR CONTROL 5736-M31 OPERATOR"S MANUAL
SYSTEM/360 SHOP FLOOR CONTROL DATA BASE MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-M31
SYSTEM/360 SHOP FLOOR CONTROL 5736-M31 SYSTEM MANUAL
3330/2305 APT SUPPORT PROGRAMMING RPQ WB5773
PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-ACZ (PRPQ SPECIFICATIONS)
SCRIPT/370 (5796-PAF) IS READY FOR SHIPMENT
AVAILABILITY NOTICE
SCRIPT/370 - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATION MANUAL - IUP
NUMBER 5796-PAF
SCRIPT/370 SYSTEM GUIDE - IUP NUMBER 5796-PAF
AN APL TEXT EDITOR AND COMPOSER 5796-PAC IS READY FOR
SHIPMENT - AVAILABILITY NOTICE - PROGRAM NUMBER - 5796-PAC
AN APL TEXT EDITOR AND COMPOSER PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/
OEPRATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5796-PAC
.
AN APL (OS OR DOS) TEXT EDITOR AND COMPOSER: SYSTEM GUIDE
PROG. NO. 5796-PAC. FEATURE NO. 8009
SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR -- EDIT/360. APPLICATION
DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-K11
SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR - EDIT/360
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL
PRoGRAM NUMBER 5736-K11
SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR - EDIT/360 OPERATIONS MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-K11
SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR -- EDIT/360 (DOS)
SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME I - FLOWCHART NARRATIVES
PROGRAM NUMBER Si36-Kii
LY2o-01190
SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR -- EDIT/360 (DOS)
SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME II - FLOWCHARTS PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-Kll
70
GH20-1I037
SH20-0833
SH20-08311
SH20-0835
SH20-0836
LY20-0623
LY20-06211
SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR PAGINATION/360
PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-K12
SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR - PAGlNATION/360
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION VOLUME 1
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-K12
SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR - PAGlNATION/360
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION VOLUME 2 - PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-K12
SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR-PAG~NATION/360: PROGRAM
DESCRIPTION VOLUME 3. PROG. NO. 5136-K12
SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR - PAGINATION/360
OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-K12
SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR PAGlNATION/360. SYSTEM MANUAL.
VOLUME I - FLOWCHART NARRATIVES - PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-K12.
FEATURE CODE 8010
SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR PAGlNATION/360. SYSTEM MANUAL.
VOLUME II - FLOWCHARTS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-K12.
FEATURE CODE 8011
711 Medical
**GH20-42311
**GH20-4233
**GH20-1179
**GH21-0935
**GH20-4333
**GH20-1249
*.GH20-1265
**SH20-1276
**SH20-1270
**LY20-0845
**GH20-4235
GH20-1190
**GB21-0963
**SB21-09611
**LB21-0965
GH20-4019
**GH20-4412
GH20-0806
**SH20-0808
SH20-0815
SH20-0807
SH20-0805
**SH20-0809
LY20-0561
GH20-4001
LY20-0480
**GX20-1788
**GX20-1789
**GX20-1790
HEALTH CARE SUPPORT/ACCOUNTING SYSTEM DESIGN OBJECTIVES
PROGRAM NUMBER 5746-H14 - FEATURE 6001 OR 6002
HEALTH CARE SUPPORT/DATA COMMUNICATIONS PROGRAM DESIGN
OBJECTIVES-- PROGRAM PRODUCT 51116-H13
HEALTH CARE SUPPORT/ACCOUNTING SYSTEM' DATA COMMUNICATIONS:
GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL. PROG. NO. 5146-Hll1 (DOS/vS)
8EALTH CARD SUPPORT/ADMISSIONS SYSTEM FOR SYSTEM/370
AVAILABILITY NOTICE - FDP NUMBER 5198-ASZ
IBM HEALTH CARE SUPPORT/ELECTROCARDIOGRAM (ECG) ANALYSIS
PROGRAM PES - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 57311-H11 AND 5736-B15
HEALTH CARE SUPPORT/ELECTROCARDIOGRAM (ECG) ANALYSIS GENERAL
INFORMATION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-Hll AND 5736-B15
HEALTH CARE SUPPORT/ELECTROCARDIOGRAM (ECG) ANALYSIS PROGRAM
PHYSICIANS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-H15 AND 5734-Bll
SELF-STUDY IMPLEMENTATION COURSE FOR HEALTH CARE SUPPORT
ECG PROGRAM PRODUCT - PROG. NOS. 5734-Hll AND 5736-H15
HEALTH CARE SUPPORT/ELECTROCARDIOGRAM (ECG) ANALYSIS PROGRAM
PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL AND OPERATIONS GUIDE
PROG. NOS. 57311-Hll (OS. OS/vS) AND 5736-H15 (DOS. DOS/VS)
HEALTH CARE SUPPORT/ELECTROCARDIOGRAM (ECG) ANALYSIS
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL- PROG NOS. 5134-Hll (OS. OS/VS)
5736-815 (DOS. DOS/VS)
HEALTH CARE SUPPORT/LABORATORY INFORMATION SYSTEM DESIGN
OBJECTIVES - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5146-H12
HEALTH CARE SUPPORT/LABORATORY INFORMATION SYSTEM: GENERAL
INFORMATION MANUAL. PROG. NO. 5146-H12 (DOS/VS)
HEALTH CARE SUPPORT/PATIENT HISTORY SYSTEM FOR SYSTEM/370
AVAILABILITY NOTICE - FDP NUMBER 5198-ATR
HEALTH CARE SUPPORT/PATIENT HISTORY SYSTEM FOR SYSTEM/370
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - FDP NUMBER 5798~ATR
HEALTH CARE SUPPORT/PATIENT HISTORY SYSTEM FOR SYSTEM/310
SYSTEMS GUIDE - FDP NUMBER S798-ATR
MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS PROGRAM (MISP) VERSION 2
SPECIFI~IONS SHEET - pROGRAM NUMBER 5736-Hll
MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS PROGRAM (MISP) VERSION 2
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION - PRQG. PROD~ 5736-H11
MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS PROGRAM (MISP) VERSION 2
APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL. PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-Hll
MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS PROGRAM (MISP) 5736-811
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL
MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS PROGRAM (MISP)
VERSION TWO - APPLICATION FILE DESCRIPTION MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-Hll
MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS PROGRAM (MISP) VERSION 2:
INSTALLATION AID MANUAL. PROG. NO. 5736-811
MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS PROGRAM (MISP) PROGRAM 5736-Hll
OPERATIONS MANUAL
MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEM PROGRAM (MISP) 5736-811
PROGRAMMER'S MANUAL
MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS PROGRAM (MISP) VERSION 2
SYSTEM MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-Hl1 FEATURE CODE 8500
SBAS COMPATIBLE TELEPROCESSING SPECIFICATION SHEET
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-H13
SBAS COMPATIBLE TELEPROCESSING SUPPORT FOR 2780. 2140. AND
- 1050 TERMINALS SYSTEM REFERENCE MANuAL
PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736~H13. FEATURE CODE 8000
CHARGE DESCRIPTION MASTER WORKSHEET
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-H13. 360A-UH-11X
DOCTOR MASTER FILE - WORKSHEET
PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-UH-l1X. 5136-813
ROOM AND BED MASTER
PROG. NOS. 5136-813. 360A-UB-11X
71
GB21-0229
SB21-0230
LB21-0231
GH20-4021
GH20-0109
SH20-0180
SH20-0181
SH20-0169
GX20-1801
GX20-1.808
GX20-1809
LY20-0655
SBAS PENDING INSURANCE CLAIMS ACCOUNTING PROGRAMS (DOS)
FOP AVAILABILITY NOTICE. PROG. NO. 5198-ADN
SBAS PENDING INSURANCE CLAIMS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5198-ADN
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERA~IONS MANUAL
SHAS PENDING INSURANCE CLAIMS - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5798-ADN
FIELQ DEVELOPED PROGRAM ~ SY~EMS GUIDE
SHARED LABRATORY INFORMATION SYSTEM (SLIS) PROGRAM
PRODUCT SPECIFICA~IONS PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-H12
SHARED LABORATORY INFORMA~ION SYSTEM (SLIS)
APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-H12
SHARED LABORATORY INFORMATION SYSTEM (SLIS) 5136-H12
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL
SHARED LABORATORY INFORMATION SYSTEM (SLIS) (5136-H12)
OPERATIONS MANUAL
SHARED LABORATORY INFORMA~ION SYSTEM (SLIS)
LABORA~ORY MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-H12
SHARED LABORATORY INFORMATION SYSTEM CLM CODING SHEET
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-H12
SHARED LABORATORY INFO~ION SYSTEM CLM CODING SHEET
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-H12
SHARED LABORATORY INFORMATION SYSTEM CLM CODING SHEET
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-H12
SHARED LABORATORY INFORMATION SYSTEM (SLIS) SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-H12
15 Process
**G320-1522
**SH20-1314
**LY20-0118
**GB21-0031
**SB21-0032
**LB21-0033.
1!
~
MULTICOLOMN DISTILLA~ION BROGRAM - AVAILABILI~Y NOTICE
IUP - 5796-pAH
MUL~ICOLUMN DISTILLATION PROGRAM - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION
OPERATIONS MANUAL - IUP NUMBER 5796-PAH
MUL~ICOLUMN DISTILLA~ION ?ROGRAM SYSTEMS GUIDE - lOP NUMBER
5196-PAH
PRODUCTION ORDER INVEN~ORY ~RACKING SYSTEM FOR S/360-370
AVAILABILITY NOTICE - FOP 1t5798-AAL
PRODUCTION ORDER INVENTORY TRACKING SYSTEM FOR S/360-370
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERA~IONS MANUAL - FDP 1t5798-AAL
PRODUCTION ORDER INVENTORY TRACKING SYSTEM FOR S/360-370
SYSTEMS GUIDE - FDP It 5798-AAL
Utilities
**SH20-1101
**LY20-0155
GH20"-4011
**GH20- 4413
GH20-4144
GH20-0532
SH20-0615
SH20-0616
LY20-0555
LY2o-0553
LY20-0546
LY20-0554
LY20-0693
LY20-0126
LOADFLOW PLO~ING SYSTEM. VARIBUS CORP. A GULF STATES
UTILITY COMPANY SUBSIDIARY - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
MANUAL - IUP NUMBER 5796-AAF
LOADFLOW PLOTTING SYSTEM. VARIBUS CORPORATION, A GULF STATES
UTILITIES COMPANY SYSTEMS GUIDE - IUP NUMBER 5796-AAF
POWER SYSTEM PLANNING PROGRAM S.PECIFICATIONS SHEETS
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-U12
POWER SYSTEM PLANNING PROGRAM - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-U12
SYS~EM/360 POWER SYSTEM PLANNING (PSP) FOR THE ELECTRIC
UTILITY INDUSTRY SHORT CIRCUIT Ro FEATURE SPECIFICATIONS
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-U12
SYSTEM/360 POWER SYSTEM PLANNING (PSP) FOR ELECTRIC UTILITY
INDUSTRY WITH POWER FLOW OUTPUT & CAPACITY FEATURE
& SHORT CIRCUIT Ro FEATURE: APPLICATION DESCRIPTION.
PROGRAM ·NUMBER 5736-U12
SYSTEM/360 POWER SYSTEM PLANNING FOR THE ELECTRIC
UTILITY INDUSTRY (OS) (5136-u12)
SYSTEM/360 POWER SYSTEM PLANNING FOR THE ELECTRIC
UTILITY·INDUSTRY (OS) (5736-U12). OPERATIONS MANUAL
SYSTEM/360 POWER SYSTEM PLANNING (PSP) FOR THE
ELECTRIC UTILITY INDUSTRY
ENGINEERING DATA MANAGMENT SERVICES SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME I PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-U12 FEATURE CODE 8114
SYSTEM/360 POWER SYSTEM PLANNING (PSP) FOR
ELECTRIC UTILITY INDUSTRY - SHORT CIRCUIT SYSTEM MANUAL
VOLUME II PROG. NO. 5736-U12
SYSTEM/360 POWER SYSTEM PLANNING (PSP) FOR THE
ELECTRI UTILITY INDUSTRY POWER FLOW SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME III
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-U12 FEATURE CODE 8172
SYSTEM/360 POWER SYSTEM PLANNING (PSP) FOR THE
ELECTRIC UTILITY INDUSTRY TRANSIENT STABILITY
SYSTEM MANUAL - VOLUME IV PROGRAM NUMBER
5736-012 FEATURE CODE 8173
SYSTEM/360 POWER SYSTEM PLANNING (PSP) FOR THE ELECTRIC
UTILITY INDUSTRY, POWER FLOW OUTPUT AND CAPACITY FEATURE
SYSTEM MANUAL. VOLUME V - PROGRAM NUMBER (5736-U12)
SYSTEM/360 POWER SYSTEM PLANNING (PSP) FOR THE -ELEcTRIC
UTILITY INDUSTRY SHORT CIRCUIT RO FEATURE - SYSTEM MANUAL
VOLUME VI. FEATURE 8103 - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-U12
72_
GB21-0043
SB21-0044
LB21-0045
PUBLIC UTILITY FINANCIAL PLANNING SYSTEM - FDP AVAILABILITY
NOTicE - PROG. NO. 5798-AAQ
PUBLIC UTILITY FINANCIAL PLANNING SYSTEM - FIELD DEVELOPED
PROGRAM - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION OPERATIONS MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AAQ
PUBLIC UTILITY FINANCIAL PLANNING SYSTEM GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AAQ
78 Transportation
GH20-4123
GH20-0873
SH20-0981
SH20-0979
SH20-1081
LY20-0666
LY20-0663
LY20-0664
GH20-1134
SH20-1136
**SH20-1184
5H20-1166
**SH20-1183
GH20-1135
**SH20-1185
SH20-1167
**5H20-1195
5H20-1137
**SH20-1187
GH20-1139
**SB20-1186
SH20-1169
LH20-1138
LB20-1168
**LH20-1Q82
G320-1518
FARE QUOTE/TICKETING SPECIFICATION SHEET PROGRAM NUMBER
5736-T11
FARE QUOTE/TICKETING APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL
FARE QUOTE/TICKETING SYSTEM
IMPLEMENTATION GUIDE. PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-T1~
FARE QUOTE/ISSUE TICKET USER'S GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-T11
FARE QUOTE/TICKETING STUDENT STUDY GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-T11
FARE QUOTE/TICKETING DATA/MACRO SPECIFICATION
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-T11
FARE QUOTE/TICKETING FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATION
PROGRAM NUMBER S736-Tl1
.
FARE QUOTE/ISSUE TICKET PROGRAM AND PACKAGE SPECIFICATIONS
PROGRAM NUMBER S736-T11
(SEE ALSO -TARIFF MAINTENANCE- PROG. NO. 5736-Tl1)
FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION
(FIRST) GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS
·S795-AAA (OS MESSAGE SWITCHING) 5795-AAB (OS EQUIPMENT
CONTROL) S79S-AAC (DOS MESSAGE SWITCHING) 5795-AAD (DOS
EQUIPMENT CONTROL)
FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION
(FIRST), SYSTEM PROGRAMMER'S -'REFERENCE MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5795-AAA (OS MESSAGE SWITCHING)
FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION
(FIRST) SYSTEM PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER
S79S-AAB (OS EQUIPMENT CONTROL)
FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION
(FIRST) SYSTEM PROGRAMMER'S REFERENCE MANUAL- PROGRAM
PRODUCT S79S-~AC(DOS MESSAGE SWITCHING)
FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION
(FIRST) SYSTEM PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL ~ PROGRAM NUMBER
5795-AAD - (DOS EQUIPMENT CONTROL)
FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION (FIRST
OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER S795-AAA (OS MESSAGE
SWITCHING)
FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION
(FIRST) OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5795-AAB (OS
EQUIPMENT CONTROL)
FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION
(FIRST) OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5795-AAC
(DOS MESSAGE SWITCHING)
FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION
(FIRST) OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5795-AAD
(DOS EQUIPMENT CONTROL)
FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION
(FIRST) - TERMINAL OPERATOR'S MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS
5795-AAA (aS MESSAGE SWITCHING) 5795-AAC (DOS MESSAGE
SWITCHING)
FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION
(FIRST) TERMINAL OPERATOR'S MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS
S795-AAB, AND 5795-AAD (OS AND DOS EQUIPMENT CONTROL)
FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION
(FIRST) - FILE DESCRIPTION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS
5795-AAA (OS MESSAGE SWITCHING)
SWITCHING)
FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION
(FIRST) FILE DESCRIPTION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS
5795-AAB AND 5795-AAD (OS AND DOS EQUIPMENT CONTROL)
FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION
(FIRST) FILE DESCRIPTION MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT 579S-AAC
(DOS MESSAGE SWITCHING)
FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION
(FIRST) - PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS
5795-AAA (OS MESSAGE SWITCHING)
FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION
(FIRST) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5797-AAC
(DOS MESSAGE SWITCHING)
FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION
(FIRST) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS S795-AAB.
AND 5795-AAD (OS AND DOS EQUIPMENT CONTROL)
FLIGHT DATA DISPLAY SYSTEM IUP ANNOUNCEMENT NOTICE
PROGRAM NUMBER S796-PAE
73
G320-1519
SH20-1094
SH20-1095
LY20-0751
LY20-0749
SH20-1096
LY20-0750
GB21-0313
SB21-0314
LB21-0315
GB21-0316
SB21-0317
LB21-0318
SH20-0982
SH20-0980
LY20-0665
GH20-0730
GH20-4016
**GH20-4411
SH20-0812
SH20-0792
SH20-Q798
LY20-0559
SH20-0811
LY20-0560
GB21-0019
SB21-0020
LB21-0021
GB21-9981
GH20-4041
GH19-2903
GH20-4042
GH19-2000
SH19-2304
SH19-2607
SH19-2608
LY19-2001
FLIGHT DATA DISPLAY SYSTEM, GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5796-PAE
FLIGHT DATA DISPLAY SYSTEM INSTALLATION GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5796-PAE
FLIGHT DATA DISPLAY SYSTEM OPERATORS MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5796-PAE
FLIGHT DATA DISPLAY SYSTEM DATA/MACRO/FILE SPECIFICATIONS
IUP PROGRAM NO. 5796-PAE
FLIGHT DATA DISPLAY SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS, IUP
PROG. NO. 5796-PAE
FLIGHT DATA DISPLAY SYSTEM USERS GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5796-PAE
FLIGHT DATA DISPLAY SYSTEM PACKAGE/PROGRAM SPECIFICATIONS
IUP PROGRAM NO. 5796-PAE
OS ROTABLE CONTROL PROGRAM - FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM
AVAILABILITY NOTICE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AFA
OS ROTABLE CONTROL PROGRAM - FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AFA
OS ROTABLE CONTROL PROGRAM - FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM
SYSTEMS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AFA
DOS ROTABLE CONTROL PROGRAM - FDP AVAILABILITY NOTICE, PROG.
NO. 5798-AFC
IBM DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/360 ROTABLE CONTROL PROGRAM
FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AFC
IBM DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/360 ROTABLE CONTROL PROGRAM
FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM SYSTEMS GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AFC
TARIFF MAINTENANCE
OPERATOR"S GUIDE, PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-T11
TARIFF MAINTENANCE
USER'S GUIDE, PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-T11
TARIFF MAINTENANCE PROGRAM AND PACKAGE SPECIFICATIONS
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-T11
(SEE ALSO -FARE QUOTE/TICKETING- PROG. NO. 5736-T11)
TARIFF PUBLISHING SYSTEM (BOUND TARIFFS) AND TRAFFIC PROFILE
ANALYSIS SYSTEM (POINT-TO-POINT TARIFF ITEM SELECTION):
APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL, PROG. NOS. 5736-T21, -T22
TARIFF PUBLISHING SYSTEM (BOUND TARIFFS)
PROGRAM PRODUCT SPEC'S, PROG. NO. 5736-T21
TARIFF PUBLISHING SYSTEM (BOUND TARIFFS)
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION - PROG. PROD. 5736~T21
TARIFF PUBLISHING SYSTEM (BOUND TARIFFS) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION
AND OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-T21
TARIFF PUBLISHING SYSTEM (BOUND TARIFFS) FORMAT AND
STANDARD CODES MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-T21
TARIFF PUBLISHING SYSTEM (BOUND TARIFFS)
DATA PRE~ARATION MANUAL 5736-T21
TARIFF PUBLISHING SYSTEM (BOUND TARIFFS) SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-T21, FEATURE CODE 8003
TRAFFIC PROFILE ANALYSIS SYSTEM 5736-T22,
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION MANUAL
TRAFFIC PROFILE ANALYSIS SYSTEM SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-T22
VEHICLE MAINTENANCE & COST ANALYSIS: S/360 MODELS 20, 25
& UP - FDP AVAILABILITY NoTICE. PROG. NO. 5798-AAG
VEHICLE MAINTENANCE AND COST ANALYSIS. SYSTEM/360 MODELS 20.
25 AND UP: PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL, FDP PROG.
NO. 5798-AAG
VEHICLE MAINTENANCE AND COST ANALYSIS. SYSTEM/360 MODELS 20,
25 AND UP: SYSTEMS GUIDE. FOP PROG. NO. 5798-AAG
VEHICLE MAINTENANCE AND COST ANALYSIS SYSTEM - MARKETING
GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AAG
IBM VEHICLE SCHEDULEING PROGRAM - EXTENDED (OS)
PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS ~ PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM5
IBM VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM - EXTENDED (DOS)
SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XM3
IBM VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM - EXTENDED (DOS)
PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XM3
IBM VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM--EXTENDED
GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-XM5 (OS). 5736-XM3 (DOS)
IBM VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM--EXTENDED
(OS AND DOS) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-XM5 (OS). 5736-XM3 (noS)
IBM VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM - EXTENDED (OS)
OPERATIONS MANUAL. PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM5
IBM VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM. - EXTENDED (DOS)
OPERATIONS MANUAL. PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XM3
IBM VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM.-- EXTENDED (OS AND DOS)
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL. VOLUME I. NARRATIVE
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-XM5 (OS). 5736-XM3 (DOS)
74
LY19-2006
LYA9-2007
LYA9-2008
GB21-0001
SB2~-0002
LB21-0003
IBM VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM -- EXTENDED (OS AND DOS)
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, VOLUME II, FLOWCHARTS
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-XM5 (OS), 5736-XM3 (DOS)
IBM VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM--EXTENDED
(OS) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, VOLUME III.PROGRAM LISTINGS MICROFICHE, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM5
IBM VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM -- EXTENDED (DOS) PROGRAM
LOGIC MANUAL, VOLUME III PROGRAM LISTINGS - MICROFICHE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM5
.
GENERALIZED VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM (VSP) NETWORK
FOR LOS ANGELES; FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM
AVAILABILITY NOTICE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AAA
GENERALIZED VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM
NETWORK FOR LOS ANGELES FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AAA
VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM
GENERALIZED VSP NETWORK FOR LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA:
FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM SYSTEMS GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AAA
79 Cross-Industry (see also 80-83 for selections)
**GH19-0057
**GH19-0058
**GH19-0044
**SH19-0047
**SH19-0052
**SH19-0045
**SH19-0046
**SB19-0050
**SH19-0048
**SB19-0049
**SB19-0051
GB21-0136
SB21-0137
LB21-0138
**GB21-0938
**SB21-0939
**GB21-0638
**SB21-0639
**GB21-0640
**GB21-9945
**GH19-1008
**SH19-1009
**5919-1010
LY19-1004
GH20.,..4007
GH20-0745
AUTOFLOW FOR PL/I, COBOL, FORTRAN AND ASSEMBLER PROGRAM
SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5734-DCl AND 5736-DCl
AUTOFLOW COMPUTER DOCUMENTATION SYSTEM PROGRAM PRODUCT
SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-DCl
AUTOFLOW. IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370, GENERAL INFORMATION
MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5734-DCl (OS) AND 5736-DCl (DOS)
AUTOFLOW, IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 OPERATIONS GUIDE
PROGRAM PRODUCT - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5734-DCl (OS) AND
5736-DC1 (DOS)
AUTOFLOW, IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 INSTALLATION
GUIDE OS - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5734-DCl
AUTOFLOW, IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 INSTALLATION GUIDE
DOS - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-DCl
AUTOFLOW, IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 INSTRUCTOR'S GUIDE
PROGRAM PRODUCT - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5734-DCl (OS) AND
5736-DCl (DOS)
AUTOFLOW IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 ASSEMBLY SERIES
REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5734-DCl (OS) AND
5736-DCl (DOS)
AUTOFLOW IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 COBOL SERIES
REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM PRODUCT - PROGRAM PRODUCTS
5734-DCl (OS) AND 5736-DCl (DOS)
AUTOFLOW IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 FORTRAN SERIES
REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5734-DCl (OS) AND
5736-DCl (DOS)
AUTOFLOW IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 PL/I SERIES REFERENCE
MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5734-DCl (OS) AND 5736-DCl (DOS)
DATA CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM (UNDER OS AND DOS) - FDP
AVAILABILITY NOTICE, PROG. NO. 5798-Ace
DATA CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM FOR THE SYSTEM/360
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-ACC
DATA CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM FOR THE SYSTEM/360
SYSTEMS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-ACC
DATA COMPRESSION/EXPANSION FOR 5/360/370 AVAILABILITY NOTICE
FDP NUMBER 5798-ATB
DATA COMPRESSION/EXPANSION FOR S/360/370 PROGRAM
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - FDP NUMBER 5798-ATE
DATA EDITING AND FORMATTING AIDS FOR SYSTEM/360 AVAILABILITY
NOTICE - FDP NUMBER 5798-AKS
DATA EDITING AND FORMATTING AIDS FOR SYSTEM/360 PROGRAM
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - FOP NUMBER 5798-AKS
DATA EDITING AND FORMATTING AIDS FOR SYSTEM/360:
SYSTEMS GUIDE - FDP PROG. NO. 5798-AKS
DATA EDITING AND FORMATTING AIDS FOR 5/360/370 REFERENCE
CARD - FDP NUMBER 5798-AKS
SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 DECISION TABLE TRANSLATOR (DECTAT)
FOR COBOL AND PL/.l 5734-XR2
SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 DECISION TABLE TRANSLATOR (DECTAT)
FOR COBOL AND PL/I PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL - PROGRAM
PRODUCT 5734-XR2
SYSTEM/360 AND'SYSTEM/370 DECISION TABLE TRANSLATOR (DECTAT)
FOR COBOL AND PL/I OPERATION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER
5734-XR2
SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 DECISION TABLE TRANSLATOR
(DECTAT) FOR COBOL AND PL/I, SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XR2
LEARN ATS-OS: PROGRAM PRODUCT SPEC., PROG. NO. 5734-XX8
PROGRAM NUMBER. 5734-XX8
SYSTEM/360 OS LEARN ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM
APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL· (PROGRAM NO. 5734-XXS)
75
S820-0766
LY20-0509
S020-0768
G020-4006
G020-0746
S020-0767
LY20-0510
GB21-0541
SB21-0542
LB21-0543
G020-4312
S012-5407
SB12-5509
LY12-5008
**LY12-50 13
**G019-1028
**SB19-1030
**S019-1031
**LY19-1007
GB21-0450
SB21-0451
LB21-0452
80 Cross-Industry GB21-0322
SB21-0323
LB21-0324
**G320-1523
**SB20-1306
**LY20-0114
GB20-4141
GB20-0961
SB20-1075
SB20-1076
LY20-0133
GB20-4028
G020-0771
S020-0829
S020-0830
IBM SYSTEM/360 OS LEARN ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX8
IBM SYSTEM/360 OS LEARN ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM
SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX8 FEATURE CODE 8053
IBM SYSTEM/360 LEARN ATS WORKBOOK
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-XX8, 5736-XX3
LEARN ATS-DOS: PROGRAM PRODUCT SPEC., PROG. NO. 5736-XX3
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XX3
SYSTEM/360 DOS LEARN ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM
APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XX3
IBM SYSTEM/360 DOS L~RN ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XX3
IBM SYSTEM/360 DOS LEARN ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM
SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XX3 FEATURE CODE 8054
LEASE VS. PURCHASE ANALYSIS OF CAPITAL EXPENDITURES FDP
AVAILABILITY NOTICE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AJK
LEASE VS. PURCHASE ANALYSIS OF CAPITAL EXPENDITURES PROGRAM
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - FOP NUMBER 5798-AJK
LEASE VS. PURCHASE ANALYSIS OF CAPITAL EXPENDITURES SYSTEMS
GUIDE - FDP NUMBER 5198-AJK
STORAGE AND INFORMATION RETRIEVAL SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
SOEET (STAIRS) - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XR3
IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370, STORAGE AND INFORMATION
RETRIEVAL SYSTEM (STAIRS), PROGRAM PRODUCT REFERENCE
MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XR3
IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/310, STORAGE AND INFORMATION
RETRIEVAL SYSTEM (STAIRS), OPERATION GUIDE
PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XR3
IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370, STORAGE AND INFORMATION
RETRIEVAL SYSTEM (STAIRS), PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL VOL. I
NARRATIVES - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XR3
SYSTEM/360/370 STAIRS: PLM VOLUME II (FLOWCHARTS) - PROGRAM
NUMBER 5134-XR3
SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/310 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS OF FILES
STAF/OS - GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - PROGRAM
PRODUCT 5734-XA2
STAF/OS PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XA2
IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/310 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS OF FILES
(STAF/OS) OPERATIONS GUIDE - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XA2
SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS OF FILE.S
(STAF/OS) LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XXB
DOS TIME ACCOUNTING AND BILLING - FDP AVAILABILITY NOTICE,
PROG. NO. 5798-ABB
DOS TIME ACCOUNTING AND BILLING - FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AHB
DOS TIME ACCOUNTING AND BILLING - FIELD DEVELOPED
PROGRAM-SYSTEMS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AHB
Information Management
DOS APPLICATION DCOUMENATION PROGRAM - FIELD DEVELOPED
PROGRAM AVAILABILITY NOTICE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AFF
DOS APPLICATION DOCUMENATION PROGRAM - FIELD DEVELOPED
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5198-AFF
DOS APPLICATION DOCUMENTATION PROGRAM - FIELD DEVELOPED
PROGRAM SYSTEMS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5198-AFF
DBPROTOTYPE (5796-PBB), IMSMAP (5796-PBC), PLIMS (5796-PBF),
BTS (5796-PBD), TEST IMS UTILITIES (5796-PBE) ARE NOW READY
FOR SHIPMENT AVAILABILITY NOTICE
BTS (BATCH TERMINAL SIMULATOR) PROGRAM
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - IUP NUMBER 5796-PBB
BTS (BATCH TERMINAL SIMULATOR) SYSTEMS GUIDE - IUP NUMBER
5796-PBD
BILL PROCESSOR SYSTEMS - IMS/360 BRIDGE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX9
BILL PROCESSOR SYSTEMS - IMS/360 BRIDGE,
APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX9
BILL PROCESSOR SYSTEMS - IMS/360 BRIDGE
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX9
BILL PROCESSOR SYSTEMS - IMS/360 BRIDGE, OPERATIONS
MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XX9
BILL PROCESSOR SYSTEMS - IMS/360 BRIDGE, SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX9
DATA BASE ORGANIZATION AND MAINTENANCE PROCESSOR
PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS, PROG. NO. 5736-XX4
SYSTEM/360 DATA BASE ORGANIZATION AND MAINTENANCE PROCESSOR
APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XX4
SYSTEM/360 DATA BASE ORGANIZATION AND MAINTENANCE PROCESSOR
5136-XX4 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL
SYSTEM/360 DATA BASE ORGANIZATION AND MAINTENANCE PROCESSOR
5736-XX4 OPERATIONS MANUAL
76
LY20-0566
•• G320-1521
••SB20-1105
**LY20-0758
GB20-11230
GB20-12116
••GB20-1272
·.SB20-1303
••LY20-0771
GB20-05711
G820-0521
S820-0630
S820-0622
S820-0623
S820-0736
S820-0632
S820-0625
LY20-01125
LY20-01122
LY20-01123
LY20-011211
G820-11170
GB20-111211
GB20-0892
SB20-1030
SB20-101l0
S820-1033
S820-1032
LY20-0696
LY20-0697
LY20-0698
IBM SYSTEM/360 DATA BASE ORGANIZATION AND MAINTENANCE
PROCESSOR SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XXII
DATA DICTIONARY/DIRECTORY WITH CMIS DATA ELEMENT GLOSSARY
(5796-PAG) IUP AVAILABILITY NOTICE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5796-PAG
DATA DICTIONARY/DIRECTORY SYS~EM. WITB CMIS DATA ELEMENT
GLOSSARY - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION OPERATIONS MANUAL - IUP
NUMBER 5796-PAG
DATA DICTIONARY/DIRECTORY SYSTEM WITH DATA ELEMENT GLOSSARY
SYSTEM GUIDE - IUP NUMBER 5796-PAG
DATA LANGUAGE/I DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE
(DL/I DOS/VS) - PPDO - PROG. NO.• 57116-XXl
DATA LANGUAGE/I DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE
(DL/I DOs/VS) GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER
57116-XXl
DATA BASE DESIGN EVALUATION (DBPROTOTYPE) GENERAL
INFORMATION MANUAL - lOP NUMBER 5796-PBB
DBPROTOTYPE PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - IUP
NUMBER 5796-PBB
DATA BASE DESIGN EVALUATION (DBPROTOTYPE) PROGRAM SYSTEM
GUIDE - IUP NUMBER 5796-PBB
SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM APPLICATION
DESCRIPTION MANUAL (5736-CX1)
SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM (BASIC)
APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CXl
SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL VOLUME 1:
SYSTEM OVERVIEW AND CONTROL (5736-CX1)
SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM (BASIC) PROGRAM
DESCRIPTION MANUAL VOLUME 1: SYSTEM OVERVIEW AND CONTROL
(5736-CXn
.
SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM (BASIC) AND
SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM PROGRAM
DESCRIPTION MANUAL VOLUME I~: DATA DESCRIPTION
LANGUAGE (5736-CX1)
SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM (BASIC) SYSTEM/360
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL
VOLUME III: PROCEDURAL LANGUAGE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CXl
SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM OPERATIONS MANUAL
(5736-CX1)
SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM (BASIC) OPERATIONS
MANUAL (5736-Cxl)
SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM
SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME 1
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CXl FEATURE CODE 8802
SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM (BASIC)
SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME 1
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CXl FEATURE CODE 8801
SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM (BASIC) SYSTEM/360
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME II
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CXl FEATURE CODE 8803
SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM (BASIC)
SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM
SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME III
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CXl
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM. VERSION 2 (GIS/2)
DESIGN OBJECTIVES - PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-XXl
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM. VERSION 2 (GISn)
SPECIFICATIONS S8EET PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XXl
IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2)
APPLICATION DESCRIPTION. PROG. NO. 57311-XXl
IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2)
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL. VOLUME 1: SYSTEM OVERVIEW
AND CONTROL - PROGRAM PRODUCT MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-XXl
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) VOLUME 2:
DATA DESCRIPTION LANGUAGE - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-XXl
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2)
VOLUME 3. PROCEDURAL LANGUAGE - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XXl .
IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM. VERSION 2 (GIS/2)
OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-XXl
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM
MANUAL VOLUME 1 - PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-XXl FEATURE NUMBER
8115
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM
MANUAL VOLUME 2 - PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-XXl FEATURE NUMBER
8116
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM
MANUAL VOLUME 3 - PROGRAM NUMBER 573I1-XXl FEATURE NUMBER
8117
77
LY20-0699
**LYBO-0865
**LDo-0864
LY20-0701
**LDO-0867
**LDo-0875
LY20-0707
**LDo-0873
**LYBo-0876
LY20-0708
**LYBO-0874
LY20-0705
**LYBo-0871
LY20-0703
**LDo-0869
LY20-0704
**LYBo-0870
S020-1177
LY20-0809
LY20-0702
**LYBO-0868
LY20-0700
**LDo-0866
LY20-0706
**LYBO-0872
G020-0524
5H20-0634
S020-0635
5H20-0636
LY20-0431
LY20-0432
IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM
MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE ARITHMETIC STATEMBNT FEATURE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XXl FEATURE NUMBER 8125
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) ARITHMETIC
STATEMENT FEATURE MICROFICHE -"PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) BASIC
RETRIEVAL SYSTEM MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1
IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM
MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE CONTROL STATEMENT FEATURE PROGRAM
NOMBER 5734-XX1 FEATURE NUMBER 8124
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIs/2) CONTROL
STATEMENT FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) DATA
LANGUAGE/1 QUERY SUPPORT FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM
NUMBER 5734-XX1
IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VOLUME 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM
MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE EDIT AND ENCODE FEATURE PROGRAM
NUMBER 5734-XXl FEATURE NUMBER 8122
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) EDIT AND
ENCODE FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) EXTENDED
MULTI-FILE SUPPORT FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER
5734-XX1
"
IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VOLUME 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM
MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE FILE MODIFY FEATURE PROGRAM
NUMBER 5734-XXl FEATURE NUMBER 8127
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) FILE MODIFY
FEATURE MICROFIClIE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1
IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VOLUME 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM
MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE FILE UPDATE AND CREATE FEATURE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 FEATURE NUMBER 8118
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) UPDBTE AND
CREATE FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1
IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM
MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE FORML REPORT FEATURE PROGRAM
NUMBER 5734-XXl FEATURE NUMBER 8119
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) FORMAL
REPORT FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XXl
IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VOLUME 2 (GIs/2) SYSTEM
MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE HIERACHIC FILE SUPPORT FEATURE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1FEATURE NUMBER 8120
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2)
HIERARCHICAL FILE SUPPORT FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM
NUMBER 5734-XX1
PLANNING GUIDE FOR THE PL/1 QUERY SUPPORT FEATURE OF
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SY~EM VERSION 2 (GIS/2)
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIs/2) SYSTEM
MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE PL/I QUERY SUPPORT FEATURE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1
IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM
MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE PROCESSING STATEMENT FEATURE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 FEATURE NUMBER 8126
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) PROCESSING
STATEMENT F~URE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NOMBER 5734-XX1
IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2(GIS/2) SYSTEM
MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE TELEPROCESSING SUPPORT FEATURE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 FEATURE NUMBER 8123
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2)
TELEPROCESSING SUPPORT FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER
5734-XX1
IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM
MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE UTILITY FEATURE PROGRAM NUMBER
5734-XX1 FEATURE NUMBER 8121
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) UTILITY
FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 FOR THE IBM SYSTEM/360
(SYSTEM DESCRIPTION) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CX3
INFORMTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 FOR THE IBM SYSTEM/360
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CX3
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 FOR THE IBM SYSTEM/360:
OPERATIONS MANUAL. VOLUME :r - SYSTEMS OPERATION
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CX3
INFORMTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 FOR THE IBM SYSTEM/360
OPERATIONS MANUAL VOLUME II - MACHINE OPERATIONS
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CX3
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 FOR THE IBM SYSTEM/360
SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME I - PROGRAM LOGIC
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CX3 FEA'l'URE CODE 8801
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 FOR THE IBM SYSTEM/360
SYSTEM MAlilUAL VOLUME II - FLOWCHARTS
PROGRAM NOMBER 5736-CX3 FEATURE CODE 8802
78
LYBO-0433
GH20-4106.
GH20-0165
S820-1001
SH20-0911
SH20-0912
S820-0910
SH20-0913
8H20-0914
SH20-0915
LY20-0629
LY20-0630
LYBO-0631
LYBO-0632
**G320-1523
**S820-1305
**LY20-0113
**GH20-4238
**GH20-1260
**GB21-0908
**SB21-0909
**LB21-0910
**GH20-4316
G820-1014
**G820-1222
**GB20-1223
**LY20-0829
**LYBO-0834
**GH20-1213
**S820-1304
**LY20-0112
GB21-0028
SB21-0029
LB21-0030
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEMl360 FOR THE IBM SY8TEM/360:
SYSTEM MANUAL, VOLUME III - ASSEMBLY LISTINGS MICROFICHE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-CX3. FEATURE CODE 8003
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT 8YSTEMl360 (IMS/360) VERSION 2
SPECIFICATioNS - PROGRAM PRQDUCT 5734-XX6
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEMl360 FOR THE IBM SYSTEM/360
(SYSTEM DESCRIPTION) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL
(VERSION 2) PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX6
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 VERSION 2 MASTER INDEX
PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XX6
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEMl360, VERSION 2
SYSTEM PROGRAMMING REFERENCE MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XX6
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360. VERSION 2
APPLICATION PROGRAMMING REFERENCE MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XX6
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEMl360, VERSION 2
SYSTEM/APPLICATION DESIGN GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX6
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEMl360. VERSION 2.
OPERATOR'S REFERENCE MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX6
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEMl360. VERSION 2.
MESSAGES AND CODES REFERENCE MANUAL.
PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XX6
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 VERSION 2
UTILITIES REFERENCE MANUAL. PROG. NO. 5134-XX6
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEMl360. VERSION 2
PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XX6
,SYSTEM MANUAL - LOGIC VOLUME I, FEATURE CODE 8080
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEMl360, VERSION 2. VOLUME 2.
SYSTEM MANUAL (FLOWCHARTS), MICROFICHE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XX6. FEATURE CODE 8081
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEMl360 (IMS/360) VERS. 2. MOD
LEVEL 3. DATA BASE LISTINGS, VOL 3. PROG. PROD. 5134-XX6
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEMl360. VERSION 2. VOLUME 4.
DATA COMMUNICATION LISTINGS, MICROFICHE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XX6. FEATURE CODE 8083
DBPROTOTYPE (5196-PBB). IMSMAP (5796-PBC). PLIMS (5196-PBF).
BTS (5196-PBD). TEST IMS UTILITIES (5196-PBE) ARE NOW READY
FOR SHIPMENT AVAILABILITY NOTICE
IMSMAP - DATA BASE MAPPING PROGRAMS - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/
OPERATIONS MANUAL·- IUP NUMBER 5196-PBC
IMSMAP - DATA BASE MAPPING PROGRAMS SYSTEM GUIDE - IUP
NUMBER 5196-PBC
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/VmTUAL STORAGE UMS/vS)
DESIGN OBJECTIVES - PROG. PROD. 5140-XX2
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM VIRTUAL STORAGE (IMS/VS)
GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5140-XX2
IMS/.360 2260-3210 CONVERSION AID FOR SYSTEM/360. 310
AVAILABILITY NOTICE - FDP NUMBER 5198-ASG
IMS/360 2260-3210 CONVERSION AID FOR SYSTEM/360. 310
PROGARM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - FDP NUMBER 5198-ASG
IMS/360 2260-3210 CONVERSION AID FOR SYSTEM/360, 310 SYSTEMS
GUIDE - FDP NUMBER 5198-ASG
INTERACTIVE QUERY FACILITY UQF) FEATURE FOR INFORMATION
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IMS/360) V2 - SPECIFICATION SHEET
PROG. PROD. 5134-XX6
INTERACTIVE QUERY FACILITY (IQF) FOR IMS/360 VERSION 2
PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XX6 - GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL
INTERACTIVE QUERY FACILITY (IQF) INTRODUCTION LANGUAGE GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XX6
IQF TEru~INAL USERS REFERENCE GUIDE (INTERACTIVE QUERY
FACILITY) (IMS/360) ~ PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XX6
INTERACTIVE QUERY FACILITY (IQF) TO IMS/360 SYSTEM MANUAL
VOLUME V - PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-XX6
INTERACTIVE QUERY FEaTURE (IQF) TO IMS/360: MICROFICHE
LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX6
PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE FOR IMS-PLIMS GENERAL INFORMATION
MANUAL - IUP NUMBER 5196-PBF
PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE FOR IMS - PLIMS PROGRAM
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - IUP NUMBER 5196-PBF
PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE FOR IMS-PLIMS SYSTEM GUIDE - IUP
NUMBER 5796-PBF
SYSTEMl360 PROGRAM REPORT INVENTORY SYSTEM - FDP
AVAILABILITY NOTICE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5198-AAK
PROGRAM REPORT INVENTORY SYSTEM
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION OPERATIONS MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5198-AAK
PROGRAM REPORT INVENTORY SYSTEM - SYSTEM GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AAK
79
**G1I20-1440
**S820-1328
**LY20-0921
**S820-1307
**LY20-0775
GB20-4320
SC09-0007
**LY09-0012
!! Cross-Industry
GB20-4043
G820-0318
S820-0605
S820-0606
LY20-0369
LY20-0604
GB20-4140
GB20-4134
GB20~4131
G820-1028
S820-1043
SB20-1047
SH20-1048
S820-1034
S820-1044
LY20-0714
LYBo-0781
LY20-0712
LYBo-0724
LY20-0713
Lyoo-0735
**GB20-4237
**GB20-4236
**GB20-1280
RESPONSIBILITY ACCOUNTING SY~ ANNOUNCEMENT NOTICE - IUP
NUMBER 5796-ACA
.
RESPONSIBILITY ACCOUNTING SYSTEM - THE PHILADELPHIA
NATIONAL BANK - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL
PROGRAM NO. 5796-A~
RESPONSIBILITY ACCOUNTING SYSTEM - THE PHILADBLPHIA
NATIONAL BANK - SYSTEM GUIDE - PROG. NO. 5796-ACA
TEST IMS UTILITIES PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL
IUP NUMBER 5796-PBE
TEST INS UTILITIES PROGRAM SYSTEMS GUIDE - IUP NUMBER
5796-PHE
VANCOUVER DATA LANGUAGE-ONE (VANDL-1) SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NO. 5799-AEY
VANDL-1 PRPQ DESCRIPTION AND QPERATION MANUAL (VANCOUVER
DATA LANGUAGE ONE) - PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AEY
VANDL-1 LOGIC MANUAL - PROG. NO. 5799-AEY
=Management. pl.anning.
Project Control.
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM as - STANDARD (CICS/OS)
AND LANGUAGE AND TERMINAL FEATURE (L/T) NO. 6004. 6n05. OR
6006, PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS, PROG. NO. 5736-U11
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM (CICS) OS-STANDARD V1
WITH LANGUAGE/TERMINAL (L/T) FEATURE: APPLICATION DESCRIPTION. PROG. NO:. 5736-U11
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM. OS-STANDARD (CICS/OS)
(5736-U11), PROGRAM DESCRIPTION
CUSTOMER INFO~ION CONTROL SYSTEM, OS-STANDARD
(CICS/OS), (5736-U11) OPERATION MANUAL
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM OS-STANDARD (CICS/OS).
(5736-Ull), SYSTEM MANUAL, FEATURE CODE 8805
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM, OS-STANDARD (CICS/OS)
(5736-U11), LANGUAGE AND TERMINAL (L/T) FEATURE
SYSTEM MANUAL, FEATURE CODE 8060
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/OS - STANDARD V2
(CICS/OS - STANDARD V2) SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM PRODUCT
5734-XX7
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/DOS ENTRY (CICS/DOSENTRY), PROG. NO •.5736-XX6, 3330 SuPPORT FEATURE 5000.
5001, 5002: PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/DOS-STANDARD (CICS/DOSSTANDARD), PROG. NO. 5736-XX7, 3330 SUPPORT FEATURE 5003.
5004, 5005: PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM (CICS) DOS-ENTRY
(CICS/DOSE) DOS-STANDARD (CICS/DOSS) OS-STANDARD V2
(CICS/OS) GENERAL INFORMATIQN MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-XX7, 5736-XX6, 5736-XX7
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM (CICS) SYSTEM
PROGRAMMER"S REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS
DOS-ENTRY 5736-XX6, DOS-STANDARD 5736-XX7.
OS-STANDARD V2 5734-XX7
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM DOS - ENTRY (CIS
DOS· - STANDARD (CICS/DOSS) os - STANDARD VERSION 2 (CICS/OS)
APPLICATION PROGRAMMER"S REFERENCE MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-XX6, 5736-XX7, 5734-XX7
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM (CICS) OPERATING SYSTEM
STANDARD VERSION 2 OPERATIONS GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX7
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM (CICS) OPERATIONS
GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBERS DOS-ENTRY 573.6-XX6 DOS-STANDARD
5736-XX7
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM (CICS) TERMINAL
OPERATOR"S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBERS DOS-ENTRY 5736-XX6,
DOS-STANDARD 5736-XX7, OS-S'llANDARD V2 5734-XX7
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM (CICS) OPERATING SYSTEM
STANDARD VERSION 2 - FEATURE NUMBER 8142 - LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX7
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/OPERATING SYSTEM
STANDARD (CICS/OS-STANDAlID) VERSION 2 PROGRAM LISTINGS
MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX7
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM FEATURE NUMBER 8030
. (DOS-ENTRY) LOGIC MANUAL - pROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XX6
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/DISK OPERATING SYSTEM
ENTRY (CICS-DOS E) MICROFICHE LISTING,. PROG. NO. 5736-XX6
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM (CICS) LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XX7 (DOS-STANDARD) FEATURE NUMBER 8031
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTkOL SYSTEM/DISK OPERATING SYSTEM
STANDARD (CICS-DOS S) MICROFICHE LISTING, PROG PROD 5736-XX7
CUSToMER INFORMATION SYSTEM/OS/VS (CICS/OS/VS)
DESIGN OBJEc;TIVES, - PROG. PROD. 5740-XX1
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/DOS/VS (CICS/DOS/vS)
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM (CICS/VS)
.
GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBERS CICS/OS/vS 5740-XX1 AND CICS/DOs/VS 57~6-XX3
80
GB21-0749
SB21-0750
LB21-0751
GB21-0505
SB21-0506
LB21-0507
**GB21-0BOO
**SB21-0B01
**LB21-0B02
**GB20-432B
**SB20-1268
GB20-4103
GB20-0B41
SB20-0909
SB20-0919
LY20-0634
**GB20-4241
**GB20-4242
**G~20-4325
**~B19-4000
**SB19-4001
**SB19-4002
**LY19-4000
GB21-0393
SB21-0394'
LB21-0395
GB20-4122
GB20-0B52
SB20-0995
LY20-0674
GB20-4136
GB20-1035
SB20-1042
SB20-1041
LY20-0710
GB20-4309
SB20-1174·
SB20-1164
CUSTOMER INFORMATION FILE (CIF) USING CICS UNDER OS/VS1
AVAILABILITY NOTICE - FDP NUMBER 5798-AHR
CUSTOMER INFORMATION FILE (CIF) USING CICS UNDER OS/VS1
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - FDP NUMBER 579B-AMR
CUSTOMER INFORMATION FILE (CIF) USING CICS UNDER OS/VS1
SYSTEM GUIDE - FDP NUMBER 5~9B-AMR
CUSTOMER INFORMATION FILE USING DOS/CICS
FDP - AVAILABILITY NOTICE - PROGRAM NUMBER 579B-AHX
CUSTOMER INFORMATION FILE USING DOS/CICS
FDP - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 579B-ABX
CUSTOMER INFORMATION FILE USING DOS/CICS
FDP - SYSTEMS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 579B-ABX
CPU CONSOLE AS SYSTEM/360, 370 CICS MASTER TERMINAL FOR
SYSTEM/360, 370 AVAILABILITY NOTICE - FDP NUMBER 5798-ANR
CPU CONSOLE AS SYSTEM/360, 370 CICS MASTER TERMINAL FOR
SYSTEM/360, 370 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - FDP
NUMBER 579B-ANR
CPU CONSOLE AS SYSTEM/360, 370 CICS MASTER TERMINAL FOR
SYSTEM/360, 370 SYSTEMS GUIDE - FDP NUMBER 5798-ANR
CICS FEATURE OF DATABASE ORGANIZATION AND MAINTENANCE
PROCESSOR SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-XX4
THE CICS FEATURE (6024-602B) OF TBE DATA BASE ORGANIZATION
. AND MAINTENANCE PROCESSOR, PROGRAM AND OPERATIONS MANUAL
PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-XX4
DISPLAY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (VMS): PROGRAM PRODUCT SPEC"S
PROG. NO. 5734-XC1
DISPLAY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM APPLICATION DESCRIPTION
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XC1
DISPLAY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XC1
DISPLAY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM OPERATOR'S MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XC1
DISPLAY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XC1, FEATURE CODE BOOS
DISPLAY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM I I (DMS I I Os/VS) DESIGN
OBJECTIVES - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XC4
DISPLAY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM I I (DMS I I DOS/VS) DESIGN
OBJECTIVES - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-XC4
SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 FORBCASTING AND MODELING SYSTEMS
SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5736-XS4 (DOS VERSION)
AND 5734-XS7 (OS VERSION)
.
FORECASTING AND MODELING SYSTEM (FAMS) GENERAL INFORMATION
MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5736-XS4 (DOS VERSION). 5734-XS7
(OS VERSION)
FORECASTING AND MODELING SYSTEM (FAMS) PROGRAM REFERENCE
MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5736-XS4 (DOS VERSION). 5734-XS7
(OS VERSION)
FORECASTING AND MODELING SYSTEM (FAMS) OPERATIONS GUIDE
FORECASTING AND MODELING SYSTEM (FAMS) LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XS4 (DOS VERSION), 5734-XS7(OS VERSION)
IBGS - INTERACTIVE BUSINESS GAME SIMULATION - A GENERAL
BUSINESS SIMULATION FOR APL/360 - PROGRAM NUMBER 579B-AGM
FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM-AVAILABILITY NOTICE
IBGS - INTERACTIVE BUSINESS GAME SIMULATION - A GENERAL
BUSINESS SIMULATION FOR APL/360 - FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 579B~AGM
IBGS - INTERACTIVE BUSINESS GAME SIMULATION - A GENERAL
BUSINESS SIMULATION FOR APL/360 - FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM
SYSTEMS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 579B-AGM
MINIPERT - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP3
INTRODUCTION TO MINIPERT
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP3
l·lINIPERT PROGRAl·l DESCRIPTION Arm OPERATIONS r·lANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP3
MINIPERT SYSTEM MANUAL. ~URE NUMBER BOB6
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP3
PLANNING SYSTEMS GENERATOR n (PSG II}: PROGRAM PRODUCT
SPEC'S, PROG. NO. 5734-XT1.
PLANNING SYSTEM GENERATOR II (PSGII) GENERAL INFORMATION
MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XT1
.
PLANNING SYSTEMS GENERATOR II (PSG II) PROGRAM REFERENCE
MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XT1
PLANNING SYSTEMS GENERATOR II (PSG II)
OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XT1
PLANNING SYSTEMS GENERATOR II (PSG II} LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XT1 FEATURE NUMBER B114
PSG II DOS - SPECIFICATIONS, .l'ROGA NO. 5736-XT1
PLANNING SYSTEMS GEN~OR II (PSG II) DOS - PROGRAM
REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-XT1
PLANNING SYSTEMS GENERATOR II (PSG II} DOS OPERATOR'S GUIDE
PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-XT1
B1
LY20-0808
G320-1517
S820-1092
LY20-0146
G820-4081
G820-0690
SB20-0611
LY20-0459
LY20-0460
LY20-0461
LY20-0456
LYBO-0454
G820-4104
G820-0855
S820-0898
SB20-0899
S820-0901
S820-0900
LY20-0609
LY20-0613
LYBO-0611
LY20-0610
LY20-0614
LYBO-0618
LY20-0612
LY20-0616
LYBo-0620
LY2Cl-0611
LY20-0615
LYBU-06i9
PLANNING SYSTEMS GENERATOR II (PSG II) DOS LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-XTl
APL/PDTS PROGRAMMING DEVELOPMENT TRACKING SYSTEM (PDTS):
IUP AVAILABILITY NOfICE PROGRAM NUMBER 5196-PAD
APL/PDTS PROGRAMMING DEVELOPMENT TRACKING SYSTEM (POTS):
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL IUP PROG #5796-PAD
APL/PDTS PROGRAMMING DEVELOPMENT TRACKING SYSTEM
SYSTEM GUIDE - IUP NO. 5196-PAD
PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 VERSION 3 FUNCTIONAL
DESCRIPTION SHEET - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XPl
PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 VERSION 3 APPLICATION
DESCRIPTION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XPl
PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 VERSION 3 PROGRAM
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XPl
PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360: VERSION 3, COST PROCESSOR SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XPl FEATURE CODE 8102
PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 VERSION 3 FLOWCHART SYSTEM
MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER: 5734-XPl FEATURE CODE: 8105
PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 VERSION 3 NETWORK PROCESSOR
SYSTEM MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER: 5134-XPl
FEATURE CODE: 8101
PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 VERSION 3: REPORT PROCESSOR
SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NOMBER 5134-XPl FEATURE CODE 8101
PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360:· VERSION 3,
RESOURCE ALLOCATION PROCESSOR SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XPl FEATURE CODE 8104
PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360: VERSION 3, LISTINGS SYSTEM MANUAL MICROFICHE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XPl FEATURE CODE 8301
PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV, PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP4
INTRODUCTION TO PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PHSIV),
PROGRAM PRODUCT MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP4
PHS IV, COST PROCESSOR, PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS
PROGRAM PRODUCT MANUAL - PRQGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP4
PHS IV, NETWORK PROCESSOR, PROGRAM DESCRIPTION
AND OPERATIONS MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP4
PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PHS IV) REPORT PROCESSOR
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP4
PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PHSIV)
RESOURCE ALLOCATION PROCESSOR, PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/
OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP4
PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PMS IV)
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP4, FEATURE NUMBER 8074
COST PROCESSOR SYSTEM MANUAL
PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PMSIV)
COST PROCESSOR FLOWCHART MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XP4, FEATURE CODE 8015
PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PHS IV)
COST PROCESSOR ASSEMBLY LISTINGS
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP4, FEATURE CODE 8076
PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PHS IV)
PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XP4 - FEATURE NUMBER 8071
NETWORK PROCESSOR SYSTEM MANUAL
PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PHSIV)
NETWORK PROCESSOR FLOWCHART MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP4, FEATURE CODE 8072
PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PHS IV)
NETWORK PROCESSOR ASSEMBLY LISTINGS
PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XP4, FEATURE CODE 1406
PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PHS IV)
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP4 - FEATURE NUMBER 8068
REPORT PROCESSOR SYSTEM MANUAL
PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PMSIV)
REPORT PROCESSOR FLOWCHART MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XP4, FEATURE CODE 8069
PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PHS IV)
REPORT PROCESSOR ASSEMBLY LISTINGS
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP4, FEATURE CODE 8070
PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PMSIV)
RESOURCE ALLOCATION PROCESSOR SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XP4, FEATURE CODE 8077
PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PMSIV)
RESOURCE ALLOCATION PROCESSOR FLOWCHART MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP4, FEATURE CODE 8078
PROJEC"l' MANAGEMEi'liT SYSTEM rli (PMS LVi
RESOURCE ALLOCATION PROCESSOR ASSEMBLY LISTINGS
PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XP4, FEATURE CODE 8079
82
"G820-40B9
G819-0014
S819-0026
LY19-0007
G820-4312
S812-5407
S812-5509
LY12-500B
**LY12-5013
"G320-1415
**S820-1115
"GB21-9947
B2 Cross-Industry
"G320-8063
**GB20-1271
**SB20-1118
**SB20-1119
**LY20-0764
**LY20-0765
"GB21-0399
**SB21-0400
**LB21-0401
GB20-4080
G820-4079
G820-0558
S820-0619
G820-0621
S820-0620
LY20-0406
LY20-0407
**S820-1264
**LY20-0B40
SH20-1158
GH20-4102
IBM SYSTEM/360 RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR PROJECT CONTROL
SYSTEM/360 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-XP2
IBM SYSTEM/360 RESOURCE ALLOCATION (REAL/360)
FOR PROJECT CONTROL SYSTEM/360
APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XP2
IBM SYSTEM/360 RESOURCE ALLOCATION (REAL/360)
FOR PROJECT CONTROL SYSTEM/360
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER: 5736-XP2
IBM SYSTEM/360 RESOURCE ALLOCATION (REAL/360) FOR PROJECT
CONTROL SYSTEM/360 LISTINGS MANUAL (PROGRAM NO. 5736-XP2,
FEATURE CODE B017)
STORAGE AND INFORMATION RETRIEVAL SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
S8EET (STAIRS) - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XR3
IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370, STORAGE.AND INFORMATION
RETRIEVAL SYSTEM (srAIRS), PROGRAM PRODUCT REFERENCE
MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XR3
IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370, STORAGE AND INFORMATION
RETRIEVAL SYSTEM (STAIRS), OPERATION GUIDE
PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XR3
IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370, STORAGE AND INFORMATION
RETRIEVAL SYSTEM (STAIRS), PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL VOL. I
NARRATIVES - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XR3
SYSTEM/360/370 STAIRS: PLM VOLUME II (FLOWCHARTS) - PROGRAM
NUMBER 5734-XR3
S/360-S/370 YALE ALUMNI RECORDS DATA SYSTEM (YARDS)
ANNOUNCEMENT NOTICE - IUP NUMBER 5796-ABF
S/360-S/370 YALE ALUMNI RECORDS DATA SYSTEM (YARDS) PROGRAM
DESCRIPTION OPERATIONS MANUAL - IUP NUMBER 5796-ABF
S/360-S/370 YALE ALUMNI RECORDS DATA SYSTEM (YARDS)
MARKETING MATERIALS FOLDER - IUP NUMBER 5796-ABF
=Mathematics and Science
ADVANCED STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PROGRAM ASTAP ANNOUNCEMENT
NOTICE - IIOP NUMBER 5796-PBB
ADVANCED STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PROGRAM (ASTAP)
GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - PROG. NO. 5796-PBB
ADVANCED STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PROGRAM (ASTAP) PROGRAM
REFERENCE MANUAL - IUP NOMBER 5796-PBB
ADVANCED STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PROGRAM (ASTAP)
OPERATIONS GUIDE - IUP NUMBER 5796-PBH
ADVANCED STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PROGRAM (ASTAP) REFERENCE
GUIDE - IUP NUMBER 5796-PBH
ADVANCED STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PROGRAM (ASTAP) - LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5796-PB8
APL COORDINATE GEOMETRY SYSTEM FOR SYSTEM/370 AVAILABILITY
NOTICE - FDP NUMBER 5798-AGF
APL COORDINATE GEOMETRY SYSTEM FOR SYSTEM/370 PROGRAM
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - FDP NUMBER 5798-AGF
APL COORDINATE GEOMETRY SYSTEM FOR SYSTEM/370 SYSTEMS GUIDE
FDP NUMBER 5798-AGF
SYSTEM/360 ARRAY PROCESSING SUBROUTINE PACKAGE - OS PROGRAM
PRODUCT FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION, PROG. NO. 5736-P72
SYSTEM/360 ARRAY PROCESSING SUBROUTINE PACKAGE ~ PS (M44)
PROGRAM PRODUCT FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION SBEET
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-P71
SYSTEM/360 ARRAY PROCESSING SUBROUTINE PACKAGE APPLICATION
DESCRIPTION MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-P71, 5736-P72
SYSTEM/360 ARRAY PROCESSING SUBROUTINE PACKAGE:
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL, PROG. NOS. 5736-P71, ,-P72
SysrEM/360 ARRAY PROCESSING SUBROUTINE PACKAGE - OS:
OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-P72
SYSTEM/360 ARRAY PROCESSING SUBROUTINE PACKAGE - PS:
OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-P71
SYSTEM/360 ARRAY PROCESSING SUBROUTINE PACKAGE - OS
SYSTEM MANUAL, PROG. NO. 5736-P72, FEATURE NO. 8101
SYSTEM/360 ARRAY PROCESSING SUBROUTINE PACKAGE PS SYSTEM MANUAL
'
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-P71 FEATURE CODE 8101
BUSINESS ANALYSIS/BASIC (CALL-OS) MANUAL
BUSINESS ANALYSIS/BASIC LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NOS. 5703-XM3 (S/3 MODEL 6) AND 5734-XMB (ITF-OS,
DOS AND '.rSO)
MATH/BASIC FOR SYSTEM/3 MODEL 6 AND INTERACTIVE TERMINAL
FACILITY (ITF) - PROGRAM PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5703-XM2 (S/3 MODEL 6) 5734-XM8 (ITF-OS,
DOS AND roS)
MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX)
SPECIFICATION SHEET - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM4
83
GH20-0849
SB20-0968
SB20-0908
SB20-0960
SB20-0924
SB20-0932
SB20-0959
LY20-0646
LY20-0642
LYBO-0643
**LY20-0826
**LYBO-0832
LY20-0640
LY20-0641
LYBO-0644
**GB20-4327
**GH19-5041
GB19-5012
GB19-5042
*.GB12-5102
**SB12-5403
*.LY12-5002
GB20-4109
GB20-0854
SB20-0985
SB20-0988
LY20-0671
GB20-4146
GB12-5103
LYA2-5203
*·GB21-0408
.*SB21-0409
**LB21-0410
83 CrOSS-Industry
**GB20-4090
G820-0874
=
INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM EXTENDED
(MPSX) - PROGRAM PRODUCT MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM4
MPSX LINEAR AND SEPARABLE PROGRAMMING.
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM4
MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX)
MIXED INTEGER PROGRAMMING(MIP} PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL
MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX)
READ COMMUNICATIONS FORMAT (READCOMM)
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL. PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM4
MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX).
OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM4
MATBEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX)
CONTROL LANGUAGE USER'S MANUAL. PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM4
MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX)
MESSAGE MANUAL. PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM4
MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX)
SYSTEM MANUAL. PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM4. FEATURE CODE 8056 ,
MATHEMATICAL PROGRAM SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX) FLOWCHART MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM4. FEATURE CODE 8055
MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX) MICROFICBE
ASSEMBLY LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM4
FE SERVICE NUMBER 200080
MPSX AND GENERALIZED UPPER BOUNDING LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM
NUMBER 5734-XM4
MATBEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX) GENERALIZED
UPPER BOUNDING (GOB) MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER
5734-XM4
MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX)
MIXED INTEGER PROGRAMMING (HIP) - SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM4. FEATURE NUMBER 8056
MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX).
MIXED INTEGER PROGRAMMING (HIP) FLOWCHART MANUAL.
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM4. FEATURE CODE 8057
MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX).
MIXED INTEGER PROGRAMMING (HIP), PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM4.
ASSEMBLY LISTING MICROFICHE
IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 MATRIX GENERATOR AND REPORT
WRITER (MGRW) SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XMC
IBM S/360 AND S/370 MATRIX GENERATOR AND REPORT WRITER
(MGRW) PPS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XMC
MATRIX GENERATOR AND REPORT WRITER GENERAL INFORMATION
MANUAL -PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XMC
MATRIX GENERATOR AND REPORT WRI'l'ER (MGRW) PRIMER
PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XMC
SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 MATRIX SYSTEM (MATSYS) (OS AND
TSO) GENERAL' INFORMATION MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XM7
MATRIX SYSTEM (MATSYS) (OS AND TSO) - PROGRAM REFERENCE
MANUAL -PROGRAM NUMBER 5734~XM7
MATRIX SYSTEM MATRIX LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XM7
PROCEDURE LIBRARY-MATHEMATICS (PL-MATB)
PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM3
PROCEDURE LIBRARY-MATHEMATICS (PL-MATB)
GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL.
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM3
PROCEDURE. LIBRARY - MATHEMATICS (PL-MATH)
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL. PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM3
PROCEDURE LIBRARY - MATHEMATICS (PL-MATH)
OPERATIONS MANUAL. PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM3
PROCEDURE LIBRARY - MATHEMATICS (PL-MATH) SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM3 FEATURE NUMBER 8051
IBM SYsTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 SUBROUTINE LIBRARY MATHEMATICS
(SL-MATH) SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XM7
IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370, IBM 1130 AND 1800 SUBROUTINE
LIBRARY-MATHEMATICS (SL-MATH) GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL
PROG. NOS. 5736-XM7. 5711-Dl2
IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEW370 SUBROUTINE LIBRARY
MATBEMATJ:CS - MICROFICHE LJ:STING - PROGRAM NUMBER 57.36-XM7
ZEROS AND J:NTEGRALS IN APL FOP AVAILABILITY NOTICE - pROGRAM
NUMBER 5798-AGJ
ZEROS AND DlTEGRALS IN APL FOp - PROGRAM
DESCRIPTION.IoPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM .NUMBER 5798-AG.7
ZEROS AND INTEGRALS IN APL FDP - SYSTEMS GUIDE- PROGRAM
NUMBER 5798-AGJ
Simulatioa
COMPUTER SYSTEMS SIMULATOR J:I (CSS II) FUNCTIONAL
DESCRIPTION - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XS5
COMPUTER SYSTEM SIMULATOR I I (eSs II)
GENEIUU:
5H20-0875
DlPOP1'U~TION
!!.IL."!U..JL..L. PROGRL"! NUMBER 5734-l[S5
COMPUTER SYSTEM SIMuLATOR I I (CSS II)
PROGRAM DESCRIPTJ:ON ANi> OPERATIONS MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XS5.
84
LY20-0661
G819-7000
G820-4303
S819-7001
S819-7002
LY19-7000
GH19-7010
SH19-7003
SH19-7004
LY19-7001
GH20-0691
S820-0693
SH20-0694
S820-0692
SH20-0698
LY20-0475
LY20-0483
GH20-4035
GH20-4040
GH20-0825
GH20-0826
SH20-0866
SH20-0851
SH20-0867
SH20-0868
GX20-1828
GX20-1829
LY20-0596
LY20-0602
**GH19-5039
**GH19-5035
**SH19-5060
**SH19-5038
**LY19-5031
**LYA9-5038
COMPUTER SYSTEM SIMULATOR II (CSS II), SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XS5, FEATURE CODE 8035
CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MODELING PROGRAM III (CSMP III) AND
GRAPHIC FEATURE (CSMP III GRAPHIC FEATURE) GENERAL
INFORMATION ~NUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XS9
CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MODELING PROGRAM (CSMP III) PPS - PROGRAM
NUMBER 5734-XS9
CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MODELING PROGRAM,'III (CSMP III) PROGRAM
REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XS9
CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MODELING PROGRAM III (CSMP III)
OPERATIONS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XS9
CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MODELING PROGRAM III (CSMP 1110 LOGIC
MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XS9, FEATURE NUMBER 8143
GRAPHIC FEA~URE FOR THE CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MODELING PROGRAM
III (CSMP III) - PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICAT~ONS
PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XS9
CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MODELING PROGRAM III (CSMP III) GRAPHIC
FEATURE - PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XS9
CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MODELING PROGRAM III (CSMP III) GRAPHIC
FEATURE OPERATIONS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XS9
CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MODELING PROGRAM III (CSMP III) GRAPHIC
FEATURE LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XS9
FEATURE NUMBER 8144
GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM/360 (OS AND DOS) VERSION 2
APPLICATION DESCRIPTION, PROG. NOS. 5134-XSl AND 5736-XSl
GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM/360 OS AND DOS VERSION 2
INTRODUCTORY USER'S MANUAL, PROG. NOS. 5734-XSl AND 5736-XS1
GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM/360 OS AND DOS VERSION 2
USER'S MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-XSl AND 5136-XSl
GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM/360 OS VERSION 2
OPERATOR'S MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XSl
GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM/360 DOS VERSION 2
OPERATION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XSl
GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM/360 OS: VERSION 2 SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XSl FEATURE CODE 8151
GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM/360 DOS VERSION 2
SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-XS1 FEATURE CODE 8101
GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM V-OS (GPSS V-OS)
PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XS2
GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM V-DOS (GPSS V-DOS)
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XS3
GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM V (OS)
APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XS2
GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM V (DOS)
APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XS3
GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM V INTRODUCTORY USER" S
MANUAL, PROG. NOS. 5734-XS2 (OS) AND 5736-XS3 (DOS)
GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM'V USER'S MANUAL, PROG.
NOS. 5734-XS2 (OS) AND 5736-XS3 (DOS)
GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATING SYSTEM V-OS
(GPSS V-OS) OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XS2
GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM V - DOS ,(GPSS V - DOS)
OPERATIONS MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XS3
GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM V REFERENCE SUMMARY: BLOCK
STATEMENT FORMATS, PROG. NOS. 5734-XS2(OS) AND 5736-XS3(DOS)
GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM V REFERENCE SUMMARY: CONTROL STATEMENT FORMATS, STANDARD NUMERICAL ATTRIBUTES, AND
SYSTEM OPTIONS - PROG. NOS. 5734-XS2(OS) AND 5136-XS3(DOS)
GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM V-OS (GPSS V-OS)
SYSTEM MANUAL, PROG. NO. 5734-XS2, FEATURE NO. 8046
GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM V - DOS SYSTEM MANUAL,
PROG. NO. 5736-XS3, FEATURE NO. 8049
SIMPL/I (SIMULATION LANGUAGE BASED ON PL/I) - PROGRAM
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XXB
SIMPL/I (SIMULATION LANGUAGE BASED ON PL/I) - PROGRAM
PRODUCT GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - PROGRAM NO,. 5134-XXB
SIMPL/I (SIMULATION LANGUAGE 'BASED ON PL/I) PROGRAM
REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5134-XXB
SIMPL/I (SIMULATION LANGUAGE BASED ON PL/I) OPERATIONS GUIDE
PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XXB
SIMPL/I SIMULATION LANGUAGE BASED ON PL/I LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XXB
SIMULATION LANGUAGE BASED ON PL/1 (SIMPL/l) PROGRAM LOGIC
MANUAL, VOL. II, FLOWCHARTS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XXB
TYPE II PROGRAMS (20-83)
NOTE:~he following Type II program publications are available
under SLSS by order number subscription only.
85
GB20-0217
SYSTEM/360 COBOL EDIT ON THE 1401 PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL
(1401-SE-13X)
25 FORTRAN
GB20-0492
GB20-0572
GB20-0573
GY20-0263
30
~
SYSTEM/360 DECISION LOGIC TRANSLATOR
APPLICATION DESCRIPTION
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-32X
SYSTEM/360 DECISION LOGIC TRANSLATOR (360A-CX-32X) PROGRAM
DESCRIPTION MANUAL
SYSTEM/360 DECISION LOGIC TRANSLATOR (360A-CX-32X)
OPERATIONS MANUAL
SYSTEM/360 DECISION LOGIC TRANSLATOR SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-32X
Methods, Data Management, I/O Control programs
GB20-0319
GB20-0535
GH20-0614
GH20-0615
GY20-0394
GH20-0242
GH20-0349
GB20-0350
GY20-0097
GB20-0243
GH20-0346
GH20-0347
GY20-0096
SYSTEM/360 DATA CONVERSION AND LABEL PROCESSING SUBROUTINES,
VERSION 2 PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL (360A-SE-23X)
PLAN GRAPHICS SUPPORT FOR THE IBM 2250 ON SYSTEM/360 (OS) OR
IBM 1130 - APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL, PROG. NOS.
1130-CX-33X AND 360A-CX-34X
PLAN GRAPHICS SUPPORT FOR THE IBM 2250 ON SYSTEM/360 (OS)
OR IBM 1130 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS
360A-CX-34X AND 1130-CX-33X
PLAN GRAPHICS SUPPORT FOR THE IBM 2250 ON SYSTEMV360 (OS)
OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-34X
PLAN GRAPHICS SUPPORT FOR THE IBM 2250 ON SYSTEM/360 (OS)
SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-34X
SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMIT-RECEIVE ACCESS METHOD FOR OS/360
APPLICATION DESCRIPTION
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SE-33X
SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMIT-RECEIVE ACCESS METHOD FOR OS/360 USER'S
MANUAL (360A-SE-33X)
SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMIT-RECEIVE ACCESS METHOD FOR OS/360
OPERATOR'S MANUAL (360A-SE-33X)·
SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMIT-RECEIVE ACCESS METHOD FOR OS/360
SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SE-33X
SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMIT-RECEIVE ~CCESS METHOD FOR DOS/360
APPLICATION DESCRIPTION
SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMIT-RECEIVE ACCESS METHOD FOR DOS/360
USER'S MANUAL (360A-SE-32X)
SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMIT-RECEIVE ACCESS METHOD FOR DOS/360
OPERATOR'S MANUAL (360A-SE-32X)
SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMIT-RECEIVE ACCESS METHOD FOR DOS/360
SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SE-32X
31 support Programs
GH20-0490
GH20-0626
GH20-0594
GH20-1066
GH20-0596
GH20-0597
GY20-0345
GY20-0346
GY20-0350
PROBLEM LANGUAGE ANALYZER (PLAN) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION
PROGRAM NUMBERS 1130-CX-25X 360A-CX-26X 360A-CX-27X
PROBLEM LANGUAGE ANALYZER (PLAN) USERS" INTRODUCTION
PROGRAM NUMBERS 1130-CX-25X, 360A-CX-26X AND 360A-CX-27X
PROBLEM LANGUAGE ANALYZER (PLAN): PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL
PROG. NOS. 1130-CX-25X AND 360A-CX-36X, -27X
PROBLEM LANGUAGE ANALYZER (PLAN) PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBERS 1130-CX-25X, 360A-CX-27X
SYSTEM/360 PROBLEM LANGUAGE ANALYZER (PLAN) (OS)
OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-27X
SYSTEM/360 PROGLEM LANGUAGE ANALYZER (PLAN) (DOS)
(360A-CX-26X) OPERATIONS MANUAL
SYSTEM/360 PROBLEM LANGUAGE ANALYZER (PLAN) (DOS/OS)
VOLUME I - FLOWCHART NARRATIVES SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-CX-26X, 360A-CX-27X
SYSTEM/360 PROBLEM LANGUAGE ANALYZER (PLAN) (DOS/OS)
VOLUME II - FLOWCHARTS SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-CX-26X, 360A-CX-27X
SYSTEM/360 PROBLEM LANGUAGE ANALYZER (PLAN) (DOS)
VOLUME III - ASSEMBLY LISTINGS SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-26X
32 Utili ties
GH20-0194
GH20-0232
GH20-0233
GH20-0314
SYSTEM/360 DATA CONVERSION UTILITIES - APPLICATION
DESCRIPTION PROGRAM NUMBERS, 360A-SE-15X, 360A-SE-20X,
360A-SE-26X
SYSTEM/360 DATA CONVERSION UTILITY I PROGRAMMER'S MANUAL
( 360A-SE-15X)
SYSTEM/360 DATA CONVERSION l~ILITY I OPEFATOR'S ~_~NU~L
C360A-SE-15X)
SYSTEM/360 DATA CONVERSION UTILITY II, VERSION 3
(DIRECT ACCESS INDEXED SEQUENTIAL) - OPERATOR'S MANUAL
(360A-SE-20X)
86
GY20-0067
G820-0285
GH20-0286
GY20-0042
SYS'rEM/360 DATA CONVERSION :UTILITIES II, VERSION 2
(SEQUENTIAL, DIRECT ACCESS) SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SE-20X
SYSTEM/360 DATA CONVERSION UTILITY III, VERSION 2
PROGRAMMER"S MANUAL (360A-SE-26X)
SYSTEM/360 DATA CONVERSION UTILITY III, VERSION 2
OPERATOR"S MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SE-26X
SYSTEM/360 DATA CONVERSION UTILITY III, VERSION 2 SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SE-26X
38 Remote Job Entry
GH20-0545
GH20-0354
GH20-0355
GY20-0101
60 Industries
SYSTEM/360 REMOTE ACCESS COMPUTING SYSTEM (RAX)
(360A-CX-17X) VERSION 4 APPLICATION DESCRIPTION
SYS'rEM/360 REMOTE ACCESS COMPUTING SYSTEM (RAX)
(360A-CX-17X) VERSION 4 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL
SYSTEM/360 REMOTE ACCESS COMPUTING SYSTEM (RAX)
(360A-CX-17X) VERSION 3 OPERATIONS MANUAL
SYS'rEM/360 REMOTE ACCESS COMPUTING SYSTEM (RAX)
VERSION 3 SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-17X
=Genera1 Information
GB20-0522
GC20-1747
G820-0507
G820-0536
G820-0531
GH20-0970
GH20-0530
GC20-1740
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF APPLICATION PUBLICATIONS DISTRIBUTION INDUSTRIES
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF APPLICATION PUBLICATIONS EDUCATION INDUSTRY
APPLICATION BIBLIOGRAPHY FINANCE AND SECURITIES INDUSTRIES
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF APPLICATION PUBLICATIONS INSURANCE INDUSTRY
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF APPLICATION PUBLICATIONS - MEDIA INDUSTRIES
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF APPLICATION PUBLICATIONS MEDICAL INDUSTRIES
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF APPLICATION PUBLICATIONS, PUBLIC UTILITY
INDUSTRIES
STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT INDUSTRIES BIBLIOGRAPHY
63 Distribution
GE20-0188
GH20-0480
GH20-0481
GH20-0540
GH20-0541
G820-0591
GH20-0593
GH20-0592
G820-0599
GH20-0173
GH20-0256
GH20-0255
GY20-0230
GE20-0306
GH20-0527
G820-0528
GY20-0209
RETAIL IMPACT (INVENTORY MANAGEMENT PROGRAM AND CONTROL
TECHNIQUES): APPLICATION DESCRIPTION
PROG. NOS. 360A-DR-04X,05X,'08X,09X
IBM RETAIL IMPACT FASHION SYSTEM UNDER OPERATING SYSTEM/360
(360A-DR-04X) - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL
RETAIL IMPACT FASHION SYSTEM UNDER OPERATING SYSTEM/360
(360A-DR-04X) - OPERATIONS MANUAL
RETAIL IMPACT FASHION SYSTEM UNDER DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/360
(360A-DR-08X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL
RETAIL IMPACT FASHION SYSTEM UNDER DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/360
(360A-DR-08X), OPERATIONS MANUAL
SYS'rEM/360 RETAIL IMPACT STAPLE SYSTEM (OS)
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-DR-05X
SYSTEM/360 RETAIL IMPACT STAPLE SYSTEM (OS)
OPERATIONS MANUAL, PROG. NO. 360A-DR-05X
SYS'rEM/360 RETAIL IMPACT STAPLE SYSTEM (DOS)
OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-DR-09X
SYSTEM/360 RETAIL IMPACT STAPLE SYSTEM (DOS)
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-DR-09X
SYSTEM/360 WHOLESALE IMPACT PROGRAM LIBRARY (360A-DW-05X) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION
SYSTEM/360 WHOLESALE IMPACT PROGRAM LIBRARY (360A-DW-05X) OPERATOR"S MANUAL
SYSTEM/360 WHOLESALE IMPACT PROGRAM LIBRARY (360A-DW-05X) USER'S MANUAL
SYSTEM/360 WHOLESALE IMPACT PROGRAM LIBRARY SYSTEM MANUAL
PROG. NOS. 360A-DW-05X (ABOVE MOD 20), 360V-DW-06X (MOD 20)
1287 INPUT CONVERSION PROGRAM, APPLICATION DESCRIPTION
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-DR-07X
SYSTEM/360 1287 INPUT CONVERSION PROGRAM (360A-DR-07X)
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL
SYSTEM/360 1287 INPUT CONVERSION PROGRAM (360A-DR-07X)
OPERATIONS MANUAL
SYSTEM/360 1287 INPUT CONVERSION PROGRAM
SYS'rEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-DR-07X
64 Education
GH20-0587
GH20-0720
G820-0609
COURSEWRITER III FOR SYSTEM/360 VERSION 2 APPLICATION
DESCRIPTION PROGRAM NUMBER ]60A-UX-01X
COURSEWRITER III FOR SYSTEM/360 VERSION 2 OPERATOR·S GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-UX-01X
COURSEWRITER III FOR SYSTEM/360 (360A-UX-01X) VERSION 2
AUTBOR"S GUIDE
87
GX20-1781
GH20-0608
Gx20-1780
GH20-0610
GX20-1782
GY20-0372
GH20-0202
GH20-0220
GH20-0239
GY20-0213
IBM AUTHOR"S COURSEWRITER III REFERENCE CARD
PROGRAM. NUMBERS 360A-UX-01X, 5734-E12
COURSEWRITER III FOR SYSTEM/360 (360A-UX-01X)
STUDENT/MONITOR USER'S GUIDE VERSION 2
COURSEWRITER III SYSTEM STUDENT/MONITOR REFERENCE CARD
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-E12 360A-UX-01X
COURSEWRITER III FOR SYSTEM/360 (360A-UX-01X) VERSION 2
SUPERVISOR'S GUIDE
IBM SUPERVISOR'S COURSEWRITER III REFERENCE CARD
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-E12, 3'60A-UX-01X
COURSEWRITER III FOR SYSTEM/360 VERSION 2 SYSTEM
PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-UX-01X
STUDENT SCHEDULING SYSTEM/360 APPLICATION DESCRIPTION
PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-US-06X, 360A-US-07X
STUDENT SCHEDULING SYSTEM/360 THE TALLY AND CONFLICT MATRIX
PROGRAMS (360A-US-06X) USER'-S MANUAL
STUDENT SCHEDULING SYSTEM/360 THE SCHEDULER PROGRAM
(360A-US-07X) USER'S MANUAL
STUDENT SCHEDULING SYSTEM/360 THE SCHEDULER PROGRAM
(360A-US-07X) SYSTEM MANUAL
65 Engineering (see also codes
GH20-0617
GH20-0618
GH2o-0489
GH20-0577
GH20-0578
GY20-0364
GY20-0365
~
82 and i l l
MECHANISM DESIGN SYSTEM-KINEMATICS PROGRAM DESCRIPTION
MANUAL PROGRAM NOS. 1130-EM-03X, 360A-EM-04X AND 360A-EM-05X
MECHANISM DESIGN SYSTEM-KINEMATICS OPERATIONS MANUAL
PROGRAM NOS. 1130-EM-03X, 360A-EM-04X AND 360A-EM-OSX
PROGRAM FOR OPTICAL SYSTEM DESIGN/II (POSD/II) - APPLICATION
DESCRIPTION, PROG. NOS. 1130-EO-14X AND 360A-EO-15X,16X
PROGRAM FOR OPTICAL SYSTEM DESIGN/II (POSD/II) (1130-EO-14X,
360A-Eo-15X, 360A-EO-16X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL
PROGRAM FOR OPTICAL SYSTEM DESIGN/II (POSD/II) (1130-EO-14X,
360A-EO-15X, 360A-EO-16X) OPERATIONS MANUAL
SYSTEM/360 PROGRAM FOR OPTICAL SYSTEM DESIGN/II (POSD/II)
(OS) SYSTEM MANUAL-ASSEMBLY LISTINGS
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-EO-15X
SYSTEM/360 PROGRAM FOR OPTICAL SYSTEM DESIGN/II (POSD/II)
(DOS) SYSTEM MANUAL-ASSEMBLY LISTINGS
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-EO-16X
61 Finance
GE20-0246
GH20-0263
GH20-0262
GH20-0149
GH20-0305
GH20-0325
GY20-0011
GE20-0228
**GX20-1736
SYSTEM/360 DEMAND DEPOSIT ACCOUNTING APPLICATION DESCRIPTION
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-FB-15X
SYSTEM/360 DEMAND DEPOSIT ACCOUNTING (360A-FB-15X)
PROGRAMMER'S MANUAL
SYSTEM/360 DEMAND DEPOSIT ACCOUNTING (360A-FB-15X) --OPERATOR'S MANUAL
SYSTEM/360 ONLINE TELLER PROGRAM WITH BACKGROUND PROCESSING
CAPABILITY (360A-FB-16X) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION
SYSTEM/360 ON LINE TELLER PROGRAM WITH BACKGROUND PROCESSING
CAPABlloITY (PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-FB-16X) PROGRAMMER"S MANUAL
SYSTEM/360 ONLINE TELLER PROGRAM WITH BACKGROUND PROCESSING
CAPABILITY (PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-FB-16X) OPERATOR"S MANUAL
SYSTEM/360 ONLINE TELLER PROGRAM WITH BACKGROUND PROCESSING
CAPABILITY SYSTEM'S MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-FB-16X
OPTIMUM BOND BIDDING - USER'S MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-FI-06X
OPTIMUM BOND BIDDING WORKSHEET
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-FI-06X
71 Insurance
NOTE: The ALIS publications listed below apply to both Version I
(360A-IL-09X) and Version 2 (S136-N11). See -11- in -Licensed Application
programs- for manuals applying·,to Version 2 alone.
GH20-0126
GH20-0518
GH20-0519
GH20-0511
GH20-0588
GH20-0483
ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS): APPLICATION
DESCRIPTION MANUAL, PROG. NOS. 360A-IL-09X, 5736-N11
ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSIl'EM (DOS)
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL
(PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5136-N11)
ADVANCim LIFE INFORMATION SYSlrEM (DOS)
UTILITY PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL
(PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-N11)
ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSIl'EM (DOS)
OPERATIONS MANUAL
(PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5136-N11)
ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS): HOME OFFICE INQUIRY
PROGRAM, TERMINAL OPERATIONS MANUAL, PROG. NOS. 360A-IL-09X,
5736-N11
ADV~~CED LIFE INFO~YATION SYST~ (DOS): POLIC;i MASTER RECORD
CODE BOOK, PROG. NOS. 360A-IL-09X, 5136-N11
88
-----..-..
G820-0669
G820-0645
G820-0650
G820-0670
G820-0661
G820-0653
G820-0654
G820-0664
G820-0658
G820-0651
G820-0652
G820-0655
G820-0662
G820-0663
G820-0649
G820-0656
G820-0660
G820-0659
G820-0657
G820-0647
G820-0672
G820-0646
G820-0648
ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS)
ACCOONTING CONTROL, SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-IL-09X AND 5736-N11
ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS)
BATCH EDrr, SYSTEM MANUAL
(PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-N11)
ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS)
DATA CELL REORGANIZATION PROGRAM, POLICY MASTER RECORD MERGE
PROGRAM.. DATA CELL RECONSTRUCTION PROGRAM, AND DATA CELL
RESTORE PROGRAM, SYSTEMS MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-IL-09X AND 5736-N11
ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS)
ERROR REGISTER, SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-IL-09X AND 5736-N11
ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS)
FILE MAINTENANCE BILLING TRANSACTIONS SYSTEM MANUAL
(PROGRAM NUMBER: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2 - 5736-N11)
ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS)
FILE MAINTENANCE CALL (S) ROUTINES (NARRATIVES),
SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-IL-09X, 5736-Nl1
ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS)
FILE MAINTENANCE CALL ROUTINES (S) (FLOWCHARTS),
SYSTEM MANUAL
(PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-N11)
ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS)
FILE MAINTENANCE CONTRACTUAL CHANGES AND NOTIFICATIONS,
SYSTEM MANUAL
(PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-N11)
ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS)
FILE MAINTENANCE FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS ACCOUNTING ENTRIES,
SYSTEM MANUAL
(PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-N11)
ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS)
ALIS -- FILE MAINTENANCE INCLUDE (R) ROUTINES (NARRATIVES),
SYSTEM MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-IL-09X AND 5736-Nl1
ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS)
FILE MAINTENANCE INCLUDE (R) ROUTINES (FLOWCHARTS),
SYSTEM MANUAL
(PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-N11)
ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS)
FILE MAINTENANCE ISSUES, ADDITIONS, COMPLEX CHANGES, AND
TERMINATIONS TRANSACTIONS, SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-IL-09X AND 5736-Nll
ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS)
FILE MAINr-ENANCE PREMIUM DUE, OVERDUE, AND ANNIVERSARY
PROCESSING TRANSACTIONS, SYSTEM MANUAL
(PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-Nl1)
ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS)
FILE MAINrrENANCE RATE FILE EXTRACT AND ANNIVERSARY EXTRACT
UPDATE TRANSACTIONS, SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-IL-09X AND 5736-N11
ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS)
FILE MAINTENANCE RUN EXECUTIVE, SYSTEM MANUAL
(PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-Nll)
ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS)
FILE MAINTENANCE SIMPLE CHANGES TRANSACTIONS, SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-N11 AND 360A-IL-09X
ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS)
FILE MAINTENANCE STATUS TRANSACTIONS - PROCESS AND QUOTE
MISCELLANEOUS, LOAN VALUES, AND PARTICIPATION VALUES,
SYSTEM MANUAL
(PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-Nl1)
ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS)
FILE MAINTENANCE STATUS TRANS~CTIONS - PROCESS AND QUOTE
TERMINATIONS, SYSTEM MANUAL
(PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-Nl1)
ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS)
FILE MAINTENANCE 36XX FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS - PAYMENTS,
SYSTEM MANUAL
(PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-Nll)
ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS)
FREQUENTLY USED RECORD FORMATS, SYSTEM MANUAL
(PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-Nl1)
ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS)
HOME OFFICE INQUIRY PROGRAM SYSTEM MANUAL
(PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-N11)
ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS)
ALIS -- INPUT EDIT, SYSTEM MANUAL
(PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-Nll)
ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS)
MISCELLANEOOS VOLUME, SYSTEM MANUAL
(PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-N11)
89
GH20-0665
GH20-0668
GH20-067l
GH20-0667
GH20-0666
GH20-0283
GH20-050l
GH20-0498
GH20-0497
GH20-0500
GH20-0499
GH20-0504
GH20-0503
ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS)
OUTPUT ANALYSIS, SYSTEM MANUAL
(PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION l-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-Nll)
ADVANCED LIFE INFORM~ION SYSTEM .(DOS)
POLICY ACCOUNTING JOURNAL, SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-IL-09X AND 5736-Nll
ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS)
RATE FILE, SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-IL-09X AND 5736-Nll
ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM STATUS PRINT, SYSTEM MANUAL
(PROGRAM NUMBER: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2 - 5736-Nll)
ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSfl'EM (DOS)
TRANSACTION REGISTER, SYSTEM MANUAL
(PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSIONl-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-Nl1>
PROPERTY AND LIABILITY INFORMATION SYSTEM (PALlS):
APPLICATION DESCRIPTION, PROG. NOS. 5736-N2l/22/24/25 AND
360A-IF-l0X/llX/13X
PROPERTY AND LIABILITY INFORMATION SYSTEM (PALlS)
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-IF-l0X, 360A-IF-l1X, 360A-IF-13X,
5736-N21
PROPERTY AND LIABILTIY INFORMATION SYSTEM (PALlS)
BASIC PROGRAM (360A-IF-l0X) OPERATIONS MANUAL
PROPERTY AND LIABILITY INFORMATION SYSTEM (PALLS)
BASIC PROGRAM (360A-IF-l0X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND
SYSTEM MANUAL
PROPERTY AND LIABILITY INFORMATION SYSTEM (PALLS)
AUTOMOBILE CLAIMS PROCESSING (360A-IF-l1X)
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND SYSTEM MANUAL
PROPERTY AND LIABILITY INFORMATION SYSTEM (PALlS)
AUTOMOBILE PREMIUM PROCESSING PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND
SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS: 360A-IF-~lX, 5736-N2l
PROPERTY AND LIABILITY INFORMATION SYSTEM (PALLS)
OTHER LINES CLAIMS PROCESSING [360A-IF-13X)
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND SYSTEM MANUAL
PROPERTY AND LIABILITY INFORMATION SYSTEM [PALLS)
OTHER LINES PREMIUM PROCESSING (360A-IF-13X)
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND SYS~EM MANUAL
72 Manufacturing
GH20-0523
GH20-0557
GH20-0549
GY20-0267
GYBO-0348
GH20-0l8l
GH20-033l
GH20-0309
GY20-0080
GY20-0227
GY20-0357
GH20-0462
GH20-0463
GH20-0374
GB20-0373
GB20-0375
GY20-0ll9
GY20-0118
SYSTEM/360 AD-APT/AUTOSPOT (OS) NUMERICAL CONTROL
PROCESSOR APPLICATION DESCRIPTION
PROGRAM ·NUMBER 360A-CN-12X
SYSTEMl360 AD-APT/AUTOS POT [OS) NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR
(360A-CN-12X) OPERATION'S MANUAL
SYSTEM/360 AD-APT/AUTOS POT (OS) NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR
(360A-CN-12X) PART PROGRAMMING MANUAL
SYSTEM/360 AD-APT/AUTOSPOT (OS) NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR
(360A-CN-12X) SYSTEM MANUAL
SYSTEM/360 AD-APT/AUTOS POT (OS)
NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR: LISTINGS
APPLICATION - PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CN~12X
SYSTEM/360 APT NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR VERSIONS 3 AND 4
(360-CN-l0X) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION
SYSTEM/360 APT NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR
(360A-CN-l0X) VERSION 4 OPERATIONS MANUAL
SYBTEM/360 APT NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR VERSION 4
PART PROGRAMMING MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CN-l0X
SYSTEM/360 APT NUMERICAL CONT.ROL PROCESSOR VERSION 4: SYSTEM
MANUAL - FLOWCHARTS, PROG. NO. 360A-CN-l0X
SYSTEM/360 APT NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR
VERSION 4 SYSTEM MANUAL - FLOWCHARTS
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CN-l0X
SYSTEM/360 APT NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR
VERSION 4 ASSEMBLY LISTINGS: SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CN-l0X
S/360 AUTOSPOT NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR: APPLICATION
DESCRIPTION, PROG. NO. 360A-CN-08X
SYSTEM/360 AD-APT/AUTOSP~ NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR
(360A-CN-09X> APPLICATION DESCRIPTION
S/360 AUTOSPOT (360A-CN-08X> AND AD-APT/AUTOSPOT
(360A-CN-09X) NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSORS-VERSION 2
OPERATOR· S MANUAL
S/360 AUTOSPOT NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR VERSION 2:
-PART- PROGRAMMING MANUAL - PROG. NO. 360A-CN-08X
SYSTEM/360 AD-APT/AUTOS POT NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR
[360A-CN-09X> VERSION 2 PART PROGRAMMING MANUAL
S/360 AUTOSPOT NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR: SYSTEM MANUAL,
PROG. NO. 360A-CN-08X
5/360
l'.D-~'DT/AUTOSPOT ~ruMERlCAL
MANUAL, PROG. NO. 360A-CN-09X
90
COtrrnoL PROCESSOR: SYSTG
GH20-0197
GH20-0246
GH20-0254
GY20-0099
GH20-0471
GH20-0555
GH20-0556
GY20-0256
GB20-0329
GH20-0369
GH20-0370
GY20-0112
GH20-0487
GB20-0584
GB20-0583
GY20-0317
S/360 ~ILL OF MATERIAL PROCESSOR (360A-ME-06X)
APPLICATION DESCRIPTION
S/360 BILL OF MATERIAL PROCESSOR (360-HE-06X) VERSION 2
PROGRAMMER'S MANUAL
S/360 BILL OF MATERIAL PROCESSOR (360A-ME-06X) VERSION 2
OPERATOR'S MANUAL
SYSTEM/360 BILL OF MATERIAL PROCESSOR
VERSION 2 SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NOMBER 360A-ME-06X
SYSTEM/360 INVENTORY CONTROL APPLICATION DESCRIPTION
SYSTEM/360 INVENTORY CONTROL (360A-MF-04X) PROGRAM
DESCRIPTION MANUAL
SYSTEH/360 INVENTORY CONTROL (360A-MF-04X) OPERATIONS
MANUAL
SYSTEM/360 INVENTORY CONTROL SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-MF-04X
SYSTEM/360 PRODUCT STRUCTURE RETRIEvAL PROGRAM
APPLICATION DESCRIPTION
PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-HE-07X
SYSTEM/360 PRODUCT STRUCTURE RETRIEVAL PROGRAM
(360A-HE-07X) PROGRAMMER'S MANUAL
SYSTEM/360 PRODUCT STRUCTURE RETRIEVAL PROGRAM
(360A-HE-07X) OPERATOR'S MANUAL
IBM SYSTEM/360 PRODUCT STRUCTURE RETRIEVAL
SYSTEMS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-ME-07X
SYSTEM/360 REQUIREMENTS PLANNING APPLICATION DESCRIPTION
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-MF-05X
SYSTEM/360 REQUIREMENTS PLANNING (360A-MF-05X) PROGRAM
DESCRIPTION MANUAL
SYSTEM/360 REQUIREMENTS PLANNING (360A-MF-05X) OPERATIONS
MANUAL
SYSTEM/360 REQUIREMENTS PLAN~ING
SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-MF-05X
73 Media (see also code 79)
GE20-0256
GH20-0585
GH20-0579
GY20-0318
GY20-0319
GE20-0257
GB20-0525
GH20-0526
GY20-0208
SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR -- COMPOSITION/360,
APPLICATION DESCRIPTION
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-DP-08X
SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR - COMPOSITION/360 (360A-DP-08X),
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL
SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR - COHPOSITION/360 (360A-DP-08X),
OPERATIONS MANUAL
SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR - COMPOSITION/360
VOLUME I - FLOWCHART NARRATIVES SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-DP-08X
SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR -- COMPOSITION/360
VOLUME II -- FLOWCHARTS SYS~EM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-DP-08X
SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR - HYPBENATION/360 APPLICATION
DESCRIPTION, PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-DP~07X
SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR - HYPBENATION/360 (360A-DP-07X>,
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL
SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR - HYPHENATION/360 (360A-DP-07X>,
OPERATIONS MANUAL
SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR - HYPHENATICN/360 SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A~DP-07X
74 Medical
GY20-0153
GY20-0154
GH20-0697
GY20-0157
GH20-0302
GB20-0533
GH20-0534
**G320-1028
**G320-10 30
**GX20-1788
MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEM PROGRAMS (MISP)
APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-UH-08L
MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEM PROGRAMS (MISP)
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL
PROGruu~ NUMBER 360A-UH-08L
MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEM PROGRAMS (MISP)
PROGRAMMER'S MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-UH-08L
MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEM PROGRAMS (MISP)
OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-UH-08L
SHARED HOSPITAL ACCOUNTING SYSTEM (SHAS)
VERSION 2 APPLICATION DESCRIPTION, PROG. NO. 360A-UH-l1X
SHARED HOSPITAL ACCOUNTING SYSTEM (SHAS) (360A-UH-l1X)
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL
SHARED HOSPITAL ACCOUNTING SYSTEM (SHAS) (360A-UH-l1X)
VERSION 2: OPERATIONS MANUAL
SHARED HOSPITAL ACCOUNTING SYSTEM (SHAS> DIAGNOSTIC MESSAGES
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-UH-l1X
APPLICATION PROGRAM MANUAL
SHARED HOSPITAL ACCOUNTING SYSTEM (SHAS) TERMINAL OPERATORS
REFERENCE GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-UH-llX
CHARGE DESCRIPTION MASTER WORKSHEET
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-H13, 360A-UH-llX
91
**GX20-1789
**GX20-1790
GY20-0215
16
~
DOCTOR MASTER FILE - WORKSHEET
PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-UH-llX. 5136-H13
ROOM AND· BED MASTER
PROG. NOS. 5136-H13. 360A-UH-llX
SHARED HOSPITAL ACCOUNTING SYSTEM (SHAS) SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-UH-llX
Utilities
GH20-0165
GH20-0244
GH20-0245
GH20-0844
GE20-0022
COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPLICATION PROGRAM (360A-SC-01X)
APPLICATION DESCRIPTION
COMMUNICATIONS CONTROL APPLICATION PROGRAM (360A-SC-01X)
PROGRAMMER'S MANUAL
COMMUNICATIONS CONTROL APPLICATION PROGRAM (360A-SC-01X)
(CCAP) OPERATOR'S MANUAL
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM FOR PUBLIC UTILL~IES
WITH THE IBM SYSTEMl310
PUBLIC UTILITY CUSTOMER ACCOUNTING WITH THE IBM SYSTEM/360
ONLINE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
18 Transportation
GH20-0464
GH20-0506
GYBO-0492
GY20-0168
IBM SYSTEM/360 VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM (360A-ST-06X)
APPLICATION DESCRIPTION
SYSTEM/360 VEHICLE SCHEQULING PROGRAM (360A-ST-06X) PROGRAM
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL
SYSTEM/360 VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM (360A-ST-06X)
LISTINGS - SYSTEM MANUAL
SYSTEM/360 VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM
SCHEDULING PRODUCTION AND DISTANCE LISTING SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-ST-06X
19 Cross-Industry (see also 81-B3 for selections)
GH20-0291
GH20-05B2
GH20-0590
G320-1002
GH20-0589
G320-0956
**GY20-0320
GH20-0510
GH20-050B
GH20-0511
G320-0958
GH20-0509
G320-0956
GY20-0114
GH20-0315
GH20-0411
GY20-0143
GH20-0199
GH20-0294
GH20-0293
GY20-0062
GH20-0352
GY20-0105
GY20-010E
SYSTEM/360 ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM-OS (ATS/OS)
(360A-CX-19X) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL
SYSTEM/360 ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM-OS (ATS/OS)
(360A-CX-19X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL
SYSTEM/360 ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM - OS (ATS/OS)
CONSOLE OPERATIONS MANUAL. PROG. NO. 360A-CX-19X
ATS/360 - OS COMPUTER OPERATOR'S QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-19X
SYSTEM/360 ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM-OS (ATS/OS)
(360A-CX-19X) TERMINAL OPERATIONS MANUAL
ATS/360 TERMINAL OPERATOR'S QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-CX-1BX. 360A-CX-19X
IBM SYSTEM/360 ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM-OS (ATS/OS)
SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-19X
SYSTEM/360 ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM DOS (ATS/DOS)
(360A-CX-1BX) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION
SYSTEM/360 ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM DOS (ATS/DOS)
(360A-CX-18X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL
SYSTEM/360 ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM DOS
(ATS/DOS) (360A-CX-1BX) COMPUTER CENTER OPERATOR'S
MANUAL
ATS/360 - DOS COMPUTER OPERATOR'S QUIck REFERENCE GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-1BX
SYSTEM/360 ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM DOS (ATS/DOS)
(360A-CX-1BX) TERMINAL OPERATOR'S MANUAL
ATS/360 TERMINAL OPERATOR'S QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-CX-1BX. 360A-CX-19X
SYSTEM/360 ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM DOS (ATS/DOS)
SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-1BX
IBM SYSTEMl360 DOCUMENT PROCESSING SYSTEM (360A-CX-12X)
APPLICATION DESCRIPTION
IBM SYSTEMl360 DOCUMENT PROCESSING SYSTEM (360A-CX-12X)
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL
IBM SYSTEM/360 DOCUMENT PROCESSING SYSTEM SYS~EM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-12X
FLOWCHART - APPLICATION DESCRIPTION
PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-SE-22X
SYSTEM/360 FLOWCHART OPERATOR'S MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SE-22X
SYSTEM/360 FLOWCHART USER'S MANUAL (360A-SE-22X)
SYSTEM/360 FLOWCHART SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SE-22X
1400 AUTOCODER TO COBOL CONVERSION AID PROGRAM - APPLICATION
DESCRIPTION (360A-SE-19X)
1400 AUTOCODER TO COBOL CONVERSION AID PROGRAM PROGRAMMER'S
MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SE-19X
1400 AL~CCCnER TO COBOL CC~:'.TERSIOt: AID
MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SE-19X
92
GY20-0124
~
Cross-Industry
GH20-0222
GH20-0376
GY20-0126
GYBO-0304
GH20-0210
GH20-0344
GY20-0084
GY20-0204
GY20-0083
GY20-0085
1400 AUTOCODER TO COBOL CONVERSION AID PROGRAM SYSTEM
MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SE-19X
=
Management. Planning. Project Control
SYSTEM/360 PROJECT CONTROL SYSTEM (360A-CP-06X) VERSION 2
APPLICATION DESCRIPTION
PROJECT CONTROL SYSTEM/360 (360A-CP-06X) VERSION 2
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL
PROJECT CONTROL SYSTEM/360 VERSION 2 SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CP-06X
PROJECT CONTROL SYSTEM/360 VERSION 2 MICROFICHE-LISTINGS
PROGRAM NUMBER: 360A-CP-06X
PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (360A-CP-04X) VERSION 2 FOR IBM
SYSTEM/360 - APPLICATION DESCRIPTION
PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 (360A-CP-04X) VERSION 2
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL
PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 VERSION 2
COST PROCESSOR SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CP-04X
PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 FLOWCHART
SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CP-04X
PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 VERSION 2
NETWORK PROCESSOR SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CP-04X
PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM VERSION 2, REPORT
PROCESSOR SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CP-04X
82 Cross-Industry - Mathematics and Science
GE20-0350
GH20-0513
GH20-0607
GH20-0611
GY20-0405
GYBO-0414
GH20-0496
GH20-0505
GH20-0512
GY20-0205
GH20-0136
GH20-0602
GH20-0290
GH20-0476
GH20-0372
GH20-0603
GY20-0065
GY20-0353
GH20-0560
GH20-0561
GY20-0294
GH20-0479
GH20-0564
GH20-0559
GY20-0261
GYBO-0347
A PREFACE TO LINEAR PROGRAMMING AND ITS APPLICATIONS
LINEAR PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 (LPS/360)
(360A-CO-18X) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION
LINEAR PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 (LPS/360) (360A-CO-18X)
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL
LINEAR PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 (LPS/360) (360A-CO-18X)
OPERATIONS MANUAL
LINEAR PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 (LPS/360) SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CO-18X
LINEAR PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 (LPS/360)
COMPILATION/ASSEMBLY LISTINGS MANUAL
MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CO-18X
MARVEL/360 (360A-CO-15X) PRIMER
MARVEL/360 (360A-CO-15X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL
MARVEL/360 (360A-CO-15X) OPERATIONS MANUAL
MARVEL/360 SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-Co-15X
MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 APPLICATION DESCRIPTION,
PROG. NOS. 360A-CO-14X (MPS/360), -15X (MARVEL), AND -20X
(MPSRG)
MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 (360A-CO-14X) OPERATIONS
MANUAL
MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 (360A-CO-14X) VERSION 2
CONTROL LANGUAGE USER'S MANUAL
MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 (360A-CO-14X) LINEAR
AND SEPARABLE PROGRAMMING - USER'S MANUAL
MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 (360A-CO-14X) VERSION 2
READ COMMUNICATIONS FORMAT (READCOMM)
PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL
MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 (360A-CO-14X)
MESSAGE MANUAL
MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 VERSION 2 SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CO-14X
MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 VERSION 2
FLOWCHART SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CO-14X
MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 REPORT GENERATOR
(MPSRG) (360A-CO-20X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL
MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 REPORT GENERATOR
(MPSRG) (360A-CO-20X) OPERATIONS MANUAL
MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 REPORT GENERATOR
(MPSRG) SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-Co-20X
SYSTEM/360 MATRIX LANGUAGE (MATLAN) (360A-CM-05X)
APPLICATION DESCRIPTION
SYSTEM/360 MATRIX LANGUAGE (MATLAN) (360A-CM-05X)
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL
SYSTEM/360 MATRIX LANGUAGE (MATLAN) (360A-CM-05X) OPERATIONS
MANUAL
SYSTEM/360 MATRIX LANGUAGE (MATLAN)
SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CM-05X
SYSTEM/360 ~ATRIX LANGUAGE (MATLAN) LISTINGS,
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CM-05X
93
SYSTEM/360 SCIENTIFIC SUBROUTINE PACKAGE (360A-CM-03X)
VERSION III APPLICATION DESCRIPTION
SYSTEM/360 SCIENTIFIC SUBROUTINE PACKAGE (360A-CM-03X)
VERSION III PROGRAMMER'S MANUAL
SYSTEM/360 SCIENTIFIC SUBROUTINE PACKAGE
VERSION 3: SYSTEM MANUAL. PROG. NO. 360A-CM-03X
SYSTEM/360 SCIENTIFIC SUBROUTINE PACKAGE (PL/I)
(360A-CM-01X) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL
SYSTEM/360 SCIENTIFIC SUBROUTINE PACKAGE (PL/I)
(360A-CM-01X) PROG~M DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL
GB20-0166
GB20-0205
GY20-0092
GB20-0544
GB20-0586
83 Cross-Industry
=
GB20-0240
GB20-0361
GB20-0368
GY20-0111
GB20-0186
GB20-0304
GB20-0326
GB20-0311
GB20-0321
GY20-0015
Simulation
SYSTEM/360 CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MODELING PROGRAM (360A-CX-16X)
APPLICATION DESCRIPTION
SYSTEM/360 CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MODELING PROGRAM (360A-CX-16X)
USER'S MANUAL
SYSTEM/360 CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MODELING PROGRAM (360A-CX-16X)
OPERATIONS MANUAL
SYSTEM/360 CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MODELING PROGRAM
SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-16X
GENERAL PURPOSE SIMU~TION SYSTEM/360 - APPLICATION
DESCRIPTION
PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-CS-11X. 360A-CS-19X
GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM/360
INTRODUCTORY USER'S MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-CS-11X. 360A-CS-19X
GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM/360 USER'S MANUAL
GENERAL PURPOSE SIMU~TION (360A-Cs-11X) SYSTEM/360-0S OPERATOR'S MANUAL
GENERAL PURPOSE SIMU~TION SYSTEM/360. DISK OPERATING
SYSTEM (360A-Cs-19X) OPERATOR'S MANUAL
GENERAL PURPOSE SIMU~TION SYSTEM/360 SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-CS-11X. 360A-CS-19X
TYPE III PROGRAMS (20-40)
NOTE:-P-ublications on TYPE III programs are available under
SLSS by order number subscription only.
II
support Programs
GB20-0159
GB20-1163
GB20-0158
GB20-0151
GY20-0504
GYBO-0511
GB20-0119
GB20-0131
GY20-0515
GYBO-0501
CONVERSATIONAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM (CPS)
INSTALLATION AND ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
(CPS) CONVERSATIONAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM BASIC TERMINAL
USER'S MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360D-03.4-016
CONVERSATIONAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM (CPS) TERMINAL USER'S
MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 3600-03.4-016
CONVERSATIONAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM (CPS)
SYSTEM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE
IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSATIONAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM (CPS):
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 3600-03.4.016
CONVERSATIONAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM (CPS) VERSION 5 LISTINGS
PROGRAM NUMBER 3600-03.4.01'6
360 DOS POWER II APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 3600-05.2.006
IBM SYSTEM/360 DOS POWER II PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND
OPERATIONS MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 360D-05.2.006
IBM SYSTEM/360 DOS POWER II. SYSTEM MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 3600-05.2.006
IBM SYSTEM/360 DOS POWER II: LISTINGS - MICROFICBE
PROGRAM NUMBER 3600-05.2.006
32 Utilities
GYBO-0515
2495 UTILITY FOR OS/360 - LISTINGS
PROGRAM NUMBER 3600-00.0.020
35 Simulation or Emulation
GY20-0591
GYBO-0598
COMPATIBILITY OPERATING SYSTEM FOR EMULATION
OF IBM 1410/1010 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEMS
OPERATING ON IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 50
(COS/50) (3600-11.1.025) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
COMPATIBILITY OPERATING SYSTEM FOR EMULATION OF IBM
1410/1010 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEMS OPERATING,ON IBM
SYSTEM/360 MODEL 50 (COS/50) (360D-11.1.025)
LISTINGS
94
36 Contro1 Program
GB20-0802
GB20-0856
G320-1973
GH20-0857
GH20-0858
GB20-1029
GB20-0859
GB20-0860
GY20-0590
GY20-0591
GYBO-0592
GYBO-0593
GYBO-0789
**GYBO-0512
GYBO-0516
GH20-071i3
GH20-0761
** GX20-1817
GY20-0576
GYBO-0527
•
CONTROL PROGRAM-67 / CAMBRIDGE MeNITOR SYSTEM (CP-67/CMS)
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360D-05.2.005
CP-67/CMS VERSION 3.1: CP-67 OPERATOR'S GUIDE. PROG. NO.
3600-05.2.005
CP-67/CMS VERSION 3.1: OPERATOR'S REFERENCE GUIDE'(SUMMARY).
PROG. NO. 360D-05.2.005
CP-67/CMS VERSION 3.1: INSTALLATION GUIDE. PROG. NO.
3600-05.2.005
CONTROL PROGRAM - 67/CAMBRIDGE MCNITOR SYSTEM (CP-67/CMS)
HARDWARE MAINTAINABILITY GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBER 3600-05.2.00.5
CP-67/CMS VERSION 3.1: OPERATING SYSTEMS IN A VIRTUAL
MACHINE. PROG. NO. 3600-05.2.005
CP-67/CMS VERSION 3.1: USER'S GUIDE. PROG. NO. 360D-05.2.005
CONTROL PROGRAM - 67/CAMBRIDGE MeNITOR SYSTEM
(CP-67/CMS) VERSION 3 CMS SCRIPT USER'S MANUAL
CP-67/CMS VERSION 3.1: CP-67 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL. PROG. NO.
360D-05.2.005
CP-67/CMS VERSION 3.1: CMS PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL. PROG. NO.
360D-05.2.005
CP-67/CMS CP67 LISTINGS - PROG. NO. 360D-05.2.005
CP-67/CMS. CMS LISTINGS. ~ROGRAM NUMBER 3600-05.2.005
CONTROL PROGRAM-67/CAMBRIDGE MONITOR SYSTEM (CP-67/CMX)
VERSION 3.1 (COMPONENT RELEASE 1) 3420 MAGNETIC TAPE
UNITS AND DUAL DENSITY SUPPORT - LISTINGS (MICROFICHE)
PROGRAM NUMBER 3600-05.2.005
HASP MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360D-05.1.014
CONVERSATIONAL REMOTE BATCH ENTRY (CRBE) VERSION 2:
MOD 8 LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER 360D-05.1.016
IBM SYSTEM/360 DOS POWER II REMOTE JOB ENTRY PROGRAM
APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 3600-05.2.006
POWER II/RJE: PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL.
PROG. NO. 360D-05-2.006
SYSTEM/360/370 DOS POWER II/RJE VERSION 4 REFERENCE
SUMMARY. PROG~ NO. 3600-05.2.006
DOS POWER II/RJE SYSTEM MANUAL. PROG. NO. 3600-05.2.006
SYSTEM/360 DOS POWER II. VERSION 2. WITH
REMOTE JOB ENTRY (RJE) - LISTINGS
PROGRAM NUMBER 3600-05.2.006
OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (85-99)
( ) 85 Data Processing - Introductory Manuals and Texts
GC20-1667
SC20-1646
**GF20-0012
GC20-1706
GC20-1744
GC20-1684
GC20-1699
GC20-1649
SC20-8092
**GB21-9949
G320-1621
**G310-0012
**GF20-0385
**GY20-0377
GC20-1618
SC20-1651
SC20-1689
SC20-1637
**GF20-0015
**GF20-0019
SC28-6808
**GF20-0020
**GE20-0312
**GC20-8095
GR20-4260
INTRODUCTION TO IBM SYSTEM/360 ARCHITECTURE
A PROGRAMMER'S INTRODUCTION TO
IBM SYSTEM/360 ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE
PREPARING BRAILLE USING SYSTEM/360
COURSEWRITER III (VERSION 2) STUDENT TEXT. PROG. NO.
360A-UX-OlX
COURSEWRITER III. VERSION 3 STUDENT TEXT
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-E13. 5736-E11
AN INTRODUCTION TO IBM DATA PROCESSING SYSTEMS
A DATA PROCESSING GLOSSARY
INTRODUCTION TO IBM SYSTEM/360 DIRECT ACCESS STORAGE DEVICES
AND ORGANIZATION METHODS
SYSTEM/360 DOS OPERATION TRAINING MANUAL: STUDENT TEXT.
COURSE CODE A3650
CUSTOMER FOP/IUP POCKET INFORMATION BROCHURE
IBM MARKETING PUBLICATIONS KWIC INDEX
IBM WORLD TRADE MARKETING PUBLICATIONS KWIC INDEX
AN INTRODUCTION TO MICROPROGRAMMING
INTRODUCTION TO IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 65 MULTIPROCESSING
NUMBER SYSTEMS - STUDENT TEXT
A GUIDE TO PL/I FOR COMMERCIAL PROGRAMMERS
COURSE CODE P3668
AN INTRODUCTION TO THE COMPlLE-TIME FACILITIES OF PL/I
A GUIDE TO PL/I FOR FORTRAN USERS
INTRODUCTION TO THE LIST PROCESSING FACILITIES OF PL/I
TECBNIQUES FOR PROCESSING POINTER LISTS AND LISTS OF
LISTS IN PL/I
A PL/I PRIMER
TECHNIQUES FOR PROCESSING RELOCATABLE LISTS IN PL/I
PREFACE TO PL/I PROGRAMMING IN SCIENTIFIC COMPUTING
IBM SYSTEM/360 INTRODUCTION TO TELE-PROCESSING STUDENT TEXT
INTRODUCTION TO VIRTUAL STORAGE IN SYSTEM/370 STUDENT TEXT
95
**GY20-0146
DISPLAY DESIGN GUIDELINES FOR THE IBM 2260 DISPLAY STATION
o 87 Education =Course· Catalogs
o
**G320-1244
G520-2467
CUSTOMER EDUCATION COURSE CA~
COURSE SELECTION GUIDE - DP EDUCATION FOR MANAGERS
89 Installation Forms and supplies
GX28-6509
GX28-6506
GX28-6507
GX24-5046
GX24-5047
GX24-5048
GX24-5055
GX28-1464
GX20-8020
GX28-7327
GX20-1761
GX24-3541
GX24-3407
GX20-1702
GX20-1711
GX21-9093
GX21-9092
GX21-9129
GX21-9091
GX21-9090
GX24-3477
GX24-3376
GX24-3448
GX27-2950
GX20-1751
GX24-3406
GX27-2901
GX27-2902
**GX27-2903
**GX27-2904
**GX27-2905
**GX27-2951
IBM SYSTEM/360 ASSEMBLER CODING FORM
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC ASSEMBLER SHORT CODING FORM
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC ASSEMBLER LONG CODING FORM
IBM SYSTEM/360 ASSEMBLER CODING FORM. BPS/BOS/TOS/DOS
DTFSR ENTRIES. CARD READ-PUNCH
IBM SYSTEM/360 ASSEMBLER CODING FORM. BPS/BOS/TOS/DOS
DTFSR ENTRIES. PRINTER AND PRINTER-KEYBOARD
IBM SYSTEM/360 ASSEMBLER CODING FORM. BOS/DOS DTFSR ENTRIES.
DISK
IBM SYSTEM/360 ASSEMBLER CODING FORM. TOS/DOS
COBOL CODING FORM
FLOWCHARTING TEMPLATE
FORTRAN CODING FORM
MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING INPUT FORM
SYSTEM/360 - 1130
MULTIPLEXER CBANNEL WORKSHEET - SYSTEM/360 MODEL 25
CONFIGURATION A AND B
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30 MULTIPLEXER CBANNEL WORKSHEET
PROPORTIONAL RECORD LAYOUT FORM
IBM SYSTEM/360 RECORD LAYOUT WORKSHEET
RPG CALCULATION SPECIFICATIONS SHEET
RPG CONTROL CARD AND FILE DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATIONS FORM
RPG DEBUGGING TEMPLATE
.RPG EXTENSIONS AND LINE COUNTER SPECIFICATIONS SHEET
RPG OUTPUT-FORMAT SPECIFICATIONS (FORM)
IBM 1400 COMPATIBILITY INITIALIZATION DECK SYSTEM/360
MODEL 30 CODING SHEETS 1 AND 2
IBM 1052 KEY TABS: SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30. 1400 COMPATIBILITY
IBM 1445 PRINTER SPACING CHART
2250 DISPLAY LAYOUT SHEET
IBM 2260 DISPLAY FORMAT
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30 IBM 2702 WORKSHEET
IMAGE PLANNING CHART - 2760 OPTICAL IMAGE UNIT. REGISTRATION
PONCHII!IG ACME
IMAGE PLANNING CHART - 2760 OPTICAL IMAGE UNIT REGISTRATIoN
PUNCHII!IG OXBERRY
2760 LAYOUT GUIDE (REGISTRATION PUNCHING-ACME)
2760 LAYOUT GUIDE (oXBERRY)
IBM 2760 OPTICAL IMAGE LIMIT AUXILIARY SCREEN OVERLAY GUIDE
IBM 3270 INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM LAYOUT SHEET
o NOTE:
95 miS (Early Warning SYstem)
.
ENS. published weekly on microfiche. contains information
useful in program maintenance and diagnosis.
Automatic updating is available through SLSS (order-number
subscription only).
S2CO-0051
S2CO-0101
S2CO-0201
S2CO-0301
MICROFICHE - EARLY WARNING
2025 AI!ID LARGER FILE CARD
MICROFICHE - EARLY WARNING
OPERATING SYSTEM OS FILE CARD
MICROFICHE - EARLY WARNING
PROGRAMMING SYSTEM OTHER THAN OS FILE
MICROFICHE EARLY WARNING - PROGRAM PRODUCTS. CSP AND SCP
o NOTE:
97 PTF (Program Temporary Fix) Listings
PTF Listings are available under SLSS.
TO order,
specify the bill-of-forms number corresponding to the program of interest.
**SBOF-2250
SBOF-6100
SBOF-:61 03
SBOF-6106
SBOF-6109
SBOF-6110
SBOF-6113
SBOF-6116
SBOF-6119
SBOF-6122
SBOF-6125
SBOF-6128
SBOF-6131
SBOF-6137
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
FOR OSiVS2
PROGRAM NUMBER
PROGRAM NUMBER
PROGRAM NUMBER
PROGRAM NUMBER
PROGRAM NUMBER
PROGRAM NUMBER
PROGRAM NUMBER
PROGRAM NUMBER
PROGRAM NUMBER
PROGRAM NUMBER
PROGRAM NUMBER
PROGRAM NUMBER
PROGRAM NUMBER
360S-AL-531
360S-AS-037
360S-CB-524
360S-CB-545
360S-CI-505
360S-CI-535
360S-CI-555
360S-CO-503
360S-CQ-513
360S-CQ-519
360S-CQ-548
360S-:DM-508
360S-DN-527
96
SBOF-6140
SBOF-6143
SBOF-6146
SBOF-6149
SBOF-6152
SBOF-6155
SBOF-6158
SBOF-6161
SBOF-6164
SBOF-6167
SBOF-6170
SBOF-6173
SBOF-6176
SBOF-6179
SBOF-6182
SBOF-6185
SBOF-6188
SBOF-6192
SBOF-6195
SBOF-6198
SBOF-6201
SBOF-6204
SBOF-6207
SBOF-6210
SBOF-6213
SBOF-6216
SBOF-6219
SBOF-6222
SBOF-6225
SBOF-6230
SBOF-6232
SBOF-6234
SBOF-6236
SBOF-6238
SBOF-6240
SBOF-6242
SBOF-6244
SBOF-6248
SBOF-6250
SBOF-6252
SBOF-6254
SBOF-6256
SBOF-6258
SBOF-6260
SBOF-6262
SBOF-6264
SBOF-6266
SBOF-6268
SBOF-6270
SBOF-6272
SBOF-6274
SBOF-6276
SBOF-6278
SBOF-6280
SBOF-6282
SBOF-6284
SBOF-6286
SBOF-6288
SBOF-6290
SBOF-6292
SBOF-6294
SBOF-6296
SBOF-6298
SBOF-6300
SBOF-6302
SBOF-6304
SBOF-6306
SBOF-6308
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PTF
PROGRAM NUMBER 360S~DN-533
PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DN-539
PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DN-554
PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-ED-521
PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-FO-500
PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-FO-520
PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-FO-550
PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-IO-523
PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-IO-526
PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LD-547
PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-501
PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-512
PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-525
PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-532
PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-537
PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-542
PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-546
PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-NL-511
PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-PL-552
PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-PT-516
PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-RC-536
PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-RC-541
PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-RC-543
PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-RC-551
PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-RG-038
PROGRAM NUNBER 360S-SM-023
PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-UT-506
MODULE GENERATION - OS
SERVICE AIDS OS
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-AS-465
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-AS-466
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CB-452
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CB-468
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CB-482
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CL-453
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CQ-469
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CQ-470
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-DN-481
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-EU-484
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-EU-485
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-FO-451
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-FO-479
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-IO-454
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-IO-455
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-IO-456
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-IO-457
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-IO-458
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-IO-476
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-IO-477
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-IO-478
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-PL-464
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-PT-459
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-RG-460
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SN-400
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SM-450
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SM-483
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SV-473
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SV-474
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SV-475
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SV-486
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SV-487
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SV-488
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-UT-461
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-UT-462
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-UT-463
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-UT-471
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-UT-472
SERVICE AIDS DOS
( ) 99 ~ ~ and SCP Program Listings (microfiche)
NOTE: The following program listings are available for Type I
and SCP PROGRAMS. Automatic updating is available through SLSS
(order-number subscription only).
( ) TYPE!
**GJD1-0001
**GJD1-00l0
GJD1-0015
SYSTEM/370 MODELS 158/168 SYSGEN ICR OS RELEASE 21.6
PROGRAM NO. 360S-OS-609
IBM 3735 MACROS AND UTILITY PROGRAMS - MICROFICHE LISTING
PROGRAM NuMBER 360S-CQ-563
3830 4-CHANNEL SWITCH SUPPORT (CALTROP) ICR - PROGRAM
NUMBER 360-0S-587
97
GJl)1-1010
GJD1-1011
GJD1-1012
GJD1-1013
GJD1-1014
GJD1-1015
GJD1-1016
GJD1-1011
GJD1-1018
GJD1-1019
GJD1-1020
GJD1-1021
GJD1-1022
GJD1-1023
GJD1-1025
GJD1-1026
GJD1-1030
GJD1-1035
GJD1-1040
GJD1-1042
GJD1-1043
GJD1-1044
GJD1-1045
GJD1-1048
GJD1-1050
GJD1-1052
GJD1-1054
GJD1-1055
GJD1-1058
GJD1-1060
GJD1-1062
GJD1-1065
GJD1-1068
GJD1-1010
GJD1-1012
GJD1-1015
GJD1-1016
GJD1-1011
GJD1-1080
GJD1-1085
GuT01-1090
SYSTEM/360 OS PRIMARY CONTROL PROGRAMS - MICROFICHE LISTING
PROGRAM NUMBERS 360S-CI-505/535/555/566
OPERATING SYSTEM/360 TIME SHARING OPTION PROGRAM LISTING
(TSO) PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CI-555
SYSTEM/360 OS MVT
SYSTEM/360 OS DATA MANAGEMENT
MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DM-508
SYSTEM/360 OS BASIC DIRECT ACCESS METHOD
MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DM-509
SYSTEM/360 OS REMOTE JOB ENTRY
MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360s-RC-536
SYSTEM/360 OS BTAM
MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-OQ-513
SYSTEM/360 OS QTAM
MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CQ-519
SYSTEM/360 OS OLTEP
MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-ON-533
OPERATING SYSTEM/360 CONVERSATIONAL REMOTE JOB ENTRY
MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-RC-551
SYSTEM/360 OS ISAM
MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROG. NO. 360S-IO-526
SYSTEM/360 OS UTILITIES
MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-~-506
OPERATING SYSTEM/360 INDEPENDENT UTILITIES
MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-UT-501
OPERATING SYSTEM/360 TELEPROCESSING
COMMUNICATIONS ACCESS METHOD (TCAM)
PROGRAM LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CQ-548
SYSTEM/360 OS ALGOL COMPILER-F
MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-AL-531
SYSTEM/360 OS ALGOL LIBRARY
MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-532
MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING
SYSTEM/360-0S ASSEMBLER E 360S-AS-036
MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING
SYSTEM/360-0S ASSEMBLER F 360S-AS-031
SYSTEM/360 OS COBOL COMPILER~E
MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CO-503
SYSTEM/360 OS ANS COBOL
MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-C8-545
SYSTEM/360 OS ANS COBOL LIBRARY
MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMHER 360S-LM-546
SYSTEM/360 OS COBOL F LIBRARY
MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-525
SYSTEM/360 OS COBOL" COMPILER-F
MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CB-524
SYSTEM/360 OS COBOL LIBRARY
MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-504
MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING
SYSTEM/36o-0S FORTRAN E IV 360S-FO-092
SYSTEM/360 OS FORTRAN G IV
MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-FO-520
OPERATING SYSTEM/360 FORTRAN SYNTAX CHECKER
MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S~FO-550
SYSTEM/360 OS FORTRAN H IV
MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-Fo-500
SYSTEM/360 OS FORTRAN LIBRARY IV
MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-501
SYSTEM/360 OS PL/1 COMPILER F
MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-NL-511
SYSTEM/360 OS SERVICE AIDS
MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DN-554
OPERATING SYSTEM/360 PL/I SYNTAX CHECKER
MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-PL-552
SYSTEM/360 OS PL/1 LIBRARY F
MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-512
MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING
" SYSTEM/360-0S LINKAGE EDITOR E 360S-ED-510
SYSTEM/360 OS LINKAGE EDITOR LOADER
MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGARAM NUMBER 360S-LD-541
SYSTEM/360 OS LINKAGE EDITOR F
MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-ED-521
SYSTEM/360 OS SERO, SER1
MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DN-521
SYSTEM/360 OS RECOVERY MANAGEMENT
MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DN-539
SYSTEM/360 OS SORT MERGE
MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 3605-SM-023
SYSTEM/360 OS TESTRAN
MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-PT-516
SYSTEM/360 OS GRAPHIC PROGRAMMING SERvICES
MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-IO-523
GJD1-l091
GJDl-l092
GJD1-l093
GJD1-l0911
GJD1-l095
GJD1-l096
GJD1-l091
GJD1-l098
GJDl-ll00
GJDl-1310
GJDl-1310
GJDl-1380
GJDl-1390
GJD1-l1100
GJDl-1410
GJDl-1420
GJDl-1480
GJDl-1500
GJDl-1510
GJDl-1600
GJDl-1620
GJDl-1630
GJDl-16110
GJDl-1641
GJDl-1642
GJDl-16113
GJD1-l100
GJDl-1720
GJDl-1740
GJDl-2000
GJDl-2010
GJDl-2012
GJDl-2020
GJDl-2032
GJDl-2035
GJDl-2036
GJDl-2037
SYSTEM/360 as GRAPHIC SUB-ROUTINE PROGRAM
MIC~OFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-537
SYSTEM/360 OS SATELLITE GRAPHIC JOB PROCESS
MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-RC-543
SYSTEM/l60 OS GRAPHIC JOB PROCESS.
MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-RC-541
MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING
SYSTEM/360-0S 1130/360 DATA TRANSMISSION 360S-LM-5112
SYSTEM/360 OS REPORT PROGRAM GENERATOR
PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-RG-038
MICROFICHE FOR OPERATING SYSTEM RELEASE 20.7 PROGRAMS:
360S-CI-505 360S-CI-535 360S-CI-555 360S-CQ-548
360S-DM-508 360S-DM-509 360S-DN-527 360S-DN-533
360S-D8-554 360S-ED-521 360S-IO-526 360S-LD-547
360S-LM-512 360S-NL-511 360S-UT-506 360S-UT-507
SYSTEM/l60 OPERATING SYSTEM RELEASE SUPPORT DOCUMENTATION
(MICROFICHE)
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM RELEASE SUPPORT DOCUMENTATION
(MICROFICHE)
MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING
ATTACHED SUPPORT PROCESSOR (ASP) PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-15X
MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING
SYSTEM/360 SIMULATOR 11110/1010 360C-SI-754
MICROFICHE ~ SOURCE LISTING
SYSTEM/360 SIMULATOR 1010/10111 360C-SI-153
MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING
SYSTEM/l60 SIMULATOR 1080 360C-SI-551
MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING
SYSTEM/360 SIMULATOR 1090/10911 360C-SI-750
MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING
SYSTEMV360 EMULATOR (MODEL 110) 1401/1410 360C-EU-074
MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING
SYSTEMV360 EMULATOR (MODEL 40) ~60C-EU-128
IBM 1094 EMULATOR FOR THE SYSTEM/360 MODEL 85 UNDER OS/360
MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-734
IBM OPERATING SYSTEM/360 DOS EMULATOR PROGRAM FOR
SYSTEM/310 MODELS 145 AND 155 - PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-738
MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING
SY5TEM/360 EMULATOR (MODEL 50) 11110/7010 360C-EU-726
MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING
SYSTEM/360 EMULATOR (MODELS 50 AND 65) 7070/7074 360C-EU-725
MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING
SYSTEM/360 EMULATOR (MODEL 65) 7040/70114 360C-EU-733
MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING
SYSTEM/360 EMULATOR (MODEL 65) 7080 360C-EU-721
MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING
SYSTEM/360 EMULATOR (MODEL 65) 7090/70911 360C-EU-729
OPERATING SYSTEM 370/165 OS-7094 INTEGRATED EMULATOR
MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-740
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM EMULATOR FOR 7074
ON 370/165 UNDER OPERATING SYSTEM
PROGRAM LISTING MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-739
1080 EMULATOR FOR SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165 UNDER OPERATING
SYSTEM/360 - MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-731
EMULATOR FOR 7074 ON S/370 MODEL 155 UNDER OS
MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-741
MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING
SYSTEM/360 MODEL 114 BASIC PROGRA~MING SUPPORT (BPS)
360F-UT-601
MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING
SYSTEM/360 MODEL 44 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT 360F-IO-613
MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING
SYSTEMV360 MODEL 44 1620 SIMULATOR FOR 1620 360C-SI-755
MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING
SYSTillV360 BASIC PROGRAf·U-UNG SUPPORT (BPS)
PROGRAM NUMBERS BEGINNING WITH 360P
MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING
SYSTEM/360-BOS BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM (COMPLETE)
MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING
SYSTEM/360 BOS MACRO LISTINGS. PROGRAM NUMBERS 360E-CL-302.
360B-I0-303. 360B-IO-304. 360B-IO-305
360B-SU-023
MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING
SYSTEM/360-TOS CONTROL PROGRAM (COMPLETE)
SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM (360N) MACRO LISTINGS
SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM
SORT/MERGE - TAPE
MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SM-400
SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM
SORT/MERGE - DISK
MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SM-450
SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM
BASIC FORTRAN IV
MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-FO-451
GJDl-2038
GJDl-2039
GJDl-2040
GJDl-2042
GJDl-2043
GJDl-2044
GJDl-2045
GJDl-2046
GJDl-2047
GJDl-2048
GJDl-2049
GJDl-2050
GJDl-2052
GJDl-2053
GJDl-2054
GJDl-2055
GJDl-2056
GJDl-2057
GJDl-2058
GJDl-2059 .
GJDl-2060
GJDl-2063
GJDl-2100
GJDl-2150
GJDl-4610
GJDl-4620
GJDl-9000
GJDl-9030
**GJD2-4001
**GJD2-4100
**GJD2-4101
**GJD2-4102
**GJD2-4105
GYBO-0508
GYBO-0538
GYBO-0540
SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SY~EM
COBOL - MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CB-452
SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYS~
SYSTEM CONTROL/IOCS
MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-cL-453
SYSTEM/360 DISK OP~ING SYSTEM
ISFMS - MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBERS 36OR-IO-457,
360N-I0-477, 360N-I0-478
MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING
SYSTEM/36Q-DOS AUTOTEST 360N-PT-459
SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSWEM
RPG/DISK - MICROFICHE LISTI~ - PROGRAM NUMBER 36OR-RG-460
SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYS~EM
UTILITY GROUP 1 - MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM 360N-UT-q61
SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM
UTILITY GROUP 2
MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-UT-q62
SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM
UTILITY GROUP 3
MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-UT-Q63
SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM
PL/I - MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-PL-Q64
SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM
ASSEMBLER - MICROFICHE LIST~NGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-AS-465
SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYS~M
ASSEMBLER F - MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM 360N-AS-466
SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSWEM
BTAM - MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CQ-Q79
SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM
QTAM - MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CQ-Q70
SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM
MPS UTILITY MACROS
MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-UT-Q71
S/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM
VOCABULARY FILE UTILITY PROGRAM - MICROFICHE LISTINGS
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-UT-472
SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSWEM
COMPILER I/O MODULES
MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-Io-Q76
SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM
FORTRAN IV MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAMS 360N-FO-Q79, LM-480
SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM RELEASE 26 OLTEP
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-DN-481
SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM
SORT/MERGE DISK/TAPE
MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SM-Q83
SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SY~EM - MICROFICHE LISTINGS CE SERVICEABILITY PROGRAM
OLTEP - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-DN-481
SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM
ANS COBOL - MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 36ON-CB-482
DISK OPERATING SYTEM MODEL 155 EMULATOR
MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-EU-490
EMULATOR FOR 1401/1440/1460 ON THE SYSTEM/370 MODEL 155
UNDER OS, MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-735
EMULATOR FOR THE IBM 1401/1440/1Q60 ON THE SYSTEM/370
MODEL 155 UNDER OS PROGRAM NUMBER 360C~EU-735
MICROFICHE LISTINGS
MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING
SYSTEM/360 FORTRAN IV TO PL/I LANGUAGE CONVERSION PROGRAM
360C-CV-710
MICROFICBE - SOURCE LISTING
SYSTEM/360 COBOL TO PL/I LANGUAGE CONVERSION PROGRAM
360C-CV-712
MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING
SYSTEM/360 USA STANDARD COBOL LANGUAGE CONVERSION PROGRAM
360C-CV-713
MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING
SYSTEM/360-TSS (CONTROLLED RELEASE I) 360G-cL-627
DOS/360 BTAM MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CQ-Q69
IBM 3705 SYSTEM SUPPORT PACKAGE FOR OS - MICROFICHE LISTING
PROG. NO. 360H-TX-035
.
IBM 3705 SYSTEM SUPPORT PACKAGE FOR DOS - MICROFICHE
LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360H-TX-036
3705 EMULATOR UNDER OS - MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER
360H-TX-033
IBM 3705 NETWORK CONTROL pROGRAM
IBM SYSTEM/360/370 ATTACHED SUPPORT PROCESSOR (ASP)
VERSION 2 MICROFICHE, PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-15X
CALL-OS VERSION 2 EXECUTIVE & UTILITY LISTINGS
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X
CALL/360-0S (VERSION 1) BASIC ASSEMBLY LISTINGS
PROGRAM NO. 360A-CX-44X (FE #030440)
100
GYBO-0541
GYBO-0542
**GYBO-0854
o
TYPE
!
DOS for system/370 Only
**GJDl-4601
**GJD2-4002
GYC7-1900
GYC7-1901
GYC7-1902
GYC7-1903
GYC7-1904
GYC7-1905
GYC7-1906
GYC7-1907
GYC7-1908
GYC7-1909
GYC7-1910
GYC7-1911
GYC7-1912
GYC7-1913
GYC7-1914
GYC7-1915
GYC7-1916
GYC7-1917
.GYC7-l918
GYC7-l9l9
GYC7-l920
GYC7-1921
GYC7-l922
GYC7-l923
GYC7-l924
GYC7-1925
GYC7-1926
GYC7-l927
GYC7-l928
o
CALL/360-OS (VERSION 1) FORTRAN ASSEMBLY LISTJ:NGS
PROG. NO. 360A-CX-46X (FE 1030460)
CALL/360-oS (VERSION 1) PL/I ASSEMBLY LISTINGS
PROGRAM NO. 360A-CX-45X (FE 1030450)
IBM S/360, 370 ASYMMETRIC MULTIPROCESSING SYSTEM
(ASP VERSION 3): LISTINGS MICROFICHE
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-15X
MODEL 20 EMULATOR ON S/370 USING DOS (V4) - PROGRAM NUMBER
370N-IC-002
370 DOS BTAM, MICROFICHE LISTING, PROG. NO. 370N-CQ-469
S/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER D ASSEMBLY LISTINGS
PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-AS-465
SYSTEM/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM MICROFICHE ASSEMBLY
LISTINGS - SYSTEM CONTROL/BASIC IOes - PROGRAM
NUMBER 370N-CL-453
DOS 27.1 DIRECT ACCESS METHOD, ASSEMBLY LISTINGS.
PROG. NO. 370N-IO-454
DOS 27 SEQUENTIAL DISK IOCS MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM
NUMBER 370N-IO-455
DOS 27 MAGNETIC TAPE IOCS MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM
NUMBER 370N-IO-456
DOS 27 ISFMS MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-IO-457
DOS-27 PAPER TAPE IOes - MICROFICHE LISTINGS
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-IO-458
DOS 27 SYSTEM UTILITY PROGRAMS, 370N-UT-491 MICROFICHE
LISTING
S/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM ENVIRONMENTAL RECORDING AND
EDITING PROGRAM 370N-UT-492
S/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM BASIC TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCESS
METHOD ASSEMBLY LISTINGS, PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-CQ-469
5/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM QUEUED TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCESS
METHOD ASSEMBLY LISTINGS. PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-CQ-470
SYSTEM/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM MICROFICHE ASSEMBLY
LISTINGS 3735 TERMINAL SUPPQRT - PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-CQ-493
SYSTEM/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM MICROFICHE ASSEMBLY
LISTINGS OLTEP - PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-DN-481
S/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SYSTEM/370 EMULATOR ASSEMBLY
LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-EU-490
SYSTEM/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM MICROFICHE ASSEMBLY
LISTIHGS COMPILER I/O MODULES - PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-IO-416
5/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM MAGNETIC CHARACTER READER IOCS
370N-IO-417
S/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM OPTICAL CHARACTER READER IOCS
ASSEMBLY LISTINGS -PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-IO-478
SYSTEM/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM MICROFICHE ASSEMBLY
LISTINGS MICROFICHE INDEX
DOS 27 ASSEMBLER F - MICROFICHE LISTING
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-AS-466
DOS 21 COBOL D - MICROFICHE LISTING
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CB-452
DOS 21 ANS COBOL - MICROFICHE LISTING
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CB-482
S/310 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM LANGUAGE CONVERSION PROGRAM
ASSEMBLY LISTINGS. PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CV-489
5/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FQRTRAN IV
ASSEMBLY LISTINGS - PROGRAM NO. 360N-FO-479
DOS 27 FORTRAN LIBRARY SUB PROGRAM MICROFICHE LISTINGS
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-LM-480
S/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM PL/1 ASSEMBLY LISTINGS. PROGRAM
NUMBER 360N-PL-464
DOS 27 DISK SORT/MERGE-MICROFICBE LISTINGS - PROGRAM
NUMBER 360N-SM-450 .
S/310 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM MODULAR SORT/MERGE ASSEMBLY
LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SM-483
DOS 27 UTILITIES GROUP I - MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM
NUMBER 360N-UT-46l
5/310 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM GROUP 2 UTILITIES TAPE
360N-UT-462
SCP (System Control Programming)
"SJD2-000l
SJD2-0010
SJD2-0020
SJD2-0030
SJD2-0040
SJD2-00S0
SJD2-0060
SJD2-0070
MICROFICHE FOR OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.6 REFERENCE LISTINGS
OS/vS2 SMF (5742-SC1-02)
OS/vS2 IEHINITT (5742-SC1-UD)
OS/vS2 IEHSTATR (5742-SC1-UE)
0s/vS2 TAPE ERP/VES (5742-SC1~CC)
OS/VS2 IEBEDIT (S742-SC1-U9)
OS/vS2 IEBLIST (5742-SC1-U2)
OS/vS2 IEBPROGM (5742-SC1-U3)
101
SJD2-0080
SJD2-0090
SJD2-0100
SJD2-0110
SJD2-0120
SJD2-0130
SJD2-0140
SJD2-0160
SJD2-0170
SJD2-0180
SJD2-0190
SJD2-0200
SJD2-0210
SJD2-0220
SJD2-0230
SJD2-0240
SJD2-02S0
SJD2-0260
SJD2-0270
SJD2-0280
SJD2-0290
SJD2-0300
SJD2-0310
SJD2-0320
SJD2-0330
SJD2-03S0
SJD2-0360
SJD2-0370
SJD2-0380
SJD2-0390
SJD2-0400
SJD2-0410
SJD2-0420
SJD2-0430
SJD2-0440
SJD2-04S0
SJD2-0460
SJD2-0470
SJD2-0480
SJD2-0490
SJD2-0S30
SJD2-0S40
SJD2-0SS0
SJD2-0S60
SJD2-0S70
SJD2-0S80
SJD2-0S90
SJD2-0600
SJD2-0640
SJD2-0650
SJD2-0660
SJD2-0670
SJD2-0680
SJD2-0690
SJD2-0700
SJD2-0710
SJD2-0720
SJD2-0730
SJD2-0140
SJD2-0750
SJD2-0160
SJD2-0110
SJD2-0180
SJD2-0790
SJD2-0800
SJD2-0810
SJD2-0820
SJD2-0830
SJD2-0840
SJD2-08S0
SJD2-0860
SJD2-0810
SJD2-0880
SJD2-0890
**SJD2-1220
SJD2-2000
SJD2-2001
SJD2-2002
**SJD2-2003
**SJD2-2004
OS/VS2 CATALOG (S742-SC1-D3)
OS/vS2 SMF SCHEDULER (S142-SC1-00)
OS/vS2 TSO TRACE (5142-SC1-T9)
OS/vS2 PASSWORD PROTECT (5142-SC1-DC)
OS/VS2 TSO UTILITIES (S742-SC1-T2)
OS/VS2 TSO TEST (5142-SC1-Tl)
OS/VS2 EXT/PREC/FLT PT SIM (5742-SC1-CP)
0s/VS2 IEHMOVE (S142-SC1-UC)
OS/vS2 IEBCOPY (S742-SC1-U6)
OS/vS2 IEBGENER (S742-SC1-U7)
OS/vS2 IEBUPDTE (S742-SC1-U8)
OS/vS2 IEBPTPCH (5742-SC1-UA)
0s/VS2 IEBCOMPR (5742-SC1-UR)
OS/VS2 IEBISAM (S742-SC1-UH)
0s/VS2 IEBDG (S742-SC1-UJ)
OS/vS2 TSO EDIT (S142-SC1-TO)
OS/VS2 IPL (5742-SC1-Cl)
OS/vS2 SUPERVISOR (S742-SC1-CS)
OS/vS2 RMS (5742-SC1-CE)
0s/vS2 GSP (5742-SC1-07)
OS/vS2 GAM (S142-SC1-GO)
OS/VS2 DlDOCS (5742-SC1-C4)
OS/vS2 DSS (5142-Scl-10)
OS/vS2 TSO SUPERVISOR (5742-SC1-T7)
OS/vS2 SYSTEM RESTART (S142-SC1-B3)
OS/vS2 ALLOCATION (S742-SC1-B4)
OS/VS2 Q MANAGER (5742-SC1-BS)
OS/vS2 INITIATOR (5142-SC1-B6)
OS/vS2 TERMINATION (5142-SC1-B1)
OS/VS2 COMMANDS (5742-SC1-BS)
OS/Vs2 READER/INTERPRETER (5742-SC1-B9)
0s/VS2 TSO SCHEDULER (S142-SC1-T4)
OS/VS2 OBR/SDR/EREP (S742-SC1-CD)
OS/VS2 GTF (S742-SC1-11)
OS/VS2 AMASPZAP (5142-SCl-12)
OS/vS2 AMDPRDMP (S742-SCl-13)
OS/vS2 AMDSADMP (S14i-SCl-15)
OS/vS2 AMAPTFLE (S742-SCl-16)
OS/VS2 AMDPRDMP/EDXT (S142-SCl-18)
OS/VS2 3735 MACROS/UTILITY (5742-SCl-22)
OS/VS2 EXTENDED SVC ROUTER (5742-SC1-CF)
OS/vS2 MAPPING MACROS (S742-SC1-01)
OS/vS2 OLTEP (5142-SC1-06)
OS/vS2 BTAM (S74-2-SCl-20)
OS/vS2 TCAM (5742-SCl-21)
OS/VS2 IEBTCRIN (S142-SC1-UG)
OS/VS2 3S05/3S25 (S142-SC1-DD)
0s/VS2 OCR (S742-SC1-DS)
OS/VS2 OVERLAY SUPERVISOR (S142-SC1-C2)
OS/VS2 FETCH (5742-SC1-C7)
OS/vS2 SAM (5142-SC1-DO)
OS/VS2 PAM (S742-SC1-D2)
OS/vS2 MICR (S142-SC1-D6)
OS/vS2 DAM (5142-SC1-D7)
OS/VS2 lOS (S742-SC1-C3)
OS/VS2 DASD ERP (S142-SC1-CA)
OS/vS2 UNIT RECORD ERP (S742-SC1-CB)
OS/vS2 TSO SOBRTN TCAM (S742-SC1-TS)
OS/vS2 T.SO DATA MANAGEMENT (5742-SC1-T3)
OS/VS2 IBCDMPRS (5142-SC1-IO)
OS/vS2 IBCDASDI (5142-SC1-Il)
OS/vS2 IEHDASDR (S742-SC1-UO)
OS/vS2 IEBATLAS (S142-SC1-UF)
OS/vS2 SYSOUT WRXTER (S142-SC1-B2)
OS/vS2 ICAPRTBL (S142-SC1-12)
OS/vS2 ISAM (5742-SC1-DS)
OS/VS2 CHECKPOINT/RESTART (5142-SC1-09)
OS/vS2 OPEN/CLOSE/EOV (5742-SC1-Dl)
OS/VS2 DADSM (S742-SC1-D4)
OS/vS2 LINK LOADGO PROMPTER (S1112-SC1-TS)
OS/VS2 LINKAGE EDITOR (5142-SC1-01l)
OS/vS2LOADER (5742-SC1-0S)
OS/vS2 AMBLIST (S142-SCl-14)
OS/vS2 ASSEMBLER XF (5742-SC1-03)
OS VS2 VTAM REL .1.6 - PROG. NO. S142-SC1-DE
IPL OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 57Ql-SC1-Cl
IOs/OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER S7Ql-SC1-C3
SUPERVISOR OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT
NUMBER 5141-SC1-C5
MAPPING MACROS OS/VS 1 RELEASE 2 - PROGRAM NUMBER
S141-scl-01
MODULE/MACRO TOTAL SYSTEM INDEX OSlVs 1 RELEASE 2
102
SJD2-2009
SJD2-2010
SJD2-2014
SJD2-2015
SJD2-2016
SJD2-2017
SJD2-2018
SJD2-2019
SJD2-2020
SJD2-2021
SJD2-2022
SJD2-2023
SJD2-2024
SJD2-2025
SJD2-2026
SJD2-2027
SJD2-2028
SJD2-2030
SJD2-2031
SJD2-2032
SJD2-2033
SJD2-2034
SJD2-2038
SJD2-2041
SJD2-2042
SJD2-2043
SJD2-2044
SJD2-2045
SJD2-2046
SJD2-2047
SJD2-2048
SJD2-2049
SJD2-2050
SJD2-2051
SJD2-2053
SJD2-2054
SJD2-2055
SJD2-2056
SJD2-2057
SJD2-2058
SJD2-2059
SJD2-2060
SJD2-2061
SJD2-2062
SJD2-2063
SJD2-2064
SJD2-2067
SJD2-2068
SJD2-2069
SCHEDULER S~~ OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT
NUMBER 5741-SC1-00
UNIT RCD ERP OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT
NUMBER 5741-SC1-CB
JECS os/Vsl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT
NUMBER 5741-SC1-BO
I/P STREAM CTL OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT
NUMBER 5741-SC1-Bl
O/P STREAM CTL OS/vSl MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM
NUMBER 5741-SC1-B2
SYSTEM RESTART OS/VSl MICROFICBE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5741-SC1-B3
ALLOCATION-OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5741-SC1-B4
Q MANAGER OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5741-SC1-B5
INITIATOR OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5741-SC1-B6
TERMINATION OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5741-SC1-B7
COMMANDS OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5741-SC1-B8
INTERPRETER OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5741-SC1-B9
OS/VS1 RESTART RDR/DSDR PROCESSING (5741-SC1-BD)
SYSTEM LOG OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5741-SC1-BE
WTP OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-BF
MSI OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-BG
IMCJOBQD OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
57 4l-sC 1-17
DIDOCS OS/Vsl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
574l-SC1-C4
GAM OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-GO
GSP Os/Vs1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-07
RMS OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-CE
OS/vSl ASSEMBLER XF (574l-SC1-03)
OBR/EREP/RDE OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5741-SC1-CD
GTF OS/vsl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-l1
HMASPZAP OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
514l-SCl-12
HMDPRDMP OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
514l-SCl-13
HMDSADMP OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
574l-SCl-15
HMAPTFLE OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
514l-SCl-16
OLTEP OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
574l-SC1-06
EXTENDED SVC ROUTER OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT
NUMBER 5741-SC1-CF
IEHLIST MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-sCl-U2
BTAM OS/VS 1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
574l-SCl-20
OS/vSl TCAM LEVEL 2 (5744-AW1)
OCR OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 574l-SC1-D5
IEBTCRIN OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5741-SC1-UG
CHECKPOINT RESTART OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT
NUMBER 574l-SC1-09
FETCH OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5741-SC1-C1
OVERLAY SUPERVISOR MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5741-SCi-C2
SAM OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-DO
OPEN/CLOSE/EOV OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
574l-SC1-Dl
PAM OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5141-SC1-D2
DADSM OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5741-SC1-D4
MICR OS/VSl MICROFICBE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5741-SC1-D6
DAM OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 574l-SC1-D7
ISAM OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5741-SC1-D8
JAM OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-D9
DASD ERP OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
514l-SC1-CA
Os/vSl LINKAGE EDITOR MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
574l-SC1-04
LOADER OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5141-SC1-05
103
SJD2-2014
SJD2-2016
SJD2-2011
SJD2-2018
SJD2-2019
SJD2-2080
SJD2-2081
SJD2-2082
SJD2-2084
SJD2-2085
SJD2-2086
SJD2-2081
SJD2-2088
SJD2-2089
SJD2-2090
SJD2-2091
SJD2-2092
SJD2-2094
SJD2-2096
SJD2-2091
SJD2-2098
SJD2-2099
SJD2-2100
SJD2-2101
SJD2-2102
SJD2-4103
SJD2-4104
**SYBO-0900
**SYBO-0901
OS/vSl ..'JES COMPATIBILITY INTERFACE (5141-SCQ-DB)
HMBLIST OS/Vsl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5141-SCl-14
IBCDMPRS OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5141-SC1-IO,
IBCDASDI MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5141-SC1-I1
ICAPRTBL MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5141-SC1-I2
IEHDASDR OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENr NUMBER
5141-SC1-UO
IEHIOSUP OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENr NUMBER
5141-SC1-U1
IEBATLAS OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPCNENr NUMBER
5141-SC1-UF
CRJE OS/VS 1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5141-SC1-0A
IEBCOPY OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5141-SC1-U6
OS/vSl IEBGENER (5141-SC1-U1)
IEBUPDTE OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5141-SC1-U8
IEBPTPCH OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENr NUMBER
5741-SC1-UA
OS/vSl IEBCOMPR (5141-SC1-UK)
IEBISAM OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5141-SC1-UH
IEBDG OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING
COMPONENT NUMBER 5141-SC1-UJ
IEHMOVE OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING
COMPONENT NUMBER - 5141-SC1-UC
SMF OS/Vsl MICROFICHE LISTING
COMPONENT NUMBER - 5141-SC1-02
OS/vSl IEHPROGM (5741-SC1-U3)
OS/VSl IEHINITT (5141-SC1-UD)
OS/vSl IEHSTATR (5741-SC1-UE)
CATALOG OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING
COMPONENT NUMBER - 5141-sCl-D3
PASSWORD PROTECT OS/vSl MICROFICHE LISTING
COMPONENT NUMBER - 5141-SC1-DC
TAPE ERP/VES OS/vSl MICROFICHE LISTING
COMPONENT NUMBER - 5141-SC1-CC
IEBEDIT OS/Vsl MICROFICHE LISTING
COMPONENT NUMBER - 5141-SC1-U9
3105-0S/VS-ASM PROGRAM LISTING MICROFICHE INDEPENDENTLY
DISTRIBUTED PROGRAM 5144-AN1
IBM 3705 EMULATOR PROGRAM FOR VIRTUAL STORAGE - MICROFICHE
PROGRAM NUMBER 360H-TX-033
IBM VM/310: CP MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5749-010
IBM VM/310: CMS MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5149-010
104
Part 2. Abstracts
GA19
GA21
GA 19-0004
.!ill ~ SORTER, MODEL 32
IBM .1!!.!2 MAGNETIC CHARACTER READER, ~ 32
This publication contains detailed information about the
keys, lights, switches, mechanical features, and special
features of the IBM 1219 Reader sorter, Model 32 and the
IBM 1419 MagnetiC Character Reader, Model 32.
On-line and off-line data-flow and operating theory
are fully discussed, with step-by-step procedures for each
reader operation. Programming notes and error-correction
routines are also covered in detail. It shou1d be noted
that, in the areas of on-line operation, error-recovery,
and programming notes, this manual refers to the 1401
attachment only.
For additional information, readers are referred to
the following publications: IBM 1401/1460 MISCELLANEOUS
Input/Output Instructions, (GA24-306B) and IBM ±$±( Magnetic
Character Reader with IBM 1410 system, (GA220536. For information concerning the attachment of the
IBM 1219/1419, Model 32 to the IBM System/360, Models 30
or 40, readers are referred to IBM 1419, MODEL 32 ATTACHED
to IBM system/360 Model 30 or 40, (GA19-0023)
Manual, 68 pages
~
GA19-0010
IBM 3944 DIAL TERMINAL
The IBM 3944 Dial Terminal is designed to be used as an
input device to Audio Response Units through a telephone
network.
'l'he 7772 Audio Response Unit is an input/output unit
of the IBM System/360 Models 30, 40, 50, 65, and 15,
interfacing the computer and a te~ephone network. The
Audio Response Unit provides~ under program control~
composed messages of spoken words in response to digital
inquiries or input messages. Except for the use of digital
language from the calling to the called line, communication
between remote inquiry terminals and the Audio Response
Unit is conducted in the same manner as an ordinary
telephone call.
Manual, 4 pages
GA19-0036
PAFER A!!!1 FRUiT QUALrry REQUIREMENTS fQ!! .!m! 1m A!!!1 1215
OPTICAL READER SORTERS
This publication describes the quality of ~aper and print
required for documents that are to be read by the IBM 1210
and 1215 Qptical Reader Sorters. The manual is intended
for those responsible for providing the documents and for
those who plan and maintain the optical character
recognition system.
The following topics are dealt with:
1. The mechanical and optical characteristics
desired of the paper.
2. The sizes and conditions of documents.
3. The quality of the printing, and the printing devices
that can be used to obtain this quality.
4. The procedures for manual, as well as machine, handling
of the documents.
For information on the 1210 and 1215 Optical Reader
sorters, refer to Systems Reference Library (SRL) IBM
SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION - IBM 1270 OPTICAL READER
SORrER, Order No. GA19-0035 and IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT
DESCRIPTION - IBM 1215 OPTICAL READER SORTER, Order No.
GA19-0035 and IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION - IBM
1215 OPTICAL READER SORTER, Order NO. GA19-0034. For
information on the design of documents, refer to SRL FORMDESIGN CONSIDERATIONS - SYSTEM PRINTERS, Order NO. GA2q348B.
For informat>ion on the IBM printing devices dealt
with in the manual, refer to SRL IBM 1403 PRINTER CO~PONENT
DESCRIPTION, Order NO. GA24-3013 and to the booklet IBM
TYPING INSTRUCTIONS FOR OPTICAL CHARACTER RECOGNITION.
Systems Reference Library Manual. 34 pages
GA21-9025
IBM 1442-N1 AND N2 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AN~ OPERATING
PRocEiliiRES- SRL-MANUAL
This ~ublication describes the operating prinCiples, machine
features, and operating procedures of the IBM 1442-N1 Card
Read-Punch and the IBM 1442-N2 Card Punch. Also, it
discusses in general the operation of these devices with
IB~ System/360.
Manual, 20 pages
GA19-0019
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30 1401/1440/1460 COMPATIBILITY FEATURE
INVERTED PRINT EDIT AND STERLING SUB FEATURES
This publication is a-5upplement to the source manual
entitled IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30, 1401/1440/1460
compatibility feature, (GA24-32551, and should he read
in conjunction with it. The information contained herein
is intended primarily for users in World Trade sterling
countries ..
This publication is limited to a description of (1)
the use of the Comma and Decimal Point Inversion SubFeature; and (2) how ster1ing-cnrrency applications can
be processed with th,e Sterling-CUrrency Sub-Feature without
conversion of existing 1400-series programs ..
The reader is also referred to the IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL
30, functional characteristics, (GA24-3231) for a
description of the capabilities, functions, and operational
characteristics of the System/360 Model 30; and to REFERENCE
MANUAL, IBM 1401 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM STERLING CURRENCY
FEATURES, Form UK3-1401-0.
the IBM system/360 Bibliography, (GA22-6B22), Lists
the associated reference pub1ications.
Manual, 2 pages
GA 19-0023
IBM 1419 MODEL 32 ATTACHED TO IBM SYSTEM/360
MODEL ~ lQ.. !!.Q.. .2Q.. AND 65 - This publication is a,supplement to IBM 1219 Reader Sorter,
Model 32--IBM 1419 Magnetic Character Reader. Model 32,
Form A19-0004 and shOUld be read in conjunction with it~
This publication is limited to certain additions to
A19-0004. Additional operating information relating to
Power On-POwer Off. Channel Line Termination and Sort Mode
selection is provided ..
Manual. 42 pages
GA19-0034
IBM 1275 OPTICAL READER SORTER FOR SYSTEM/360 AND
SYSTEM/31-0--- - - - - - - - This publication describes the functional characteristics of
the IBM 1215 Optical Reader sorter and contains recommended
programming teChniques and complete operating instructions.
The manual is intended primarily for systems analysts.
programmers. and operators who are working in an OCR
environment.
The 1215 Optical Reader Sorter reads either of two
common types of optical character recognition (OCR) printing
and sorts intermixed paper documents.. Models 1 and 3
operate off-line. Models 2 and 4 can operate either on-line
with an IBM System/360 Model 25, 30,40, or 50, or with an
IBM Systemf310 MOdel 135, 145, 155, or 165, or off-line.
FOr understanding the on-line operation of the 1215, the
reader should be familiar with the systems Reference
Library, IBM System/360 PrinCiples of Operation (GA22-6B21).
Systems Library, 116 pages
GA21-9026
IBM 2501 MODELS B1 AND B2 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND
OPERATINGPRoCEDURES -
This publication describes the operation of the IBM 2501
Card Reader Models B1 and B2 with IBM System/360 Models
30 and higher.. Operating principles, system communication,
and operating procedures are presented.
~his manual assumes that the reader is familiar with
the operation of the IBM System/360, as described in the
SRL publication, IBM SYSTEM/360 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION,
Order Number GA22-6B21.
Manual, 16 pages
GA21-9021
IBM 2520-B1, ~ AND ~ COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATING
PROCEDURES - SRL MANUAL
This publication describes the IBM 2520 Card Read Punch
Model B1 and the IBM 2520 card Punch Models B2 and B3 with
IBM System/360 Models 30 and above.
Included are
discussions of machine features and operating ~rinciples
and procedures.
For information about attaching the 2520 to System/360
channels, see tbe publication IBM SYSTEM/360 CHANNEL
characteristics and functional evaluation, (GA24-34111 ..
Manual, 36 pages
GA21-9031
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATING
PROCEDURES: 1231 N1 (OPTICAL MARK PAGEREADER)
This publication is a reference manual ~ IBM 1231
Optical Mark page Reader. which serves 'as an input device
(reading handwritten marks from sheets of paper) for IBM
System/360 Models 25, 30, 40, and 50. The manual provides
ref~rence information about the 1231-N1, explaining 1231N1 operation and its interaction with the system to ~hich
it is attached.
The prinCiple audience for this publication will be
IBM System/360 programmers. system analysts, supervisors,
and operators. Others who will use the manual are forms
designers, forms manufacturers, and input document printers.
Programmers. system analysts, and supervisors using
this manual will need to be familiar with the system to
which the 1231-N1 is attached.
Systems Reference Litrary Manual, 44 pages
GA21-9033
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATING
PRocEDURES r IBM 2540 CARD READ PUNCB
SRL MANUAL
This publication explains the operating prinCiples,
procedures, and controls of tbe IBM 2540 Card Read Punch.
special featUres for the 2540 are also discus~d.
refer to the IBM 2B21 Control Unit SRL (GA2Q-3312),
for information concerning the commands, status and sense
indicators, and other programming considerations that
affect the 2540. For similar information about an IBM
2540 attached to an IBM System/360 through the integrated
2540 attachment feature, refer to IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 25
105
=
GlI21
GlI22
functiona~ characteristics, (GlI24-3510).
Manual, 16 pages
GA21-9144
IBM 2596 CARD READ POBeH PROGRAMMER'S RE
AND OPERATOR'S GUmE - SYS'rEIfS REFERENCE
This manua~ desCtiiles- t"iie"iiiil2596 Card R
Punch.
The manual is intended for IBM 8ystem/360 or IBM System/370
GlI21-90611
IBM SYSTEMl360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATING
PROCEDURES IBM 1287 OPTICAL READER
This pu~ication des~~ 1287 Optica~ Reader and
systems "ana1ysts, programmers experienced in assembler
language, and operatoxs.
manua~
This
describes the fo~~owing:
hardware characteristics of the 2596.
its features, operating principles and procedures, and
o
Gener~
operations with IBM system/360. The manua~ a~so contains
detailed specifications for input documents and tapes, and
for input data qua~ity.
Systems Reference Library Manua~, 92 pages
o
commands, status bytes, sense bytes and timing
considerations.
o
Manu~.
GlI21-9081
IBM SYSTEMl360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 1288
GA21-9147
ON
IBM 3886 OPTICAL CHARACTER READER MODEL I REFERENCE. MANUAL
The IBM 3886 Optica~ Character Reader Reference Manuar-(MODEL I) contains _operatian~ capabi~ities and programming
requirements for the 3886 Mode~ I. The manual is written
OPl'ICAL PAGE READER MODEL 1
-- --This pu~ication i" ...--reference manua~ for the XBM 1288
Optical Page Reader, which serves as an input device for
the IBM System/360
Mode~s
25, 30, 40, and SO.
This
Xeys, ~ighbs, and Qperating procedures.·
41 pages
for customer management:. systems ana1ysts, and data
prooessing equipment operators, familiar with data
manua~,
which is organized by function, discusses:
Interconnection between the 1288 and the processing
unit.
Characters read by the 1288 and their data codes.
Data transfer between the 1288 and the system.
Programming information about 1288 contro~, status
processing operations, bat not
or techniques.
Manua~, 70 pages
signals, and sense indications.
necessari~y
with OCR devices
GA21-91q8
Optica~ Mark data recording and reading.
Operator contro~s for the 1288.
Operating procedures for the 1288 that are not
app~ication dependent.
Input document design and printing.
speci~ features for the 1288.
Input data printing.
The princip~e audience for this pub~ication wi~~ be
The 38~Document Design Guide contains detai~ed
instructions
acceptab~e
Manu~,
this manu~ wi~~ need to be fam~iar with the system to
which the ~288 is attached.
Systems Reference Library Manua~, 54 pages
specifications for the preparation of
The manual is
*N
45 pages
GA21-9150
*N
IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/37D COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND
OPERATING PROCEiiiiRES. IBM 1287 OPTICAL READER, MODELT
This pub~ication is a reference manua~ for the IBM 1287
Optical Reader, Mode1 5, ybich serves as an input device for
the XBM System/360 Mod~s 22, 25, 30, 40, 50, 65, 65MP, 75,
and when in 65 mode, 67; and IBM System/370 Models 135, 145,
155, and 165. This manual, which is organized by function,
discusses:
CARD PUNcHtSUBSYSTEM
---- ---- ------ --- --- ---This manual is a reference manual for programmers (assembler
o
Interconnection between the 1287 and the processing
unit.
~anguage ~eve~)
and is an operator's guide. It discusses the
IBM 3504 Card Reader Mode~s Al and A2 (native~y attached).
This manual is an assembler level programmer's reference
manua~ and an operator's guide.
It describes the IBM 3504
card Reader (an 80-co~umn device that native~y attaches to
the IBM System/370), the IBM 3505 Card Reader (an 80-co~umn
device that attaches to a System/370 channe~) and the IBM
3225 Card punch (an 80-co~umn device that attaches native~y
to either an IBM 3505 Card Reader or a system/370). These
o
o
o
o
Characters read by tbe 1287 and their data codes.
Speci~ features for the 1287.
Data transfer between the 1287 and the system.
Programming information about 1287 control, status
signals, and sense indications.
o
operator contro~ for the 1287.
o
Operating procedures for the 1287 that are not
app~ication dependent.
o
Input document design and printing.
o
Input data printing.
The princip~e audience fOr this pub~ication wi~~ be IBM
System/360 and IBM System/370 programmers, system analysts,
supervisors, and operators. others who will use the manual
card devices and their interfaces with the system comprise
subsystems that do mUch of the error logging and error
recovery support usually provided by the system.
~nd
input documents for the IBM 3886.
written for systems ana1ysts. for.ms design personnel, and
forms manufacturers ..
IBM System/360 programmers, system analysts, supervisors,
and operators. others who will use the manual are forms
deSigners, forms manufacturers, and input document printers.
Programmers, systems analysts, and supervisors using
GA21-9124
IBM 3504 CARD READER/IBM 3505 CARD READER AND IBM 3225
*N
~~~D:8!:D~I=~ER READER ~ J:OCUMENT ~
The
subsystem is buffered, channel overrun cannot occur, and
data can be transferred to and from the subsystem in burst
mode.
The manual contains information about instructions and
commands error indications. conditions. and recovery
procedures, a description'of the deVices, data about
opezator procedures and controls, and application hints.
are forms designers, for.ms manufacturers. and input document
printers. Programmers, systems analysts, and supervisors
using this manua~ wi~ need to be
to which the 1287 is attached.
Manua~, 92 pages
fami~iar
with the system
Manual, 136 pages
GA21-915q
I
ON
6 OPTICAL CHARACTER READER MODEL 2 COMPONENT
E MANUAL
------ ----- The
38~ Mode~ 1 Component Reference Manua~ contains
compcnent description and operationa~ caFabi~ities of the
3886 Mode~ 1. The manua~ is written for 3886 Mod 1 users,
GA21-9139
IBM 1287 OPTICAL READER MODEL 5: GENERAL INFORMATION
Thismaiiual contaI'iiSiiitroductory information about the 1287
Optic~
Reader
Mode~
5 for programmers, system
ana~ysts,
supervisors, and machine operators. To fully understand the
content of this manual, readers should be familiar with
systems analysts, supervisoES, and operators. Sections of
the manual also contain info~tion of interest to
programmers.
other 1287 mode~s. References to the 1287 SRL GlI21-9064 are
made throughout the manua~ where basic 1287 operatiOns
information is necessary to understand Mode~ 5 functions.
General Information Manual, 16 pages
GA21-9143
izt~ ~~U~~ READER MODELS
1
AND
1
*N
REFERENCE ~
This manu~ descrIbes the use of the 3881 Mode~ 1 as an on-
line reader, and the use of the 3881 as a reader that reads
Manua~,
GlI21-9167
IBM SYSTl!I!/370: ~ ImLTI-FUNCTION CARll .Y!'!.r!: PROGRAMMER'S
REFERENOE MANUAL AND OPERATOR'S GUIDE
This manua~ribes the IBM Sq~~ti-Function Card Unit,
Mode~s Al and A2, 1ibich is a Dativ~y-attached 96-column
card reader for XBM System/370. The manua~ wi~l .be of
interest to XBM 8ystem/370 systems ana~ysts, programmers
experienced in assembIer 1aogoage, and operators.
Besides descrihing the devices~ the manual describes the
cOllimands, status bytes. sense bytes, and timing
marks onto magnetic tape via an IBM Model 2 3410.
The manual provides customer management. analysts, and
programmers with detai~ed information about the functions
and capabi~ities of the 3881. It describes the format of
3881 forms, explains forms ~yout, and printing and ink
considerations for the SQ25, and describes keys,
operating procedures.
Manual, 52 pages
specifications. Xt contains sections on marking the forms
with pencil, preprinted marks, and IBM line printers. The
manual describes how to contro~ 3881 bY means of the IBM
3881 Format Contro~ Sheets and how to contro~ on-~ine 3881s
by System/370 commands lassemb~er ~eve~ programming). An
~ights,
and
GA22-6810
IBM SYSTBM/360 SYSTIDI SUMMARY
operator's guide section provides detailed information about
1ights, keys, error stops, and operating procedures.
Manua~,
92 pages
100 pages
106
This puhlicati~i~ic infor.mation about the IBM
system/360, with the objective of he~ping readers to achieve
a general understanding of this new data processing system
and the interre~ationships of its mode~s and parts. Broad
system concepts, basic and optiona~ features, and specific
input/output devices are brief~y discussed.
GA22
GA22
operator, and programmer to achieve efficient use of the
2701. Detailed descriptions are presented for:
o
The 2701 in the IBM System/360 and System/370
environment
o
Characteristics of the 2701 (including features)
o
Terminal adapter types: IBM Start/Stop Terminal
Adapters, Telegraph Terminal Adapters, Parallel
Data Adapter, Synchronous Transmit Receive (STR)
Adapter, and Binary Synchronous Communications
(BSC) Adapter
a
Programming considerations for the 2701
o
Line control sequences to and from the 2701 and
attached terminals
o
Ending status and sense bit descriptions
The reader should have a knowledge of teleprocessing and
be·famil.iar with the principles of operaticn for the IBM
System/360 or System/370. For detailed information about
Binary Synchronous Communication, refer to General Information - Binary Synchronous Communications (GA27-300Q). For
detailed information about a specific terminal, refer to
the appropriate publication for that terrrinal.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 204 pages
It is assumed that the reader has a basic knowledge
of data processing systems as in INTRODUCTION TO IBM DATA
Processing Systems, Order Number GC20-160Q.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 120 pages
GA22-6B13
IBM SYSTEMl360 MODEL 40 CONFIGURATOR
Sheet shows all possible units that can be configured on
the System/360 Mode~ 40.
Configurator, B-1/2 x 11
GA22-6814
IBM SYSTEMl360 MODEL 50 CONFIGURATOR
Sheet shows all possible units can be configured on the
system/360 Mode~ 50.
Configurator. 8 - 1/2 x 11
GA22-6B21
IBM SYSTEM/360 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
This publication is the machine reference manual for the
IBM System/360. It provides a direct, comprehensive
description of the system structure; of the arithmetic,
logical, branching, status switching, and input/output
operations; and of the interruption system.
GA22-6B66
SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS: 2400-SERIES MAGNETIC
~ UNITS, 2803/2B{)4 TAPE CONTROLS, AND ~ S~ UNIT
MODEL 1
This manual contains a comprehensive presentation of the
characteristics, functions, and features of the IBM 2QOO
Series Magnetic Tap.e Units, 2803/280Q Tape Controls, and
a general description of the IBM 2816 Model 1 Switching
Unit. The 2400 ser·ies consists of the 21101, 2402, and
2420 MagnetiC Tape Units, and 2403, 2404, and 2415 Magnetic
Tape Units and Controls.
In most instances, operational descriptions are limited
to the channel and command level. Operating functions and
procedures common and fundamental to all I/O oFerations
are described in IBM SYSTEM/360 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION,
Order Number GA22-6B21.
Subjects covered include magnetic taFe unit prinCiples;
keys and lights: tape load, unload, and cleaning procedures;
status and sense information: magnetic tape handling; tape
block and reel. organization: and error reccvery procedures.
Manual, 70 pages
The reader is assumed to have a basic knowledge of
data processing systems and to have read the IBM SYSTEM/360
System Summary, (GA22-6810) which describes the system.
briefly and discusses the input/output devices available.
Manual, 180 pages
GA22-6B23
SYSTEM/360 INPUT/OUTPUT CONFIGURATOR
This configurator dea1s with the input/output eqUipment
attachab~e to IBM System/360 Mode~s 25-91.
The presentation is arranged in two ways: by type of
equipment (such as -direct access·, -display·, and
·printers·) and by machine number (such as 1052, 1403, and
7770). For each item of eqUipment, information is given
concerning the way in which the item attaches to the system
and the number of items that can be attached.
Manual, 6 pages
=
GA22-6B2B
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 7340 MODEL 3
HYPERTAPE DRIVE
--- ---- ----- This publication describes the functions, operations,
controls, and timings of the IBM 7340 Hypertape Drive Model
3, including the dynamics of 7340 reading and writing and
details on the tape, tape cartridge, and optional automatic
cartridge loader. In addition, all necessary details on
the fUnctions and operations of the IBM 2802 Hypertape
Control are presented.
This manual provides information for customer systems
personnel and is designed as a reference and guide in the
training of operators, systems engineers, progzammers,
managers, and others who need a good general idea of how
Hypertape operates within the system/360. It is an I/O
adjunct to IBM System/360 Principles of operation, (GA226B21) •
systems Reference Library Manual, 30 pages
GA22-6B68
IBM SYSTEM/360
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION, IBM 1B27 DATA
CONTROL UNIT
This publication contains the functional characteristics
and operating information for the IBM 1827 Cat a Control
Unit. Operations with the IBM System/360 Models 30, 40,
44, and 50 are described. The following IEM 1800 Data
Acquisition and Control System Process I/O features are
described; Digital Input, Digital output, Analog Output,
Analog Input, and Comparator.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 40 pages
GA22-6B46
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
iBM 2702 TRANSMISSION CONTROL
Information concerning the operation of an IBM 2702 in
a System/360 based Teleprocessing operation is provided
in this publication. It contains the following information:
GA22-6B74
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 44 CONFIGURA TOR
~chematic drawing shows the complete Model 44 Processor
with all standard and optional features. Input/output
devices are shown on form GA22-6823, and Data Corrmunications
Devices on form GA22-6824.
Reference Card, 1 page
GA22-6B72
IBM 1B27 DATA CONTROL UNIT - CONFIGURATOR
Chart listsall possible units that can te configured onto
the 1B27.
Configurator Sheet, 25 x 11, 2 folds, 1 side
A generalized description and advantages of the 2702
within a System/36o-Teleprocessing activity
A functional description of the various sections and
features of the 2702
Operational functions of the 2702
IBM 2702 commands--both channel based and terminal
control. based
Individual sections on 2702 Terminal Controls
GA22-6B75
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 44 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
This manual describes the system structure, features,
instruction timings and formUlas, channels, device
addressing r and operator controls unique to system/360
Mode~ 44.
It is assumed the reader has a knowl.edge of the
System/360 as defined in the IBM SYSTEM/360 PRINCIPLES OF
Operaton, (GA22-6821) and the IBM System/360 System
Summary, Order Number GA22-6B10.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 64 pages
Terminal Controls
IBM Terminal Control Type I
IBM Termina~ Contro~ Type II
World Trade Telegraph Terminal Control
IBM Te~egraph Termina~ Contro~ Type I
IBM Te~egraph Termina~ Contro~ Type II
Related literature is referenced by form number and briefly
described in the IBM SYSTEMl360 BIBLIOGRAPHY, Form GA226B22.
Manual, 176 pages
GA22-6B64
IBM 2701 DATA ADAPTER UNIT COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The ~2701 Data Adapter Unit Component Description is a
reference manual describing the functions of the IBM 2701.
The IBM 2701 permits an IBM System/360 or System/370 to
communicate with a variety of remote terminals, devices, and
stations.
This publication is designed to help the 2701 user,
GA22-6877
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS AND OPERATING
PROCEDURES IBM 1052 PRINTER-KEYBOARD MODEL 1 WITB
IBM 2150 CONSOL-E------- - ---This publication describes the functional and operational
characteristics of the IBM 1052 printer-Keyboard Mode~ 1
with the IBM 2150 CONSOLE.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 22 pages
GA22-68B~ see page 330
GA22-6BB4
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 65 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
This manual presents the organization, characteristics,
fUnctions and featu~es unique to the IBM System/360 Model
65. Major areas described are system structure r generalized
~07
GA22
GA22
speed, large-scale scientific and business applications.
The system com~nents are described, and a detailed
consideration is given to the functions of processor
storage, tbe central processing unit, the input/output
cbannels. and the operator-control and operator-intervention
portions of the system control panel. In addition certain
coding and timing considerations are ·discussed.
The reader is assumed to bave a knowledge of
information-processing systems and to have read the IBM
System/360 PrinCiples of operation, (GA22-6821).
Systems Reference Litlr."ry Manual, 35 pages
information flow, standard and optional features,
instruction timings, and the system control pane1.
Descriptions of specific input/output devices used
with the IBM System/360 Model 65 appear in separate
publications. Configurations for the IBM 2065 Processing
Unit and I/O devices are available.
It is assumed that the reader has a knowledge of the
System/360 as defined in the IBM SYSTEM/360 PRINCIPLES OF
Operation, (GA22-6821) and the IBM System/360 System
summary, order Number GA22-6810.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 44 pages
GA22-6908
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 50 OPERATING PROCEDURES
~s manual desCiIbes-operator procedures for an IBM 2050
Processing Unit, operating with or without an associated
IBM 1052 Printer-Keyboard. The manual describes machine
functions. machine procedures. program-oriented procedures,
and operator-intervention procedures. An appendix of
reference material and an index are also included.
The reader should also refer to the following SRL
publications:
IBM System/360 Principles of Operation, (GA22-6821)
IBM SYSTEM/360 I!ODEL 50 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS,
Order Number GA22-6898
IBM SYSTEM/360 TAPE OPERATING SYSTEM OPERATING GUIDE,
Order Number GC24-5021
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM OPERA~ING GUIDE,
Order Number GC24-5022
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM OPERATOR'S GUIDE
Order Number GC28-6540
(Of the three operating system publications listed
above, at least the one applicable to the system in use
shoUld be read by the operator.)
Systems Reference Library Manual, 96 pages
GA22-6887
SYSTEM/360 MODEL ~ CONFIGURATOR
Sheet shows all units that can be configured on the
System/360 Model 65.
configurator, 1 sheet
GA22-6888
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 75 CONFIGURATOR
Sheet shows all possible units that can be configured on
the System/360 Model 75.
Configurator Sheet, 8 1/2 x 11, one side
GA22-6889
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 75 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
This manual presents the organization, characteristics,
functions and features unique to the IBM Systeml360 Model
75. Major areas described are: system structure,
generalized information flow, standard and optional
features, instruction timings, and the system control
panel.
Descriptions of specific input/output devices used
with the IBM System/360 Model 75 appear in separate
publications.
This manual assumes that the reader has a knowledge
of System/360 as defined in the IBM SYSTEM/360 PRINCIPLES
of operation, (GA22-6821) and the IBM Systeml360 System
Summary, order Number GA22-6810.
systems Reference Library Manual, 32 pages
GA22-6909
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 75 OPERATING PROCEDURES
This manual describes-operator procedures for an IBM 2075
Processing Unit. operating with or without an associated
IBM 1052 printer-Keyboard. Tbe manual describes system
control panel machine functions. machine procedures.
program-oriented procedures, and operator-intervention
procedures. An appendix of reference material and an index
are included.
The reader is assumed to have a knowledge of the
following SRL publications:
IBM system/360 Principles of Operation, (GA22-6821)
(sections on "System Structure" and "system
Control Panel")
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 75 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS,
Order Number (GA22-6889)
IBM SYSTEM/360 TAPE CPERATING SYSTEM OPERATING GUIDE,
order Number GC24-5021
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM OPERATING GUIDE,
order Number GC24-5022
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM OPERATOR'S GUIDE,
order Number GC28-6540
Systems Reference Library Manual, 44 pages
GA22-6892
IBM SYSTEM/360 SPECIAL FEATURE CHANNEL-TO-CHANNEL ADAPTER
This manual describes the functions and operating
characteristics of the channel-to-channel adapter in either
multiple-processor or single-processor systems.
IBM System/360 input/output operations that are
exclusive of device considerations are described in detail
in the IBM SYSTEM/360 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION, Form A226821.
systems Reference Library Manual, 16 pages
GA22-6895
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS - 2820 STORAGE
CONTROL AND 2301 DRUM STORAGE
-
-- ----
This publication COiitains reference information for the
operation and programming of the IBM 2820 Storage Control
and IBM 2301 Drum Storage. It also contains a brief
description of the special features that are available for
use with the devices.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 44 pages
GA22-6898
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 50 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
This manual presents the organization. characteristics,
fUnctions and features unique to the IBM SysteMl360 Model
50. Major areas described are system structure, generalized
information flow, standard and optional features, system
control panel. instruction timings, channel c~racteristics,
concurrent input/output capabilities, selector channel
loading, multiplexer channel loading, and channel
interference with the CPU.
It is assumed that the reader has a knowledge of the
Systeml360 as defined in the IBM SYSTEM/360 PRINCIPLES OF
OPERATION, FOrm A22-6821 and the IBM SYSTEM SUMMARY, Form
A22-6810.
systems Reference Library Manual, 98 pages
GA22-6900
DATA ACOUISITION SPECIAL FEATURES EQS THE IBM SYSTEM/360
MODEL 44
This publication provides information about the operation.
control, and interface of three special features:
Direct WOrk
Direct Data Channel
Priority Interrupt
These features are particularly suitable for bigh-speed
data acquisition and relatively complex control applications
in the scientific fields.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 32 pages
G1\22-6907
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 91 FUNCT:tONAL CHARACTERISTICS
. Tbis publicatioii"describes the organization and the
functional characteristics of the IBM System/360 Model 91,
an information-processing system designed for Ultrahigh-
GA22-6910
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 44 OPERATING PROCEDURES
This manual describes-operator procedures for an IBM 2044
Processing Unit, operating with its associated Control
Printer-Keyboard. The manual has sections devoted to
system controi panel machine functions, machine procedures.
program-oriented procedures, operator-interventicn
procedures, and command examples, plus an a~pendix of
-reference material. and a complete index.
The reader should also refer to the following SRL
publications:
IBM System/360 Principles of Operation, (GA22-6821)
(sections on System Structure and System Control
Panel)
IBM System/360 Model 44 functional characteristics, Order
Number GA22-6875.
IBM System/360 Model 4'1 PROGRAMMING SYSTEM, GUIDE TO
System use, Order Number GC28-6812
IBM SYSTEM/360 I!ODEL 4'1 PROGRAMMING SYSTEM OPERATOR'S
Guide, Order Number GC28-6815
Systems Reference Library Manual, 68 pages
GA22-6911
:tBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL "0 OPERATING PROCEDURES
Tbis manual describes-operator procedures for an IBM 20'10
Processing Unit, operating with or without an associated
:tBM 1052 Printer-Keyboard. The manual describes the system
control panel, system procedures, program-oriented
procedures, operator-intervention procedures. and IPL
procedures. An appendix of reference material and an index
are also included. This manual is intended for the Model
40 system operator.
The reader is assumed to have a knowledge of
information-proces~ing systems and to have read the
Operator's Guide for the op~rating system in use at this
installa.tion.
systems Reference Library Manual, 112 pages
108
GA22
GA22
GA22-6916
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 85 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
This publication describes the organization and the
functional characteristics of the IBM Systeml360 Model
85, an information-processing system deSigned for very
high-speed, large-sca~e scientific and business
applications.
The system components are described, and a detailed
consideration is given to the functions of processor
storage, the central processing unit, the input/output
channels, and the operator-control and operator-intervention
portions of the system control panel. In addition, certain
coding and timing considerations are described.
GA22-6944
IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 MODEL 195 CONFIGURATOR
Sheet shows all-uDits that can be configured on the
System/360, Model 195.
Configuration Sheet, 2 pages
GA22-6951
IB~ 50 MAGNETIC DATA INSCRIBER OPERATOR'S GUIDE
Thislmanual for the IBM 50 Magnetic Data Inscriber (MDI)
has been prepared to satisfy the requirerrents of the
operator. It contains descriptions, in text and
illustrations, of all the possible operations. Included
are a genera1 descr~ption of the machine and its
capabilities, procedures for readying the machine, and
detailed descriptions of operations, recovery ~rocedures,
specific applications, special features, and available
accessories.
Manual, 129 pages
Manual, 40 pages
GA22-6920
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 85 CONFIGURATOR
Sheet shows all units-rhat can be configured on the
System/360 Model 85.
Configurator Sheet, 2 pages
GA22-6954
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 195 OPERATING PROCEDURES
This manual describes-operator procedures for an IBM
system/360 Model 195, operating with or without an
associated IBM 1052 Printer-Keyboard. This manual describes
the system control panel, system procedures, programoriented procedures, operator-intervention procedures,
and IPL procedures. An appendix of reference material
and an index are also included. This manual is intended
for the Model 195 system operator.
The reader is assumed to have a knowledge of
iDformation-process~ng systems and to have read the IBM
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM, OPERATOR'S GUIDE, Order No.
GC28-6540.
systems Reference Library Manual, 8-1/2- x 11n, 87 pages
GA22-6927
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 85 OPERATING PROCEDURES
This manual describes-operator procedures for an IBM 2085
Processing Unit, operating with or without an associated
IBM Operator Console Feature. The manual descr,ibe~ machine
functions, machine procedures, progr~oriented procedures,
and operator intervention procedures. In addition,
appendices of reference material and an index are included.
The reader is assumed to have a knowledge of the
following SRL publications:
IBM system/360 Principles of Operation, (GA22-6821).
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 85 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS,
Order Number GA22-6916
IBM SYSTliM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM OPERATOR'S GUIDE,
Order Number GC28-6540
Por information pertaining to the operation of units
attachable to the Systeml360 Model 85, refer to the
appropriate SRL publication. SRL publications that pertain
to IBM System/360 and attachable units are abstracted and
referenced by order Number in IBM System/360 Bibliography,
GA22-6822.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 88 pages
GA22-6935
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
This publication describes the organization and the
functional characteristics of the IBM systeml370 Model
165, an information-processing system designed for very
high-speed, large-scale scientific and business
applications.
The system components are described, and a detailed
consideration is given to the functions of processor
storage, the central processing unit, the input/output
channels, and the operator-control and operator-intervention
portions of the system control panel. In addition, certain
coding and timing considerations are described.
The reader is assumed to have a knowledge of
information-processing systems and to have an understanding
of the System/360, as that system is 'described in the IBM
SYSTEM/360 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION, Order No. GA22-6821.
The IBM SYSTEM/370 PRINCIPLES OF OP~ION, GA22-7000,
should be used in conjunction with the IBM SYSTEM/360
PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION.
Functional Characteristics' Manual, 48 pages
GA22-6942
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 155 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
This publication describes the organization, functional
characteristics, and features of the IBM System/370 Model
155. system components are described, and consideration
is given to the centra1 processing unit, main storage,
input/output channels, and the operator control and operator
intervention portions of the system contro~ pane1.
Instruction timing information is also given.
This publication is intended for users and potential
users of the Model 155. The reader is assumed to have
a background knowledge of data processing systems.
FUnctional Characteristics Manual. 46 pages
GA22-6943
IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 MODEL 195 FUNCTIONAL
CHARACTERISTICS
This publication describes the organization and functional
characteristics of the IBM System/360 Model 195, an
information-processing system designed for ultrahigh-speed,
large-scale scientific applications.
System components are described, and detailed
consideration is given to the functions of processor
storage, central processing unit, input/output channels,
and operator-control and operator-intervention portions
of the system control panel. Coding and timing
considerations are discussed.
The reader is assumed to have a knowledge of
·information-processing systems and to have read the IBM
Systemt360 Principles of Operation, Order Number GA22-6821.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 40 pages
GA22-6955
IBM SYSTEM/370 SPEC:fAL FEATURE DESCRIPT.ION:
709/7090/7094/7094 II -----COMPATIBILITY FEATURE FOR IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165
This publication contains information about the-rBM 7094
compatibility feature (87119>, which adds interpretive
facilities to System/370 Model 165 for use by the IBM 7094
emulator program. The combination of the feature and the
program (referred to as the 7094 emulator> allows execution
on IBM System/370 Model 165 of programs written for the
IBM 709, 7090, 7094, and 7094 II Data Processing Systems.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 52 pages
GA22-6956
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165 CONFIGURATOR
Diagram of 3165 Processing Unit and attachable channels
(no I/O units> showing capacities and all standard and
speCial features.
Configurator Sheet, 1 page
GA22-6957
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODED 155 CONFIGURATOR·
This sheet shows standard and optional features, main
storage sizes by model, channel and sub-channel availability
by model, and adapters required for console I/O units on
the System/370 Model 155.
System Configurator, 1 sheet
GA22-6958
IBM SYSTEM/370 SPEcrAL FEATURE DESCRIPTION: 7070/7074
COMPATIBILITY FEATURE FOR IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165
This publication contains inforamtion about tbe-rBM
7070/7074 compatibility feature, whiCh adds interpretive
facilities to System/370 Model 165 for use by the IBM 7074
emulator program. The combination of the feature and the
program (referred to as the 7074 emulator) allows execution
on IBM System/370 Model 165 of programs written for the
IBM 7070 and 7074 Data Processing Systems.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 36 pages
GA22-6962
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 155 CHANNEL CHARACTERISTICS
This publication describes methods used to calculate
System/370 Model 155 data handling·capabilities that are
dependent upon I/O-channel configurations and operations.
Considerations of methods are also presented for priority
attachment of I/O devices for maxiwum throughput.
Information related to specific I/O devices is contained
in separate Systems Reference Library publications. These
publications are listed by order number and briefly
described in IBM System/360 Bibliography, GA22-6822.
This manual is intended for users at the system
programmer level; it assumes a thorough background in I/O
programming techniques.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 52 pages
GA22-6963
IBM SYSTEM/370 SPECIAL
DESCRIPTION
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165
7080 COMPATIBILITY EEATURE
This publication contains •
rmation about theIiiii 7080
compatibility feature, which adds interpretive facilities to
109
GA22.
GA22
System/370 MOdel 165 for use by the IBM 7080 emulator
program. The combination of the feature and the program
(referred to as the 7080 emulator) allows execution on IBM
Systeml370 Model 165 of programs written for the IBM 7080
Data Processing System.
Systems Library Manual, ~8 pages
GA22-7001
IBM.SYSTEM/370 SYSTEM ~
This publication is intended to provide tasic information
about IBM System/370, the data processing system hased
on IBM System/360 but extending beyond the capabilities
of that system. The ohjective of this publication is to
help readers achieve a general understanding of this data
processing system and of the interrelaticnships of its
GA22-6966
components. Briefly discussed are the system concepts,
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 155 OPERATING PROCEDURES
features, individual models, programming systems, and
This mannal descrIiJesCiPerator procedures for an XBM
attachable input/output devices of systeR/370.
System/370 Model 155. Machine coverage includes console
A basic knowledge of data processing systems, such
indicators, switches, and keys; printer-keyboard; and
as that given in the IR7RODUCTION TO IBM DATA PROCESSING
operating procedures. The manual is intended for the Model
SYSfEMS, GC20-168~, is assumed.
155 system operator. The reader is assumed to have a
More detailed information about System/370 is available
knowledge of information-processing systems and to have read
in IBM System/370 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION, GA22-7000,. and
the IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: OPERATOR'S PROCEDURES,
the associated publication, IBM SYSTEM/360 PRINCIPLES OF
GC28-6692.
.
OPERATION, GA22-6821. For more information about any
Systems Library Manual, 40 pages
individual System/370 model, see the functional
characteristics manual for the model.
System Summary, 121 pages
GA22-6969
IBM SYSTEM/370 ~ 165 OPERATING PROCEDURES
This manual describes the manual operator procedures for an
GA22-7002
IBM System/370 Model 165. This material provides a guide to
SYSTEM/370 INPUT/OUIPUT CONFIGURATOR
performing the procedures which cover the bulk of the
This document highlights all of the Input/Output devices
operator's job in operating the Model 165. This publication
that can be configured on the System/370.
.
is written for the working operator who has already received
Configurator, 8 pages
training in general computer operation. This book is
prepared specifically for the Model 165 system operator;
other models have their own manuals. Covering the overall
GA22-7010
daily manual operation, this information includes System
SYSIEM/370 MODEL 168 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS MANUAL
Procedures, Operator Intervention Procedures, BOw the System
No abstract available.
Works (control panels), and supplementary appendixes useful
Manual
for operating this model. The reader is assumed to have
read the IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: OPERATOR'S
PROCEDURES, GC28-6692.
GA22-7011
.
system Library Manual, 80 pages
~ SlSTEM/370 ~ 158 FUNCTIONAL CBARACTERISTICS
This manual describes the characteristics and features of
tbe Model 155 II. It provides experienced management,
GA22-6983
programming and operations personnel with a fundamental
SYSTEM/370 SPECIAL FEATURE: CHANNEL-To-CBANNEL ADAPTER
understanding of this model. Rnowledge of System/370 as
This publication provides a functional description of the
provided in IBM Systeml370 Principles of Operation, GA22SYSTEM/370 Channel-to-Channel Adapter. The systeml370 and
7000 is required. Only information which summarizes the
System/360 channel-to-channel adapters are alike in function
processing unit and storage functions, followed by a
and similar in operation. ~his manual describes all the
description of the display console. A feature summary, a
functions of the Systeml360 adapter as provided in IBM
glossary and the index complete the manual.
System/360 Special Feature Cbannel-to-channel Adapter, plus
Manual, 22 pages
.
unique System/370 extensions. Reference information is
included which pertains to the adapter's use, operation, and
commands, and status data required for the assembly language GA22-7012
programming.
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 158 CHANNEL CHARACTERISTICS
The reader. should possess a basic knowledge of data
This publication descrIEes methods used to calculate
processing systems and, specifically, the IBM Systeml370.
system/370 Model 155 II data handling capabilities that are
Such information can be found. for example. in the
dependent on I/O channel configurations and operations.
Introduction to IBM Data Processing Systems, GC20-16811, and
in the IBM System/370 system Summary, GA22-7001.
This manual is directed to the user who needs a
description of the adapter's function and operation, as well
as to the systems programmer, systems engineer, or
maintenance persoDne~ who need reference infor.mation in the
writing and maint!,nance of assembly language programs for
the channel-to-channel adapter.
Manual, 20 pages
addition, consideration is given to priority attachment of
I/O devices for maximum throughput, and to calculating CPU
interference caused by channel operations. This manual is
intended for users baving system programmer ex~erience. and
a thorougb background in I/O programming techniques.
Manual, 70 pages
GA22-7000
IBM SYSTEM/370 PRINCIPLES OF OPERNrION
This publication provides,~or reference purposes, a
detailed definition of the machine functions performed by
System/370. Systeml370, like Systeml360, consists of many·
models of general purpose computers, eacb of which can
process both co_ercial and scientific data.
The manual describes each function to the level of
detail that must be understood in order to prepare an
assembly language program that relies on that function. It
In
GA22-7013
SYSTEM/370 MoDEL 158 CCRFIGORATOR
This chart is a graphic presentation of the System/370 Model
158 including all models of 3158 CPU, all I/O interface
change, main storage capacities, standard facilities and· all
optional features.
Chart
GA22-701Q
SYSTEM/370 MODEL 1611 CONFIGURATOR
This chart is a graphic presentation of the System/370 Model
168 including all models of the 3168, main storage
does not, however. describe the notation and coDVentions
capacities, standard facilities and all· optional features.
that must be employed in preparing such a program, for which
Chart
the user must instead refer to the appropriate assembly
language manual.
The information in this manual is provided principally
GA22-7016
for use hy assembly language programmers, although anyone
~I~~iEM/370 .!!!l!1!!! 165 II ~ ADDRESS TRANSLATION
concerned with the functional details of Systeml370 will
find it useful.
This publication describes the field-installable Dynamic
Because this manua1 is ~ritten as a reference document,
Address Translation facility. It provides experienced
it should not be .considered to be an introduction or a
management, programming and operations personnel with a
textbook for System/370. It assumes the user has a basic
fundamental understanding of this facility. For additional
knowledge of data processing systems, and specifically, the
information concerning dynamic address translation, refer to
SyStem/370, such as can be derived from the Introduction to
IBM System/370 PrinCiples of Operation, GA22-7000.
IBM Data Processing systems, GC20-168~, and the IBM
Manual, 13 pages
System/370 system Summary, GA22-7001.
The information presented in this manual is ,grouped into
1~ chapters and several appendixes.
The major topiCS
GA22-7017
presented include: COntrol, Dynamic Address Translation,
~ SYSTEM/370 .!!.!m!!! 155 II ~ ADDRESS TRANSLATION
znterruptions, Multiprocessing, System Control InstructiOns,
FACILITY
General Instructions, Decimal Instructions, Floating POint
This manual is a general description of the field
Instructions, Machine-Check Handling, Input/Outpnt
installahle Dynamic Address Tran~lation (OAT) facility and
Operations, and system Console.
also tbe ancillary functions whicb implement the feature.
Manual, 318 pages
Management, computer operators, system engineers, service
pezsonnel, progr. .ers, ana computer science students should
refer to IBM System/370 Model 165 Functional
Characteristics, GA22-6953, for an overall picture of the
system.
Manual, 9 pages
110
GA2q
GA2q
GA24-1421
IBM lq12 MAGNETIC CHARACTER READER MODEL I
PROGRAMMING FOR THE IBM lq18 AND IBM lq28
Optica1 Readers. Order Number GC211-1091
IBM lq18 OPTICAL CBARACTER READER AND IBM lq28
A1phameric Optica1 Reader. Order Number GA2q-lq73
This reference publication contains detaiIed information
about the keys, lights, switches, mechanical features, and
special features of the IBM 1412 Magnetic Character Reader.
On-line and off-line data-flow and operating theory are
fully discussed with step-by-step procedures for each
reader operation. Programming notes and error-correction
routines are also covered in detail.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 12 pages
GA2q-3089
SUFPLEMENTAL BIBLIOGRAPBY: TELEPROCESSING/DATA COLLECTION
This is primarily a su~plement to the IBM data processing
system bibliographies. It lists and describes publications
on that teleprocessing and data collection equipment which
is used independently or with several systems.
Publications on TP hardware used with only one data
processing system are in the bibliography for that system.
Likewise, publications on a TP program written to run on
a single data proceSSing system are in the bibliography
for that system. This supplement lists, and should te
used with, each system bibliography that may be associated.
Planning, installation, programming, and o~erator's
publications are listed. Titles r order numbers, current
status, Technical Newsletter numbers, and an atstract
of each listed item are included in this regUlarly
Systems Reference Library Manual, 64 pages
GA2q-lqq6
IBM lqOq PRINTER
The IBM 1404 Printer, an output unit for the IBM 140.1 Data
Processing system and the IBM System/360, Models 30, 40,
and 50, is capable of printing either cut-card forms or
continuous forms. This reference publication presents the
functional and operational characteristics of the 1404,
including the settings of the feed mechanism and the print
unit~
It also describes the read-compare special feature.
Information on timing and on certain normal operating
procedures is presented.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 28 pages
updated supp1ementa1 bib1iography.
Manual, 20 pages
GA2q-lq52
~
QUALITY CONSIDERATIONS
~
lq18
rum
GA2q-3120
IBM lq43 PRINTER MODELS 1 TBROUGH .!! AND
MODELS 1 AND Nl: COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
IBM 1428
This publication contains a detailed description of the
print quality requirements of printing to be read by the
!!.h
ANI: l11q5
RR.!!IT.!ill
IBM lq18 optica1 Character Reader and the IBM lq28
This referenc€!publication describes the operation of the
Alphameric Optical Reader, and to be used as input to an
IBM 1401 Data Processing System, IBM 1460 Data Processing
system, and IBM System/360, Model 30~ The use of printquality measuring devices is fully explained with examples
IBM 14q3 and 14q5 Printers with the IBM 12qO. lqOl, lqqO,
lq50, lq60, 1800, and the IBM system/360 Data proceSSing
system Models 25 through 85.
The manual discusses timing information for the printer
and the tapecontrolled carriage, as well as their functional
and operating characteristics. The speed of the printer
using the various character sets is described. Also,
included is command, status, and sense information for
these printers used with the IBM System/360 Data Processing
of the range of acceptab1e printing produced by the IBM
407 Accounting Machine, IBM 1403 Printer, IBM SELECTRIC
Typewriter and IBM Electric Typewriter.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 40 pages
System.
Manual, 36 pages
GA24-1Q73
IBM 1418 OPTICAL CHARAC'rER READER
IBM 1428 :ru::PHAM"ERIC OPTICAL READER
This publication describes the operation of the IBM 11.118
Optical Character Reader and the IBM lq28 A1phameric Optica1
GA2q-3231
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
This reference publication describes the relationship of
Reade:r used as input devices to an IBM data processing
system.
Included are a description of character and mark-reading
capabilities, off-line sorting, document-design
requirements, and examples of the range of acceptable print
quality of the documents to be scanned by both machines.
the IBM System/360 Mode1 30 to the entire system/360.
The
system's capabilities, features, I/O channels, and
operations are also discussed.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 76 pages
The use of the IBM lq18/1q28 Document Design and PDS Timing
Chart and the formulas for calculating document output and
maximum character reading per document are also fully
discussed as an aid in optimizing the design of documents
to be read by both machines.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 56 pages
GA2q-3232
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30 CCNFIGURATOR
Chart listing all units that can be configured on the
System/360 Mode1 30.
Configurator Sheet, 17 x 11, 1 fold, 2 sides
GA211-lq99
IBM 1219 READER SORTER IBM 11119 MAGNETIC CHARACTER READER
GA24-3255
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30 lqOl/14QO/lq60 COMPATIBILITY FEATURE
SRL MANUL
This pub1ication describes the lQ01/1QQO/1Q60 Basic
This publication describes the operating characteristics.
controls, indicators, and features of the IBM 1219 Reader
sorter and the IBM 1419 Magnetic Character Reader.
operating theory and procedures are given for off-line
operation of both machines and on-line operation of the
Compatibility feature and associated subfeatures for the
System/360 Model 30. These special features enable a rapid
and simplified transfer from 1401-, 1440-, or 1460-oriented
IBM lq19 within the lqOO series and System/360.
applications to the IBM System/360 Mode1 30.
Document handling and data flow are discussed fully,
and step-by-step procedures and practical examp1es are
given for each machine. programming notes and error
recovery procedures are a1so given.
systems Reference Library Manual, 96 pages
Manual, 124 pages
GA2Q-3256
IBM 1285 OPTICAL READER CCMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATING
PROCEDURE-S------ -----This pub1ication describes the IBM 1285 Optical Reader.
The major topics include operating principles, controls
and operating procedures, programming for the IBM
System/360, and input tape and printing specifications.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 36 pages
GA2q-3073
IBM 1403 PRINTER COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
This reference publication for system planners, programmers,
and operators describes the functions and operations of the
IBM 1403 Printer. special features available are described;
timing information is presented; and print-quality
requirements are set forth. The reader should be familiar,
within his field of responsibility, with the system to Which
this printer is attached. For system and programming
information, refer to publications listed in the
GA2Q-3312
IBM 2821 CONTROL UNIT COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
This reference publication presents a description of
input/output operations contro11ed through the IBM 2821
Contro1 Unit. The IBM 25QO Card Read-Punch and the IBM
lQ03 and 11104 Printers contro11ed by the IBM 2821 Control
bib1iography for the system.
Manua1. 8-1/2 x 11 inches. 56 pages
Unit are brief1y described.
Commands, status, and sense information pertaining to
the attached input/output is presented. Programming timing
considerations for control- unit, card reader, card punch,
and printers are also presented.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 76 pages
GA24-3081
MARK READ STATION (SLANTED MARK) FOR IBM lq18 AND IBM lq28
This publication describes the MarltRead Stat1on(Slanted
Mark) special feature. This feature is available for the
IBM lq18 Optica1 Character Reader. and for the IBM 1428
A1phameric Optica1 Reader. A description of these
functional specifications is included:
Document SpeCifications
Mark Reading
GA24-33Q2
BATCH NUMBERING FEATURE FOR IBM 12111 AND lQ19 MAGNETIC INK
CHARACTER RECOGN~EADERS-- ---- --- ----
Document Format
Document Corner Cuts
Document Feeding
This publication is for those familiar with programming
This publication describes the functions and features of
the Batch Numbering special feature when used with the IBM
1241 Magnetic Ink ,Character Recognition Reader and the IBM
lQ19 Magnetic
Refere~ce
Charact~r
Reader.
The operation of the keys, lights, and switches, as
well as the programming information needed to operate the
and operating the IBM lq18 and lq28. as described in these
System
Library pub1ications:
111
Gil 24
GlI24
feature, is covered in detail.
systems Reference Library Manual, 16 pages
G1I24-3509
IBM 2944 DIITIICBl\NNEL REPEIITER INSTIILLlITICN MIINUIIL-PBYSIClIL
PLIINNING
This Fublication provides physical planning information
for the IBM 29q4 Data Channel Repeater Model 1 (master)
and Model 2 (remote) when used with the IBM System/360.
Included are physical specifications and cable. electrical
and environmental requirements.
systems Reference Library Manual, 8 pages
G1I24-3365
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30 1620 COMPIITIBILITY FElITURE
This publication describes the IBM 1620 Compatibility
Feature for the IBM SystemV360 Model 30. This special
feature provides a means of rapid and simplified transfer
of 1620-oriented applications to the IBM System/360 Model
30.
G1I24-3510
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEn 25 FUNCTIONIIL CHIIRlICTERISTICS
This reference publ~cation augments the IBM SYSTEM/360
PRINCIPLES OF OPERlITION, GII22-6821. It describes the
relationship of the Model 25 to other System/360 models:
system capabilities, system control panel. input/output
channels and integrated I/O attachments, operations,
instruction timings, and system featUres.
The reader should have a knowledge of the system/360
as defined in the IBM SYSTEM/360 PRINCIPLES OF OPERlITION.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 154 pages
Systems Reference Library Manual, 76 pages
G1I24-3373
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30 OPERlITING GUIDE
This reference publication describes operator procedures
for the IBM 2030 Processing Unit and the IBM 1052 Printer
Keyboard (attached to the IBM System/360 Model 30).
Systems Reference Library Manual, 48 pages
G1I24-3388
IBM 2671 PIIPER 'lIlPE RElIDER,
IBM 2822 PIIPER TIIPE RElIDER CONTROL - COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
This-pu-blication gives sufficient information to understand
the IBM 2671 Paper Tape Reader and IBM 2822 paper Tape
G1I24-3511
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 25 CONFIGURlITOR
Chart listing a11 possible units that can be configured
on System/360 Model 25.
Configurator Sheet, 17 x 11, 1 fold, 1 side
Reader Control and the associated specia1 features. The
main purpose of the publication, however, is to assist
programmers and operators to operate the machine when it
is used as an I/O unit to the IBM SystemV360 Model 25,
30, 40, 44, 50, or 67, or to System/370. The relevance
of the controls and indicators for such a configuration
are given, together with points of specific interest to
the following:
o
Progranmers: Operational characteristics,
including stop conditions, addreSSing, recovery
procedures, and System/360 commands.
o
Operators: Tape loading, unloading, rewinding,
and repair procedures.
o
system Analysts: Tape specifications.
The sections for programmers presuppose a knowledge
of System/360 and System/370 operation and of paper tape
readers, but no such knowledge is required in understanding
the sections for operators.
G1I24-3512
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 25 1401/1460 AND 1440 COMPIITIBILITY
FEATURES
This publication describes the 1401/1460 and 1440
Compatibility features for the IBM System/360 Model 25.
7hese special featUres enable a rapid and simplified
transfer from 1401-, 1460-, or 1440-oriented a~p1ications
to the IBM SystemV360 Model 25.
Refer to the IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 25 FUNCTIONIIL
Characteristics, (GII24-3510>, for a descri~tion of the
caFabilities, functions and operational characteristics
of the SystemV360 Model 25.
systems Reference Library Manual, 52 pages
G1I2q-3516
IBM 2938 IIRRl\Y PROCESSOR MODEL 1 !!Ell li2Q563, 1!Qlli .1l
!!Ell ~ INSTIILLl\TION MIINUlIL :: PBYSIClIL ~
This publication contains physical planning. information
for installing the IBM 2938 IIrray Processor Models 1 and
2 (RPQ). Included are dimensions, weights, electrical
requirements, and environmental specifications. A cable
diagram and a cable requirements chart are provided.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 6 pages
lISSOCIIITED PUBLICIITIONS
Physical Characteristics of the 2671 Paper Tape Reader
and 2822 paper Tape Reader Control and of System/360
operation are given in the following publications:
1. IBM SYSTEM/360 INSTIILLlITION MlINUAL - PHYSIClIL PLlINNING,
Order No. GC22-6820.
2. IBM SYSTEM/360 INSTIILLlITION MlINUIIL - PHYSIClIL PLlINNING,
IBM WORLD TRlIDE 50-HERTZ REQUIREMENTS,
Order No. GC19-0001.
Systems Reference Library. 64 pages
GlI24-3411
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30 CHIINNEL CUl\RlICTERISTICS liND
FUNCTIONllL EVIILUATION-- ------This reference publication describes methods used to
calculate system/360 Model 30 data handling capabilities
that are dependent upon I/o-channel configurations and
operations.' Also presented are considerations of methods
for:
1. Priority attachment of I/O units for maximum through
2. AddreSSing I/O units,
3. Calculating buffer transfer times,
4. Calculating interference (with the processing unit)
caused by channel operations.
Calculations for a System/360 Model 30 with a 1.5
microsecond RW (Read/Write) cycle and with a 2-microsecond
RW cycle are discussed separately.
The user of this publication should be thoroughly
familiar with I/O programming considerations as described
in tile IBM System/360 PRINCIPLES OF OPERlITION, GA22-6821.
Information related to specific I/O devices is contained
in separate systems Reference Library publications.
systems Reference Library Manual, 86 pages
GlI24-3426
IBM 2712 REMOTE MULTIPLEXOR
This reference-publication describes the IBM 2712 Remote
Multiplexor and its operation. The 2712 is used with IBM
1050, 1060, 2740, and 2741 terminals (134.49 baud) and
with telegraph terminals (74.2 baud) connected to IBM
System/360 through the IBM 2702 and 2703 Transmission
Control Units. Communication facilities that can be used
with the 2712 are specified.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 12 pages
G1I24-3500
IBM 1259 MlIGNETIC CHlIRlICTER RElIDER COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
This reference publication contains information about all
the features and functions of the IBM 1259 Magnetic
Character Reader. On-line and off-line data flow and
operating theory are discussed. with detailed programming
information and operating instructions for each reader
function.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 38 pages
G1I24-3519
IBM SYSTEM/360 CUSTOM EQUIP~ENT DESCRIPTION: 2938 IIRRlIY
PROCESSOR (MODEL.l..!!ElI W24563: MODEL k !!Ell 815188)
The IBM 2938 IIrray Processor is an auxiliary computing
unit for system/360 Models Q4, 65, 67-1, 75 ahd 85. It
performs high-speed processing of arrays of data using
short-precision floating-paint arith~etic. This publication
describes the principles of operation and functional
characteristics of the Array Processor.
II prereqUisite for studying this bulletin is a basic
know1edge of the IBM System/360 as contained in the IBM
S·YSTEM/360 PRINCIPLES OF OPERlITION, GII22-6821.
Manual, 60 pages
G1I24-3523
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODED 25 OPERlITING PROCEDDRES
This publicatio~tains procedures and reference
information for personnel operating the IBM System/360
Model 25. Included are the IBM 2025 Processing Unit and
the following I/O devices that can be connected to the
system via integrated attachment features:
IBM 1052 Printer-Keyboard Model 7
IBM 25QO Card Read Punch
IBM 2311 Disk Storage Drive Modell
IBM 1403 Printe~ Models 2, 7 and Nl
Procedures are given for system power on and power off,
system initialization, store/display, single-instruction
processing, I/O device readying, and printer-keyboard
alter/display. Indicators, lights, keys, SWitches, and
controls for the 2025 Processing Unit and the listed I/O
devices are described. Operator diagnostic flowcharts,
I/O setup procedures appear in the appendix.
For additional information on specific units and special
features, refer to appropriate publicaticns listed in IBM
SYSTEM/360 BIBLIOGRlIPHY GlI22-6822.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 132 pages
GII24-35211<
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 25 MODEL 20 MODE FEIITURE
This reference publication describes the characteristics.
implementation, and operating considerations for the IBM
System/360 Model 25. Inc1uded in this document are
descriptions of the functiona1 operation. operator
functions, and restart procedures for the applicable I/O
devices ..
112
GA24
The reader should have a basic knowledge ot the IBM
Systeml360 Model 25 operation and the operation of the I/O
devices described.
Information in the following IBM publications is
essential for a complete understanding of the material in
this manual:
IBM System/360 Model 20 Functional Characteristics,
GA26-5847
IBM System/360 Model 25 Functional Characteristics,
GA24-3510
Systems Reference Library Manual, 40 pages
Systems Library Manual, 64 pages
GA24-3545
IBM 2956-5 MDLTI-PO£KET READER SORTER INSTALLATICN MANUAL
PHYSICAL PLANNING
------ -----This publication provides physical planning. information
for the IBM 2956-5 Multi-Pocket Reader Scrter when used
with the IBM System/360 Models 30, 40, and 50. Included
are physical specifications and cable, electrical, and
environmental requirements.
System Reference Library Manual, 8 pages
GA24-3526
GA2ij-3547
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL ~ HIGH-SPEED CBAHNEL-3414 ATTACHMENT
FEATURE ~ E69109
This publication describes the operation of the 2314
attachment feature used with the IBM system/360 Model 25.
Prcgramming and operating information is provided in the
form of instruction timing. error indications, and cpu
indicators as applicable to high-speed channel operation.
systems Reference Library manual, 12 pages
SYSTEM/360 ~ 25 INTEGRATED COMMUNICATIONS
ATTACHMENT FEATURE
This reference publication describes the operation of the
Integrated communications Attachment feature for the IBM
~
System/360 Model 25.
Included is a general description
of the feature and its common controls. Also included are
the communications faci1ities that can be used with the
Integrated Communications Attachment (ICA) and the remote
terminals and processors that may be serviced by the ICA.
Configuration limitations, overrun considerations. and the
effects on multiplexer channe1 data rates are also
presented.
Systems Reference Library Manua.l. 120 pages
GA24-3538
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 25 CHANNEL CBARAcrERISTICS AND
FUNcrIONAL EVALUATION-- ------This reference publication describes methods used to
calculate IBM Systeml360 Model 25 data-handling capabilities
that are dependent upon I/O-channel configurations and
operations. Also presented are considerations of methods
for:
Priority attachment of I/O units for maximum
1.
throughput.
2.
Addressing I/O units.
Ca1culating buffer transfer times.
3.
4.
Calculating interference (with the processing
unit) caused by channel operations.
calculations for an IBM system/360 Model 25 with a
selector interface and with a multip~exer interface are
discussed.
systems Reference Library Manual. 52 pages
GA24-3542
IBM 1255 IfdlGNETIC CHARACTER ~ MODELS .h 1.. AND d
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
This puolication contains information describing the
purpose, function, and operation of the reader/sorter
tor banK manageloent, IBM sales representatives, systems
engineez:s, and customer engineers. For machine operators
it can.t.ains operating. recovery, and jam removal
p.coctdures.
ComponBnt Description, 64 payes
GA24-3543
IBM 3211 PRINTER 3216 INTERCHANGEABLE TRAIN CARTRIDGE AND
3811 PRINTER CONTROL UNIT COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND
5i.iERATOif'"SGu~
Th~s
----
---
manual provides reference information and operating
procedures for the IBM 3211 Printer, 3216 Interchangeable
Train Cartridge and 3811 Printer Control unit.
The 3211 Printer, 3216 Interchangeable Train Cartridge
and 3811 Printer Control unit comprise a high-speed printer
subsystem for attachment to System/360 and System/370 Data
Processing Systems via the System/360 Standard I/O
Interface. This reference publication is intended for:
o
System planners who require information about
features, character sets, subsystem performance.
forms and ribbons.
o
System programmers who use printer commands,
status and sense information and error-recovery
procedures.
o
Operators who perform basic. set up, operating
and error-recovery procedures.
A basic knowledge of System/360 is assumed. The manual is
oryani~ed into three parts:
o
Subsystem components describes the subsystem
features, available character sets and performance
charcteristics.
o
Programming information describes valid subsystem
commands and available status and sense bytes.
and provides buffer loading and suggested
error-recovery procedures.
a
Operating information describes the subsystem keys,
indicators and controls and provides procedures
for initial set up. running, and error-recovery.
Appendixes contain reference information. such as EBCDIC
chart, for all users.
Form Design Reference Guide for Printers, GA24-3488, is
referenced from this publication for detailed forms
requirements information.
General information about re1ated System/360-310
operation can be found in system/360 PrinCiples of Operation
GA22-6&21, System/370 Principles of Operation, GA22-7000,
and System/360 and System/370 I/O Interface Channel to
Control Unit Original Equipment Manufacturers Information,
GA22-6974.
GA24-3550
IBM 3215 CONSCLE PR$NTER-KEYBOARD COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
This reference publication describes the fUnctions and
operation of the IBM 3215 Console Printer-Keyboard. This
information is intended for those planning for and operating
an IBM Systeml370 Models 135, 145, and 155. presented are
the printing method, control keys and lights. functional
timing, forms controls and specifications, and make-ready
procedures ..
For system operation (including programming and
operating procedures), refer to tbe IBM System/360 and
System/370 Bibliography (GA22-68221, for the Functional
Characteristics and Operating Procedures manuals for the
particular system and model.
Manual, 8-1/2 x 11 inches, 18 pages
GA24-3551
IBM 2956-5 MULTI-POCKET MCR RElIDER SORT,ER CUSTOM UNIT
DESCRiPTiON: ~ W19916 --- ------ ------ ------ ---This pub1ication provides an introduction to the 2956-5
Multi-Pocket Reader·Sorter. General infor«ation on
operating controls and procedures is presented only in
the areas that are different from the IBM 1419 Magnetic
Character Reader.. Command-byte structure and sense
indications are provided for programmer use. For additional
information, refer to the IBM 1219 READER SORTER, IBM 1419
MAGNh']:IC CHARACTER READER, GA24-1499.
S1stems Reference Library Manual, 20 pages
GA24-3552
IBM 3210 CONSOLE PRINTER-KEYBOARDS
TEis-publ~cat~on descr1bes the physical and functional
characteristics of the IBM 3210 Console Printer-Keyboards.
The purpose of each of the control keys and indicator
lights supplementing the keyboard is included.
For additional information on forms specification~,
refer to FORM-DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS--SYSTEM PRINTERS;-GA243488.
For additional information on 3210 operating procedures,
refer to IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 145 OPERATING PROCEDURES,
GA24-3554.
Component Description Manual, 12 pages
GA24-3557
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 145 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
This publication describes the relationship of the Model
145 to other Systeml370 models and to System/360. Included
is information conc~rning the. system features and
capabilities, console file. input/output channels,
integrated file adapter, OS/DOS compatibility, IBM 1401,
1440, 1460, 1410. and 7010 emulation features, console
printer-keyboard, additional instructions. and instruction
timings ..
113
The following IBM manuals offer information to assist the
reader:
SYSTEM/370 MODEL 145 OPERATING PROCEDURES, GA24-3554.
SYSTEM/370 PRINCIPLES OF OPEHATION, GA22-7000.
SYSTEM/370 SYSTEM SUMMARY, GA22-7001.
SYSTEM/370 INPUT/OUTPUT CONFIGURATOR, GA22-7002.
SYSTEM/360/370 BIBLIOGRAPHy, GA22-6822.
SYSTEM/360 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION, GA22-6821.
SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS,
IBM 2314 DIRECT ~CCESS STORAGE FACILITY AND
IBM 2844 AUXILIARY STORAGE CONTROL, GA26-3599.
SYSTEM/360 I/O INTERFACE - CHANNEL TO CONTROL UNIT
ORIGINAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS' INFORMATION, GA22-6843.
SYSTEM/360 DIRECT CONTROL AND EXTERNAL INTERRUPT
FEATURE, ORIGINAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS' INFORMATION,
GA22-6845.
SYSTEM/360 OS PROGRAM PLANNING GUIDE FOR THE DOS
EMULATOR ON THE SYSTEM/370, GC24-5076.
3210 CONSOLE PRINTER-KEYBOARD MODEL 2 COMPCNENT
DESCRIPTION, GA2iII-3552.
3215 CONSOLE PRINTER-KEYBOARD MODEL
COMPONENT
DESCRIPTION, GA24-3550.
IDfoEmation on channe~ ~oad ~imits for IBM System/360 Mode~
22 is given in IBM System/360 Mode~ 22 Channe~
Characteristics and Functiona~ Evaluation (GA24-3579).
Manual, 8-1/2 x 11 inches, 44 pages
FORMS DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS--SYSTEM PRINTERS, GA24-3488.
Manual. 84 pages, 8-1/2 x 11
GA24-3561
GA24-3573
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 145 CHANNEL CHARACTERISTICS
This pub~ication describes methods used to ca~cu~ate
System/370 Mode~ 145 data-hand~ing capabilities that are
dependent upon I/O-channe~ configurations and operations.
Considerations of methods are a~so presented for priority
attachment of I/O devices for maximum throughput.
Infonnation related to specific I/O devices is in
separate systems Reference~ibrary pub~ications. These
pu~ications are ~isted by order number and brief~y
described in IBM SYSTEW360 AND SYSTEM/370 BIBLIOGRAPHY
(GA22-6822).
.
This mariual is intended for users at the system
programmer ~eve~1 it assumes a thorougb background in I/O
programming techniques.
Manua~, 72 pages
~~~~~~~~~~~~~;_;~~~_'~~ !E2 811301
~
~:!:~~~~~~::!::g
infoxmation
:
switch unit
used with
the IBM System/360 and the IBM System/370. Inc~uded are
physical specifications and cab~e, e~ectrica~, and
eDvironmenta~ requirements.
For a ~ist of.re~ated pub~ications and abstracts, see
the mM SYSTEW360 AND SYSTEIo/370 BIBLIOGRAPHY, GA22-6822.
Instal~ation P~anning Guide. 8-1/2 x 11 inches, 8 pages
GA24-3562
IBM 2911 ~ 1!!. INTERFACE §!!!I£!! UNIT !E2 811503
INSTALLATION MANUAL--PHYSICAL PLANNING
This pu~ication provides physica~ p~anning information
for the IBM 1925 Mode~ 14 J:nterface Switch Unit used with
the IBM System/360 and the J:BM System/370. J:nc~uded are
physical specifications and cab~e, e~ectrica~, and
environmental requirements.
FOr a ~ist of rruated pub~ications and abstracts, see
the mM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEW370 BIBLIOGRAPHY, GA22-6822.
J:nsta~~ation Planning Guide. 8-1/2 x 11 inches, 8 pages
GA24-3564
IBM SYSTEW360 MODEL 30 STORAGE EXPANSION FEATURE MANUAL:
RPO'S EA3807, EA1527: OR RPO'S Y91283 AND Y91325 (WORLD
TRADE)
~eference publication contains information for the
system analyst, system programmer, and system operator about
the storage Expansion feature for the IBM system/360 Mode~
30. The storage Expansion feature increases the Model 30
program storage size from 64K bytes (65,536 bytes) to 96K
bytes (98,304 bytes). Contents of this publication inc~ude:
Description of the storage Expansion feature, its
prerequisites, and limitations of other features
Description of the changes the feature makes to the
~ode~ 30 in the areas of:
J:nstructlon timing
Loca~ storage
Multip~exer channe~ UCW's
Channel characteristics
Conso~e pane~ and operatiOns
This manual is used as a supplement to the fo~~owing
System/360 pub~ications:
IBM System/360 Model 30· functiona~ characteristics
(GA24-3231l
IBM SYSTEW360 MODEL 30 OPERAXING GUIDE (GA24-3373)
Manual, 20 pages
'T~~~~~ MANUAL
1n:tO''''''''t1on and
component descriptions
Mode~ 3 Production
and the IBM 1972 Mode~ 4 Instruction Conso~e.
The specific topics covered inc~ude:
.
Termina~
o
o
o
o
o
POwer Requirements
Environmenta1 Considerations
Interface Considerations
Floor Area and LOading Considerations
servicing and Access Requirements
o
o
o
Safety Considerations
Transportation Requirements
Physica~ Characteristics
GA24-3574
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 22 OPERATOR'S GUIDE
This manual contaInS reference material and operating
procedures required to operate the IBM System/360 Model 22
Processing Unit and the Integrated 1052 Printer-Reyboard.
The intended audience "is an operator who is assumed to
have a .basic know~edge of System/360.
The first section describes ~ights, switches, and keys
on the console in detail. The second section contains the
genera~ operating procedures needed by the operator to run
the system. Thirdly, a section is provided for normal
printer-keyboard. operation.
order numbers for manuals containing operating
procedures for individual input/output devices Cqn be found
in the IBM System/360 Bib~iography, GA22-6822.
Manual, 40 pages
GA24-3579
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 22 CHANNEL CHARACTERISTICS AND
FUNCTIONAL EVALiiiiTiCiN
SYsiEiiS LIBRARY MANUAL
This reference publ~cation describes methods used to
ca~culate Systeml360 Model 22 data-hand~ing capabi~ities
that are dependent upon I/O channel configurations and
operations. consideration of methcds are also presented
for.
o
Priority I/O-unit attachment for maximum
throughput
o
Addressing I/O devices
o
calcu~ating buffer transfer times
o
Calculating interference (with the processing
unit) caused by channe~ operations.
This pub~ication is intended for use by persons ca~cu~ating
the channel ~oads for a Model 22. The user should have an
understanding of mathematics and be thoroughly familiar with
I/O prograHming considerations as described in IBM
System/360 Princip~es of Operation (GA22-6821l. Information
re~ated to specific I/O devices is contained in separate
pu~ications ~isted in IBM System/360 and System/370
Bi~iograpby (GA22-6822).
When performing loading calculations related to the
mu~ti~exer channe~ operating in mu~tiplex mode, the
Multip~exer Channe~ Worksheet is used.
If the IBM 2702
Communications Contro~ is invo~ved, the 2702 Worksheet is
used. Reproducib~e copies of these worksheets are ~ocated
in an appendix to this pub~ication.
Manual, 68 pages
--=
GA21i-3590
IBM 1972 MO
TERMINAL 1972 MODEL 4
XBlSTRUCTION
~ ---- ----- This manua~ co
tiOD for operating the IBM 1972
Mode~ 3 Production Terminal and the IBM 1972 Model 4
Instruction Console. ~be specific operating information
The manual is intended to assist users in their work
station production p~anning and in preparation of
includes:
instal~ation areas prior to de~ivery of the units.
o
Functiona~ description of operating controls
o
IDformation 00 preparing. programming. punching.
Physical Planning. Component Description Manual
and sp~icing perforated"tapes
o
Instructions for ~oading perforated tape in
GA24-3572
production terminal and for operating the
production termina~.
IBM SYSTEW360 ~ 22 FONCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
SlCSTEMS MANUAL
This information is presented to aid the user in the
This reference pub~ication is intended for nse by systems
operation of the production termina~ and the instruction
ana~ysts or persoDDe~ involved in planning system
consc~e and in the preparation of perforated tapes for use
configurations. The pub~ication presents an introduction to
on the production·termina~.
some of the important IBM 5ystem/360 concepts and
Operator's Guide 8-1/2 x 11 inches, 34 pages
termino~ogy as they are related to the Mode~ 22.
The
concepts include program status words, supervisor program,
and interrupts re~ated to input/output operations. It auo
GA21i-3594
inC~udes information on 'input/output channe~s, lDlit
RCA 301 ON SYSTEW370 USING DOS AND DOS/VS
=;:--,=;-~;-- PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AD-R-- - - --- - - addressing, unit priorities on the channeu, instruction
timings, and 1052 Printer-Keyboard characteristics.
~tl~itiob deSCrIbes ~he I~tor for RCA 301, an
The reader can flnd a more detai~ed description of
integrated emu~ator program, for the IBM System/370 Mode~s
System/360 operations in IBM System/360 Principles of
135 and 145. A~soprovided are introductory and p~anning
Qperation (eA24-6822)~ The ~terrelationshipe of the models
info~uatioD for mauagemen~ and planning personnel.
and units avail~e with 5ystem/360 an> broa~y described in
The emulator is a prob~em program that operates in
J:Bll/360 System SUmmary (GA24-6810). other rruated
either a batched-job foreground or the background partition
~iterature is ~isted by order reference n _ r and brief~y
under contro~ of the IBM Disk operating System (DOS) or· the
described in IBM Systea/360 Bib1iography (GA22-6822).
IBM Disk Operating System/Virtual Storage (DOS/vS). The
1M
GA26
emulator uses the system/370 standard instruction set. the
RCA 301 compatibility feature. and the data management
GC19-0001.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 8 pages
faci1ities of DOS and DOSIVS to emu1ate the RCA 301
processor unit, input/output, and console operations.
publications useful as reference material are:
IBM Systeml360 principles of Operation, Order No.
GA26-1583
IBM SYSTEM/360 CUSTOM FEATURE DESCRIPTION - 2973 MODEL 2
FILE SWITCH ~ F13209---- --- --- This publication contains reference infonmation for the
operation and programming of storage devices that attach
GA22-6821.
IBM Systeml310 principles of Operation, Order No.
GA22-7000.
For information about the Disk Operating System, refer to:
to the IBM 2973 Mode1 2 Fi1e Switch. In addition, it
contains a list of prerequisite RPQ1S and special features
System/360 and System/370 Bib1iography, Order No.
GA22-6822.
Manua1, 28 pages
necessary for the attachment of a 2973 Mode1 2 to a
System/360.
The fol1owing System Reference Library pub1ications
provide detailed Systeml360 programming information
GA2q-3595
IBM EMULA'rOR FOR HONEYWELL SERIES 200 ON SYSTEM/370 USING
DOS AND DOS/VS (PRPQ): PLANNING GUIDE, PROG. .!ill.:. 5799=AiiT
app1icab1e to the 2973 Mode1 2 operations:
IBM System/360 Princip1es of OperatiOn, (GA22-6821)
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS - DASD FOR
28Ql, Order Number GA26-5988
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 25 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS,
Order Number GA2Q-3510
This publication describes the IBM Emulator for Honeywell
Series 200, an integrated emulator progam, for the IBM
System/370 Mode1s 135 and lq5.
This pub1ication a1so
provides introductory and planning information for
management and planning personnel.
The emulator is a problem program that operates in
either a batched-job foreground or the background partition
under control of the IBM Disk Operating system (DOS), or the
IBM Disk operating SystemIVirtua1 storage (DOS/VS).
The
emulator uses the System/370 standard instruction set, a
Honeywell Series 200 Compatibility featUre, and the data
management facilities of DOS or DOS/VS to emulate the
Honeywell Series 200 processor unit, input/output, and
console operations.
publications useful as reference material are:
IBM System/360 PrinCiples of Operation~ Order No.
GA22-6821.
IBM System/370 principles of Operation, order No.
GA22-7000.
For information about the Disk Operating system, refer to:
System/360 and System/370 Bib1iography, order No.
GA22-6822.
Manual, 28 pages
GA2q-3602
IBM 3890 DOCUMENT PROCESSOR - GENERAL INFORMATION
*1'1
Systems Reference Library
Manual~
12 pages
GA26-1589
COMPONENT SUMMARY-2835 STORAGE CONTROL
2305 FIXED HEAD STORAGE---- - - - The 2835 Storage-contr01 and 2305 Fixed Head Storage Module
form a large capacity, high speed direct access storage
facility for general purpose data storage and system
residence. It attaches to the central processing unit
through a block multiplexor channel, and operates under
direct program control of the cpu.
For experienced prograrnmers~ this manual provides
readily-accessible reference material related to channel
corrmand words, sense bytes, track format, track capacities,
and error recovery.
Less experienced programmers will find sufficient
information to create channel programs to best utilize
the standard and speCial features of the facility.
A complete description of the switches and indicators
is provided for systems installation operators.
Programmers should be familiar with the information
contained in IBM System/360 Principles of Operation,
order Number GA22-6821 and IBM System/370 Princip1es
The IBM 3890 Document Processor is a high-speed. high-volume
reader-sorter of magnetically inscribed documents. Features
are tailored to the requirements of check processing
applications. ~he IBM 3890 attaches, via the byte or blockmuliplexer channel, to a System/310 Model 135, 1~5, 15511,
of operation Order Number GA22-7000. Operators should
be familiar with the material presented in the system
suwmary for the parent system.
Co~ponent Summary, 20 pages
158, 16511, or 168 (and asymetrica11y to Mode1s 158MP or
168MP). The 3890 can also be used offline for document
sorting ..
This publication is an introduction to the 3890 for
persons dOing systems analysis or having an interest in
machine characteristics and operation. The reader is
assumed to have an understanding of bank data processing.
Included are general descriptions of basic and special
features, data flow, operating principles, programming
support, sorting techniques, operating controls~ and the IBM
Diskette.
For related publications~ refer to the IBM System/360
and system/370 Bibliography, Order No. GA22-6822.
Manual~
32 pages
GA2Q-360q
*1'1
EMULATOR FOR HONEYWELL SERIES 200 ON SYSTEM/370 USING QQ§
SYSTEM LIBRARY ~ _ ~ NUMBER 5799 ADT
This publication describes the IBM EmUlator for Honeywell
Series 200, an integrated emulator program, for IBM
system/370 Models 135 and lQ5.
*N
GA26-1593
IBM 2968 MODEL 11 AUDIO/VISUAL CONTROL:
C(iMPONENTDESCRIPTION AND OPERATING PROCEDURES
~ F30209
-
This manaul explains the characteristics, functions,
features, physical planning r and operating procedures for
the IBM 2968 Mode1 11 Audio/Visual Contro1.
The manua1
also describes the ~arious types of equipment and
•
configurations for an audio/visual presentation, the
preparation of the slides for the projector. the preparation
of audio tape for the tape recorder, and guidelines for
selecting a viewing screen .for the projector .•
A basic know1edge of the IBM 27QO Communications
Terminal is assumed ..
systems Reference Library Manual, 36 pages
Manua1, 108 pages
GA26-1582
IBM 2973 MODEL 2 FILE SWITCH INSTALLATION MANUAL "Pi:A"NNIR; ~ F13209
accessible reference material related to channel command
words, sense bytes, tract format, track capaCities, and
error recovery. Less experienced prograa:mers will find
sufficient information to create channel programs to best
utilize the standard and speCial features of the 3830/3330
facility. A complete description of the switches and
indicators, and procedures .for loading and unloading disk
packs is provided for systems installation operators.
Programmers should be familiar with the information
contained in IBM System/360 Principles of Operation, Order
No. GA22-0621, and IBM System/310 Principles of Operation,
Order No. GA22-1000. Operators should be familiar with the
material presented in the system summary for the parent
system. Order numbers for system summary and other related
publications can be found in IBM System/360 and system/370
Bibliography, Order No. GA22-6822.
No abstract availabl-e-.--
PHYsiCAL
~experienced programmers. this manual provides readily
Manual, 100 pages
It provides p1anning,
implementation. and operating information for managers,
programmers, and operators.
The emulator is a problem program that operates in
either a hatched-job foreground or the background partition
under control of the IBM Disk Operating System (DOS).. The
emulator uses the System/370 standard instruc-tion set, the
Honeywell Series 200 Compatibility Feature, and the data
management facilities of DOS· to emulate the Honeywel~ Series
200 processor unit. input/output, and console operations.
Manual, 50 pages
GA2Q-3605
IBM EMULATOR MANUAL FOR RCA 301 ON SYSTEM/370
USING DOS - PROGRAM WMBER5799-AoR
GA26-1592
*M
REFERENCE MANUAL FOR IBM 3830 STORAGE CONTROL AND IBM 3330
DISK STORA~ --- --- ---- ------- ------- --- --- ----
--- -
This publication provides physical planning information
for the IBM 2973 Mode1 2 File Switch when used witb IBM
system/360. Included are physica1 specifications and cab1e,
electrical, and environmental requirements.
The following publications provide additional
information for System/360 physica1 p1anning.
IBM SYSTEM/360 INSTALLA~ION MANAUL - PHYSICAL PLANNING,
Order Num~r GC22-6820
.
IBM SYSTEMl360 INSTALLNTION MANUAL WORLD TRADE 50
Cycle - Physical Planning Requirements, Order Number
GA26-1599
IBM 2730 MODEL 1 TRANSACTION VALIDATION TERMINAL, IBM 2968
MODEL 9 AND MODEL 12 RECEIVBR-TERMINAL CONTROL UNIT
The IBM 2730 Mode1-' Transaction Va1idation Termina1, IBM
2968 Mode1 9 and IBM 2968 Model 12 Receiver-Terroina1 Contro1
Unit are part of an "on-line credit authorizatioq system.
This manual describes the function of these devices in the
system configuration, and provides typical operating
procedures for the 2730 Mode1 1 and its acoustic coup1er.
The Appendix contains specifications for magnetiC stripe
credit cards.
A basic knowledge of data processing, including
teleprocessing, is .required to understand the material
GA26
GA26
o
presented in this manual.
Manual, 16 pages
o
Magnetic stripe credit card specifications.
Message encoding.
Programmers using this manual are required to understand the
information presented in the following publications:
o
General InforRation - Binary Synchronous
Communications, order Number GA27-3004
GA26-1600
2130 ~ .h. 2968 ~ !.. AND 2968 MODEL 12: INSTALLATION
MANUAL - PHYSICAL PLANNING
This publication provides physical planning information for
o
. the IBM 2730-1 1:ransaction Validation Terminal, IBM 2968-9
Receiver-Terminal Control Unit (RPQ 831624). and IBM 2968-12
o
IBM 2703 Transmission Control Component
Description, order Number GA27-2703
o
IBM 3270 Information Display system Component
Description. Order Number GA27-2149
Receiver-Terminal Control Unit (RPQ 834654). Included are
physical specifications 'and cable, electrical. and
environmental requirements.
Manual, 8-1/2 x 11 inches, 12 pages
IBM 2101 Data Adapter Unit Component Description •
Order Number GA22-6864
or the System Library manual applicable to the specific
transmission control unit being used to communicate with the
GA26-1606
IBM 2319 DISK STORAGE
=A-SERIES.
2984-1.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Bank tellers or other personnel using the manual for
terminal operation and maintenance do not need related
publications or previous training to understand the
operating procedures described in this manual.
Manual, 30 pages
This manual contains basic information about the IBM 2319
Disk storage Models Al and A2. Model Al is designed for
attachment to IBM Systeml370 via the Integrated File Adapter
tIFA) feature.
The IBM 2319 Models Bl and B2 are described in the
publication IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS--2314
DIRECT ACCESS STORAGE FACILITY AND 2844 AUXILIARY STORAGE
CONTROL. Order 1'10. GA26-3599. with which the reader should
be familiar.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 30 pages
GA26-1615
INTRODUCTION IBM 3330 A-SERIES DISK STORAGE
MANUAL
GA26-3599
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS - 2314 DIRECT ACCESS
STORAGE FACILITY AND 2844 AUXILIARY STORAGE CONTROL -----This publication describes the IBM 2314 Direct Access
Storage Facility and the IBM 2844 Auxiliary Storage Control,
and presents fUnctional and operating characteristics for
these devices. Capacities, timing considerations, commands,
operating procedures, and sense and status information are
=SYSTEM LIBRARY*N
described.
This manual is intended for readers having prior knowledge
of direct access storage devices and concepts. Major topicS
are: standard and special features, I/O operations, and
operators panel.
Manual, 14 pages
GA26-1611
*1'1
INTRODUCTION IBI< 3830 MODEL 2 STORAGE CONTROL UNIT -' SYSTEM
LIBRARY MANU~ ---- ----- - ------- ------- ---- - ------
Number GA22-6821.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 76 pages
GA26-3633
DATA CELL BANDLING GUIDE
This manual provides suggested operating and handling
for the IBM 3021 Data Cell used with the IBM
2321 Data Cel~ Drive.
p~ocedures
This manual is intended for readers having prior knowledge
of direct access storage devices and concepts. Major topics
are: standard and special features, I/O operations, and the
operator panel.
Manual, 12 pages
GA26-1619
IBM 3340 COMPONENT SUMMARY
Systems Reference Library Manual, 20 pages
GA26-3699
IBM 1911-1980 CUSTOM TERMINAL FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS,
-OPERATING PROCEDURES, AND PHYSICAL PLANNING
*1'1 ./
This manual describes the operations, controls, and 'special
features of the IBM 1911 Buffered Terminal Control (Models
30 and 35) and the IBM 1980 Buffered Terminal (Mode~s 9
This manual is intended to familiarize experienced data
processing personnel with the characteristics of the IBM
3340 Disk Storage.
(The reader shou~d have prior knowledge
of direct-access storage devices and concepts.)
It lists functional characteristics and discusses record
format, capacitYr and timing characteristics. It also lists
al~
The user of this publication should be
thoroughly familiar with the I/O programming considerations
described in IBM System/360 Principles of Operation, Order
and 12). The communications facilities that can be used
with this Tele-processing terminal are describes.
Appendixes, containing the physical planning specifications,
RPQ numbers, a g10ssary of terms, and general typewriter
maintenance, are provided.
Manual, 52 'pages
commands executed by the 3340 and suggested operating
instructions.
Manual, 14 pages
GA26-4181
DISKETTE BANDLING PROCEDURES
GA26-1620
*1'1
REFERENCE MANUAL FOR IBM 3830 MODEL 2 STORAGE CONTROL UNIT
cartridge used in the IBM 33FD Disk Storage Unit.
This manual is intendedprimarily for programmers and ---operators. It provides reference material on channel
command words, sense bytes, error recovery p~ocedures,
special features, operator controls, and the usage meter.
Manual, 90 pages
the IBM 33FD Disk Storage Unit.
Manual, 10 pages
This manual contains techn1cal information, recommendations,
and suggestions to be used in installing the IBM 3984-1 Cash
Issuing Terminal.
Included are physical specifications,
cable, electrical, and environmental requirements. The
customer shOUld arrange for professional aSSistance in
planning his installation, if necessary, to ensure that
local and national codes are met.
It is assumed that the customer has both a system (CPU)
and a transmission control unit (2701, 2703, or equivalent)
either installed or to be installed.
The following publications provide necessary additional
information:
o
IBM System/360 Installation Manual Physical
Planning. GC22-6820
IBM System/370 Insta~lation Manual Physical
Planning. GA22-700Q
GA26-5714
IBM 2314/2844 MULTIPLEX STORAGE CONTROL FEATURE
AIRLINES
BUFFER
This publication describes the IBM 2314/2844 Multiplex
storage Control Feature (RPQ number S50001). This feature
=
allows the 2314/2844 to operate in its basic mode or in
multiplex mode.
This publication describes
al~
of the
commands and operations that can be performed in multiplex
mode. For a description of 2314/2844 basic mode operations,
refer to the systems Reference Library publication IBM
SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS -- 2314 DIRECT ACCESS
Storage Facility and 2844 Auxiliary Storage Control (Order
Numher GA26-3599).
Systems Reference Library Manual, 56 pages
GA26-5756
IBM DISK PACK AND CARTRIDGE BANDLING PROCEDURES
This manual is-a-guide for handling IBM Disk Packs and
cartridges.
Included are procedures for shipping and
receiving, installation and removal, labeling of disks
and cartridges and general operating procedures.
The information contained in this manual applies to IBM
Manual, 8 pages
GA26-1622
*1'1
OPERATOR AND PROGRAMMING GUIDE FOR IBM 2984-1 CASH ISSUING
TERMINAL, !!fQ 834660
The IBM 298q Model 1 Cash Issuing Terminal (RPQ834660) is an
online self-service banking terminal~ This manual
describes:
o
The function of the terminal within a system.
o
Customer operating procedures.
o
Bank responsibilities and operating procedures.
o
Programming considerations related to the 2984-1.
Also
included are storage and shipping recommendations.
It is primarily intended for inexperienced operators of
GA26-1621
*N
INSTALLATION MANUAL PHYSICAL PLANNING IBM 2984 MODEL 1 CASH
ISSUING TERMI~ 834660 ------- --- ---- ----- - ----
o
*N
This publication is a guide for handling, loading, and
unloading the IBM Diskette, a flexible magnetic disk
1316. 2316. and 3336 Disk Packs. and 2315 Disk cartridges.
Manual, 16 pages
GA26-5988
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS--2841 AND
ASSOCIATED DASD
2311 DISK STORAGE 1lli1Y! ~ .h. 2321 DATA CELL DRIVE,
2303 DRUM STORAGE
116
GA26
GA27
GA27-2712
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION: IBM 7770 AUDIO RBSPONSE UNIT MODEL 3
This publication describes the functional and operational characteristics of the IBM 7770 Audio Response Unit (Models
3). TOpiCS discussed include vocabulary selection,
co~munications requirements, system attachment
considerations, and programming considerations.
systems Reference Library Manual, q8 pages
This publication contains reference information for the
operation and programming of storage devices which attach
to the IBM 2841 Storage Control. These storage devices
include the IBM 2311 Disk storage Drive, Model 1; the IBM
2302 Disk Storage, MOdels 3 and 4; and IBM 2321 Data Cell
Drive; and the IBM 2303 Drum storage.
Manual, 64 pages
GA26-5993
IBM SYSTEM/360 CUSTOM FEATURE. 2972 LINE
CONTROL UNIT, MODEL
1
GA27-2713
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 67 CONFIGURATOR
This publication presents a graphic representation of IBM
System/360 MODELS 67-1 AND 67-2. Attachment capabilities
and standard and special feature capabilities are noted.
The material in this publication is presented with the
assumption that the reader has knowledge of System/360
and of the Model 67, as defined in the IEM System/360 Model
67 functional characteristics, (GA27-2719), the IBM System/
360 Principles of Operation, (GA22-6821), and the IBM
System/360 System Summary, (GA22-6810).
System Reference Library Manual, 1 page
-- --
This publication presents a description of the operation
of the IBM 2972 Line Control Unit, Model 1. A sample
configuration and a description of operation sequence are
included.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 12 pages
GA27-2700
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION:
IBM 2260 DISPLAY STATION
IBM 2848 DISPLAY COiiTRciL
This:manual describes the functional and operating
characteristics of the IBM 2260 Display Station aDd the IBM
2848 Display Control Unit.
GA27-2715
IBM SYSTEM/360 SPECIAL FEATURE DESCRIPTION
709/70qO/7044/7~4~I COMPATIBILITY FEATURE EQg
SYSTEM/360 MODELS 65 AND 67 -This publication contains-rnformation about the IBM 7090
Compatibility Feature (#7119). The Compatibility Feature
adds interpretive f.acilities to IBM System/360 Models 65
and 67 for use by the IBM 7090 Emulator Program. The
combination of the feature and the program, referred to
as the 7090 Emulator, allows execution on IBM System/360
Models 65 and 67 of programs written for the IBM 709, 7040,
7044, 7090, 7094, and 7094LI.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 58 pages
The reader needs a general understanding of computers
and their applicaions; however. knowledge of te1eprocessing
prinCiples and programs is required by those who install
communications terminals.
systems Reference Library, 84 pages
GA27-2701
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2250
DISPLAY UNIT MODEL 1
-- --This publication contains detailed information on
programming, operation, and special features of the IBM
2250 Display Unit Model 1. The material is presented with
the assumption that the reader has read the IBM SYSTEMl360
PrinCiples of Operation Manual, order Number GA22-6821.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 44 pages
GA27-2716
IBM SYSTEM/360 SPECIAL FEATURE DESCRIPTION 7080
CQiiPATIBILITY FEATURE FOii"SYSTEM/360 MODEL ~
This publication presentS a detailed description of the
IBM 7080 Compatibility Feature #7118. The Compatibility
Feature adds interpretive facilities to system/360 for use
by the IBM 7080 Emulator Program, Program No. 360C-EU-727.
This combination of feature and program, referred to as
the IBM 7080 Emulator, permits an IBM System/360 Model 65
to execute programs written for an IBM 7080 Data Processing
System.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 44 pages
GA27-2702
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM
2250 DISPLAY UNIT MODEL 2 IBM 2840 DISPLAY CONTROL MODEL 1
This document pres~detailed information about IBM 2250
Display unit Model 2/IBM 2840 Display Control Model 1
programming, operation. and special features. The material
is presented with the assumption that the reader has read
the IBM System/360 Principles of Operation Manual, order
Number GA22-6821.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 52 pages
GA27-2717
IBM SYSTEM/360 SPECIAL FEATURE DESCRIPTION 7074
COMPATIBILITY FEATUllE FOii"SYSTEM/360 MOOELs--sii""AND 65
This publication contains information about the----rBM7070/7074 Compatibility Feature. The Compatibility Feature
adds interpretive facilities to System/360 Model 50 or.65
for use by the IBM 7074 emulator program. The combination
of the feature and the program, referred to as the 7074
Emulator, allows execution on IBM System/360 Models 50 and
65 of programs written for the IBM 7070 and 7074.
Systems Reference' Library Manual, qO pages
GA27-2703
IBM 2703 TRANSMISSION COMTROL COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
This publication provides a detailed description of the
capabilities, features, and communication facilities
required for the IBM 2703 Transmission Control Unit. The
capabilities of the unit are grouped by: start-stop
capabilities; and binary-synchronous capabilities. All
items of a general nature are discussed in the section,
-Detailed Description of operations-.
The.operator's cOntrols and a detailed description of
the communication facilities to which the 2703 ean be
attached are contained in the Appendix.
System Reference Library Manual, 18 pages
GA27-2719
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 67 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
This publicatio~tains d~tailed information on the
organization, characteristics, features, and functions
unique to the IBM System/360 Model 67 Time Sharing system.
Major areas described include time-sharing philosophy,
system structure, new units, generalized information flow,
standard and special features, instructicn timings, and
tbe system control panel.
Descriptions of specific input/output devices used
with the Model 67 appear in separate publications. See
the IBM System/360 Bibliography, (GA22-6822) for a listing
and a brief description of these publications.
The material in this publication is presented with
the assumption that the reader has knowledge of System/360
as defined in the IBM System/360 PrinCiples of Operation,
GA22-6821 and the IBM System/360 system summary GA22-6810.
A22-6810.
systems Reference Library Manual, 66 pages
GA27-2704
IBM SYSTEMl360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2711 LINE
AilAPTER UNIT
This manual describes the operation of the IBM 2711 Line
Adapter Unit. Included is a general description of the
2711, the line adapters that can be contained in a 2711,
the·communication facilities that can be used with the
2711, and the operator tests that can be perfoimed to
isola~e equipment malfunctions.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 12 pages
GA27-2710
IBM 7772 AUDIO RESPONSE UNIT VOCABULARY
This publication contains-a-complete listing of the 7772
vocabulary.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 8 pages
GA27-2711
IBM SYSTEMl360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 7772 AUDIO
RESPONSE UNIT
This manual describes the functional and operational
characteristics of the IBM 7772 Audio Response Unit.
Topics include vocabulary selection, system attachment
considerations, communications requirements, and programming
considerations.
Systems Reference Library Manual. 32 pages
GA27-2721
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2250 DISPLAY UNIT
MODEL 3 IBM 2840 DISPLAY CONTROL MOD~ ---- ------- ---This dociiiilent preSentsdetailed information about IBM 2250
Display Unit Model 3/IBM 2840 Display Control Model 2
programming, operation, and special features. The material
is presented with the assumption that the reader has read
the IBM System/360 prinCiples of operation Manual, Order
Number GA22-6821.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 70 pages
GA27-2724
IBM SYSTEM/360 CUSTOM ~ UNIT 2916 LONG LINE ADAPTER,
MODELS 3 AND 4 INST§LLATICN BULLETIN - PHYSICAL PLANNING
This bulletin-contains all the necessary physical planning
data reqnired for the installation of the unit described.
117
GA27
GA27
If the unit is to be instaIIed in conjunction with a
computer system, the specifications of the most
power from the 2250 to which it is attached and requires
no programming. The following publications may be of
interest to the reader:
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION: IBM 2250 DISPLAY
Unit Model 1. Order Number GA27-2701
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION: IBM 2250 DISPLAY
UNIT MODEL 3. IBM 28QO DISPLAY CONTROL MODEL 2.
Order Number GA27-2721
IBM 1130 SYSTEM COMPONENT DESCRIPTION: IBM 2250 DISPLAY
Unit Model q. order Number GA27-2723.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 8 pages
critica~
unit must be met. The data foIIows the same format and
utiIizes the same standardized symboIs as used in the IBM
System/360 InstaIIation ManuaI - Physical Planning. Order
Number GC22-6820.
Systems Reference Library ManuaI. q pages
GA27-2725
IBM 50 MAGNETIC DATA INSCRIBER COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
ThiSlmanUaI describes the functional and operating
characteristics of the IBM 50 Magnetic Data Inscriber.
The IBM 50 Magnetic Data Inscriber is a key-operated device
that records data on cartridge-contained magnetic tape.
Each IBM 50 generated tape can be used as a data storage
medium or as a vehicle for entering data into an IBM
System/360. via the IBM 2q95 Tape Cartridge Reader. In
addition to its data recording capabiIity. the IBM 50 can
a180 be used to verify data stored on tapes generated on
the same or other IBM 50·s.
systems Reference Library ManuaI. 28 pages
GA27-2731
~:: ~~~~~'-~~~
~::~~:;I~~SPLAY CONTROL
This
"fiinctionaranaoperating
characteristic·s of the IBM 2265 Display Station and the
IBM 28q5 Display Control. The two units combine to form
a display system that provides visual access to data stored
in an IBM System/360.
Systems Reference Library Manual. 6q pages
GA27-2733
IBM SYSTEM/360 SPECIAL FEATURE DESCRIPTION
709/7090/709q/709q II C~ILITY FEATURE FOR
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL85
---This publication contains information about the IBM 709Q
CompatibiIity F~ature (#7119). The CompatibiIity Feature
adds interpretive facilities to IBM System/360 Model 85
for use by the IBM 709Q Emulator Program. The combination
of the feature and the program. referred to as the 709q
Emulator. al~ows execution (on IBM system/360 Model 85)
of programs written for tbe IBM 709. 7090. 709Q. and 709QII.
System Reference Library Manual. 5q pages
GA27-2726
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2q95 TAPE
CARTRIDGE READER
-- --- ---
This manuaI describes the functional and operating
characteristics of the IBM 2q95 Tape cartridge Reader
(TCR). The IBM 2q95 TCR is used to transfer data stored
on cartridge-contained 16mm magnetic tape to an IBM
System/360. The TCR accepts cartridge tapes containing
data generated on either the IBM 50 Magnetic Data Inscriber
or the IBM MagnetiC ape seIectric Typewriter System.
Systems Reference Library Manual. 12. pages
GA27-2727
SYSTEMl360 CUSTOM SYSTEMS UNIT 2909 MODEL 3 DATA CHANNEL ~ F13299 ~ 8820qS BULLETIN-PHYSICAL PLANNING
bulI.etin contains all the necessary physicaI planning
data required for the instalIation of the unit described.
If the unit is to be instalIed in conjunction with a
GA27-2737
IBM ~ ASYNCHRONOUS DATA CHANNEL ~ !11lli
CUSTOM FEATURE DESCRIPTION
~nual describes the functional and operational.
characteristics of the 2909-3 Asynchronous Data Channel.
Main TopiCS described include: instruction and command
execution. programming operation. and subchannel attachment.
This publication is a reference manual for the
programmer or systems engineer. Rnowledge of IBM System/360
operations. particularly storage addressing. data formats.
and machine instruction formats as explained in IBM
SYSTEM/360 PRINCIPLBS OF OPERATION SRL. Form GA22-6821.
is a prerequisite to using this publication. Also needed
are experience with programming concepts and techniques
or completion of basic courses of instruction in these
areas.
system Reference Library Manual, 38 pages
computer system, the speci£icatioDs of the most critical
unit must he met.
This bu11etin utilizes the same format
and standardized symbols contained in the IBM SYSTEM/360
InstalIation Manual - PhysicaI Planning. Order Number
GC22-6820
Systems Reference Library ManuaI. 6 pages
GA27-2728
IBM SYSTEMl360 MODEL 65 OPERATING PROCEDURES
This manual describes-operator procedures for an IBM 2065
Processing Unit, operating with or without an associated
IBM 1052 Printer-Reyboard. Also described are system
contro1 panel, machine functiOns, machine procedures,
programroriented procedures. and operator-intervention
procedures. An appendix of reference material and an index
are inc~uded.
Tbe reader is assumed to have a knowledge of the
foIIowing SRL publications:
IBM System/360 PrincipIes of Operation (GA22-6821).
(sections on -System structure- and ·system Control
Pane~')
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 65 FUNCTIONAL CRARACTERISTICS.
Order Number GA22-688q.
IBM SYSTEM/360 TAPE OPERATING SYSTEM OPERATING GUIDE.
Order Number GC2q-5021
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISR OPERATING SYSTEM OPERNrING GUIDE.
Order Number GC2q-5022
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM OPERATOR'S GUIDE.
Order Number GC28-65~0
For information pertaining to the operation of I/O
units that are attachabIe to the System/ 360 ModeI 65 refer
to the appropriate SRL publication.
systems Reference Library lIanuaI. q6 pages
GA27-2729
IBM SYSTEM/360 CUSTOM SYSTEMS UNIT 2972 MODEL 7
SCIENTIFIC INTERFiiCE"CONTROL UNIT ~ Eq6181 INSTALLATION BULLETIN - PHYSICAL PLANNING
This bulIetin contains-a~~ the ne~physicaI planning
data required for the instalIation of the unit described.
If the unit is to be installed in conjunction with a
computer system. the specifications of the most critica~
unit must be met. This bulletin utiIizes the same format
and standardized symboIs contained in the IBM SYSTEIV360
InstalIation Manual - PhysicaI PIanning. Order Number
GC22-6820
Systems Reference Library Manual. q pages
GA27-2730
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2285 DISPLAY COPIER
This pubIication presents a functional description of. and
operator procedures for. the IBM 2285 Display Copier.
Each 2265 attaches directly to an IBM 2250 DispIay Unit
lIodeI 1. 3. or q that is eqnipped with an attachment
featur". The 2285 provides an 8-U2-bY-ll-incb paper copy
output of the associated 2250 display upon initiation by
the 2250 operator. The 2285 obtains anaIog signaIs and
GA27-2739
AN INTRODUCTION TO TBE IBM 3270 INFORMA~ION DISPLAY SYSTEM
SYSTEM LIBRARY MANUAL --- ---------- -----This publication provides customer executives, installation
managers and planners. and IBM marketing representatives
with planning information about the IBM 3270 Information
Display System. which inc~udes Iocal and remote display
stations and printers. The publication:
o
Describes the 3270 hardware (units. features.
functional capabiIities) and its programming
support.
o
Outlines applications for alphameric displays and
guidelines for conversion.
o
Gives data on human factors, installation planning.
reliability. and p~rformance.
This publication is primariIy a planning aid and wil~ be
supplemented with reference documentation.
The current major revision incorporates descriptions of
the following speciaI features: Dial. IBM 600/1200 bps Line
Adapter. IBM 600/1200 bps Line Adapter with auto answer.
Switched Network Back capabiIity. and Q800/7200 bps
Transmission Speed.
.
ManuaI. 76 pages
GA27-27QO
IBM 7Q12 MODEL 1 CONSOLE, CUSTOM SYSTEMS ~ AA28Q6,
CUSTOM FEATURE DESCRIPTION
TiiISreference manual. describes the functional.
characte·ristics and features of the IBM 7Q12-1 Console with
the IBM 3215-1 ConsoIe Printer-Reyboard. This publication
is intended for System AnaIysts. Programmers. and Operators.
Assumed is a background knowIedge of the IBM System/360 and
Bystem/370. and of the· I/O Interface.
Manual. 26 pages
GA27-27111
INSTALLATION BULLETIN PHYSICAL PLANNING FOR IBM 7Q12
CONSOLE MODEL 1 CUSTOM SYSTEMS ~ AA28"~ - - This puhlication provides physical planning information for
the IBM 7Q12-1 ConsoIe with the IBM 3215-1 Consoel
Reyboard. IncIuded are physicaI specifications and cable.
electrical.. and enviroDDlenta1 requirements.
lIanuaI. 2 pages
118
GA27
GA27
ultimate operation of the terminal depends upon the
programmer's ingenuity and the applicaticns involved.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 2B pages
GA27-27112
~~~~~R~N~~::D7I~~R3~~~)INFORMATION DISPLAY ~ ~
Operator controls, indicators, and keys for all 3270 display
station and printer models discussed in detail, along with
typical operating and error-recovery procedures. Use of the
operator identification card reader is also discussed. The
manual's organization and layout are intended to aid the
reader in learning to operate the display station and
printer r and also to improve the retrievability of
information for an operator using the gUide as a reference
source. Readers of this manual need no previous knowledge
of computers, display stations, or data processing.
Manual, 116 pages
GA27-27119
IBM 3270 INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
This:manual includes a description of the following speCial
features: Dial, Line Adapter, Line Adapter with Auto Answer,
Switched Network Backup, and 11800/7200 hps Transmission
speed. In addition, a discussion of command execution
timing considerations has been added, and additional
descriptions are provided for the following topics:
attribute characters, locked keyboard recovery USing the
RESET key, Numeric Lock special feature operation and
Operator Identification Card Reader character code formats.
The new information is useful to programmers, analyst and in
computer-stored data.
Manual, 110 pages
GA27-2750
IBM 3270 PROBLEM DETERMINATION GUIDE - SYSTEM LIBRARY
This-manual is to be used by operators and supervisors to
determine the nature of a problem on the IBM 3270 system.
Manual. approximately 36 pages
GA27-2752
ON
IBM 32811/3286 PRINTER CUSTOM FEATURE DESCRIPTION MARGIN 2!QE
VARIABLE ~ flEB3995 - - - - - - This document contains information relating to the Margin
Stop Variable feature [RPQ EB3995). When implemented in the
3284/3286 printers [all models), this feature al10ws for
printer platens of varying lengths to be interchanged by the
operator ..
The data presented herein is directed sole1y to a
printer operator. It is intended to serve as an
instructional guide in the basic rudiments of those p1aten
remova~ and installation procedures that may be performed by
an operator once the custom feature has been installed in
the 32811/3286 Printers.
Manual., 6 pages
GA27-2753
ON
IBM 32811/3286 PRINTER CUSTOM FEATURE DESCRIPTION VERTICAL
FORMS INDEX CONTROL [RPQ EBII3211)
This document contains information relating to the Vertical
Forms Index Control feature [RPQ EBII3112). The data
contained herein is directed to a customer, his programmer
and computer operator, and is intended to assist them in the
application of this feature when used in 32811/3286 Printers.
Manual, 12 pages
ON
GA27-2758
IBM 3270 INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM CUSTOM FEATURE
DiiSCRIPTION. DUAL CASECiiiiRiic::TEii"""SET 1Y!2 8K0366
This manual contains a description of the Dual Case
Character set (RPQ BK0366) intended for customers, planners,
marketing representatives, and programmers.
Manua1, 22 pages
GA27-3011
IBM 2760 OPTICAL IMAGE UNIT COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
This Component Description Manual describes the principles
of operation of the ID:·j 2160 Opticfl.l Imflge unit chen
attached to an IBM 2740 communications Terminal, Modell.
Line-control s'ignals, message formats, special features,
communication faCilities, and data -sets that can be used
with this Tele-processing terminal are also discussed.
A major section concerning the preparation of a~work and
the photographic procedures involved in creating a filmstrip
for use in this unit will be found toward the end of the
manual.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 52 pages
GA27-3029
2721 PORTABLE AUDIO TERMINAL
This manual is designed to acquaint the reader with the
basic concepts and use of the IBM 2721 Portab1e Audio
Terminal. The publication should be used as ~ general
guideline for useful application of the termina1.
Functional and operational characteristics are discussed
in detail, and no previous reading is required for an
understanding of how the terminal operates as a remote
input/output device. The operation of the 2721 terminal
in a systems environment depends largely on how the user's
program is written; therefore, the operating procedures
outlined in this manual are of a general nature. The
GA27-3039
IBM 2721 PORTABLE AUDIO TERMINAL OPERATOR'S HANDBOOK
This manual provides instructions for installing and
operating the IBM 2721 Portable Audio Terminal. A section
on problem determination is provided to assist the operator
in deciding if the terminal requires maintenance.
For more detailed information on the fUnctions and
operation of the terminal, refer to the Systems Reference
Library Manual, Component Description: IBM 2721 Portable
Audio Terminal, GA27-3029.
Manual, 15 pages
GA27-30ll0
CUSTOM UNIT DESCRIPTION - 1970-1 REMOTE AUDIO RESPONSE UNIT
------rr'iiiS"""iilanual gives basic information necessary for - understanding the operating prinCiples of the 1970-1.
It includes a description of the functional units,
vocabulary, communication reqUirements, terminals,
data sets, operating prinCiples, security, line
requirements, applications, programming considerations,
physical characteristics, and special alphameric
ca pabil i ti es.
The chapter ·Prograrrming Consideraticns" describes
on1y general programming practices. For additional
information on progr.amming this unit with the IBM 2701
IPCA feature or Cyclic Checking feature, contact your
IBM regional products marketing representative.
It is written for the systems engineer, systems
analYSis speCialist, or the IBM System/360 programmer
who is interested in the functional and operational
characteristics of remote audio response units.
The reader should be familiar with teleprocessing
prinCiples and IBM Systeml360 programming.
Systems Reference Library, 44 pages
GA27-3011 1
IBM 1970 MODEL 1 REMOTE AUDIO RESPONSE UNIT
ItiSTALLATIoNMANuAL - PBYsICAL PLANNING-7his manual furnishes specific details of the physical
characteristics of the IBM 1970 Model 1 Remote Audio
Response Unit. Included are dimensions, weights, service
clearances, heat output, air flow, and electrical and
environmental requi~ements. Also included is ordering
information for the basic machine and available features.
Planning assistance is also available from IBM sales and
insta1lation planning representatives.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 16 pages
GA27-30113
IBM 3735 PROGRAMMABLE BUFFERED TERMINAL CONCEPT
AND APPLICATION
The purpose of this manual is two-fold: first, it introduces
the IBM 3735 Programmable Buffered Terminal; and, second
it provides planning information for those ~ho may be
involved in installing a 3735. Because of this dual
purpose, not all sections of the manual may be of interest
to each reader. Those interested in an overview and in
the highlights of the 3735 will find the Introduction of
most value; those who need more detailed information on
the terminal"s operation and functional capabilities will
find the sections on Operating Characteristics and
Implementation considerations of most interest; systems
and application programmers will find information on
Programming Considerations for the 3735 in Appendix B.
General1y, the prerequisites for this manual are an
understanding of the concept and application of the IBM
System/360 and the IBM System/370 in a teleprocessing
environment. The section on Programming Considerations
requires more extensive knOWledge of the applicable
operating system [OS or DOS).
Although not intended as a terminal operator's gUide
or as a progra~er's guide, the manual presents general
information concerning these subjects.
System Reference Library, 50 pages
GA27-30ll11
IBM 2976 MOBILE TERMINAL SYSTEM CUSTOM SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
OPERA"""TOR'S GUIDE - PBYSIc:AI:"PLiiNNING - - This manual is the primary source of infcrmation on the IBM
2976 Mobile Terminal System. The Mobile Terminal System
provides high-speed. two-way data communications between a
central IBM System/360 or System/370 and mobile terminals.
It is comprised of an IBM 2976 Model 3 Transmission Control
Unit, an IBM 2976 Model 5 Signal Converter, and a number of
IBM 2976 Model II Mobile Terminals.
The manual, contains both introductory and in-depth
information about the system components, a discussion of
programming requirements for the system, the operator
information needed to use the components of the system,
diagnostic procedures for rapid problem determination, and
the physical planning and installation information required
for planning and installing the Mobile Terminal System.
Organization of the manual into separate parts allows
the expected users to go directly to the information they
require. These users include: manageroent, programming,
119
GA27
GA32
system analyst, and central site operating personnel; mobile
terminal operators; and site planning and insta11ation
personnel.
Users who require the detailed information provided in
this publication should have a basic understanding of
telecommunications and radio operations and shoUld have IBM
system/360 or System/310 programming and operating
This publication contains introductory information on
the hardware components of the controller and on the
programs provided to support it. Any user or potential user
of a 3705, including management, programmers, operators, and
maintenance personnel, should be familiar with the contents
of this manual. The only prerequisite for this manual is an
understanding of basic teleprocessing operations.
system Library Manual, 56 pages
experience ..
Manual, 50 pages
GA27-3048
IBM 3670 BROKERAGE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
SYSTEM CONCEPTS AND CONFIGURATOR
This manual presents the concepts of the IBM 3670 Brokerage
Communication System for two types of
users~
For management
and supervisory personnel, i t provides an overview of the
hardware that includes the purpose, design highlights, and
varied applications of the system.. For support personnel
interested in more detail, i t offers a description of
individual components, program support, system organization,
and data protection~
It also provides the systems planner with technical
information to aid in configuring a system best suited to
his needs~
Included are a block diagram and a listing of
the units, features, and connections that can make up a
system~
Users of this manual should be familiar with the
contents of IBM System/360, Introduction to Teleprocessing,
GC30-2007, and IBM Teleprocessing System Summary, GA24-3090.
Hardware Concepts and Configurator, 48 pages
GA27-3049
IBM 3670 BROKERAGE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
INSTALLATION MANUAL- PBYSICAL PLANNING;
This manual is to be used as a guide by installation
planners preparing to install the IBM 3670 Brokerage
communication System. It provides technical information,
recommendations, and suggestions to be used in installation
planning, but no attempt has been made to give step-by-step
instructions for preparing the site to receive the 3670
system.
Dimensions, weights, service clearances, physical
information for each unit, and environmental and electrical
requirements are covered in this manual.
Information is
also given on cabling, electrical outlets, communication
facilities, air conditioning and humidity controls, and
environmental safety. The customer's responsibility for
planning the installation and preparing the site is
discussed.
Planners should be familiar with the 3670,
communications networks, and common-carrier services. They
should also be familiar with System Library publication, IBM
3670 Brokerage Communication system, System concepts and
Configura tor, GA27-3048.
system Reference Library Manual, 28 pages
GA27-3050
IBM 3670 BROKERAGE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM COMPONENT
DESCRIPTION MANUAL
The IBM 3670 Brokerage Communication System is a subsystem
deSigned to communicate with a TeAM supported IBM System/360
or IBM System/370~ The 3670 consists of a shared terminal
control unit and a number of independent applicationsoriented input/output devices. The components of the 3670
are:
IBM 3671 Shared Terminal Control Unit
IBM 3672 Executive Console
IBM 3673 Data Display
IBM 3674 Printer-Keyboard
This manual serves as a reference for the components of the
3670 subsystem.
It describes standard and speCial features, functions, and
operating characteristics of the control unit and of each
of the attached devices.
A separate chapter is devoted to describing each of the
four components~
This publication is written for the user who is
interested in the details of machine function and design.
It is intended for the customer systems analyst, the
customer systems programmer, the IBM Data Processing systems
engineer, the IBM Field Engineering customer engineer for
machine maintenance, and the IBM Field Engineering program
systems-representative.
It is not intended to give complete information for system
implementation.
Users of this manual should be familiar with the
contents of IBM 3670 Brokerage Communication System,
Concepts and Configurator, GA27-3048.
This prerequisite manual offers an introduction to the
concepts of the 3670 and also gives configurator
information.
Manual, 50 pages
GA27-3055
ON
IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER OPER~TOR'S GUIDE
This-puElication gives tbe operator of the IBM 3705
communications Controller the information he needs to
operate the 3705 under normal operating conditions and
in diagnostic mode. The primary user of the manual is the
operator, but anyone using the 3705 control panel for
testing or diagnostics may also need to refer to it.
A special feature of the manual is a foldout diagram
of the control panel. This diagram is divided into areas,
each of which has a number. Throughout the book, references
to a specific panel control are keyed to the section of the
diagram where that control is located.
For ease of
reference, the diagram can be folded out to be seen with any
other page of the manual.
Prerequisite Publication:
Introduction to the IBM 3705 Co«munications
Controller, GA27-3051
Operator's Guide, 74 pages
GA27-3063
COMPONENT INFORMATION FOR THE IBM 3780 DATA COMMUNICATION
TERMINAL
This manual introduces the IBM 3780 CommUnication Terminal,
designed to transmit and receive data accurately, qUickly,
and economically in a teleprocessing envircnment. The
terminal's applications, capabilities, and design highlights
are discussed, as well as use of the binary synchronous
coremunication, a description of the associated data-link
control characters, code structures, and timeouts. The
manual also discusses communication facilities, IBM modems,
and special features available for this teleprocessing
terminal~
In-depth information for those who implement customer
applications is also included. Readers concerned with the
3780's capabilities and design highligbts will find the
Introduction, card Reader, and Printer sections useful,
while those needing more detailed information on the
terminal's operation and its binary synchronous method of
coromunication should read the Operating Characteristics and
Programming Considerations sections.
Prerequisites for this manual include an understanding
of the IBM System/360 and the IBM System/370 in a
teleprocessing environment, together with knowledge of the
binary synchronous method of data-link control as outlined
in the IBM Systems Reference Library publication, General
Inforation--Binary Synchronous Communications, GA27-3004.
Manual, 70 pages
GA32-0006
TAPE SPECIFICATIONS FOR IBM ONE-HALF INCE TAPE DRIVES AT:
556 AND 800 BPI AND 3200~I-------- ---- ---- ------ --This""""iilanual provides the sp-ecifications and reqUirements
for magnetic tape to be used on IBM Tape Drives. The
specifications are presented in two parts:
General
information and Tap_e Properties Essential for IBM Tape
Drive Use. The latter section covers minimum properties
required for tape use on all IBM Tape Drives.
Manual, 11 pages
GA32-0007
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2420 MODEL 5 MAGNETIC TAPE UNIT
This bulletin describesthe characterIstics, function~
and features of the IBM 2420 Model 5 Magnetic Tape Unit.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 12 pages
GA32-0015
GA27-3051
INTRODUCTION TO THE 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
The .J,.J:Sivl 3705 ComiiiUiiications Controller is a compatible
transmission control unit designed to assume many
teleprocessing control functions formerly aSSigned to a
teleprocessing access method. The 3705 is controlled by a
program resident in the controller.
120
!!~uii10/3411 MAGNETIC TAPE SUBSYSTEM COMPONENT SUMMARY
This manual will give potential customers a general
introduction to the 3410/3411 MagnetiC Tape Subsystem..
The manual describes the IBM 3410 Models 1,2, and 3
Magnetic Tape Units and the IBM 3411 Magnetic Tape
Unit and Control.
Manual, 8 pages
GA32-0020
3803/3420 MAGNETIC TAPE SUBSYSTEMS
This manual describes the IBM 3803 Model 1 Tape Control
and tbe IBM 3420 Models 3, 5, and 7 MagnetiC Tape Units.
The 3803 Model '1 tape control provides communication between
the tape units and the system input/output interface.
The 3420 Models 3, 5, and 7 tape-units read and write onehalf inch magnetic tape at 75, 125, and 200 inches per
second respectively~ All three basic tape units read and
write nine-track, 1,600 bytes per inch (bpi), phase-encoded
format.
Nine-track, 800 bpi NRZI recording mode is
available as a feature on all models. Seven-track, 556/800
bpi NRZI recording mode is an optional feature on all
GA32
GA33
models.
A reader should be fami1iar with LBM SYS~EM/360 L/O
LNTERFACE, CHANNEL TO CONTROL UNLT, ORLGLNAL EQULPMENT
MANUFA~URERS' INFORMATLON, Form GA22-6843, and LBM
SYSTEM/360 PRLNCLPLES OF OPERATLON, Form GA22-B821 (sections
on input/output operations). system/370 users shou1d a1so
refer to IBM SYSTEMf370 PRINCLPLES OF OPERATLON, Form GA227000.
Systems Reference Library Manua1, 32 pages
GA32-0022
.N
IBM 3410/3411 MAGNETIC TAPE SUBSYSTEM COMPONENr DESCRIPTION
MANUAL
~tract avai1ab1e.
Manua1, 44 pages
GA33-1506
LBM SYS~EM/370 MODEL 125 FUN~LONAL CHARA~ERISTICS MANUAL
This manual contains information on the operations ~n
be performed on the System/370 Mode1 125, inc1uding channe1
and I/O operations.
The Model 125 is a genera1 purpose data processing
system, controlled from a central processing unit, with a
direct attachment for disk drives as a standard feature. Lt
can be equipped with a mu1tip1exer channe1 and with
integrated attachments and adapters for magnetic tape units,
card I/O devices, a printer, and teleprocessing devices.
The manual describes the basic architecture and features
of the centra1 processing unit,'and the channe1
characteristics.
The intended readership consists main1y of systems
ana1ysts evaluating the capabi1ities of the Mode1 125 in
terms of its manual and program operations, and of system
programmers writing channel programs or operating systems
for the Mode1 125. The manua1 is on1y of 1imited use to
app1ication programmers because it contains 1itt1e
information re1ated to programming 1anguages.
The first main section of the publication. ·System
Control-, describes the architectural features sucb as tbe
program status word control registers, and fixed areas in
main storage, and gives details of mode selection and other
manual operations. The second main section describes the
channel characteristics, and specifies the commands, status
and sense information of the natively-attached I/O devices.
A separate chapter describes the te1eprocessing attachment.
Instruction timings are listed in an appendix.
Prerequisite Publications:
LBM System/370 system Summary, GA22-7001
IBM system/360 princip1es of Operation, GA22-6821
LBM System/370 Princip1es of Operation, GA22-7000
Manua1, 252 pages
GA33-1507
LBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 125 CONFIGURATOR
This configurator is a-iable showing the models, features,
and attachments for the System/360 Model 125 centra1
processing unit. It is intended to be used by IBM Marketing
representa~ves, IBM System engineers, or customer systems
evaluation management.
Associated publications are:
LBM system/370 Lnput/Output Configura tor - GA22-7002
LBM 3125 Processing Unit Lntegrated Communications
,Adapter: Configurator - GA33-1508
System Library Manua1, Sing1e Page (Fo1ded)
The first main section of the pub1ication, "System Contr01",
describes the architectural features, and gives details of
mode selection and other manual operations. The second main
section describes the channel characteristics, and specifies
the commands, status and sense information of the L/O
devices contr011ed by integrated attachments and adapters.
A separate chapter describes the teleprocessing attachment.
Instruction timings are listed in an appendix. Prerequisite
pub1ications:
IBM System/370 System SUmmary, GA22-6821
LBM System/370 Princip1es of Operation, GA22-7000
Manua1, 244 pages
GA33-1511
.N
IBM SYS~EM/370 MODEL 115 CONFIGURATOR
This configura~ Intended for sa1es personne1, systems
engineers and customer systems evaluation management.
This configurator provides a concise graphic description of
the Mode1 115 with standard and optica1 features, as we11 as
a11 possib1e configurations of I/O devices which can be
direct1y attached to the Mode1 115.
Manua1
GA33-3005
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 135 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
ThIs pub1icatioDldeScribes the capabi1ities, features,
input/output channe1s, integrated adapters, and operations
of the IBM System/370 Mode1 135. The information inc1udes
the re1ationship of System/370 Mode1 135 to the IBM
System/360. The publication is intended for users and
potentia1 users (such as systems ana1ysts and programmers)
of the System/370 Mode1 135. The reader is assumed to have
a working know1edge of IBM System/370 Princip1es of
Operation (GA22-7000) and IBM System/370 System summary
(GA22-700lJ.
Manua1, 94 pages
GA33-3007
LBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 335-TERMlNAL ADAPTER ~YPE L MODEL II
(FOR ICA): SPECIAL EEATURE DESCRIP~STEM LIBRARY MANUAL
This maiiUal provides information for writing channel - - programs for the Termina1 Adapter Type I Mode1 LL subfeature
in the Integrated communications Adapter (ICA) base feature
of the LBM System/370 Mode1 135.
The manua1 is intended for app1ications programmers who
use the assembler 1anguage and who are fami1iar with
input/output programming as described in IBM System/360
Princip1es of Operation (GA22-6821) and IBM System/370
Princip1es of Operation (GA22-7000).
The Termina1 Adapter Type L Mode1 II subfeature covered
by this manua1 a110ws the Mode1 135 to communicate with
remote start/stop termina1s such as the LBM 1050 Data
Communications Terminals, and IBM System/7.
The first section of the manua1 out1ines the
re1ationship of the LCA to the CPU main storage and to the
external communication link. Subsequent sections give
details of transmission codes, methods of e~ror detection,
special characters, status and sense information, and
communication proce.dures. Appendixes give information about
the particu1ar requirements of the remote devices.
Manua1, 56 pages
GA33-3008
LBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 135 TERMINAL ADAPTER TYPE III FOR lCA:
SPECIAL FEATORE-niSCRIPTION
---- --- -- -- --This manua1 provides information for writing channe1
programs for the Termina1 Adapter Type ILL subfeature in the
integrated communications adapter (ICA) base feature of the
IBM System/370 Mode1 135. '
The manua1 is intended for app1ications programmers who
use assemb1er 1anguage and who are fami1iar with
input/output programming as described in IBM System/360
Princip1es of Operation (GA22-6821) and LBM System/370
Princip1es of Operation (GA22-7000).
The Termina1 Adapter Type LIL subfeature a1lows the
Model 135 to communicate 'with remote1y sited IBM 2260 or
2265 Disp1ay Stations, via IBM 2848 or 2845 Disp1ay
Contro1s, respective1y.
The first section of the manua1 out1ines the
re1ationship of the LCA to the CPU main storage and to the
externa1 communication 1ink. Subsequent sections give
detai1s of transmission codes, methods of error detection,
special characters, commands, ·status and sense information,
and communication procedures.
System Library Manua1, 36 pages
GA33-1509
LBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 125 OPERATLON PROCEDURES
This manua1 is intended for operating personne1 using the
System/370 MOde1 125.
The manua1 is divided into four section: The
Introduction, The Operation console, Operation Actions and
the Appendix. The section on the operator conso1e describes
the hardware and the facUities avai1ab1e for the manua1
contro1 of the system. ~he section on the operator actions
describes how the faci1ities are used, how to hand1e
unexpected situations, and how to recover from a fault. The
appendix provides reference information for the hand1ing of
L/O devices that can be direct1y attached (no contr01 unit
or channe1 is needed) to the Mode1 125. Restart procedures
for the 2560 mu1tifunction card Machine, attached direct1y
to the MOde1 125, are a1so given.
Manual, 120 pages
GA33-1510
.N
LBM SYSTEMf370 MODEL 115 FUN~IONAL CBARA~ERISTICS
Contains information onthe operations of the System/370
Mode1 135. The Mode1 115 is a genera1 purpose data
processing system, with a direct disk attachment as a
standard feature. It can be equipped with integrated
attachments or adapters for magnetic tape units, a 1ine
printer, a oons01e printer, and te1eprocessing devices. A
multip1exer channel or an integrated attachment for a mu1tifunction card device is avai1ab1e. The manua1 describes the
basic architecture and features of the central processing
unit, and the channel characteristics.
The intended readership consists main1y of systems
ana1ysts eVa1uating the capabi1ities of the Mode1 115 in
terms of its manua1 and program operations, and of system
programmers writing channel programs or operating systems.
GA33-3009
LBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 135-SYNCHRONOOS DA~A ADAPTER TYPE LL
(FOR lCA): SPECIAL Ii!EATORE DESCRIPTION"" - - - - - This iiiiiiiiiii1 provid..sre£erence informaticn for programmers
writing channe1,programs for the Synchronous Data Adapter
Type II subfeatnre ,in the Lntegrated Communication Adapter
(LCA) feature of tbe IBM System/370 Model 135.
The Synchronous Data Adapter Type LL subfeature a110ws
the Mode1 135 to communicate with other processing systems
and termina1s that operate under binary ,synchronous
communications procedures.
The manua1 is intended for app1ications programmers who
use assemb1er 1anguage and who are fami1iar with
121
GA33
SBOF
input/output programming as deScribed in IBM SYstem/360
Principles of Operation lGA22-6821) and IBM System/370
Principles of Operation lGA22-7000). The reader should also
he familiar with the basic principles of binary synchronous
communications, such as is given io General Infor.matian Binary Synchronous COmmunications IGA27-300~).
The first section of the manual outlines the
relationship of the ICA to the CPU main storage and to the
external communication link; the second section summarizes
the prinCiples of binary synchronous communications.
GA33-4500
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS - 2826 PAPER TAPE
CONTROL UNIT 1017 PAPER TAPE READER 1018 PAPER TAPE PUNCH
This publication descrIbesthe above--;;amed papertap-e--·
input/output components for the reading and punching of
paper or Mylar* tape. Attachment is to the multiplexer
channel of the IBM System/360 Models 25. 30. qO. and 50.
The channel commands necessary to control the operation
of the above units. and the status and sense bytes provided
by the control unit. are fully described.
Subsequent sections give details of the transmission codes
Controls. tape specifications. tape-splicing procedures,
used in the Synchronous Data Adapter Type II. the error
detection methods used, control characters, commands, status
and sense information, and operations of the adapter.
Manua1. 64 pages
GA33-3010
IBM ·SYSTEM/370 MODEL 135 CHANNEL CHARACTERISTICS
This manua1 provides information needed for checking that a
proposed configuration of I/O devices on the channels of IBM
System/370 will work satisfactorily. The hook is intended
for use in systems assurance work at the planning stage.
Procedures with examples are given for testing the
effects of imposing heavy loads on the Model 135 channels.
The effects covered are: data overrun, loss of device
performance •. channel interference with the CPU. program
overrun, and excessive channel utilization •.
Additional but related topics covered in the book are:
(1) priority sequence of devices on the byte-multiplexer
channel Iwith examples that include the 1419 MagnetiC
Character Reader with expanded capability); (2) the effects
of ciock-multiplexing on channel busy time and percentage
channel utilization; and (3) channel programming
conventions. upon which the validity of test procedures in
the hook is based.
tape-loading procedures. and special features are also
described.
Systems Reference Library Manual. 42 pages
GA34-1507
*N
IBM SYSTEM/7-360/370 CHANNEL ATTACHMENT: GENERAL INFORMATION
This manual describes the RPQ D08112 (System/7 360/370
channel attachment. and RPQD08113 two channel switch). It
contains a general explanation of system/7 360/370
attachment to 360/370 channel data transfer sequences. For
correct operation, the machine language instructions, status
and sense bytes are explained in detail.
Manual. 36 pages
GA34-1511
*N
SYSlrEM/370
INFORMATION
This manual
bes the configuration of the SBCU with
System/370 and System/7. It describes tbe functional
operation of the SBCU along with an explanation of the 370
channel commands issued to it. This publication also
describes the order and responses sent between the SBeA and
SBCU.
Manual
Prerequisite Publications
The reader must be familiar with System/370 input/output
operations as presented in:
IBM System/360 PrinCiples of Operation GA22-6821
IBM System/370 Principles of Operation GA22-7000
IBM System/370 MOdel 135 Functional Characteristics
GA33-3005
IBM System/360 and System/370 Interface Channel Unit
original Equipment Manufacturers Information GA22-6974.
GA36-0002
IBM 4481 FILM READER/RECORDER
This publication provides basic information about the IBM
4481 Film Reader/Recorder. with the objective of helping
reader to achieve a general unders.tanding of the machine" s
operation. its interface with the IBM System/360 through
the IBM 1827 Data Control Unit. and its functional
For testing data overrun on the byte-multiplexer channel.
the following special worksheet in required: IBM System/370
Model 135 Byte-Multiplexer Channel: Load Sum Worksheet GX336004.
Manua1. 102 pages
GA33-3011
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 135 - TELEGRAPH ADAPTER TYPE II
I FOR ICAI: SPECIAL FEATURE DESCRIPTIO"ii"MAliiJAL-- -
*N
characteristics. Programming considerations, timing
information, operator controls, and installation planning
are discussed in detail.
Systems Reference Library Manual. 36 pages
GA36-0003
4481 FILM READER/RECORDER PROGRAI!!lER"S GUIDE
This publication prQvides information that will enable
This manual is primarily for communication programmers who
the user to write programs for the IBM 4q81 Film
wish to write their own channel programs for the Telegraph
Adapter Type II feature. The manual will also be of
interest to programmers wbo intend to· use programs that are
available from IBM. The Telegraph Adapter Type II feature
lavailable in USA only) is one of the optional subfeatures
in the integrated communications adapter lICA) feature of
the IBM 3135 Processing Unit. The subfeature allows the IBM
Reader/Recorder.
System/370 Model 135 to communicate with remote
perform transmission of data to and from the Film
Reader/Recorder.
systems Reference Library ProgrammerL's Guide,. 38 pages
Programming considerations are discussed
prior to acquaintirig.the user with the software support
designed for his use, The user-oriented support programs
comprise a set of
ma~o~instructions
which control data
flcw between the System/360 Central processing Unit and
the Film Reader/Recorder. and a selection of FORTRAN
callable. subroutines and image handling programs which
teletypewriter-exchange-service (TWX) terminals. Models 33 ,
35.
The first section of the manual outlines the relation-
ship of the ICA to the main storage of the 3135 Processing
SBOF-2250
PTF FOR OS/IIS2
Unit and to the external communication link; the section
also gives input/output programming information. The
remaining sections of the manual apply solely to the
Telegraph Adapter Type II feature and give the programmer
;O-abstract available.
Microfiche
details of: Transmission codes. Methods of error detection.
Control characters. commands. status and sense information.
communication procedures.and line monitoring.
An appendix give the TWX code structure for the remote
devices.
SBOF-6100
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-AL-531
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
PTF Listings. Microfiche
Manua1. 30 pages
GA33-3014
IBM SYS'l'EMI'370 MODEL 135 CONFIGURATOR
This publication lists-the standard. optional. and selective
SBOF-6103
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-AS-037
PTF listings for p"ogram number listed in ti tJ e above.
f""tures of the IBM System/370 Model 135. and describes how
these features attach to the system/370 Model 135. Details
PTF Listings. Microfiche
of feature numbers. prerequisite features. programming
support. and control storage requirements are also given.
This configurator is intended for IBM marketing
personnel. and for customer systems p1anners; that is. it is
intended for readers who are involved with planning Model
135 system configurators and who need to know how the
SBOF-6106
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CB-524
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
PTF Listings. Microfiche
features and combinations of features can be attached to the
Model 135. TO make the best use of this configurator. the
reader should be familiar with the information in IBM
System/370 MOdel 135 FUnctional Characteristics.
This configurator lists the Model 135 features under the
following general headings:
o
o
standard. optiona~w and selective features
instruction sets
o
channels
SBOF-6109
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CB-545
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
PTF Listings. Microfiche
SBOF-6110
PTF
o
integrated adapters
Manual. q4 pages
PROGRAr·~
NUl·mER 3GOS-CI-505
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
122
*N
SBOF
SIIOF
SBOF-6113
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-C1:-535
PTF listings for program Dumber listed in title above.
PTF Listings .. Microfiche
SBOF-6161
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LD-547
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
SBOF-6116
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-C1:-555
PTF listings for program Dumber listed in title above.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
SBOF-6110
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-501
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
SBOF-6119
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-C0-503
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
SBOF-6113
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-512
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
SBOF-6122
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360s-co-513
SBOF-6116
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-525
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
PTF Listings. Microfiche
Pl'F listings for program number listed in ti tIe above.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
SBOF-6125
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360s-co-519
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
PTF Listings. Microfiche
SBOF-6119
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-532
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
PTF Listings, Microfiche
SBOF-6128
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360s-co-548
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
PTF ·Listings, Microfiche
SBOF-6182
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-537
PTF listings for program Dumber listed in title above.
PTF Listings. Microfiche
SBOF-6131
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DM-508
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
SBOF-6185
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-542
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
PTF Listings, Microfiche
SBOF-6137
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DN-527
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
SBOF-6140
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DN-533
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
SBOF-6188
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-546
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
PTF Listings. Microfiche
SBOF-6192
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-NL-511
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
PTF Listings, Microfiche
SBOF-6143
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DN-539
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
SBOF-6195
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-PL-.552
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
PTF Listings, Microfiche
SBOF-6198
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-PT-516
SBOF-6146
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DN-554
PTF
~istings for program number
~isted
m
1istings for program number listed in title above.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
in tit1e above ..
PTF Listings, Microfiche
SBOF-6149
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-ED-521
SBOF-6201
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-RC-536
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
SBOF-6152
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-F0-500
PTF listings for program number 1isted in ti tie above.
SBOF-6204
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-RC-541
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
PTF Listings, Microfiche
SBOF-6155
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-F0-520
SBOF-6207
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-RC-543
PTF listings for program number 1isted in title above.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
P'l'F listings for program number listed in tit1e above.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
SBOF-6158
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-F0-550
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
SBOF-6210
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-RC-551
PTF listings for program number listed in tit1e above.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
SBOF-6161
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-1:0-523
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
SBOF-6213
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-RG-038
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
SBOF-616/j
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-1:0-526
PTF listings for program nUlllber listed in" title above.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
SBOF-6216
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-SM-023
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
123
SBOF
SBOF-6219
PrF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-UT-506
PrF ~istings for program number
PTF Listings, Microfiche
SBOF
~isted
in title above.
SBOY-6222
PrF MODULE GENERATION - OS
PrF ~istings for Operating System Module Generation.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
SBOF-6260
PrF PROGlUIM NUMBER 360N-IO-455
PTF ~istings for program number ~isted in title above.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
SBOF-6262
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-ID-456
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
SBOF-6225
PrF SERVICE AIDS OS
PrF ~istings~operating System service Aids.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
SBOF-6264
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-IO-.457
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
SBOF-6230
PrF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-AS-~65
PrF ~istings for program. number ~isted in title above.
PrF Listings, Microfiche
SBOF-6266
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER .360N-IO-458
·PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
SBOF-6232
PrF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-AS-~66
.PrF ~istings for program number
PTF Listings, Microfiche
SBOF-6268
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-IO-476
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
~isted
in
tit~e
above.
PTE Listings, Microfiche
SBOF-623~
PrF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CB-~52
PrF ~istings for program number
~isted
in title above.
~isted
in title above.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
SBOY-6236
PrF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CB-~68
PrY ~istings for program number
SBOF-6270
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-IO-477
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
SBOF-6272
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-ID-478
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
SBOF-6238
PrY PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CB-~82
PrF listings for program number
PTF Listings. Microfiche
~isted
in
tit~e
above.
SBOF-6274
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-PL-464
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
SBOF-6240
PrY PROGRAM NUMBER
PTF Listings. Microfiche
360N-CL-~53
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
PTF Listings. Microfiche
SBOF-6242
PrY PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CQ-469
PrY ~istings for program number
~isted
in title above.
SBOF-6218
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-RG-.460
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
~isted
in title .above.
SBOF-6280
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER .360N-SM-400
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
~isted
in title above.
SBOF-6282
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SM-~50
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
~isted
in tiUe above.
SBOF-6284
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SM-483
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
PTF Listings. Microfiche
PTF Listings, Microfiche
SBOF-6244
PrY PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CQ-470
PrY ~istings for program number
PTF Listings, Microfiche
SBOY-6248
PrY PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-DN-481
~istings for program number
PTF
PTF Listings, Microfiche
SBOY-6250
PrY PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-ED-484
PrY ~istings for program number
PrY Listings, Microfiche
SBOF-6276
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-PT-~59
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
SBOF-6252
PrY PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-ED-485
PrF ~istings for program number 1isted in title above.
SBOF-6286
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-5V-473
PTF listings for program number
SBOF-6254
PrY PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-FO-451
PrY ~istings for program number
~isted
in title above.
SBOF-6288
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SV-474
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
in title above.
SBOF-6290
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SV-475
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
PTE Listings. Microfiche
SBOF-6256
PrY PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-YD-479
PrY ~istings for program number
listed in title above.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
PTE Listings. Microfiche
~isted
PrF Listings. Microfiche
SBOY-6258
PrF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-ID-454
PrF listings for program number listed in title above.
PrF Listings, Microfiche
SBOF-6292
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER .360N-5V-486
PTF listings for program number listed in title above ..
PTF Listings, Microfiche
124
SB21
SBOF
Field Developed Program Availability Notice, 4 pages
SBOF-6294
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SV-487
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
SB21-0011
iij~~i[~~ii~~~~~~~ca::p:a:b~i~l~i:t:ies
SBOF-6296
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SV-488
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
PrF Listings, Microfiche
programs.
of the system and the
Discussion of design assumptions and potential
modification areas are included. Record and file layouts
are described. and primary processing procedures specified.
This manual is both a system description and an installation
and operations reference
SBOF-6298
PrF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-OT-461
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
document~
This program provides ability to transmit, capture on
disk, balance, and settle batches of MICR encoded bank
documents. Operating under DOS BTAM, it accumulates totals
by application or type of entry for each bank.
Field Developed Program - Program Description/Operations
Manual, 30 pages
SBOF-6300
PrF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-~462
PrF listings for program number listed in title above.
PTF Listings., Microfiche
LB21-0012
2770/1255 REMOTE MICR ENTRY SYSTEM - SYSTEMS GOlDE
PROGRAM NUMBER 57~-D--- ----- - ------- ---~s~anual· is for the Systems Analyst. Programmer
SBOF-6302
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-UT-463
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
and Operator during the Systems Test and Daily Operations of
the programs. It also contains programmer notes to assist
in making minor alterations.
PTF Listings. Microfiche
This program provides ability to transmit, capture on
disk, balance, and settle batches of MICR encoded bank
documents. Operating under DOS BTAM, it accumulates totals
by application or type of entry for each bank.
Field Developed Program - Systems Guide, 138 pages
SBOF-6304
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-OT-471
PTF listings for program Dumber listed in title above.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
GB21-0019
VEHICLE MAINTENANCE! COST ANALYSIS: ~ ~ l.Q... 25
! UP :: FDP AVAILABILITY NOTICE. PROG. NO. 5798-AAG
This manual provides programs which assist in controlling
maintenance cost of equipment. This is accomplished by
processing vehicle information in a manner that facilitates
SBOF-6306
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-UT-472
PTF listings for program number listed in title above.
PTF Listings. Microfiche
the measurement and evaluation of equipment performance.
Manual, 8-1/2 x 11, 4 pages
SBOF-6308
PTF SERVICE AIDS DOS
PTF listings~Disk Operating System Service Aids.
PTF Listings, Microfiche
MAINTENANCE AND fQl!! ANALYSIS, SYSTEM/360 ~ l.Q...
P: PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL, FDP PROG.
8-AAG
manual describes the capabilities of the system and the
programs. Discussion of design assumptions and potential
modification areas are included. Record and file layouts
are described and primary'processing procedures are
specified. This manual is both a system description and an
installation and operations reference document.
Provides programs which assist in controlling the
maintenance cost of equipment. This is accomplished by
processing vehicle information in a manner that facilitates
the measurement and evaluation of equipment performance.
Manual, 8-1/2 x 11, 120 pages
GB21-0001
GENERALIZED VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM (VSP) NETWORK
FOR LOS ANGELES; FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM- - - - AVAILABILITY NOTICE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AAA
Provides the ~geles based distributor a 'new method of
implementing the IBM Vehicle scheduling Program (360A-ST06X). The network and its ·associated program eliminate the
need for each distrihutor to develop his own VSP maps.
Availability Notice, 4 pages
SB21-0002
GENERALIZED VERICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM
NETIiORK FOR LOS ANGELES FIELD DEiiELOPED
IiESCiUPTION/OPERiiTiONSMANiii\L - PROGRAM NO
Describes the capabilities of the system
5798-AAA
the programs.
LB21-0021
VEHICLE MAINTENANCE !!!B COST ANALYSIS, SYSTEM/360
25 AND UP: SYSTEMS GUIDE, FDP PROG. NO •. 5798-AAG
Discussion of design assumptions and potential modification
areas are included. Record and file layouts are described
and primary processing procedures specified. This manual is
ANGELES. CALIFORNIA:
GUIDE --- -Los Angeles provides a means
l.Q...
and Operator during the Systems Test and Daily Operations of
the programs. It also contains programmer notes to assist
both a system description and an installation and operations
reference document.
.
Provides the Los Angeles based distributor a new method
of implementing the IBM Vehicle scheduling Program (360A-ST06X). The network and its associated program eliminate the.
need for each distributor to develop his. own VSP maps.
Manual, 36 pages
.
LB21-0003
VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM
GENiiRiiLIZED VSP NETWORK FOR LOS
FIELD DEVELOPED PROGIU\I·I SYSTIll·IS
PROGRAM NUMBER 5798=AAA - - - The Generalized VSP Network for
~
This ·User's Manual· is for the Systems Analyst, Programmer
in making minor cil.teratioDS.
The manual provides programs which assist in controlling
the maintenance cost of equipment. "lhis is accomplished by
processing vehicle information in a manner that facilitates
the measurement and evaluation of equipment performance.
Manual, 8-1/2 x 11, 215 pages
GB21-0028
SYSTEM/360 PROGRAM :REPOBT INVENTORY ~ :: Ell!
AVAILABILITY NOTICE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AAK
AS data processing sYs~c~re .advanced. user
demands for greater productive output are increasing.
Data
processing departments are vitally concerned with more
difficult questions concerning efficient operations,
scheduling, and programming.
These ans~ers can be supplied through the Program/Report
Inventory System. This set of six ANS CCBOL programs
provides management documentation for the analysis of vital
program and report information.
Availability Notice, 4 pages
for creating" a routing network within the Los Angeles basin
(all of Los Angeles and Orange Counties located south of the
Santa susanna and san Gabriel mountain ranges). This manual"
provides program flowcharts, program listings, and operating
instructions for the Map Selection, Link Verification. and
Zone Selection· Programs. These programs are used to. develop
a network unique to a given distributor. Licensed Program
Product material.
Provides the Los Angeles based distributor a new method
of implementing the IBM Vehicle Scheduling Program (360A-ST06X). The network and its associated program eliminate the
need for each distributor to develop his own VSP maps.
FDP Systems Guide, set of 335 plastic overlays, 168 pages
GB21-0010
2770/1255 REMOTE MICR ENTRY SYSTEM (UNDER DOS BTAM) - FDP
AVAILABILITYiiOTICE - PROG. NO. 5798-AAil - - - - - - - This~rogram provides abIIity-to transmit, capture on disk,
balance. and settle batches of MICR encoded bank document,s.
Operating under DOS STAM, it accumulates totals by
applicatiak or type of entry for each bank.
SB21-0029
PROGRAM REPORT INVENTORY SYSTEM
PRciiiiiAM iiEsffiPTION OPERAiii5iS"MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5798';AAK
--~uar-aescribes the capabilities of the system and the
prcgrams. Discussion of design assumpticns and potential
modification areas are included. Record and file layouts
.are
described~
and primary processing procedures are
specified. This manual is both a system description and an
installation and op~rations reference dQcument •.
As data processing systems became more advanced, user
'demands for greater productive output are increasing. Data
processing departments are vitally concerned with more
125
SB21
SB21
difficult questions concerning efficient operations.
scheduling. and programming.
These answers can be supplied through the Program/Report
Inventory System. This set of, six ANS COBOL programs
provides management documentation for the analysis of vital
program and report information.
Field Developed Program publication, 58 pages
CS/40 to take advantage of the high-speed DOS/360 Tape and
Disk Sort program for sorting emulated 1311 disk files.
Independent input and outpu~ routines are provided which
allow the DOS/360 SOrt (360N-SM-0483) or the Program Product
(5136-SM1) to read and write disk files in emulator format.
Improvements in sorting times over sort 5 or Sort 6 running
under CS/30 will be as great as 10 percent.
Availability Notice, 4 pages
LB21-0030
PROGRAM REPORT INVENTORY SYSTEM - SYSTEM GOIDE
SB21-0035
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SORT EXIT RODTINES FOR CONTROL SYSTEM
1CS)/30/40 FILES - FIELD DEVELOPED PROGR~ESCRiPTiO-N----
OPERATIONS MAiiiiAL-- PROGRAM NUMBER ~M
This ,manual describes the capabilities of the system and the
PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AAK ------ - ------ ----~er·s Manual is for the system Analyst, Programmer,
and operator during the Systems Test and Daily Operations
of the program. It also contains programmer notes to assist
in making minor alterations.
As data processing systems become more advanced. user
demands for greater productive output are increasing_ Data
programs.
processing departments are vitally concerned with more
difficult questions concerning efficient operations.
scheduling, and programming.
These answers can be supplied through the Program/Report
Inventory System. This set of six ANS COBOL programs
provides management documentation for the analysis of vital
program and report information.
Field Developed program publication, 113 pages
GB21-0031
PRODUCTION ORDER INVENTORY
~RACKING
SYSTEM FOR S/360-310
Discussion of design assumptions and potential
modification areas are included. Record and file layouts
are described, and primary processing procedures are
specified. This manual is both a system description and an
.insta1lation and operations reference document.
This program provides routines which allow users of
CS/30,or,CS/40 to take advantag~ of the high-speed DOS/360
Tape and Disk sort program for sorting emulated 1311 disk
files. Independent input and output routines are provided
wbich allow the DOS/360 SOrt (360N-SM-0483) or the Program
Product (5136-SM1) to read and write disk files in emulator
format. Improvements in sorting times over Sort 5 or Sort 6
running under CS/30 will be as great as 10 percent.
Manual, 24 pages
*N
AVAILABILrTY NOTICE - FOP .S798-AAL ------ ---
This Field Developed-Program written in Assembler, extends
the proven capabilities of CICS/OS Version 1 (5136-U11) in
the areas of transaction control. user data file control and
accessing, and the recovery of these data files with its
related restart of the system. A comprehensive audit trail
is maintained to facilitate the multiple advanced data file
recovery teChniques included in this program. Data file
integrity is maintained at record level. Data record
stalemates are detected and corrected. A test mode facility
is provided to assist the programmer. These enhancements
are implemented easily by the application progammer through
a set of assembler language macro instructions or COBOL
statements. No modification of CICS or OS,is required to
implement the Production Order Inventory Tracking System.
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
instruction for the Field Developed Program and all its
r,elated documentation, for management and data processing
personnel who are prospective users of the program and
others who require information concerning it.
Notice, 4 pages
LB21-0036
SB21-0032
.N
PRODUCTION ORDER INVENTORY ~RACKING SYSTEM FOR S/360-310
~ DESCiUPfION/OPERATIONS MANUlIL
FDP/i5198-AAL
This Field Developed program written in Assembler, extends
the proven capabilities of CICS/OS Version l,(5136-U11) in
the areas of transaction control, user data file control and
accessing, and the recovery of these data files with its
related restart of the system. A comprehensive audit trail
is maintained to facilitate the multiple advanced data file
recovery techniques included in this program. Data file
GB21-0043
=
integrity is maintained at record level..
Data record
stalemates are detected and corrected. A test mode facility
is provided to assist the programmer. These enhancements
are implemented easily by the application progammer through
a set of assembler language ma=o instructions or COBOL
statements. No modification of CICS or OS is required to
implement the Production Order Inventory Tracking System.
This program Description/operations Manual provides the
user with sufficient information to understand, install and
!l!§! OPERATING SYSTEM SOR'r EXIT ROUTINES FOR
CS/30/40 FILES SYSTEMS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5198-AAM
·1 Use?"S"f.ianua1 1
is for the systems Analyst, Programmer,
and operator during the Systems Test and Daily Operations of
tbe programs. It also contains pr09~ammer notes to assist
in making minor alterations.
This program provides routines which allow users of
CS/30 or CS/40 to take advantage of the high-speed D06/360
Tape and Disk Sort program for sorting emulated 1311 disk
files. Independent input and output routines are provided
which allow the oos/360 sort (360N-SM-0483) or the Program
Product (51,36-5111) to read and write disk files in emulator
format. Improvements in sorting times over sort 5 or Sort 6
running under CS/30 will be as great as 10 percent.
Field Developed Program System Guide, 85 pages
This
~ ~
FI
NOTICE - PROG. NO.
NING
~
= FDP AVAILABILITY
~uIilic Utility
System/360 Model 25 and above, provides a tool to assist the
corporate planning function of electric, gas, and
combination uti1ities.
,
Rather than attempt to forecast the future based on
statistical analysis of past data, this system projects data
into'the future based on management estimates of future
performance. The user provides current financial and
operating data, as well as planning assumptions about future
values of the data dtems. Based on this information, the
system produces projected financial statements for a fiveyear planning period. These documents would be used by
corporate planners to evaluate the given plan.
Field Developed Program Availability Notice, 4 pages
SB21-00"4
PUBLIC UTILITY
PLANNING 'SYSTEM - FIELD DEVELOPED
PiiOOiiAM - PROG
~~=,-,I",O:.:N OPERiiTIOiiii MANUAL
PRciGiiiiii HuMBER
This man~scr es the capabilities of the system and the
LB21-0033
*N
PRODUCTION ORDER INVENTORY TRACKING SYSTEM FOR S/360-310
programs. Discussion of design assumptions and potential
SYSTEMS GUIDE - FDP # 5798-AAL
------ --modification areas are included. Record and file layouts
are described, and primary processing procedures are
This Field,Developed-program written in Assembler, extends
the proven capabilities of CICS/OS Version 1 (5136-U11) in
specified. This manual is both a system description and an
the areas of transaction control. user data file control and
installation and op~rations reference document.
accessing, and the recovery of these data files with its
The Public Utility Financial Planning System, for the
System/360 Model 25 and above, provides a tool to assist the
related restart of the system. A comprehensive audit trail
corporate planning function of electric, gas, and
is maintained to facilitate the multiple advanced data file
combination utilities.
recovery techniques included in this program. Data file
integrity is maintained at record level. Data record
Rather than attempt to forecast the future based on
statistical analysis of past data, this system projects data
stalemates are detected and corrected. A test mode facility
is provided to assist the programme'r. These enhancements
into the future based on management estimates of futUre
are implemented easily by the application progammer through
performance. The user provides current financial and
a set of assembler language macro instructions or COBOL
operating data, as well as planning assumptions about future
statements. No modification of CICS or OS is required to
values of the data items. Based on this information, the
implement the Production Order Inventory Trackillq system.
System produces projected financial statements for a fiveyear planning period. These documents woul'd be used by
This systems gUide provides the systems Analyst with the
necessary information on the design, logic and coding of the
corporate planners to evaluate the given plan.
Manual, 41 pages
system to enable him to make modifications, diagnose program
errors and perform program maintenance.
Guide, 614 pages
successfully use the program.
.
Manual, 243 pages
GB21-0034
DDS 'sOR'r EXIT ROUTINES FOR CS/30/40 DISK FILES - FOP
iVitLiiBILffi""NOTICE pROG. BO. 519B-AM - - - This program proviCI~s routine" WiiICiiilIlow users of CS/30 or
126
SB21
LB21
LB21-0045
PUBLIC UTILITY FINANCIAL PLANNING SYSTEM ~
PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AAQ
This 'User's Manual' is for the systems Ana~yst. Programmer,
and Operator during the systems Test and Daily Operations of
the programs. It also contains programmer notes to assist
terminal system.
It is
~
generalized. single-thread.
The Public Utility Financial Planning System, for the
System/360 Model 25 and above, provides a tool to assist the
transaction oriented system that can be quickly installed,
and requires no specialized training in teleprocessing
concepts, STAM, or Assembler Language to implement the
system. It utilizes design concepts of the more
sophisticated data base/data communication systems where
possible. It complements and provides a logical growth path
to systems such as IBM Customer Information Control System
(CICS).
corporate planning function of e1ectric, gas, and
combination utilities.
Operation Manual, 90 pages
in making minor alterations.
Field Developed Program - Program
Rather than attempt to forecast the future based on
statistical analysis of past data, this system projects data
into the future based on management estimates of future
performance.
The user provides current financial and
operating data, as well as planning assumptions abcut future
values of the data items. Based on this information, the
system produces projected financial statements for a fiveyear planning period. These documents would be used by
corporate planners to evaluate the given plan.
Field Developed Program system Guide, 147 pages
GB21-0046
SMF SELECTABLE ANALYZER FDP AVAILABILITY NOTICE, E.!!Q!h. !!!h
5798-AAR
This is a program using as input the data created by the
SMF option of OSIMFT and MVT. Based on control card
specification, the program main procedure will call
in report overlay procedur~s.
The report procedures include analysis and display
of information relating to CPU and I/O utilization,
Descri~tion
LB21-0063
MINIMUM TELEPROCESSING COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM: FDP SYSTEMS
GUIDE, PROG. NO. 5798-AAY, ~ NO. 8021
--- ------7bis ·user·s Manual' is for the Systems Analyst, Programmer,
and Operator during the systems Test and Daily Operations of
the programs. It also contains programmer notes to assist
in making minor alterations.
Now. a Minimum Teleprocessing Communication System is
available to the DOS user whc would like to install a first
terminal system. It is a generalized, single-thread,
transaction oriented system that can be quickly installed
and requires no speCialized training in teleprocessing
concepts, STAH, or Assembler Language to implement the
system. It utilizes design concepts of the more
sophisticated data base/data communicaticn systems where
possible. It complements and provides a logical growth path
to systems such as IBM Customer Information Control System
(eICS) •
Manual, 10 pages
multiprogramming activity, program use profile, job and
task initiation and completion, and distribution of cost.
Notice, 2 pages
SB21-0047
OPERATING S
ANALYZER PRO
This manu
N FOR SYSTEM/360 MODEL 22 , OP - FDP
E =--iROG. NO. 5798-iiiiA -- - -- - lin permItS the user to maintain a small
Ml360 SYSTEM MANAGEMENT FACILITY SELECTABLE
(2K) and expand this partition to the necessary
a request is made by seizing extra memory from the
other two possible partitions.' The programs being processed
in the other partiticns are, temporarily stored on disk files
until the seized area has completed the assigned task, then
processing resumes as if DO seizure had taken place.
RAM DE'SCiffiiTION/OPERATION MANUAL
5798-AAR
--scribes the capabilities of the system and
the programs.
Discussion of design assumptions and
potential modification areas are included.
Record and
file layouts are described. and primary processing
procedures specified.
Field
D~el~ed
Program PUblication. 2 pages
This manual is both a system
description.and an installation and operations reference
document.
This is a program using as input the data created by
the SMF option of OS/MFT and MVT. Based on ~ontrol card
specification. the program main procedure will call in
report overlay procedures. The report procedures ,include
analysis and display of information relating to CPU and
I/O utilization. multiprogramming activity. program use
distribution of cost.
Manual, 62 pages
SB21-0068
~~
ROLLOUT/ROLLIN FIELD
~!El!~ OPERATIONS MANUAL
capabilities of the system and the
programs. Discussion of deSign assumpticns and potential
modification areas are included. Record and file layouts
are described, and primary processing procedures are
specified. This manual is both a system description and an
installation and operations reference document.
User Rollout/Rol~in permits the user to maintain a small
partition (2K) and expand this partition to the necessary
size when a request is made by seizing extra memory from the
other two possible partitions. The programs being processed
in the other partitions are temporarily stored on disk files
until the seized ar~a has completed the assigned task. then
processing resumes as if.DO seizure had taken place.
Manual, 13 pages
LB21-0048
OS ~ SELECTABLE ANALYZER SYSTEMS GUIDE, FDP.E!!!!h!!!h
5798-AAR
This
-U~er·s
Manual- is for the systems Analyst.
Programmer and Operator during the systems Test and
Daily Operations of the programs. It also contains
programmer notes to assist in. making minor alterations.
This is a program using as input the data created by
the SMF option of OS/MFT and MVT.
Based on control card
specification. the program main procedure wilL call in
report overlay procedures. The report procedures include
analysis and display of information relating to CPU and
x/o utilization. multiprogramming activity. program use
profile, job and task initiation and completion, and
distribution of cost.
'
Guide, 121 pages
GB21-0061
MINIMUM TELEPROCESSING COMMUIIICAT
iiiiiiILiiBnrl'Y NOTICE, ~ He. 57
Now. a Minimum Teleprocessing COmmon cation system is
available to the DOS user who would like to instal~ a first
terminal system. It is a generalized, single-thread,
transaction oriented system that can be quick~y installed
and requires no specialized training in teleprocessing
concepts, STAH or ASsembler Language to implement the '
system. It utilizes design concepts of the more
sophisticated data base/data communication systems where
possible. It complements and provides a logical growth
path to systems such as IBM CUstomer Information Control
System (CICS).
Field Developed Program Availability Notice, 4 pages
SB21-0062
MINIMUM TELEPROCESSING COMMIJllICATIONS SYSTEM
~ NUMBER 5798-AAY
GB21-0136
DATA CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM (UNDER 'OS AND DOS) - FDP
AVAiLABILITY NOTICE, PROG. NO. 579S::ACc'" - - - ---
The -Data Commun1c~ion System- is a prc9ram desi9ned to run
under OS or DOS to transform a user data base into
meaningful statistical information. It is, designed for the
Donmathematician/nonstatistician.
Field Developed Program Availability Notice, 4 pages
MANUAL
------ ------
TiiISIiiinual describes the capabilities of the .system and the
programs.
LB21-0069
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM DYNAMIC' ROLLOUT/ROLLIN
PROGRAM NUMBER ~B~ELD DEVELOPEC PROGRAM
SYSTEMS GUiiiE
- ---This Use~anual is for the System Analyst. Programmer,
and Operator. during the Systems Test and Daily Operations
of the program. It also contains programmer notes to assist
in making minor alterations.
User Rollout/Rollin permits the user to maintain a small
partition (2K) and expand this partiticn to the necessa'ry
si~e when a request is made· by seizing extra memory from the
other t~o possible partitions. The'programs being processed
in the other partitions are temporarily stored on disk files
until the seized area bas Completed the assigned task, then
processing resumes as if ·no seizure had, taken place .•
Manual, 23 pages
Discussion of the design assumptions and
potential modification areas is included. Record and file
layouts are described, and primary processing procedures are
specified. This manual is both a system description and an
instal~ation and operations reference document.
Hov. a Minimum Teleprocessing Communication system is
available to the DOS user who would like to install a first
127
SB21-0137
THE SYSTEMl360·
~~~~MANUAL
~;s~~~~~lle capabilities of the system and the
prcgrams. Discussion of design assumpticns and potential
modification areas are included. Record and file layouts
are described, and primary processing procedures specified.
This manual is both a system description and an installation
SB21
LB21
Field Developed Program Availability Notice w q pages
and operations reference document.
The "Data Classification System" is a program designed
to run under as or DOS to transform a user data base into
meaningful statistical information. It is designed for the
nonmathematician/nonstatistician.
Field Developed Program - program Description/Operations
Manual .. 24 pages
SB21-0239
ROUTINES
LB21-0BB
DATA CLASSIFICA~ION SYSTEM FOR THE SYSTEM/360
SYSTEMS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 579B-ACC
This ·User's Manual" is for the Systems Analyst. Programmer.
and Operator during the Systems Test and Daily Operations of
the programs.
It also contains programmer notes to assist
in making minor alterations.
The "Data Classification System" is a program designed
to run under as or DOS to transform a user data base into
meaningful statistical information. It is designed for the
nonmathematician/nonstatistician.
Field Developed Program - systems Guide, 12B pages
GB21-0157
PRODUCT AND INVENTORY COSTING WITH TRENDS FOR USER REPORTING
AND EVALUATION (PICTURE) ::. DoS ::. FDPAiTAiLAiiILiTY"NOTICE,
PROG. NO. 579B ACL
These app~ication programs perform the standard accounting
functions of product and inventory costing w manufacturing
engineering product cost estimating and inventory valuation
trend reporting.
Field Developed Program Availabiltiy Notice w 6 pages
SB21-015B
PRODUCT AND INVENTORY COSTING WITH TRENDS FOR USER REPORTING
ANiJ"EVALUATION
PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-ACL - - - - PROGRAM DESCRIP'ilCiii7BY (GA22-6822).
Manual, 384 pages
System/370 Instructions
OS/VS System Assembler Language
Hexadecimal and Decimal Number Conversion
EBCDIC Codes
Linkage Registers
UCB Sense Bytes
OS/VS COmpletion Codes
Supervisor Macro outlines
SVC List
Tape Label Formats
Data Management Macro Outlines
JCL Reference Information
Operator Commands
SMF Refer~ce Information
RES Operator and Workstation Commands
CRJE.Macro Outlines. Terminal Information and
system ·Commands
Linkage Editor and Loader Job Control and Control
statement Outlines
B~ Devices SUpported and Macro Outlines
TSO/TCAM Macro Outlines
Utilities
OS/VS Bibliography
NOTE:
GC24-5082
DOS TO OS/MFT OS/MVT, OR os/VS 1 MANAGEMENT PLAIINl:NG ~
This pUblicadon is a planning guide only. It is intended
for use by installations planning to make the transition
This book is designed for the programmer with a thorough
knowledge of the material referenced and .does not contain
definitions. restrictions. or limitations. For detailed
information on any topic in this book. refer to the
publication referenced. at the front of each section.
Handbook
GC24-5092
OS/VS 1 RELEASE 1 GOl!DE
This manual summarizes Operating System. Virtual Storage
Option 1 (OS/VS1) release 1 System Control Programming (SCP)
components. It is in three parts:
153
GC2q
Part 1 is a
features of
parameters,
publication
GC26
o
functional summary of new and changed
OS/VS1. including new and changed system
system generation information, and
support.
o
Part 2 contains a module directory, and list of
modules in the system and their status.
o
Part 3 provides: ordering and distribution procedures
for release 1, hardware engineering change levels,
program material shipped with the system. and optional
Part 1 is a functional summary of new and changed
features of OS/VS1. including new .and changed
system parameters and commands. system generation
information. new hardware support. and publication
support.
Part 2 contains a module directory. with a.list of
system modules and their status.
Part 3 contains ordering and distribution
procedures and requirements for Release 2, hardware
engineering change levels. program material
shipped with the system. and optional programs
available.
o
Part " contains APAR lists. Program Sympton Index
for corrected problems. and program temporary fix
(PTF) information.
Manual. 220 pages
material available.
The publication provides installation managers, system
programmers, and IBM field engineering personnel with
information useful for planning and implementing release 1.
Manual
GC2Q-6000
IBM SYSTEM/360 DOS-To-OS IMPLEMENTATION GUIDE
This publication consists of self-contained chapters. each
of which provides information on how to modify the IBM
System/360 Disk Operating System (DOS) programs and files to
run under the IBM System/360 Operating System. It is
designed primarily for programming personnel responsible for
making the transition from DOS to OS and applies to DOS
Release 23 and OS Release 19.
Manual. 296 pages
GC2q-5093
OS/VS1 DEBUGGING GUIDE
NUMBER 57q1-010 - This publication is written for those involved in debugging
application and system programs.
It contains material on
how to start debugging, a section on functional information
(system concepts) to help the reader see the system as a
whole and to give some particulary useful concepts. and a
section on output formats and uses in the debugging
situation. A series of appendixes provide additional
reference information for convenience.
Manual. 168 pages
GC2Q-509Q
OS/VS1 STORAGE ESTIMATES - S!5TEM LIBRARY
This publication is intended for two types of users:
system
GC2Q-9005
DOS AND TOS PL/I (DT COMPILER PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE
PL/I-=-PRoGRAiiii'""ER'SGUIDE
This publication complements the Systems Reference Library
publication DOS and TOS PL/I (D) Compiler. Language
Reference Manual. Order NO. GC28-8202. Its purpose is to
aid the.programmer and to familarize him
programmers, and problem programmers. It contains
instructions, formulas, and charts that can be used to
estimate the real, virtual, and auxiliary storage
requirements £or VS1.
Real storage is system (hardware)
storage and corresponds to main storage in other IBM
operating systems. Virtual storage is an addressing storage
concept that provides the installation with as many as
16.777.216 bytes of storage accessible to programs.
Auxiliary storage is comprised of the input/output devices
required to contain virtual storage, system residence
libraries, job queues, spooled data sets, and work space
additional information on topics not directly connected with
PL/I •. A llst of all pertinent Systems Reference Library
publications is provided in the Introduction section of this
pul:ll.ication.
Manual. 165 pages
generation or Initial Program Load.
Problem programmers can use this publication to
determine the sizes of partitions in virtual
storage.
The overlay facility
Listings produced for PL/I programs
Restrictions to the PL/I (D) language.
In sorne instances. the programmer may desire detailed
System programmers can use this publication to
determine the amount of real, virtual and auxiliary
storage that must be allocated during system
o
the techniques
elements
o
o
o
required by control and processing programs.
Each type of user can use this publication differently.
o
~ith
of PL/I programming. This publication therefore provides
all information that is not part of the PL/I Language
Reference Manual bUb required by the programmer to write
programs in the PL/I (D) language and to have them compiled
and executed in the DOS/TOS environment.
The main topiCS covered in this publication are:
o
The DOS/TOS environment
o
PL/I data file organization
o
storage requirements of PL/I·programs and program
GC26-3564
Manual. 168 Pages
GC2Q-5095
DOS TO OS/VS1 IMPLEMENTATION GUIDE
Emulator Program
Provides reference information on altering DOS programs and
and contains instructions on its use.
files to be compatible with the OS/VS1 system control
program. It describes the similarities and differences
between DOS and OS/vS1. thus aiding programmer~ to:
o
MOdify existing DOS programs and files only where
Emulator Program is used with the IBM 1Q01/1QQO/1Q60
Compatibility Feature of the System/360 to allow overlap
of magnetic tape operations with processing of IBM 1QOO-
o
The Tape Overlap
series programs.
Emulation is a technique that uses both special machine
features and programming to allow programs written for one
data processing system be run on another type of system.
needed. and
Take advantage of OS/vS1 facilities not provided in
DOS.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 48 pages
This manual includes many examples of equivalent DOS and
OS/vS1 Coding. It. also describes the use of the DOS
emulator to effect a gradual transition from DOS to 0s/VS1.
GC26-3570
DOS AND TOS RPG LANGUAGE
The major topiCS in the manual are:
o
o
o
System Generation
Resource Allocation
performance Considerations
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
Job Entry Subsystem (JES)
Linkage Editor
System Assembler
Job Control Language
Data Sets (Files)
Data Management Macros
Utilities
o
o
Telecommunications
Emulation
The intended audience is system and application programmers
in a DOS installation making the transition to the OS/vS1
syst~
control program.
Readers
sh~d
SPECIFlCAT~ONS.
360N=RG-4iO (DOS), 360M-RG-408
J!Q§l
PROG. NOS.
----- ----
This publication contains fundamentals of RPG programming
and language specif·ications for the IBM System/360 Disk
and Tape Operating Systems. Report Program Generator.
This program can be used for System/360 MOdels 30. QO. 50.
65 and 75.
Also included is the job setup information for executing
RPG.
Systems Reference Library Manual. 300 pages
GC26-373Q
IBM
TSO
be familiar with
TElis·-'~~==~·~~~
DOS. its system facilities. and the DOS versions of the
compilers or· assemblers used in the programs to be changed.
PrereqUisite publications:
o
DOS to Os/IIFT. OS/MVT. OS/vS1 Management
Planning Guide. GC2Q-5082
o
0S/VS1 Planning and Use Guide. GC2Q-5090
Manual. 268 pages
the design objectives
availability date of the
Design Objectives. 2 pages
GC211-5097
0s/VS1 RELEASE 2 GUIDE - PROG. NO. 57111-020
~manual sumiiiarizes operatingsystem. Virtual storage
Option 1 (OS/VS1) Release 2 System Control Programming (SCP)
components. It is in four parts:
GC26-3735
IBM SYSTM/360 OPERMlING SYS'lIEM ASSEMBLER B
DESIGN OEJECTIVBS SEHRT. l'ROGR!\M !!!!!!!.!lH 57311-ASl
Assembler B is a high-performance assembler language
processor for the IBM System/360 Operating system. This
document contains the design objectives for Assembler B
support of System/370.
DeSign Objectives Sheet. 1 page
154
SC26
GC26
SC26-37110
OS TSO ASSEMBLER PROMPTER USER'S GUIDE, f!!Q!h !!!h. 5734-CP2
The assembler prompter is a program pzoduct that makes it
easy to call Assembler.F from a terminal. The prompter,
which is a command processor, operates only under the Time
Sharing option ITSO) of the IBM Systeml360 Operating system.
This book is for the assembler-language programmer who
wants to use TSO to write, assemble, and execute programs
from a teLminal using the assembler prompter.
Section 1, which supplements the manual IBM SYSTEM/360
OPERATING SYSTEM: TIME SHARING OPTION TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE
IGC28-6763), explains how to use the ASM command by itself
to assemble source code and obtain.object code for existing
source code.
It also explains how to use ASH as an operand
of the RUN command and of the RUN subcommand of the EDIT
command to assemble, load, and execute assembler-language
source code.
Section 2, which supplements the book IBM ~YSTEMl360
OPERATING SYSTEM: TIME SHARING OPTION COMMAND LANGUAGE
REFERENCE IGC28-6732), describes the format of the ASM
SC26-3768
Q2 ASSEMBLER ~ ~ INFORMATION, f!!Q!h NO. 5734-AS1
IBM System/360 Operating System Assembler B System
Information Program Number 5734-AS1 was designed
to improve many featUres of Assembler F~ and has expanded
capabilities as a macro assembler for both system and user
defined macro languages.
This publication describes installation considerations
and system-generation procedures for Assembler H~ and is
intended,primarily for programmers responsible for
installing the assembler.
This manual is divided into three independent chapters:
a
Performance Estimates~
o
Storage Estimates, and
o
System Generation.
Program Product Manual, 44 pages
SC26-3770
OS ASSEMBLER
command and lists the operands, with a brief description of
each,
alphabetic order.
System Ref~rence Library, 30 pages
in
~
MESSlIGES, PROG. NO. 5734 .. ASl
This book describes the assembly error diagnostic messages
and the abnormal assembly termination messages issued by
Assembler H. Assemmler H is an assembler-language processor
for the IBM System/360 Operating System. It performs highspeed assemblies on an IBM System/360 Model QO or higher
with at least 256K bytes of main storage.
This book is intended for all Assembler H Programmers.
GC26-37113
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER H
SPECIFICATION SBEET, 'PROGRAM NUMBER 573U-ASl
It should be used in conjunction with the OPERATING SYSTEM
ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE MANUAL, Order Number GC28-651U; the
ASSEMBLER H LANGUAGB SPECIFICATIONS, Order Number GC263771; and the ASSEMBLER H PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE, Order Number
SC26-3759.
This Program Product Specifications (PPS) describes the
warranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
Specifications Sheet. 2 page
GC26-3746
OS DATA MANAGEMENT SERVICES GUIDE - SYSTEMS REFERENCE
LIBRARY
PROGRAM ~ 36os=AS-03~60S~DM-508.509
360S-IO-526
=
Describes the assembler-language, I/O-related macros of as.
Defines and provides how-to information about (fixed,
blocked, variable, undefined) record formats, data set
organization methods (sequential, i~dexed-sequential. and
direct) and procedures'for creating and updating access
techniques (BDAM. BISAM, BPAM, BSAM, QISAM. QSAM). Contains
information on direct-access device characteristics and
For each error message. this bOok describes the number
and text of the message~ the explanation of the error,
the assembler's handling of the error~ and the programmer's
response to correct the error. The introduction to this
book describes the format. content~ and F1acement of the
error messages.
Systems Reference Library Manual~ 70 pages
GC26-3771
OS ASSEMBLER .!! LANGUAGE,
~
.!l2..:. 573U-ASl
~his
manual provides language specifications for the IBM
System/360 Operating System Assembler B. Primarily intended
as a reference manual for assembler-language programmers~
it is designed to be used in conjunction with IBM SYSTEM/360
allocation of space on direct-access devices.
Manual, 145 pages
OPERATING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE, Order Number GC286514.
GC26-3756
IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER IF)
PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-A5=037
This publication complements the IBM System/360 Operating
System Assembler Language publications.
It provides a
guide to program assembling. linkage editing. executing,
interpreting listings, assemb1er programming considerations,
diagnostic messages, and object output cards.
Information in this manua1-on IBM System/360 Model
195 should be used for planning purposes only.
Sections 2 - 5 of this manual describe assembler 1anguage
extensions.
sections 6-10 of this manual describe extensions to
the macro language.
Program Product Manual~ 54 pages
GC26-3777
EMULATING DOS ON SYSTEM/370 UNDER OS
~he
programmer's Guide, 30 pages
Disk Operating System (DOS> Emulator Program_executes
under OS/MFT, OS/MVT, OS/VS1, or OS/VS2.
GC26-3758
OS ASSEMBLER
~
GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL, PROG.
~5734-AS1
Assembler H is a new assembler language processor that
extends the basic assembler language and the macro and
contitional-assembly language.
It is designed to perform
high-speed assemblies On IBM System/360 Models 110 and
larger that have at least 256K bytes of main storage.
This publication describes the language extensions.
It also provides information On system requirements and
performance estimates. This manual is designed to aid
both planning and programming personnel. The reader is
assumed to be familiar with the assembler language and
with macro and conditional-assembly language processing.
Manual, 42 pages
SC26-3759
Q2 ASSEMBLER
It enables DOS
programs to execute in an as environment. The DOS Emulator
program may be multiprogrammed with other as jobs~ and it
can run the multiprogramming options of DOS.
This publication provides information for programmers
and operators to help them code and run DOS jobs with the
DOS Emulator Program.
Introductory material that describes
the operations and ~equirements for the tOS Emulator
program is included. Lists of program generated messages
and sample jobstreams are also provided in the reference
sections ..
It is assumed that readers ,of this publication are
familiar with OS and DOS and have a working knowledge
of their control programs.
Manual~ 98 pages
GC26-3782
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM TIME SHARING OPTION
ASSEMBLER PROMPTER PROGRAM PRODUCTSPliCIFICiiTIciNS
PRCGRA[·l NUl-mER 573U~ -------
PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE, PROG. NO. 573Q-ASl
This book tells how to use ~ssembler B.
It describes
~
assembler options~ cataloged Job Control Language
procedures, assembler listing and output~ sample programs,
and programming techniques and considerations.
Assembler H is an assembler-language processor for
~he
Program Product Specifications (PPs> describe the
warranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
Specifications~ 8-1/2 x 11~ 2 pages
the IBM System/360 Operating System. It performs highspeed assemblies on an IBM System/360 Model liD or higher
with at least 256K bytes. of main storage.
This book is intended for all Assembler Hprogrammers.
It should be used in conjunction with the OPERATING SYSTEM
GC26-37S3
OS/VS DATA MANAGEMENT SERVICES GUIDE
This publication describes how ~ite assembler-language
programs that will create and process data sets.
ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE Manual. 'Order Number GC28-651Q; the
ASSEMBLER B LANGUAGE SPECIFICATIONS, order Number GC263771; and.the ASSEMBLER H MESSAGES, Order Number SC26-3770.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 52 pages
GC26-3767
IBM 27110/2968 AUDIO-VISUAL CONTROL USER'S GUIDE
~ ~ F30209
This manual tells
co~se
------- ------ ----authors how to control the audiO-
visual units with the 27110 remote termina1.
To use this book, you-must have a basic knowledge of:
o
OS/VS1 or OS/VS2, respectively described in OS/VS1
Planning and Use Guide, GC211-5090, and OS/VS2
Planning and Use Guide, GC28-0600.
o
Assembler Language.
as
described in
as/vs
and
DOS/VS Assembler Language, GC33-II010.
It also
o
describes the units and the p.rogr~ng support required
Job control language (JCL),
~s
explained in
OS/VS JCL Services, GC28-0617, and OS/VS JCL
Reference, GC28-0618.
Manual, 176 pages
to operate them.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 32 pages
155
GC26
GC26
GC26-378q
os/VS
CBECKPOIN~/RESTART
MANUAL
discussed in·separate publications that are listed in IBM
System/360 and System/370 Bibliography, GA22-6822.
Before using this publication to code macro
instructions, you should be familiar witb the information in
OS/VS and DOS/VS Assembler Language, GC33-Q010, OS/VS Data
Management services Guide, .GC26-3783, and OSIVS Supervisor
Services and Macro Instructions, GC27-6979.
Manual·, 268 pages
•
This publication describes checkpoint/restart, a facility
for recording information about a job at
programmer-designated checkpoints so that, if necessary,
the job can he restarted at the beginning of a step or
at a checkpoint within a step.
Checkpoint/restart is intended for use by programmers
and system analysts. A general understanding of job control
language and data management is prerequisite knowledge for
understanding the information in this book. See OS/VS JCL
services, GC28-0617, and OS/VS Data Management Services
GC26-379Q
OS DATA MANAGEMENT MACRO INSTRUCTIONS - SYSTEMS REFERENCE
LIBRARY
LIBRARY MlINUAL
PROGRAM NUMBERS360s-'DM-508,· 2J!.2
360S-IO-526
This publication is intended for application programmers who
=
Guide, GC26-3783, for background information on these
subjects.
Manual, 86 pages
=
are writing in assembler language: it contains, a brief
description of each macro. instruction and a description of
each operand that can be specified in a macro instruction.
GC26-3790
OS/VS SYSTEM GENERATION INTRODUCTION MANUAL
Descriptions of the macro instructions for the following
data management access methods' are contained in this
This publication describes the system generation process in
os/Vs. In .its broadest sense, system generation consists
of defining what an installation's data processing needs
are, ordering distribution libraries from IBM, selecting
modu1es from these libraries, placing them by mea~ of
macro specifications and execution in a new system, and
publication.
o
Basic Direct Access Method (BDAM)
o
Basic Indexed sequential Access Method (BISAM)
o
Basic Partitioned Access Method·· (BPAM)
o
Basic Sequential Access Method (BSAM)
o
Queued Indexed Sequential Access Method (QISAM)
0.
Queued sequential Access Method (QSAM)
.
testing the newly created system.
The book is intended for IBM programming system
0
new VSl or VS2 system Control program, and for system
This publication does not contain descriptions of macro
instructions for specialized application programs such as
planners who need to know the considerations and
requirements for generating a new system.
The hook.provides background information for the more
character reader-sorters optical character readers.
Before using this publication to code macro instructions
detailed OS/VSl System Generation Reference, GC26-3791,
and OS/VS2 System Generation Reference, GC26-3792.
Manual, qq pages
you should be familiar witb the information contained in tbe
OS Data Management Services Guide.
Manual, 231.pages
repres~tatives
and system programmers who generate a
teleprocessing, graphiCS magnetic character readers, optical
GC26-3795
OS/VS TAPE LABELS· MANUAL
GC26-3791
OS/VS 1 SYSTEM GENERATION REFERENCE
This publication provides the information for generating an
OS/VS 1 System Control Program adapted to both tbe machine
This publication describes bow VS processes magnetic tape
volumes with IBM standard labels. American National
Standard labels, noqstandard labels, or no labels. Included
for the guidance of programmers and operations analysts are
configuration and data processing requirements of an
It is intended for people who plan and select
components for an OS/VSl System Control Program and install
it.
instal~ation.
discussions of:
This publication contains the information necessary to:
o
Label formats and contents
o
Tape volume layouts
o
Label processing for input, output, multiple data
o
o
Plan the OS/VSl system Control Program
Prepare for the generation of an OS/VSl System
Control Program
Execute system generation.
o
set, and multiple volume conditions
Tape characteristics
o
o
Test the system that has been generated
o
Restart system generation
In addition, this publication contains:
o
Guidelines for performing a system generation using
a starter system
o
Examples of a complete. nucleus. and I/O device
generation
o
The types of· system generation messages produced
PROGRAM NUMBER 360S~PT-516
Test the newly created System Control prOgram
This publication does not explain VS2 or the options
available in VS2. Information of this type is contained
in OS/vS2 Planning and Use Guide, GC28-0600.
Manual
.
concepts such as access method, direct-Bccess storage,
GC26-3793
OS/VS DATA MANAGEMENT MACRO INSTRUCTIONS ~
This publication is intended for application pDOgrammers who
write programs in assembler language. It cqntains a brief
description of each macro instruction and a description of
each operand that can be specified in each macro instruction
for the following data management access methods:
o
Basic direct access method (BDAM)
o
Basic indexed seguential access method (BISAM)
o
Basic partitioned access method (BPAM)
o
Basic sequential access method (BSAM)
o
QUeued indexed seguential access method (QISAM)
o
Queued sequential access method (QSAM)
This publication does not describe macro instructions for
specialized application programs such as teleprocessing,
graphics, magnetic character readers, optical character
and the distinction between data-set organization and
data-set processing. The sections dealing with these
concepts in OS/VS Data Mana9ement Services Guide, GC26-3783,
are suitable for preparatory reading.
Manual, 80 pages
GC26-3813
OS/VS LINKAGE EDITOR AND LOADER MANUAL·
This publication provides the information necessary to use
the linkage editor or loader program to prepare the output
of a language translator for execution. The intended
reader-sorters, optical character readers, or the time
sharing option (TSO).
- -------
GC26-3799
OS/vS VIRTUAL STORAGE ~ METBOD (VSAM) PLANNING GUIDE
This publication is intended to enable prospective users
of VSAM (virtual storage acoess method), an .access method
of OS/VS (operating systemfVirtual storage), to prepare
for using VSAM.
The intended audience is data-processing managers
wbose decisions will influencetbe use of VSAM, system
and application programmers Who will make detailed
preparations, and others seeking an introduction to
VSAM.
.
The reader is expected to be familiar with basic
the information necessary to:
o
.
This manual describes the procedures for restoring TESTRAN,
the TESTRAN macro instruction used to generate TESTRAN into
the new operating system, and tbe storage needed to restore,
install, and execute TESTRAN. Tbe manual is for system
programmers who generate and maintain·the Operating System.
Manual, 20 .pages
GC26-3792
OS/vS2 SYSTEM GENERATION REFERENCE
This publication is intended for system programmers.and
IBM programming systems representatives who are to install
an OS/VS2 System Control Program. The publication provides
Prepare for system generation
Execute system generation
Restart system generation if errors occur
during proceSSing
Component considerations
GC26-3796
OS TESTRAN SYSTEM INFORMATION - SYSTEMS REFERENCE LIBRARY
In using this publication. a knowledge of the information
o
Nonstandard label processing routines and volume
label editor routines
o
o
USing tape volumes created by other systems
o
External labels
Manual 156 pages
contained in the following publications is required:
OS/VSl Planning and Use Guide, GC2Q-5090
OS/VS System/370.System Summary, GA22-7001
OS/VS System Generation IntrodUction, GC26-3790
OS/VSl Storage Estimates, GC2Q-509Q
Manual, 236 pages
'0
~
o
These macro instructions are
156
audience is a customer applications programmer coding in a
higher-level language or a system programmer responsible for
installing and maintaining the system. An introductory
knowledge of tbe concepts and facilities of OS/VS is
required to use this reference guide effectively.
The linkage editor combines and edits modules to produce
a single module that can be brougbt into real storage by
program fetch for execution. It operates as·a processing
program. rather than as part of tbe control program. The
linkage editor provides several processing facilities that
are either performed automatically or invoked in response to
GC26
GC27
control statements prepared b¥ the prograQmer.
The loader combines the basic editing and loading
functions of the linkage editor and program fetch in one job
step. It is designed for high-performance loading of
modules that do not require the special processing
facilities of the linkage editor and fetch, such as overlay.
The loader ~oes not produce load modules for program
libraries.
Manual, 212 pages
GC27-6912
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM GRAPHIC PROGRAMMING SERVICES
GC26-5929
IBM SUBROUTINE LIBRARY (SRL). PROG. NOS. 1130-LM-001. 002
This publication describes the libraries provided with the
follOWing programming systems:
o
1130 Card/Paper Tape
o
1130 Disk Monitor, Version 2
The programming system libraries consist of input~output,
conversion" arithmetic, functional, and uti1ity subroutines.
Included in the descriptions are calling sequences for the
subroutines and explanations of the parameters involved.
The section on conversion subroutines describes the
codes used to communicate with the 1130 system I~O devices.
An appendix lists these codes and shows their relationship
to each other.
Manual, 150 pages
GC26-5999
IBM SYSTE~360 RPG TRANSLATOR
This manual provides programming specifications for the
IBM syste~360 RPG Transla~or. It describes the operations
necessary for converting a 1400 RPG source program to a
Syst~360 RPG source program.
FOR
IBM 2260 DISPLA~ STAT~CAL ATTACHMENT)
----
PROGRAM NUMBER36iis=I~ - - This publication describes programming services for using
the IBM 2260 Display Station with the System~360 Operating
System. Included are descriptions of macro instructions
for input~output control and for Basic and Express Attention
Handling, along with some general requirements for using
the display station effectively.
Although intended primarily for the programmer coding
in system~360 assembler language, portions of this
publication are also of interest to installation managers,
system engineers, system programmers, and others seeking
general information about programming the IEM 2260 Display
Station.
systems Reference Library Manual, 50 pages
GC27-6918
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERA~ING SYSTEM. MAINTENANCE PROGRAM;
PROGRAM NUMBER 360S~UT-506
This publication describes the procedur~ for applying IBMdistributed maintenance material, or user-provided material
in a prespecified form, to operating-system libraries.
The major portion of this information concerns the Update
Analysis program--a program that determines the
apFlicability of maintenance material for the individual
system libraries, and accordingly constructs a job stream
that effects the library updating. The information
contained in IBM SYSTE~360 OPERATING SYSTEM: SYSTEM
GENERATION, Form GC28-655Q, is prerequisite to the use
of this publication.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 48 page
The information contained in this publication will
enable a 1400 RPG programmer to determine the'scope of the
GC27-692Q
IBM SYSTEM~360 DISK
Translator program' and to formulate. preliminary plans for
its use.
This manual lists the machine features required and
supported, describes the functional characteristics of the
program, and provides a section on data checking and
operating characteristics.
OPERA~ING
SYSTEM VOCABULARY FILE UTILITY
PROGRAM FOR THE IBM 7772 AUDIO-aESPONSE UNIT
---- -------
PROGRAM NUMBER36ON-!iT=ii7-2--~his doc~provides 1DformatioD on the Vocatulary File
Utility Program for the ~BM 7772 Audio Response Unit, that
enables the user to create, organize, and update the file
of work representations from which the audible responses
of the IBM 7772 Audio Response Unit are formed.
System Reference Library Manual, q4 pages
Restrictions to the program
are defined" and suggested so1utions are provided. A
program example and operating procedures are also'included.
Systems, Reference Library Manual, 28 pages
GC27-6908
IBM SYST~360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 7074 EMULATOR PROGRAM
FOR ~ SYSTEM~360« MODELS 50 AND ~-PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-725
This publication provides information on the IBM 7074
Emulator Program (360C-EO-725), and is directed to the
user who is supplementing or replacing his IBM 7070~707q
Data Processing system with an IBM system~360, Model 50
or 65. Emulation is a technique that utilizes both
equipment (Compatibility Feature) and programming to execute
object programs written for other data processing systems.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 48 pages
GC27-6909
IBM SYST~360 OPERA~I
SERVICES FOR IBM
PROGRAM NOMBER36
This publication
provided under the IBM System~360 Operating System for use
with the IBM 2250 Display Onit.
These programming services are designed to faci1itate
the assembler-language coding of programs for displaying
data in alphameric or graphic form on the 2250 screen and
for contro11ing man-machine communication using 'the 2250
• Included are facilities for creating the image-defining
orders and data, fpr contro11ing input/output functions
of the graphic device, and for handling communications
from a 2250 operator. Both basic and express attention
handling are described.
Although intended primarily for the programmer coding
in system~360 assembler language, protions of this
puh1ication are also of interest to installation managers,
system engineers, system programmers, a~d others seeking
general information about programming the IBM 2250 Display
GC27-6927
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERWrING SYSTEM GRAPBIC PROGRAMMING SERVICES
FOR IBM 2280 AND 2282 FILM UNITS PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-IO-523
ThisPublication. contains informatICi"ii"Tor writing programs
using the IBM 2280 Film Recorder or the IBM 2282 Film
Recorder/Scanner.
For complete coverage of available 2280~82 graphic
programming services, .this publication must be used with
IBM SYSTEM~360 OPERATING SYSTEM; GRAPBIC PROGRAMMING
services for IBM 2250 Display Unit, order number GC27-6909.
The information consists primarily of formats and
descriptions of macro-instructions that generate orders
and data that control the graphic devices. Considerations
for user's error handling routines are also included.
Systems Reference Library Manual; S6 pages
GC27-6929
IBM SYSTEM~360 CONV
SAMPLE PROBLEMS FOR IBM
~~~360 EMULATOR
PROGRAM NUMBERS: 3
360C-EU-726 360C-EU-729
360C=EU-097 360C-E 360C-EU-725
360C-EU-728 360C-EU-733
Samp~e problems are provided as a part of. the distribution
material for IBM Syst~360 Emulator Programs. ~hey ar.e
illustrative examples deSigned to familiarize the user
with the techniques required to execute' object programs
written or other IBM data processing systems under Emulator
,control. Sample p~oblems are not intended to provide
detailed and exhaustive tests or demonstrations of Emulator
Programs.
Included in this publicati9n are sample problems for
use with the following Emulators: 1401/1440/1460 Model
30, 1401~lQ60 Model 40, 1410~7010 Models 40 and 50, 1620
Model 30, 70qO~7044 Model 65, 7074 Models 50 and 65, 7080
Model 65, and 709~7090~709q~7094II Model 65.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 28 pages
Unit.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 134 pages
GC27-6911
IBM SYST~360 CONVERSION AIDS: TBE 7080 EMULATOR PROGRAM
FOR IBM SYST~360 MODEL ~ PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-E~
Special machine and programming features expand the
capabilities of IBM Syste~360 Model 65 to include an
alternate mode of operation: operation as the IBM 7080
EmUlator. The Emulator is the effective equivalent of the
IBM 7080 Data Processing System. and is capable of executing
programs written for the 7080. This publ.ication describes
how to prepare and use a suitably configured SYst~360
for the execution of 7080 programs.
General information, is provided on Emulator
characteristics, programming considerations, and· operating
considerations. Complete instructions for system generation,
and program use are provided, together with detail.ed
information on error messages and corrective actions.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 58 pages
157
OP
ING SYSTEM; GRAPBIC SUBROUTINE
~~:~R~:
7l&. COBOL, ~ PL/I,
Thl.S pu rrcatIon
cr es how a FORTRAN, COBOL, or PL~I
programmer can write graphic programs f9r use with the IBM
2250 Display Unit in association with the,IBMSystem~360
Operating System. It also describes how the graphic
subroutine package may be used in a ,program written in
Assembler Language,_
The graphic subroutine package (GSP) consists of
subroutines and functions for displaying characters or
graphic forms on the 2250 screen and for controlling
communicatiOn between the program and the 2250 operator.
The subroutines may be ca11ed from a program written in
the E, G, or B level of FORTRAN IV,' in COBOL (F), or in
PL~I (F), or from a program written in Assembler Language.
TEM~360
GC27
GC27
They are not 'an extension of the FORT~N IV, COBOL, or
PL/I ~anguages, but may be used in conjunction with them.
systems Reference Library Manual, 180 pages
Systems Reference Library Manual, 60 pages
GC27-6933
IBM SYSTEM/360 OP~TING SYSTEM USER'S GUIDE FOR JOB CONTROL
FROM THE IBM 2250 DISPLAY UNIT, PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-R~
This publication describes how a person at an IBM 2250
Display Unit can define and initiate jobs to be processed
by the IBM System/360 Operating System. The pUblication
discusses the job control operations that are available
at the display unit and provides supplementary information
to assist the user. A sample job control session is
explained with test and illustrations.
The descriptions of the job control operations are
written for a person who is not familiar with the IBM
system/360 Operating system.
systems Reference Library Manual, 76 pages
GC27-6935
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PLANNING FOR ROLLOUT/ROLLIN
This publication describes the features a~capabilities
provided by the rollout/rollin feature of the IBM System/360
operating system.
Rollout/rollin is used in conjunction
with MVT (multiprogramming with a variable number of tasks)
as an aid to main storage management.
Systems Reference Library
Manua~,
16 pages
GC27-6937
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPE~TING SYSTEM AND 1130 DISK MONITOR
SYSTEM, SYSTEM/360 _ 1130 DATA TRANsiiISSlOii"FOR FORTRAN
PROGRAM NUMBERS 360S-LM-542 AND 1130-LM 011
This publication describes subroutines that enable a FORTRAN
IV programmer to transmit data between a program being
processed by the IBM System/360 operating System and a
program being processed by the IBM 1130 Disk Monitor System
version 2 •. It also describes how these subroutines can
be used by an Assembler Language programmer.
The subroutines described in this publication make up
what is called the processor-to-processor (PTOP) program.
With these subrOUtines, the FORTRAN programmer can perform
telecommunication procedur~s similar to those available
to Assembler Language programmers via the binary synchronous
services of the Basic Telecommunications Access Method (in
the system/360 operating System) and the Synchronous
Communications Adapter subrotines (in the 1130). The PTOP
subroutines are not an extension of the FORTRAN IV Language,
but are to be u~ed in conjunction with it.
It is assumed that the FORTRAN user of this pnblication
is experienced in the FORTRAN IV language of both the IBM
System/360 operating System and the IBM 1130 Disk Monitor
System Version 2. It is assemed that the Assemb~er Language
user of this publication is experienced in the Assembler
Language of both systems. Detai~ed knowledge of binary
synchronous communications programming is unnecessary.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 64 pages
STEM/360 OP~TING SYSTEM AND 1130 DISK MONITOR SYSTEM
GUIDE FOR JOB C
---"FROM AN IBM 2250 DISPLAY UNIT
D TO AiiliBii"1130
-- - -- -----PROGRAM NUMBERS"360S-iiC
This publication describes how a 'person at an IBM 2250
Display Unit attached to an IBM 1130 COmputing System can
define and initiate jobs to be processed by the IBM
System/360 Operating' system. A job defined at the display
unit can be processed independently in the System/360 or
it can be processed in conjunction with a related program
in the 1130. The publication descusses the job control
operations avai~ble to the 2250 user and provides'
supp~ementary information to assist him at the disp~y
unit. A comp~ete sample job with text and i~lustrations
is included.
The information on jab control operations is written
for a person unfamiliar with the IBM Systemt360 Operating
System, the IBM 1130 Computting system, or the IBM 2250
Display Unit. A series of appendixes provide in£ormation
of interest to programmers an4 installation personnel
planning for this support.'
,
systems Reference Library Manua~, 92 pages
GC27-6939
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: MFT GUIDE
DUED NUMBER OF TASKS (MFT)
---,
PROGRAM NUMBER 360s=ci=5~
This publication provides information con~erning Version
II' of Multiprogramming With a Fixed Number of Tasks' (MFT)
for instal~ation personne~ who are responsible for
s~ection, eva~uation, and implementation of System/360
operating system configurations. The information is
presented in two major categories: CONCEPTS and
CONSID~TIONS.
These sections describe, respectively:
The princip~es of operation of MFT.
The influence of these principles on the application
and operation of the system.
The descriptive information 'is supplemented by examp~es
and il~ustrations inc~uding a sample job sched~ing sequence
and sample partition configurations for systems, with 128K,
256K, and 512K bytes of main storage.
GC27-6940
OP~TING SYSTEM 1401/1440/1460
SYSTEM/360
EMULATOR P
COMPATIB~SUPPORT 30/40
PROGRAM NU
60N-EU-484 AND ~-~
This publication contains information on the Emulation
'of 1401, 1440, and 1460 object programs under the control
of the Disk Operating System. compatibility Support/30
and compatibility Support/40 allow emulation of these
programs on the IBM System/360 Models 30 and 40,
respectively. ,Compatibility Support/30 comprises the IBM
1401/1440/1460 Emulator Program, Number 360N-EU-484, and
'applicable Compatibility Features for the Model 30.
Compatibility Support/40 comprises the 1401/1440/1460
Emulator Program, Number 360N-ED-485, and the applicable
Compatibility Features for the Model 40. In addition,
the 1401, 1440, and 1460 object program can be run on the
IBM System/360 Mod,~ 25 using the 1401/1440/1460 Emulator
Program for Compatibi~ity SUpport/30 in conjunction with
applicable Compatibility Features for the Model 25.
General information concerning machine requirements,
program generation, simulation techniques. data format,
control cards, and programming considerations is included,
as are detailed explanations of Operator Service Functions,
operating procedures, console messages, and special
instructions added by the Compatibility ~.eatures for the
Models 30 and 40.
The 1400 Emulator Program under DOS allows the user
to run the 1401/1440/1460 programs, with little or no
reporgramming under the Disk Operating System in conjunction
with the Compatibility Features. This allows 1400 programs
to be run in a stacked job environment, mixed with
System/360 jobs.
Systems Refer'ence Library Manual, 138 pages
GC27-6942
IBM SYSTEM/360 O~TING SYSTEM INTRODUCTION TO MAIN STORAGE
iiI~CHY SUPPORT FOR IBM-n61MODELS 1 AND 2- - - - - - This publi~isaD introductioii'to-programming
requirements and considerations for the division of main
storage into ~wo separately addressable segments 'called
hierarchies.
IBM 2361 Core Storage is economical bulk storage that
can be attached to processor storage units. Main Storage
Hierarchy Support is programming support for the 2361.
This support allows 2361 Core Storage to be selectively
addressed, so that storage can be allocated from it for
work areas or for loading of modules. Main Storage
Hierarchy Support can be us~ with all configurations of
the operating system except MVT with Model 65
multiprocessing.
This publication is for planners who need to decide
on the physical configuration of, an information processing
system and for systems ana~ysts and programmers who want
to use the system most efficiently.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 25 pages
GC27-6948
~~~~~"'~~ 1]! lQl! ~ ~ 1]! SYSTEM/370 ~ 165
TE~'IIUi~~~i,on
contains planning information about the
IBM 7074 Emulator Program for the System/370 Model 165.
The emulator program runs as a problem program under the
MFT or MVT version of the System/360 operating System.
The Model 165 must be equipped with the IBM Compatibility
Feature _7117. The emulator program and the compatibility
feature enable pro~ams written for the IBM 7014 Data
Processing System to be executed on the,Model 165.
The information in this publication is for installation
personnel responsible fqr evaluating. selecting, and
imp~ementing system configurations.
Manual, 95 pages
GC27-6949
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: OPERATOR·S GUIDE FOR
DISPLAY CONSOLES
--- --
publication tel~ system operators how to use cathode
ray tube (CRT) disp~ay devices as operator consoles to
run MFT'or MVT configurations of the IBM System/360
Operating sYstem. The manu~ describes in detail the
operating 'techniques for the Model 85 Operator Console
(Feature 5450), the 2250 Disp~ay Unit, and the 2260 Display
Station (local attachment). A summary of device
characteristics and a glossary are included.' The book
must be used in conjunction with IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING
SYSl:rEM: OPERATOR'S REFERENCE, Form GC28-6691, and IBM
SY,STEM/360 OP~TING SYSTEM: OPERATOR'S PROCEDIlRES, Form
GC28-6692.
Manu~, 108 pages
Th~s
GC27-6951
EMULATING ~ 1]! 1m!! ON IBM MODELS '85 AND 165 USING OS/360
158
PROG .. NO. 360C-EL'-7.34 !F"~ MaD 95), 360C.-EL'-740
~ ~
J§.g
This manual describes the IBM 709/7090/7094/7094 II Emulator
Program for the IBM System/370 Model 165, and provides
information needed to use the program. The emulator program
executes object programs for the IBM 709, 7090, 7094, and
7094 II Data Processing Systems, and runs as a problem
GC27
GC27
and initialization of the files. The third section
describes the extract program, which moves data from a data
file to a file for an application program, and the reports
program, which produces reports of operator and format
efficiency. The fourth section will provide estimates of
the storage required for standard and optional VIDEO/370
program under the MFT or MVT configuration of the IBM
System/360 operating System. The System/370 Model 165 must
be equipped with the IBM Compatibility Feature #7119. The
emulator program uses the compatibility feature to perform
the more complex and
frequent~y
occurring processes of
emuJ.ation.
The manual also describes three programs that are d
distrihuted with the emulator: the tape preprocessor
program, the tape postprocessor program, and the emulator
system~o~tput
writer.
features. The fifth section discusses such system
programming considerations as buffer size and number,
interfaces between application programs and VIDEO/370 system
messages are documented in section 6.
The preprocessor and postprocessor
A~pendixes
show a
sample program to interface with the extract program and the
method of determining the check digits for the modulus 10 or
11 editing features.
Manual 1qO pages
programs are data manipulation programs that change the
format of 709q data. The writer prints 709q data spooled on
the SYSOUT data set.
'
system planners and programmers should use this manual
for p1anning. generating. using. and modifying the emulator.
Programmers responsible for executing 709Q programs should
GC27-6967
use the manual for instructions on processing 709Q data and
executing the emulator.
System operators should use the
~~~~5~
manual. for instructions aD bow to communicate with the
emulator program.
Programmers and planners should he experienced with the
IBM 709, 7090, 709Q, or 709Q II Data Processing system, and
have a working knowledge of either the MET'or MVT
configuration of the IBM System/360 Operating system.
Systems Library, 00 pages
360C-EU-737
GC27-6969
PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS VIDEO/370 DOS - PROGRAM
Specifications, Q pages
----- ---
.
The manual also describes three programs that are
distributed with the emulator: the tape preprocessor'
program, the tape postprocessor program, and the emulator
system-output writer. The preprocessor and post processor
programs are data manipulation programs that change the
format of 7000 data. The writer prints 7000 data spooled on
the SYSOUT data set.
,
SYstem planners and programmers should use this manual
GC27-6970
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PROBLEM DETERMINATION AIDS
AND MESSAGES AND CODES FOR GPS AND GSP - PROGRAM NUMBEas:AND MESSAGES AND CODEs FOR GPS AND GSP :: PROGRAM NUMBERS
360S-IO-523 ANDl3~LM=537--- --- --- - ------- ------This manual contains aids for determining and solving
problems that involve display programs that use either the
Graphic Programming Services (GPS) for the IBM 2250 Display
Unit and IBM 2260 Display Station or the Graphic subroutines
package (GSP) for the IBM 2250 Display Unit. The aids are
directed to the display operator, application ~rogrammer,
system operator. system programmer. and system maintenance
personnel.
'
The manual is divided into an introduction and six
sections of problem determination aids:
o
Display Operator aids
o
Application programmer aids
for planning. generating, using. and modifying the emulator.
o
Messages
programmers responsible for executing 7080
o
o
o
Codes
Generalized trace facility
problem-related data
proqra~s
should
use the manual for instructions on processing 7080 data and
executing the emulator.
System operators should use the
manual for instructions on how to communicate with the
emulator program. All messages issued by the emulator and
the data manipulation programs are included in an Appendix.
Programmers and planners should be experienced with the
IBM 7000 Data processing System and with the IBM System/360
Operating system, having a working knowledge of either the
MFT or the MVT, configuration.
Systems Library, 10Q pages
SC27-69S5
VIDEOI370 USERS GUIDE
= PROGRAM PRODUCTS
The reader should he familiar with information in:
IBM System/360 Operating System:
Graphic Programming services (GPS) for the IBM
2250 Display Unit, GC27-6909
Graphic Programming services (GPS) for the IBM
2260 Display Station (Local Attachment), GC27-6912
Graphic Subroutine Package (GSP) for FORTRAN IV,
COBOL, and PL/I, GC27-6932.
System Reference Library Manual, 10Q pages
573Q-RCS. 5736-RC3
This manua1 provides the information that an operator
requires to use VIDEO/370 for'data entry and verification at
the IBM 3275 Display Station.
VIDEO/370 is an IBM program product that allows data
entry from local or remote display stations to provide data
for application programs. Formats, commands, and checking
features specified by the installation allow dynamic error
correction by the operator.
This
p~ication
describes the operator·s role in the
VIDEO/370 system and special VIDEO/370 aspects of the
display station; the basic commands 'are features available
procedur~s
. to all operators;
for data verification; optional
VIDEOI370 commands that provide
~ore
*N
NUMBER s736=RC3
--- - ------"The Program Product Specifications (PPS) describe the
warranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
This ,manual descrIlieSthe IBM 7000 Emulator Program for the
IBM System/370 Model 165, and provides information needed to
use 'the program. The emulator program executes object
programs for the IBM 7000 Data Processing System, and runs
as a problem program under the MET or MVT confignration of
the IBM System/360 operating system. The System/370 Model
165 must be equipped with the IBM COmpatibility Feature
#7110. The emulator program uses the compatibility feature
to perform the more complex and frequently occurring
processes of emulation.
*N
NUMBER
Specifications. q pages
GC27-6952
EMULATING THE IBM 7000 ON THE IBM SYSTEMl370 MODEL 165
NluMBER
= PROGRAM
The Program Product Specifications (PPS) describe the
warranted speCifications of the subject Program Product.
All messages issued by the emulator and
the data manipulation programs are included in an Appendix.
USING OS/3~--pROGRAM
SPECIFICATIONS VIDEO/37.D OS
extensive editing
,
GC27-6971
OS/VS GRAPHIC
SERVICES ~ FOR ~ ~
DISPLAY UNIT
DeSCiIbe-s--and routines provided under
OS/VS to aid in writing assembler-language programs that use
the IBM 2250 Display Unit, Model 1 or 3.
These programming services are useful in:
o
Displaying data in alphameric or graphic form
o
Controlling input/output
o
Communicating with the 2250 operator
capabilities; error recovery procedures, including
explanations of diagnostic messages sent to the operator;
and a sample VIDE0/370 data entry session. A glossary
defines terms used in the publication as they relate to
VIDEO/370.
Prerequisite Publication: Operator"s Guide for the IBM
3270 Information Display System, GC27-2739.
Manual, 96 pages
SC27-6960
VIDEO/370 SYSTEM INFORMATIOII MANlJAL - PROGRAM PROOOCTS
5134-RC5 .. 5736=iC3
This manuai is intended primarily for application
programmers coding in assembler language.
*N
------ - -------
This manual tells how to install and tailor VIDEO/370, which
is used to enter and verify data from local or remote IBM
3217 or 3275 display stations to produce data application
programs. The manual is intended for the system programmer
or analyst, at the VIDEO/370 installation who selects and
defines ~ VIDEO/370 features with macro instructions and
JCL.
,
'
,
,
The first section is an overview of VIDEO/370, its
standard and optional features. The second section,
describes installation of VIDEO/'370, which requires
specification of the desired commands and editing features,
definition of formats for the display processing
configuration, definition of formats for the display screen,
159
It also provides
installation managecs, system engineers, and system
programmers with general information about programming the
2250 display unit.
The reader should be familiar'with the ~nformation in:
IBM System/360 C'omponent Description:
IBM 2250 Display Dnit Model 1, GA27-2701
IBM System/360 Component Description:
IBM 2250 Display Unit Model 3
IBM 20QO Display control Model 2, GA27-2721
Manual, 146 pages
GC27-6972
OS/VS GRAPHIC PROGRllMMING ~VICES ,GGPS) FOR IBM 2260
DIspuiY'STATioN (LOIIAL ATTACBMENT) =-ilYSTEMLiBiARY MANUAL
This man~crib~s macro instructions-provided un~
OS/VS to aid in writing assembler-language programs that use
the IBM 2260 Display Station (Local Attach~ent).
These programming services are useful in: Controlling
input/output, and Communicating with the 2260 operator.
This manual is intended primarily for application
programmers Coding in assembler language. It also provides
installation managers, system engineers; and system
Ge27
GC27
programmers with general information about programming the
2260 display station.
The reader should be familiar with the information in:
IBM Systeml360 Component Description:
IBM 2260 Display Station
IBM 2848 Display Control. GA27-2700.
Manual. 52 pages
GC27-6973
OS.IVS GRAPHIC SUBROUTINE PACKAGE (GSP) FOR ~ !Yo.
COBOL. AND PL/I :: ~ LIBRARY
This manual describes how a FORTRAN. COBOL. or PL/I
programmer can write graphic programs for use with the IBM
2250 Display Unit under control of OS/VS. It also describes
how.the graphic subroutine package may be used in a program
This publication also contains a list of other
publications required to write applications involving the
3270; the most important of these publications are DOS
Basic Telecorrmunications ACCeSs Method. GC30-5001-9 and
IBM 3270 Information Display System Component Description.
GA27-27119.
This publication is for system and application
programmers planning or writing teleprocessing applications
involving the 3270 and DOS Release 26. The information
in this publication will be incorporated into other DOS
publications in releases after Release 26.
Manual. 20 pages
GC27-6978
DOS VERSION 4 - BASZC TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCESS METBOD
MANUAL
written in Assembler Language.
The graphic subroutine package (GSP) consists of
graphic forms On the 2250 screen and for controlling
communication between the program and the· 2250 operator.
The subroutines may be called from a program written in the
E. G. or H level of FORTRAN IV. in COBOL (F) .• in PL/I (F).
or from a program written in Assembler Language. They are
not an extension of the FORTRAN IV. COBOL. or PL/I
languages, but may be used in conjunction with them.
Manual. 188 pages
GC27-6974
OS/VS PROBLEM DETERMINATION AIDS AND MESSAGES AND CODES FOR
GPS AND GSP
---- ----- ----- --This:manual contains aids for determining and solving
problems that involve display programs that use either the
Graphic Programming services (DPS) for the IBM 2250 Display
Unit and IBM 2260 Display Station or the Graphic subroutines
Package (GSP) for the IBM 2250 Display Unit. The aids are
directed to the display operator. application programmer.
It is primarily intended for programmers making use
The manual is divided into an introduction and six
of problem determination aids:
Display operator aids .
Application programmer aids
Messages
o
o
o
codes
OS/VSl Planning and Use Guide - GC24-5090
OS/VS2 Planning and se Guide - GC28-0600
OS/VS Assembler Language - GC33-4010
Manual
o
Generalized Trace Facility
o
Problem-related data
The reader should be familiar with information in:
OS/VS Grpahic Programming Services (GPS) for IBM
2250 Display unit. GC27-6971
OS/VS Graphic Programming Services (GPS) for· IBM
2260 Display Station (Local Attachment). GC27-6972
OS/VS Graphic Subroutine ·Package (GSP) for FORTRAN IV.
COBOL. and PL/I. GC27-6973.
Manual. 104 pages
GC27_6975
IBM 2260 UTAH AND 2260 GAH TO IBM 3270 BTAH CONVERSION
GUIDE:: PROGRAM NUMBERS"3ii0S=cO=Sf3,·36ON-CQ 469
Users. of the 2260 or 2265 display stations under DOS or OS
who are considering the advantages of the 3270 display
system should review this planning manual to understand what
is invo~ved in the c~DVersioD and what assistance is
available from IBM. The book will aid installation
managers, planners, and progra~rs.
This hook brings together information on differences
~ programming and hardware -- that are·basic to planning
and carrying out conversion from 2260/2265 display stations
to 3270 display stations. Dos and OS terminal control
differences (for Basic
------ ------
of assembler language.
Use of the book requires a basic knowledge of the
operating system and of OS/VS assembler language. Related
books that contains information about these subjects are:
personnel.
o
NOMBER 370N-CQ-469
GC27-6979
OS/VS SUPERVISOR SERVICES AND MACRO INSTRUCTIONS
This book describes how to-uBe the services of the OS/VS
supervisor, the macro instructions used to request these,
services, and the linkage conventions used by the control
program to provide these services.
system operator, system programmer, and system maintenance
sections
o
o
o
= PROGRAM
This publication describes the Bas1c Telecommunications
Access Method (BTAH) used with the System/370 Disk Operating
System (DOS) control program. BTAM provides the READ/WRITE
level macro instructions· for the assembler-language
programmer who is implementing programs for
telecommunications' applications.
.
Included are macro instruction formats.and descriptions
and specific information on device-dependent"considerations.
For titles and abstracts of associated publications see
the IBM System/370 Bibliography. GA22-6822.
Manual. 392 pages
subroutines and functions for displaying characters or
~e1ecommunications
GC2?-6980
OS/VS UTAM
Describes the Basic Telecommunications Access Method (BTAH)
available with OS/VS. UTAH provides facilities that enable
an assembler-language programmer to write a teleprocessing
control program that effects communications at the
Read/Write level between a System/370 and a variety of
computers and terminals connected to the System/370 over
common-car~ier or private-wire communications networks.
BTAH provides similar facilities for the local IBM 3270
Display System. BTAH employs both start-stop and binary
synchronous communications (BSC) techniques. depending on
the type of remote station.
Typical BTAH applications .include data acquisition.
message switching. and inquiry processing.
This publication expla~s some concepts of
tel~processing and BTAH. describes line control and message
transmission techniques. and describes each of the BTAH
macro instructions and facilities needed to construct a
control program. The READ and WRITE macro instructions
applicable for each type of remote station and line
configuration are ~iven. along with the channel programs
generated for each type.
Access Method and
Prerequisite to use of this publication is a knowledge
for Graphic Access MethOd) are summarized. For users who do
not wish to completely rewrite their 2260 application
programs. use of the IBM-provide.d 3270 UTAH data stream
of System/370 assembler language and data management
facilities.
Manqal
conversion macro instruction is described. SuggestiOns are
given for user-written modifications to the data stream
Which, when used in conjunction with the conversion macro
instruction, will give additional performance qaiDS~
The 3270 system is a new family of display devices that
offer improved. response times and faster transactions at
lower costs. The system is designed for the who~e range of
alphameriC display applications. inclUding inquiry
applications. data-entry and· order-entry applications·. and
system console applications.
Before using this publication the reader must be
familiar with An Introduction to the IBM 3270 Information
Display System. GA27-2739. and with the UTAH or GAM
reference material for·his application programs.
SRL Conv~sion Guide, 96" pages
GC27-6977
DOS PROG
NG SUPPLEMENT FOR THE 3270 INFORMATION DISPLAl!
SYSTEM AL
--- --- -----This pub
. on contains system generation and storage
estimate information for teleprocessing applications
using the 3270 Information Display System and Release 26
of the Disk Operating System (OOS).
GC27-698"l
INTRODUcTICN TO VTAH (VIRTUAL TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCESS
METHOD)
-- - --~he Virtual Telecommunications Access Method w handles
the transfer of data between application programs and
telecommunications devices. It is available under DOS/VS,
OS/vS1. and OS/VS2. .
This manual is intended for those who will decide
whether·or not to use·VTAM. and as preliminary information
for installation managers and ·system·programmers who will
install it. It discusses:
o
Definition of VTAH to the operating system
o
Operation of a VTAH telecommunications network
o
VTAM macro instructions
o
Operation of TCAM programs under VTAH
o·
Reliability. availability. and serviceability
features available to VTAH.
The reader should be familiar· with teleprocessing
concepts. System programmers sbould be familiar with the
operating systhm w~h which they will use VTAH.
Manual. 54 pages
.
The information is in
the form of supplements for these DOS Release 26
publications:
o
OOS system Generation. GC24-5033
o
OOS Messages. GC211-5074·
o
DOS OLTEP. GC24-5086
GC27-6992
*N
0s/VS2 HASP II VERSION 4 - SYSTEMS PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBER 37iiiHEi-ool - - This publication consists of self-contained Chapters. each
160
GC27
GC28
of which provides information necessaxy to generate.
install. and implement capabilities of the HASP program. It
.is designed primarily for system programmers responsible for
generating, maintaining, and extending HASP features:
o
o
Defining the System
Job Management and Supervisor Services for System
Progranuners
o
supervisor Macro-Instructions for system
Programmers
o
System overview
o
Glossary
Related publications are:
Introduction to Virtual Storage in System/370, GR20-4260
IBM System/370 System Summary. GA22-7001
IBM Data Processing Glossary. GC20-1699
OS/VS Virtual Storage Access Method (VS~Ml Planning
Guide, GC26-3799
OS/VSl Planning and Ose Guide. GC2Q-5090.
systems Publication. 248 pages
~pics:
OS SYSGEN Requirements
Generating. a RASP System (HASPGENl
HASPGEN Parameters
Installing HASP in the System
Generating RASP Remote ~erminal Programs (RMrGENl
Remote Generation for Non-HASP Users
RMrGEN Parameters
Storage Requirements
Reference Listing of RASPJCL
Internal Reader
HASP-~SO Interface
Execution Batch Scheduling
Generating More ~han Fifteen Logical Partitions
Multiple Devices on MUL~I-LEAVING Remotes
RASP 2770 and 3780 RJE Support
3211 Forms Control Buffer Additional Loads
RASP-SMF Interface
General HASP Restrictions
Manual. 178 pages
GC27-6993
*N
OS/VS2, ~ I I .l!l!lY!!ill! ! OPERA~OR'S GUIDE
PROG. NO. 370B-TX-00l
~his publication tells the computer operator how to use
HASP II Version 4 with OS/VS2 Release 1. It presents
.specific operating techniques and operator commands for:
o
Starting, stopping and restarting the HASP System
o
Handling system input and input ,devices
o
Handling system output and output devices
o
Controlling devices
.
o
COntrolling jobs
Appendixes to this publication list HASP messages and detail
operation of RASP'remote work stations: 1130, system/360
(Model 20 and upl, 2922, 2780. 2770, System/3, and 3780.
Manual, 245 pages
GC28-0601
OS/VS2 RELEASE 1 GO IDE
This publication COiitains information about the scope and
content of Release 1 of OS/VB2. It provides planning and
implementation information for installation managers, system
programmers, and IBM field personnel.
The publication describes special considerations,
module information, and ordering and distribution procedures
for Release 1 of OS/VS2.
Manual, 104 pages
GC28-0602
OS/VS MASTER INDEX
This publication consolidates the indexes of publications in
the IBM System Library for OS/VB: it applies to both VBl and
VS2.
The master index lists topics alphabetically. and refers
to publications where these topics are discussed. The
indexes of these publications list the same topics and
refers to specific pages.
Systems publication. 408 pages
GC28-060Q
OB/vS2 STORAGE ESTIMATES MANUAL
This publication is intended for three types of users:
system planners, system programmers, and application
programmers. It contains instructions, formulas, and
figures that can be used to ,estimate the storage
requirements for OS/VS2. Storage requirements are divided
into three categories: real storage, virtual storage, and
auxiliary storage. Each type of user can use this
publication differently.
o
system planners can use this publication to plan
the storage requirements of a new system.. including
the effects of options on the total storage
requirement. "
System programmers can use this publication to
o
determine the amount of real, Virtual, and
auxiliary storage that has to be allocated during
system generatio.n .and to determine the amount of
storage available to the application programmer.
o
Application programmers can estimate the storage
requiremen'~s of their jobs.
This publication should be used with OS/vS2 System
Generation Reference, GC26-3792.
Manual. 156 pages
GC27-6995
VIRTUAL
~ELECOMMUNICA~IONS ACCESS METHOD (~AM). APPLICA~ION
coMPOiiEii.r NOMBERS
5741-SC1-DE AND 5742-SC~ --~his book provides those who will be COding these. programs
an opportunity to study the form and. scope of the
application program macro instructions before VTAM becomes
availahle. ~he book is not intended for persons who are
modifying existing programs to make them ~AM-compatible.
~AM is an access method that allows a program operating
under a virtual storage operating system to communicate with
the terminals of a teleprocessing network. ~he language
that this book describes consists of the ~AH macro
instructions with which the program prepares for and
requests communication with the terminals. The book is
~R'S REFERENCE MANOAL -
primarily a set of descriptions of these macro instructions.
It a1sa explains, in a general way, how to use macro
instructions.
Manual, 156 pages
GC27-6999
*N
AN INTRODOCTION TO PROGRAMMING THE IBM 3270
Provides the information requir~to-program the IBM 3270
Information Display System.
,
Programming the 3270 includes designing the panel,
building and coding the data stream. analyzing data.
designing the line control program. and handling error
recovery.
The intended audience is the systems and application
programmers who install the 3270 and tailor it to the needs
of their installations.
The fi.rst section of the book des=ibes ·.s=een design.
Fields and attributes are discussed, as well as data
streams. orders, and the use of such 3270 features as
program attention keys and the selector Pen. ~he second
section describes screen management by means of decoding and
generating data streams. mapping, building output data
streams. and the automatic copy function. The third section
discusses device management. The master termina~ program is
described, as well as reliability and error recovery
procedures such as sense/status analysis.
Manual, 112 pages
GC2S-0600
OS/VS2 PLANNING AND OSE GUIDE
This publication-aiscrIbes OS/VS2 to users responsible for
selecting, evaluating, and implementigg an OS/VS2 system.
~he purpose of this publication is to introduce VS2 concepts
and to. proy-ide .planning and use information. ~is
publication assumes a knowledge of Os/MVT. (MVT is
des=ibed in IBM System/360 Operating System: MVT Guide,
GC28-6720.l .~his publication contains the follOWing
chapters: .
Introduction
o
o
System Control Porgram
o
standard SUpport porgrams
o
Options
o
Compatibility
GC28-0617
OS/VS JCL SERVICES
NUMBER--s741-010
This publication describes services provided by the
operating system that an applications programmer can request
by coding parameters of the job control language (JCLl.
This book is written. primarily for applications programmers
who code JCL statements for their 'job and assumes the reader
has a basic knowledge of computer operating systems and some
familiarity with JCL. ~he ~ntroduction to the book contains
a brief overview of ·the nine JCL statements and an
introduqtian to the organization of services in the book.
The descriptions of JCL services are divided into five
groups running your job; defining and descr4bing data sets;
special data sets; obtaining output: cataloged and in-stream
procedures. .Cbapters within each group describes whan or
why you would want to request the services discussed and
how to requestor control the service.
Not evexy service provided by JCL is included in the
book. The introduction contains a list of JCL services,
noting the publication in which each service is desaribed
and the parameter," subparameter, or statement used to
request the service. OS/VS JCL services is a companion
book.to the OS/VS JCL Reference, GC28-0618. In this book.
paramet~rs of the job control language are discussed only
in the context of requesting services. Complete parameter
descriptions, including syntax rules are' included in
the OS/VS JCL Reference.
Manual, 96 'pages
GC28-0618
OS/VS JCL REFERENCE
Every job submitted
include job control
contain information
proceSSing of. jobs.
161
- SYSTEMS PUBLICATION
fo~tionby OS/VSl or OS/VS2 must
language statements. These statements
required to initiate and control the
GC28
GC28
This publication defines the facilities provided with
the job control language and contains the information
necessary to code job control language statements. The
book is intended for application and system programmers
who are familiar with JCL.
Manual, 380 pages
GC28-0631
OS/VS DATA MANAGEMENT FOR SYSTEM PROGRAMMERS
This publication consists of self-contained chapters, each
providing information on how to modify, extend, or implement
the data management capabilities of the OS/VS control
program. It is designed primarily for system programmers
responsible for maintaining, updating, and extending the
ope~ating
GC28-0638
OS/VS SYS1. LOGREC ERROR RECORDING MANUAL
This publication is intended for system operators,
programmers, and administrators involved in using the
information on the SYS1.LOGREC data set. This publication
describes:
o
Why and how the different types of error records
are built and recorded on SYS1.LOGREC.
The service aid programs that can be used to
o
maintain and retrieve the information on
SYS1.LOGREC
Messages issued by the IFCDIPOO and IFCEREPO service aids
are described in OS/VS Message Library: Service Aids and
OLTEP Messages, GC38-1006.
Manual, B4-pages
system features.
GC28-0640
The topics discussed are:
~ ~
a
o
=
=
SUPPORT ~
~ ~ 5007, 5008,
5413, AND 5414
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5741 AND 5742
A combined language reference manual and user"s guide for
the Dynamic Support System (DSS).
DSS is
monitoring and debugging program that is
intended for use by IBM Program Systems R~presentatives and
user-authorized maintenance personnel. DSS helps identify
and provide tempor~y fixes to software errors in the IBM
Operating System with Virtual Storage (OS/VS).
This book has six sections. Section 1 describes the
functions and capabilities of DSS~ Section 2 describes the
DSS command language.. section 3 is a suamary of Section 2.
section 4 tells how to use DSS.. Section 5 describes the
formatted output (dumps and displays) produced by DSS.
Section 6 describes the messages issued by DSS ..
Although there are not mandatory prerequisite
publications. before using DSS the reader must have a
thorough knowledge of tbe internal logic of OS/VS.
OS/VS1 information is for planning purposes only until
DSS is available in OS/VS1.
Manual~ 176 pages
Maintaining the VTOC and system catalog
Using EXCP or XDAP to execute a user-written
channel program
Implementing data set protection
Using system macro instructions to refer to or
modify system data areas.
o
Adding a ues image or an FCB image to the system
image library ..
Manual. 141 pages
a
o
o
GC28-0632
OS/VS2 DEBUGGING GUIDE
This publication provides debugging guidelines and aids for
the programmer who debugs problem programs or system
routines.
In addition, i t contains the formats and field
descriptions for the output from the IBM dump and trace
programs. This publication is divided into three sections:
o
section 1 is a general introduction to debugging.
o
section 2 contains pointer diagrams and debugging
information that can help the programmer to find
information in dump or trace output ..
o
section 3 contains the format and field
descriptions for the output from the various dump
and trace programs ..
Appendixes contain tables, lists. and other reference
material ..
Prerequisite publications are OS/vS Message Library: VS2
System COdes GC38-100S OS/VS Message Library: VS2 System
Messages. GC3B-1002. and any other message manual that
supports the functions included in the installation IS
operating system.
Manual
GC28-0633
OS/VS SERVICE AIDS MANUAL
This publication explains when, why, ,and how to use IBM
service aids to diagnose and fix failures in system or
application programs. Each service aid is discussed in a
separate chapter. The service aids are:
o
GTF (Generalized Trace Facility) ~ Traces selected
system events such as SVC and I/O interruptions.
o
IMCJOBQD (VSl only) - Operates as a standalone
program to format and print the system job queue ..
o
HMBLIST (VS1)/AM8LIST (VS2) - Formats and prints
object modules. load modules~ and CSECT
identification records; maps reenterable load
module area.
o
IMCOSJQD (VS2 only) - Operates as a problem program
to format and print the system job queue.
o
HMDPRDMP (VS1)/AMDPRDMP (VS2) - Formates and prints
dump data sets. which may include page data sets
and GTF trace data.
o
HMAPTFLE (VS1)/AMAPTFLE (VS2) - Updates an
operating system by applying PTFs or by generating
JCL statements needed to apply PTFs or leRs in a
later step.
o
HMDSADMP (VS1)/AMDSADMP (VS2) - Operates as a
standalone program to produce high-speed or lowspeed dump of real storage. The high-speed version
can also dump page data sets.
o
HMASPZAP (VS1)/AMASPZAP (VS2) - Verifies and/or
replaces instructions and/or data in a load module.
Information about how to write PRDMP/EDIT user exit programs
is provided in a separate appendix.. Messages issued by the
service aids are described in OS/VS Message Library: Service
Aids and OLTEP Messages, GC38~1006.
Manual. 296·pages
GC28-0636
OS/VS OLTEP MANUAL
This publication provides customer engineers. other
qualified personnel, and operators with the information
required to use the Online Test Executive Program (OLTEP).
OLTEP is a standard component of OS/VS that is deSigned
to run online test programs. under'control of the operating
system~ for the testing of Input/Output devices.
Messages issued by OLTEP are described in OS/VS Message
Library: Service Aids and OLTEP Messages, GC38-1006.
Customer engineers should refer to F.E. Diagnostic Order
Procedure, ZZ25-0505, for ordering procedures for on1ine
tests and their documentation.
Manual. 76 pages
GC28-0644
OS/VS2 TSO GUIDE
This publication describes the concepts, features~ and
implementation of TSO, a general purpose time-sharing
facility~ operating under the VS2 configuration of the
control program. This manua1 is intended for those who
design~ generate~ and maintain a TSO installation.
TopiCS
discussed are:
o
The capabilities and advantages of time sharing in
general and TSO in particular_
o
The programming languages and system facilities
available to a TSO terminal user ..
o
The system configuration TSO requires.
o
Bow to generate and maintain a TSO system.
o
Program Products available with TSO ..
o
The differences between TSO in OS/VS2 and TSO in
OS/MVT.
The prerequisite publication is: OS/VS2 Planning and Use
Guide, GC28-0600.
Manual. 148 pages
GC28-0645
OS/VS2 TSO TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE
This publication describes how to use TSO Command Language
to perform the following basic fUnctions:
a
Start and end a terminal session
o
Enter and manipu1ate data
o
Program at the terminal
o
Test a program
o
Write and use command procedures
No prior knowledge of TSO is required to use this
publication and there are no prerequisite publications.
After becoming familiar with the information presented in
this manual, you should use OS/VS2 TSO Command Language
Reference. GC28-0646, for further reference.
Manual~ 96 pages
GC28-0646
OS/vS2 TSO COMMAND fiANGUAGE REFERENCE
This publication describes the commands, operands. and
syntax of the TSO command language. It is intended for use
at a terminal as a t:eference.. The prerequisite publicatidn~
TSO Terminal User's Guide, GC28-0645, descr-ibes what
commands are used, to perform specific functions. The
Command Language Reference also describes the statements
used in co«-mand, procedures and contains appendices
describing system commands and program product commands.
The-audience for this pub1ication should have a basic
knowledge of using a terminal and a familiarity with_ TSO
commands.
Manual, 280 pages
GC28-0648
OS/vS2 TSO GUIDE TO WRITING A TERMINAL MONITOR PROGRAM OR
162
~DPRO~R-
---- -
---- ---- -
This publication describes teatures of TSO that can be
replaced, modified, or added to by eacp user of TSO to
adapt i t to his particular needs. The manual is intended
for programmers whose resp~nsibility i t is to modify the
portions of TSO that communicate directly with the user
GC28
GC28
debugging his programs; a150, he can create., modify, share,
and copy data sets; he can move them to or· from input/output
devices. The user can modify and add to the IBM-supplied
command system to meet his specific requirements.
Systems Re"ference Library Manual. 250 pages
at the terminal.
It discusses the Terminal Monitor Program and the
Command Processors from the viewpoint of their
replaceability, and it describes the programming facilities
provided within TSO for user-written Terminal Monitor
Programs, Commands Processors, and application programs.
These features include:
o
o
service routines
Macro Instructions
o
SVCs
o
The Dynamic.Allocation Interface Routine (DAIRJ
a
The TEST Command Processor
No prerequisite information is needed to use this book.
For MVT/TSO users. IBM Systeml360 Operating system: Time
Sharing Option Command Publication; for VS2/TSO users,
the corequisite publication is OS/vS2 TSO Command Language
Reference. GC28-0646.
Manual. 316 pages
GC28-0661
INTRODUCTION TO OS/VS2 RELEASE 2
This publication-contains introductory information about VS2
Release 2, a system control program (SCP) that features
virtual storage, multiprogramming, multiprocessing, time
sharing. and streamlined job scheduling. It is assumed that
readers have a basic knowledge of programming systems such
as OS/MVT or OS/VS2 Release 1.
Manual
GC28-0666
OS/VS OLTEP SYSTEMS PUBLICATION - COMPONENT NUMBERS
S'iii"i="sCt=06 AND 57Q2-SC 1-06
This publication provides customer engineers, other
qualified personnel, and operators with the information
required to use the Online Test Executive Program (OLTEP).
OLTEP is a standard component of OS/VS that is designed
to run online test programs, under control of the operating
system, for the testing of Input/Output devices.
Messages issued by OLTEP are described in OS/VS Message
Library: Service Aids and OL~EP Messages, GC38-1006.
Customer engineers should refer to F.E. DiagnostiC Order
Procedure, ZZ2S-0S0S, for ordering procedures for online
tests and their documentation.
Manual
GC28-0667
OS/VS2 PLANNING GUIDE FOR RELEASE 2
Provides planning information for Installations that intend
to install OS/VS2 Release. 2.
OS/VS2 Release 2 is a virtual storage operating system
with multiprogramming, time sharing (180) and job entry
subsystems. It provides new features and enhances exising
OS/MVT and OS/VS 2 differences between VS2 Release 2 and
both MVT and VS2 Release 1.
The intended audience is an installation manager or a
system programmer responsible for assessing the effort
required to install an OS/VS2 Release 2 system.
The introduction highlights major pOints that should be
considered for installing VS2 Release 2. The first section
describes procedures and macro instructions for system
generation, procedures and parameters for system
initialization, and system libraries and data sets. The
second section describes the system resources manager and
MF/1 (the system activity measurement facility). The third
section describes reduced serealization in I/O device
allocation processing.- The fourth section describes system
integrity and recommendations for maintaining it in control
program extensions or modifications. The fifth section
describes conversi.on considerations for SMF, JCL., op~rator
commands, time-sharing, data sets, programs and
multiprocessing. Appendixes show virtual storage layout and
differences between JES2 and HASP.
Prerequisite Publications:
The reader must be familiar with the info~a~ion presented
in:
IBM System/370 Introduction to VS2 Release 2. GC28-0661
Manual. 140 pages
GC28-2000
IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME-SHARING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE
This publication .describes the IBM System/360 Time Sharing
System Assembler Language. a symbolic programming language
used to write programs for IBM System/360. The language
provides a convenient means for representing the machine
instruction~ and related data n~cessary to program. the IBM
System/360. espcially as re~ated to Time Sharing Systeml360
(TSS/360J • The TSS/360 Assembler program processes the
language and provides auxiliary functions for preparing
and documenting a program; the Assembler includes facilities
for processing the assembler macro language.
Systems Reference Library Manual. 132 pages
GC28-2003
IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME SHARING SYSTEM CONCEPTS AND FACILITIES
Time Sharing System/360 is a comprehensive programming
system used in conjunction with IBM System/360 computers
that have time-sharing features. TSS/360 comprises a
su~ervisory program, 'a group of service programs, and a
group of user programs. The supervisory program controls
operation of the system and provides the time-sh~ring
environment. The service programs perform task- and datamanagement functions in response to user or system requests.
The user programs perform language processing. linkage
editing. and other work defined by the user's problem
programs.
The primary purpose of TSS/360 is to provide many users
with simultaneous conversational (on-line) access to a
computing system that may have a single ~rocessor, or
multiple processors. ~he combination of machine and program
features gives each user the impression that he has sole
possession of the system. He uses the system as if it had
a directly accessible main-storage addressing space equal
to the addressing capability of the system. rather than
its actual· main-storage capacity.
While the system is operating conversationally, for
many simultaneous use~s, it can also operate
nonconversationally, with batch-type processing jobs, in
the ilackground.
Systems Reference Library Manual. 76 pages
GC28-2004
IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME~SHARING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER USER
MACRO INSTRUCTIONS - SYSTEMS~ENCE LIBR~RY--IBM System/360 Time-Sharing System provides comprehensive
program and data management services which, together with
communication, bulk output, and interruption handling
services, are requested through macro-instructions. These
macro-instructions are written in the assembler language
as an aid to programming and processing time-shared tasks.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 272 pages
GC28-2005
IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME-SBARING SYSTEM LIN~GE EDITOR
This publication describes the linkage editor, an optional
service program· available for the IBM System/360 Time
Sharing System (TSS/360). The linkage editor connects and
edits program moduLes that have been assembled or compiled
separately to prodUCe a single program module that can be
efficiently loaded by the dynamiC ~oader at execution time.
Linkage editor faci~ities are illustrated in ccnversational
and nonconversational modes of operation.
Systems Reference Library Manual. 54 pages
GC28-2006
IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME~SHARING SYSTEM
TIME SHARING SUPPORT SYSTEM
This publication descr1bes the Time Sharing SUFPort System
and the command language used to operate it. This system
is used only by system programmers with authority code 0
or P and is not intended to be available to any other Time
Sharing System/360 users; consequently, this manual contains
no information required by users other than properly
authorized system programmers.
. The Time Sharing Support System is an on-line program
error analysis facility that provides the capability of
coliecting data from the T.ime Sharing System/360 for
analysis and of altering the Time Sharing System/360 storage
and machine registers. These functions Kay be performed
on command from a terminal or dynamically during TSS/360
execution; and the programs, tables, and control blocks
of real, virtual, and secondary storage can be referenced.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 64 pages
GC28-2007
IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME~SHARING SYSTEM FORTAN IV
This publication describes and illustrates~he use of the
IBM FORTRAN IV language for the IBM System/360 Time Sharing
System (TSS/360J.
,
The IBM FORTRAN IV language is a symbolic programming
language that. parallels the symbolism and format of
mathematical notation. It provides many programming
features and facilities that can be used to express as a
meaningful FORTRAN program the method of solution· of a
mathematical problem.
"
Systems Reference Library Manual. 118 pages
GC2~-2008
IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME SHARING SYSTEM
SYSlrEM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE
--·IBM System/360 Time Siiiiting System (TSS/360J makes a
distinction be~ween user and system programmers. This
publication is specifically intended for persons responsible
f~r maintaining. modifying. or extending the system and
discusses:
GC28-2001
~~~DiYSTEM/360
TIME-SHARING SYSTEM COMMAND SYSTEM
~
This publication contain~'information on the Command System
in Time Sharing System/360. It gives to the user the
facilities he needs f?r constructing, execut~9, and
163
GC28
1.
Operating environment
2.
Program structure
3.
Coding practices and conventions
4.
Priviledged supervisor call instructions
5.
serviceability aids
.
6.
System macro definitions
7.
Changing TSS/360
8.
Priviledge Class E
Systems Reference Manual, 248 pages
GC28-2010
IBM SYSTEMl360 TIME-SHARING SYSTEM SYSTEM GENERATION ~
MAINTENANCE
This publication explains how an installation generates
and maintains IBM System/360 Time Sharing System (TSS/.360).
system generation is the pr~cess of specifying and
creating an installation adapted TSS/360. An operable
time-sharing system is necessary for system generation.
Initially, a basiC system is provided.
system maintenance is the procedure for incorporating
changes to TSS/360.
This publication presents:
GC28
the hardware component responsible for failures, and in
the testing of the component.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 8-1/2 x 11, 72 pages
GC28-2032
IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME-SHARING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER PROGRAMMER'S
GUIDE
This publication explains the use of Time Sharing System/360
(TSS/360) for assembler language applicaticns programmers.
It describes how to assemble, store, and execute programs
in TSS/360, as well as how to iden~ify data sets, process
them as input/output in problem programs, and manipulate
them in various ways (such as erasing, copying, modifying,
and cataloging them).
Task Management and Data Set Management are described
so that the reader may efficiently utilize 'the time sharing
facilities. Both System-supplied and user-defined commands
are shown, including the flexibility of the Text Editor,
the BUILTIN command, PROCDEF, and the Oser Profile.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 206 pages
The construction· of the basic TSS/360:
GC28-2033
IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME-SHARING SYSTEM OPER~TOR'S GUIDE
This manual provides detailed information on the fUnctions
of the system operator for the time sharing, and on the
facilities of the common language reserved for the
operators. The system operator has a set of commands which
he controls and monitors the system configuration and
handles system requests.
Systems Reference ,Library Manual, 58 pages
The method of specifying. through SYSGEN macro
instructions, such installation-dependent
information as machine configuration r
task-management 'requirements, and
conunand-Ianguage" <:\efault specifications:
The application of this information to create a new
TSS/360;
The maintenance process for TSS/360;
The method of dynamically modifying TSS/360 for the
duration of a startup-to-shutdown session.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 92 pages
GC28-2034
GC28-2017
~~~~b,II~IIo~~~~IE~ how to create a multi terminal
~~~~;S~~~60 TIME SHARING ~ VERSION B.l: TERMINAL
(MTT) task. which will run under the IBM System/360 Time
Sharing System (TSS/360). It also explains how to write
an MTT application program, and how to connect it to a
multiterminal task.
The publication is meant for use by TSS/360
installations as a, reference book for persens responsible
for administering and/or writing an MTT application program.
Manual, q 8 pages
This manual gives in'struction for operating the IBM 2741
Communications 'lerminal, the IBM 1050 Data Communications
system and the teletypewriter terminal with the IBM
System/360 Time Sharing system. It is intended for
programmers, system managerSr and system administrators who
use terminals in the IBM System/360 Time Sharing System.,
Manual. 32 pages
GC28-2023
IBM SYSTEMl360 TIME SHARING SYSTEM MASTER INDEX
This index has been compiled from the indexes of the
existing SRL publications that describe the IBM System/360
Time Sharing System. It is a subject index that refers
the reader to the individual pub1ications. Actual page
references will be found in the individual indexes.
systems Reference Library Manual, '108 pages
GC28-2024
IBM SYSTEMl360 TIME-SHARING SYSTEM MANAGER'S AND
ADMINISTRATOR'S GUIDE
This manua1 provides detailed information on the command
system as used by system managers and system administrators
in Time Sharing System/360. They share an identical set
of commands with which they contro1 access to the time
sharing system.
systems Reference Library Manua1, 36 pages
GC28-2037
IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME SHARING SYSTEM: SYSTEM MESSAGES
The IBM System/360 Time Sharing System provides for a
dialogue between the user and the system. The system
partiCipates· in this dialogue with a series of messages,
Which provide the recipient with the information be requires
to fulfill his task. These messages may be received at
a remote terminal in the conversational mode, in the data
set created as part of the output of a non conversational
task, or at the operator's terminal in the machine room.
This publication lists and explains all of the messages
issued by all IBM-supplied components of tbe IBM System/360
Time Sharing sys.tem. Furthermore, it contains additional
information with each message, such as the identification
code of the modules issuing and determining the need for
the message, the 'transmittal technique, and where
appropriate the format of the associated dump or the
completion code.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 688 pages
GC28-2025
IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME-SHARING SYSTEM FORTRAN PROGRAMMER'S
GUIDE
This publication describes bow to use the IBM System/360
Time Sharing System (TSS/360) for compiling and executing
programs written in the FORTRAN IV language. It also
describes how to use the services and features of. TSS/360
that, while not directly related to FORTRAN programming,
are frequently of use to the FORTRAN programmer.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 184 pages
GC28-203B
IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME~SHARING SYSTEM INDEPENDENT UTILITIES
This publication discusses the uses of the independent
utility programs that support IBM System/360 Time Sharing
System (TSS/360>, their features, functions, capabilities,
control statements, and record formats. The TSS/360
independent utility 'programs are: direct-access storage
device initialization (DASDI), direct-access storage device
dump/restore (DASDDR), direct-access print (DADUMP), and
core dump.
systems Reference Library Manual, 32 pages
GC28-2026
IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME SHARING SYSTEM
FORTRAN IV LIBRARY sUi3PROGii"~
This publication describes the FORTRAN IV library
subprograms provided with IBM System/360 Time Sharing
system (TSS/360) and provides the information necessary
to, use the subprograms in either a FORTRAN IV or an
assembler-language program.
System Reference Library Manual, 12 pages
GC28-2043
IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME-SHARING SYSTEM ADDENDUM
PRCGRAM NUMBER 360S CI-555 -----This addendum presents the specifications for prog~am
changes that have been made recently to the IBM System/360
Time Sharing System (TSS/360).
This a~dendum should be regarded as a required
supplement to the present TSS/360 publications.
Systems Reference Lib~ary Manual, 18 pages
GC28-2028
GC28-2044
~~ER~;S~~~~6~ ~~:~HA~:~~~2~ND MAINTENANCE
This publicatIon describes, for the IBM System/360 Time
Sharing System.(TSS/360)r how to use the On Line Test
S¥~t~.. (OLTS), and how to retrieve system error recordings
using the Error Recording Edit and Print (EREPs7/UMEREP)
procedure. Device partitiOning ,and system quiescence are
described, and the error recordings interpreted.
This publication is meant for use by system monitor
and/or maintenance personnel. It may be used to determine
;~: ~:~~/360 TIME-'SHARING SYSTEM PLANNING FOR REMOTE
This is a planning aid to be used prior to the availability
of i.:he reruote job entry feature of IBM System/360 ',rime
Sharing System .•
Remote job entry provides all central TSS/360 batch
processing facilities to remote locations. The input/output
device used at remote stations is an IBM 2780 Data
Transmission Terminal, Modell.
164
GC28
GC28
GC28-6380
systems Reference Library Manual, 16 pages
~:~G~!~T~~~~~~ ~~~~~!N~2~_~5J!1
PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE
This publication describes how to compile, linkage edit,
and execute a COBOL (F) Program. The text alse describes
the output from each of these.
In addition it explains
options of the compiler and many available features of the
operating system.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 226 pages
GC2B-2045
IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME-SHARING SYSTEM PL/I REFERENCE MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBERS 360G CL-625 360G=CL=626
Tbis publication is a companion volume to IBM System/360
Time Sharing system: PL/I Programmer's Guide~ Order GC282049. Together the two books form a guide to the writing
and execution of PL/I programs under the control of an
IBM System/360 Time Sharing System that includes the PL/I
compiler.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 332 pages
GC28-2046
IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME-SHARING SYSTEM PL/I LIBRARY
COMPUTATIONAL SUBROUTINES - PROGRAM NUMB~-CL-627
This publication gives details of the computational
subroutines available in the PL/I Library. These
subroutines are used by the PL/I compiler in the
implementation of PL/I built-in functions and of the
operators used in the evaluation of PLiI expressions.
Not
all PL/I built-in functions and expression ope~tors are
supported by the PL/I Library; the compiler generates inline code for a small number of them. The details provided
include summaries of the mathematical methods used, and
(where appropriate) figures for range and accuracy.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 56 pages
GC28-2048
IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME SHARING SYSTEM INTRODUCING TSS/360
~RIMER FOR FORTRAN USERS -----PROGRAM NUMBE~CI-ill
A subset of Time Sharing System/360 (TSS/360) is presented
in this book to allow use of basic system facilities without
an extensive knowledge of the. command system, by which
system functions are invoked. The reader of the book is
presumed to have at least a basic knowledge of FORTRAN.
In addition, the user profile under which the reader will
use TSS/360 should be altered as explained in Appendix
B. This can be done by the reader himself, if necessary;
preferably, however, it should be done by someone in a
supervisory or tutorial relationship to the reader.
The altered user profile can be changed again by the
reader if he progresses to using the full command system.
The full system is explained in other books of the TSS/360
Systems Re~erence Library.
This book contains basic information on the three kinds
of terminals that can be used with TSS/360.
Manual, 60 pages
GC28-2049
IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME SHARING SYSTEM PL/I PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE
This publication is a comparison volume to IBM System/360
Time Sharing System PL/I Language Reference Manual, Order
No. GC28-2045. Together the two books form a guide to
the writing and execution of PL/I programs under the control
of an IBM System/360 Time Sharing System that includes
a PL/I Compiler. This publication is concerned with the
relationship between a PL/I program and the Time Sharing
system.
It explains how to compile and execute a PL/I
program, and introduces the command system, data management,
and other essential features of TSS/360.
systems Reference Library Manual, 150 pages
GC28-2056
IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME SHARING SYSTEM
DATA MANAGEMENTE'ACILITIES -----The Data Management facilities of TSS/360, described in
this manual provide the users with standardized methods
for'handling collections of data, while taking maximum
advantage of the Time-Shared environment in which they
operate.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 80 pages
GC28-2057
IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME SHARING SYSTEM REMOTE JOB ENTRY
Remote Job Entry (RJE) allow~s at remote locations
to submit punched-card input to, and receive printed output
from, the central TSS/360 installati9n.
RJE users can enter card decks in the same format as
that used at the local, online card reader.
Nonconversational. SYSIN data sets can be entered for
execution, and data-card card decks can be entered and
stored as virtual storage data sets. Output-~n be returned
to the originating location or routed to the installationls
high-speed printer. SYSOOT data sets are returned_to the
originating location unless redirected by the system
operator.
This publication describes RJE concepts, terminology,
and procedures. Information required by users at remote
locations, including RJE control sta~ements, is presented;
also, commands used by the system manager, system
administrator, and system operator to control the RJE
system are described.
systems-Reference Library Manual, 50 pages
165
GC28-6394
IBM DOS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL, ~ NOS.
360N-CB-482IV1 ~ llL 5736-CB21V3 COMPILER), LM21V3 LIBRARY)
COBOL (Cammon Busines Oriented Language) is a programming
language, similar to English, that is used for commercial
data proceSSing. It was developed by the Conference On
Data Systems Languages ICODASYL). The U. S. A. standard
of the language is USA Standard COBOL, X3.23-1968, as
specified by the United States of America Standards
Institute IUSASI).
IBM System/360 Disk Operating System USASI COBOL
incorporates the eight processing modules defined in the
USA standard. These modules include:
Nucleus, Table
Handling, Sequential Access, Random Access, Sort, Report
Writer, Segmentation, and Library. A significant number
of IBM extensions are implemented as well.
The IBM
implementation of USA Standard COBOL also complies with
the first Draft ISO Recommendation on COEOL.
.
This publication gives the programmer the rules for
writing programs that are to be compiled by the IBM USASI
COEOL compiler under the Disk Operating System.
It is
meant to be used as a reference manual in the writing of
IBM USASI COBOL programs.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 360 pages
GC28-6395
IBM SYSTEM/360 ~ DIFFERENCES ~ STANDARD ~
CONVERSION
This publication summarizes the differences between the
current IBM System/360 COBOL languages ~- COBOL D, COBOL
E, and COBOL F -- and the IBM COBOL languages conforming
to the full USA Standard COBOL -- IBM System/360 Operating
system USASI COBOL and IBM System/360 Disk Operating System
USASI COBOL.
It also summarizes new features offered in
the IBM USASI COBOL languages.
This Differences Manual is meant to be a sup~lementary
reference [['anual.. Therefore, it is advisable that it be
used only in conjunction with the IBM USASI COBOL Language
Manuals.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 52 pages
GC28-6396
IBM OS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL
SYSTEM LIBRARY MANUAL - PROGRA~&-:---
VERSION2360S-ca:5ii5 VERSION 3 5734-CBt
VERSION ~ 5734-CB2 ICO~AND~)
5734-LM2-ILIBRARY ONLY)
--This publication describes all current versions of IBM OS
Full American National Standard COBOL -- Versions 2, 3, and
4. It gives the programmer the rules for writing programs
that are to be compiled by the IBM Full American National
Standard COBOL compilers under the Operating System.
It is
meant to be used as a reference manual in the writing of IBM
American National Standard COBOL programs .•
Manual, 503 pages
GC28-6397
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV
PRCGRAMMER'S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBERS 36~79'360N-LM-480
This publication descJ;ibes the procedur.es for compiling
and executing FORTRAN programs under control of' the Disk
Operating System. Its purpose is to guide the programmer
with examples and techniques of the FORTRAN language.
It also exposes the tiser to the components of the control
program and facilities of the IBM System/360 Disk Operating
System.
Manual, 100 pages
GC28-6398
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM, FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL
~ COBOL: PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE, PROG,. ill2.:. 360N-CB-482
This publication'·describes how to compile, linkage edit,
arid execute a USA Standard COBOL program under the contrOl
of the IBM System/360 Disk Operating System. The text also
describes the'output from each of these steps. In addition,
it explains features of the compiler and available options
of the operating system.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 236 pages
GC28-6399
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL PROGRAI>!MER"S GUIDE
This publication describes how to compile an American
National Standard COBOL X3.23-1968 program using Version
2 of the IBM System/360 Operating System Full COBOL
compiler.
It also discusses how to linkage edit or load
and execute the program under control of the IBM System/360
Operating System. There is a description of the output
of each of these steps, i.e., compile, load, linkage edit,
GC28
and execute.
GC28
when the IBM Systeml360 Operating System American National
Standard Full COBOL Compiler and Library, Version 3, becomes
available.
Manual, 20 pages
In addition, there is an explanation of the
features of the compiler and available options of tbe
operating system. Note that American National Standard
COBOL 'was formerly known as USA Standard COBOL.
systems Reference Library Manual, 279 pages
GC28-6400
IBM CONVERSION AIDS: COBOL-~o-AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD
COBOL LANGUAGE CONVERSION PROGRAI',
PROGRAM NUMBERS 360N-CV-48~-CV-113
This publication describes tbe IBM COBOL Language Conversion
Programs (COBOL LCP). The COBOL LPCS translate existing
IBM System/360 COBOL input programs into USA Standard COBOL
input programs. COBOL D programs are translated into DOS
USA standard COBOL programs: COBOL E and F programs are
translated into OS USA Standard COBOL programs. The LPCS
are distributed as problem programs which operate under
IBM System/360 Disk Operating System and IBM System/360
Operating System.
systems Reference Library Manual, 9B pages
GC28-6408
IBM OS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND
UmUiRy, VERSION.! ~
PROG. ~ 5'73ii=CB2; -LM2
The Program Product 'Design Objectives (PPDO) describe the
design objectives and Frovide the estimated availability
date of the subject Program Product.
Flyer, 4 pages'
=
=
GC28-6"20
IBM DOS FULL AMERICNN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER,
VERSION 3: PPDO, PROG. NO. 5136-CB2
PROGRAM NUMBER 5136~CB2
~ogram Product Design Objectives (PPDO) describes
the design objectives and provides the estimated
availability date of the subject Program Product.
Design Objectives, 2 pages
GC28-6402
COMPILER
provides an introduction to the
GC28-6421
~eatures
of the IBM Subset American National Standard COBOL Compiler
and Library, Release 2, a program product that operates
under the IBM Disk Operating System. Included are a
general information about the IBM
System/360 Disk Operating System American National Standard
Full COBOL Compiler Version 3, an implementation compatible
with the highest level of American National Standard COBOL,
and its associated COBOL object-time Subroutine library.
The Version 3 Compiler and the Subroutine Library are
Program ,Products that operate under control of the IBM
System/360 Disk Operating System. Included here are brief
descriptions of the compiler's features and a description
of the Subroutine Library, as well as information on
summary of the characteristics of the compiler, examples
of some of the features of the language. and planning
information on system requirements and compatability
characteristics.
This publication is written for installation analysts
and planners. ~t provides them with a basis for general
planning and for evaluating this product in relation to
their needs.
It is not meant to describe the language
fully. A complete description is available in the
publication IBM DOS Subset American National Standard
COBOL, Order No. GC28-6403.
Program Product Manual, 12 pages
operating system requirements and machine configuration.
This publication is intended as an aid in evaluation
and planning: it is not meant for the COBOL programmer.
Publications for the COBOL programmer will be provided
when the IBM Systeml360 Disk Operating System American
National Standard FUll COBOL compiler Version 3 and the
Subroutine Library become available.
GC2B-6403
IBM SYSTEMl360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM:
AMERICAN NATIONAL:STANDARD SUB~L
PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-CB1
------ ----COBOL (Common BUsiness Oriented Language) is a programming
General Information Manual
GC28-6428
language, similar to English, that is used for commercial
di'ta processing. ,It was devel,oped by tbe Conference On
Data Systems Languages (CODASYL). The U. S. A. standard
of the language is American National standard COBOL, X3.231968, (formerly known as USA Standard COBOL), as approved
by tbe American National Standards Institute (ANSI),.
IBM System/360 Disk operating System American National
Standard Subset COBOL incorporates six processing modules
of the full American National Standard. These modules
OBJECT-TIME
describes
the design objectives and
,the estimated
availability date of the subject Program Product.
Design Objectives, 2 pages
are:
Nucleus
Sequential Access
Random Access
Table Handling
2NOC
2SEQ
2RAC
2TBI.
1,2
1,2
0,2
1 .. 3
1Lm 0,2
1SEG 0,2
Library
segmentation
A significant number of IBM extensions to tbese modules
are implemented as well; these extensions are printed on
a shadep background.
This publication gives the programmer the rules for
writing programs that are to be compiled by the IBM American
released as an independent
component
for installation under the IBM System/360
Operating System. The minimum engineering change level
required for implementation of the component is the same
as that required for Release 18 of.the OFerating System.
No functional "or performance enhancements over the Release
18 version of the, Linkage Editor (E) have been incorporated
National standard Subset COBOL compiler under the Disk
into this component and none are planned for the future.
Operating System. It is meant to be used as a reference
manual in the writing of IBM American National Standard
COBOL programs.
Manual. 20 pages
This publication defines,the procedure necessary to
install the Linkage Editor (E) in an existing operating
system. It is intended for use by system programmers or
planners who supervise the generation and maintenance of
an installation's operating system. Information on using
the Linkage Editor (E) can be fo~d in IEM SYSTEM/360
OPE~ING SYSTEM:
LINKAGE EDITOR AND LOADER, FOrm GC286538-8. ,The internal logic of the Linkage Editor (E) is
described in IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: LINKAGE
EDITOR (E) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, Form GY28.6610.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 12 ,pages
GC28-6406
IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM FULL
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD (ANS) COBOL COMPILER
VERSION 1 DESIGN OBJECTIVES SHEET, PROGRAM ~ 5134-CB1
This Program Product Design Objectives (PPDO) deSCribes
the design objectives and provides the estimated
availability date of the subject Program Product.
DeSign Objectives, 2 pages
GC28-6401
!!!!!
OS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COHPILER AND
LIBllARY, VERSION 3: GENERAL INFORMATION, PROG. NO. 5134-CB1
This publicat,ion gives general information about tbe' IBM
System/360 Operating system American National STANDARD
Full COBOL Compiler and Library, Version 3, an
'
implementation compatible with the highest level of American
National Standard COBOL. The Version 3 Compi1er and Library
is a Program Product that operates under contr01 of the
IBM System/360 Operating System. Included here are brief
descriptions of the eampiler·s features, as ~1~ aQ
information on operating system requirements and machine
configuration.
This publication is intended as an aid in evaluation
and planning: it is not meant for the 'COBOL programmer.'
Publications for the COBOL programmer will be provided
166
360 OPERATING ~ ~ !Y i l l COMPILER,
N REFERENCE MATERIAL
092
Tbe asic FO
compiler is released as an
independent component that requires installation under
the IBM Systeml360 Operating System. Tbe minimum
engineering change level required for implementation of
the compon'!Ut is the same as that required for Release
18 of the operating system. No functional or performance
enhancements over the Release 18 version of the Basic
FORTRAN IV (E) compiler have been incorporated into this
component and none are planned ' for the future.
This publication describes
~be
procedure for installing
the Basic FORTRAN IV (E) compiler in an existing operating
system. ,It is intended for use by system programmers or
planners wbo supervise the generation and maintenance of
an installation's operating system. Information on using
the compiler can be fOl1nd in IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING
SC28
GC28
Manual, 8-1/2 x 11, 54 pages
SYSTEM: BASIC FORTRAN IV (E) PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE, Form
GC28-6603. The internal logic of the compiler is described
in IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: FORTRAN IV (E) PROGRAM
LOGIC MANUAL, Form GY28.-6601.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 16 pages
GC28-6"31
*M
OS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND
LIB'iiARY, VERSION .!!.L PLANNING §!!!!1.§ :: PROGRAM
NOS. 57311-CB2, -LM2
The IBM OS FUll American National Standard COBOL Compiler
and Library, Version 4, is a Program Product that accepts
as input source programs written in OS Full American
National standard COBOL, Version II. Each of the new
features of the Version 4 Compiler is described in a
separate chapter of this publ.ication. The features are:
Symbolic Debugging
Optimized Object code
Teleprocessing
COBOL Library Management Facility
Dynamic Subprogram Linkage
Syntax-Checking Compilation
string Manipulation
system considerations and a description of the COBOL
Object-time subroutine Library are also included.
The Version 4 Compiler also contains all of the
features of previous versions and is compatible with
the highest level of American National Standard COBOL,
X3.23-1968, as approved by ANSI; American National
standard COBOL is compatibl.e with, and identica1 to,
the" proposed international standard ·of the language,
Draft ISO Recommendation No. 1989 -- Information
Processing -- Programming Language COBOL. The new
COBOL language elements of the Version II Compiler
are IBM extensions to those standards.
This publication is a planning aid for system
planners and analysts, and for COBOL programmers.
It is intended for use prior to the availability
of the Version" compiler, and will be supplemented
with reference documenation when the Version 4
Compiler becomes available.
.
SC28-611311
OM
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM (TIME SHARING OP~ION) COBOL
PROMPTER INSTALLATION REF~ MATERI~ ------- ----57311-CP1
This publication contains system related information needed
to make the most effective use of the COEOL prompter to
invoke the Program Product IBM Full American National
standard COBOL Compiler, Version 3. The prompter operates
under the control of the Time Sharing Opticn (~SO) of the
IBM System/360 Operating System.
The information in this manaul is directed to the
system program,mer or planner responsible fer operating
system generation and maintenance. Each of the three
sections is designed to be used with an existing IBM
System/360 Operating system publication.
·Program Product Installation n describes the system
requirements for the prompter and the procedure needed
to add the prompter to an operating system. This section
supplements IBM system/360 Operating System: System
Generation, Order No. GC28-65511. A module summary is
included.
·storage Estimates" defines the storage required by
the prompter. This section supplerrents IBM System/360
operating System: Storage Estimates, Order No. GC28-6551.
·System Programming Techniques· describes a LOGON
procedure that can be used to expedite compilation of a
COBOL program under TSO. Instructions on how to help
the terminal used respond to prompter messages are also
given. This section supplements IBM System/360 Operating
System: System Programmer's Guide, Order NO. GC28-6691.
Manual, 38 pages
GC28-6"35
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERA'rING SYSTEM (TIME SHARING OPTION) COBOL
PROMPTER PROGRAM PRODUCT ~ICATiON-S------ ------- ----PROGRAM NUMBER 573ii=CP"1
The Program Product Specifications (PPS) describe the
warranted speCifications of the subject program Product.
specification Sheet, 2 pages
Guide, 92 pages
SC28-6"32
*M
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM
FULL
NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY,
VERSION
INSTALLATION REFERENCE MANUAL,
PROGRAM
MBER 573"-CB1
This publication contains system related information needed
to make the most effective use of the Program Product IBM
Full American National Standard COBOL Compiler and Library
Version 3, under the control of the IBM System/360 Operating
system.
This publication consists of three sections. The first
two sections, ·program product Installation· an~ ·Storage
Estimates·, are directed to the system programmer or planner
who is responsible for operating system generation and
maintenance. The third section, Operating Instructions,·
is directed to the console operator. Each section is
designed to be used with an existing IBM System/360 Operatin
system publication.
·Program product Insta~la~ion" describes the system
requirements for the compiler and the procedure needed
to add the compi~er to an operating system. This section
supplements IBM system/360 Operating system: system
Generation, Order No. GC28-65511. A module summary is also
included.
·storage Estimates· defines the storage required b¥
the compiler. ~his section supplements IBM System/360
Operating system: Storage Estimates, Order No. GC28-6551.
·Operating Instructions· describes certain messages
the console operator may be required to answer and presents
information on Multiple Console support (MCS). This
section supplements IBM system/360 Operating System:
Opariltor'" Reference, Order 110. GC28-6691.
MAnual, 8-1/2 x 11, 38 pages
GC28-61136
IBM SYSTEM/360
COMPILER AND L
SP'Ec'IFICATIoNS (
This flyer des~r
for OS.
Flyer, II pages
SC28-6437
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERWrING SYSTEM FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL
STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY, VERSION 1.. PROGRAMMER'S
GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 573"-CB1
This programmer's guide describes the programming and use'of
ANS COBOL Version 3 under 05/360.
Manual, 3110 pages
SC28-6438
to install the IBM Subset au'~L~"dn
Compiler and Library, a program product that operates under
control of the IBM System/360 Disk Operating System.
This manual consists of two sections. The first
se9tion, ·Program Product Installation," is directed to the
system progr,ammer or planner who is responsible for
operating system generation and maintenance. The second
section, ·Operator Messages,- is directed to the console
operator. Each section is designed to.supplement an
existing IBM System/360 Disk Operating System publication.
·Pro9ra~ Product Installation- describes the system
reqUirements, work file requirements, IOCS module
requirements, and storage requirements for the Subset COBOL
Compiler and Library.. Tbe -installation procedure needed to
add the compiler. and library to an existing operating system
is also described. This section supplements DOS System
Generation and Maintenance, Order No. GC211-5033.
"Operator Messages· describes the. messages to the
console that the operator may be required to answer. This
section supplements DOS Messages and communications, Order
No. GC211-50711.
Program Product Manual, 110 pages
SC28-6433
,~~~~~~~~~~~
SYSTEM TIME SHARING OPTION COBOL
GUIDE AND REiiiRENCi 'iiiFORiiATiON
how to use the COBOL Prompter to
invoke the Program Product IBM Full American National
Standard' COBOL compiler and Library, Version'3, under
operating System/360 TSO.
.
This publication is directed to the COBOL programmer,
who is working at a time sharing terminal and is familiar
with the Time Sharing Option.
Section 1 contains procedures for using the prompter and
debugging at the terminal as· well as a summary of data set
naming'conventions and sample terminal sessions. Messages
to'the tenoinal user are described,. This' section
supplements IBM· SYSTEM/360 OPERATING 'SYSTEM: TIME SBARING
OPTION TERMINAL USER's GUiDE, Order No. GC28-6763.
·section 2: Reference Information" describes the COBOL
command that invokes the prompter. This section 1S designed
to be inserted in IBM SYSTE!V360 OPERATING SYSTEM: 'rIME
SBARING OPTION COMMAND LANGUAGE REFERENCE, Order NO. GC286732.
FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL
----VERSION 1.. PROGRAM ~ ~
- PROGRAM NUMEER 57311-CB1
36~OBOL Version 3 specifications
SC28-6439
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SUBSET AMERICAN
NATIONAL STANDARii'COBOL COMl!ILERAiiii LIBRARY
~ER"S GUIDE"'" PROGRAM NUMBER5m=cBi
This publication des~ow to compile an American
National Standard COBOL X3.23-1968 Program using the IBM
S/360 Disk operating system Subset American National
Standard COBOL compiler. It also describes how to link edit
the resulting object module, and execute the program.
InclUded is a description of the output from each of these
tbree steps: compile, link edit, and execute. In addition,
this publication explains features of the compiler and
167
SC28
SC28
available options of the operating system.
. sections, ·Compile-Time Messages· and "Object-Time
Messages." The description of each message includes the
identifying alphanumeric code, the message text, an
explanation of the error condition, ·the resulting compiler
Program Product Manual, 230 pages
SC28-6440
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL
STANDAR
~ 1L MESSAGES
PROGRAM
5734-CB1
This publicat
action, and the appropriate response to correct.the error.
The corequisites to tbis publication are IBM system(360
Disk Operating System: Full American National Standard
COBOL, Order No~ GC28-6394, and IBM System/360 Disk
Operating System: Full American National Standard COBOL
n contains messages issued by the Program
Product IBM system/360 Operating System: Full American
Compiler and ·Library, Version 3, Programmer"s Guide,
National Standard COBOL Compiler and Library, Version 3.
Order No. SC28-6441.
s'ystem'Reference Library, 156 pages
Additional object-time messages are also included. For each
message, either a Programmer or an Operator Response suggest
appropriate problem determination action. In addition,
there is a brief discussion of multiple console support
(MCS) considerations.
Directed' at either the COBOL programmer or the operator,
this publication presents the messages in alphanumeric order
within each of the two main sections, ·Compile-Time
Messages· and "Object-Time Messages".
A co-requisite to this publication, for system messages,
is IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: MESSAGES AND CODES
(GC28-6631) •
Manual, 108 pages
SC28-6446
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERA~ING SYSTEM SUBSET
NiTIONAL STANDAan-cOBOL MESSAGES - PROGRAM
This publication provides the info~nece
ry to
interpret and utilize the diagnostic messages issued by the
Program Product IBM system/360 Disk Operating system:
subset American Nat·ional standard COBOL Compiler and
Library.
,
The intended audience is the applications programmer
debugging a Subset American National Standard COBOL program
and the console operator running the program,.
The book is divided into two sections, ·Compile-Time
and ·Object-Time Messages.· The de·scription of
each message includes the identifying alphanumeric code, the
message test, an explanation of the error condition, the
resulting compiler action, and"the a~propriate response·to
correct the. error.
Message~"
SC28-6441
11I~~II!iI!~i!!!!t~~i!ii~~~~~~
an American 1
National Standard COBOL X3.23-1968 program using the
Program Product IBM System/360 Disk Operating System.
The co-requisites to this publication are IBM System/360
Disk Operating System: subset American National Standard
COBOL, Order NO,. GC28-6403, and IBM Systeni:l360 Disk
Operating System: Subset American National Standard COBOL
Compiler and Library Programmer"s Guide, Order No. SC286439.
Program Product Manual, 130 pages
Full American National Standard COBOL Compiler,
Version 3. It also describes how·to link edit the
resulting Object module, and execute the program.
Included is a description of the output from each
of these three steps: compile, link edit, and
execute. In addition, this publication explains
features of the Version 3 cOmpiler and Library,
and available options of the operating system.
Manual,
~72
GC28-6450
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING
NiTIONAL STANDARDICOBOL
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS)
pages
The program Product Spec1 cat10ns
warranted specifications of the subject
Program Product specifications, 4 pages
SC2B-6l142
IBM DOS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARO COBOL COMPILER AND
LIBRARY, VERSION 3: INSTALLATIONREFiiRENCE MANUAL, PROG:-NOS. 5736-CB2 AND 5736 LM2
GC28-6454
IBM OS COBOL INTERACTIVE DEBUG AND (TSO) COBOL PROMPTER
GENERALINFORMATIONMANUAL
PROGRAii"PRODiiCTS"5734-CB4,
5734-CP1
This publication is directed to data processing system
This publication-contains system related information needed
to make most effective use of the Program Products IBM Full
=
American National Standard COBOL Compiler, Version 3, and
its associated COBOL Object time subroutine Library under
the control of the IBM System/360 Disk Operating system.
This manual consists of two sections. The first section
·program Product Installation," is directed to the system
programmer or planner who is responsible for operating
system generation and maintenance. The second section,
··Operator Messages" is directed to the console operator.
Each section is designed to supplement an existing IBM
planners. and analysts.
System/360 Disk Operating System publication.
·Program Product Installation" describes the system
requirements, work file requirements, Ioes module
requirements, and storage requirements for the Version 3
compiler, and library. The installation procedure needed
to add the compiler and library to an existing operating
system is also described.
This section supplements DOS
System Generation, Order No. GC24-5033.
"Operator Messages· describes the messages to the
Compiler and Library, Version 3.
console that the operator may be required to answer. This
section supplements DOS Messages, Order No,. GC24-5074.
tu
Manual, 56 pages
The COBOL Interactive Debug program and the COBOL
Prompter can be used under any release of the Operating
System that supports TSO.
Manual, 24 pages
GC28-6443·
ililiI~;;IIII~~~lIls~p~e~C~i~f~i~c~a;t~ions
It is intended as an aid in
evaluation in planning for the use of IBM OS COBOL
Interactive Debug and/or the IBM OS (TSO) COBOL Prompter.
~hese two program products operate under the Time
Sharing Option (TSO) of the IBM Operating System. Detailed
planning information for ~SO can be found in the publication
IBM System/360 operating System: Time Sharing Guide, Order
No. GC28-6698.
Both program products are designed for use with the
program products IBM OS Full American National Standard
COBOL compiler, Version 4, and the IBM OS Full American
National standard COBOL Object-time Subroutine Library,
Version 4. ~he TSO COBOL Prompter can also be used with the
program product IBM OS Full American National standard COBOL
SC28-6456
IBM OS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND
LIBRARY VERSION !!.L PROGRAMMERS GUIDE
PROGRAM PRODUCTS
5734-CB2 AND 5734-LM2
This publication describes how to compile an American
National standard COBOL X3.23-1968 program using Version 4
of 'the IBM Operating System Full American National
Standard COBOL compiler. It also discusses how to link
edit and execute or load th~ program under control of the
IBM Operating System., There is a description of the output
=
FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL
refer to IBM System/360
Full American National standard COBOL
3 (5736-CB2).
2 pages
of each of these steps, i.e., compile, link edit, load,
GC28-6444
IBM .SYSTEM/36'0 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM: FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL
STANDARD COBOL O!iJECT TIME SUBRoiiTffi LIBRARY
PROGRAM PRODUCT""'Si?EcIFICATIONS - PROGRAMNiiiiBER 5736-LM2
SpecificatIOn"Sheet for program-named in title.
Specification Sheet, 1 page
and exe.cute. In addition, there is an. explanation of the
features of the compiler and available options of the
operating system.
Manua1, 460 pages
SC28-6457
*N
IBM OS FULL AMBRICANNA~IONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPLIER AND
LIBRARY, VERSION !!.L MESSAGES MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBERS
5734-CB2, !!Q 5734-nM2
This publication contains messages issued by the Program
Product IBM OS Full American National standard COBOL
=
SC28-6445
the Proaram
Products IBM System/360 Disk Operating System Full Aierican
National Standard COBOL Compiler Version 3 and its
associated Object-Time subroutine Library.
Directed at either the COBOL 'programmer or the operator,
this publication presents messages within each of two main
168
Compi1er and Libl"~ry~ Version .q,. Add!tioh21 object-time
messages are also included. For each message, either a
Programmer. or an Operator Response suggests appropriate
problem determination actiQn. In addition, there is a brief
discussion of mUltiple console support (MCS) considerations.
Directed at either the COBOL programmer or the operator,
SC28
GC28
this publication presents tbe messages in alphanumeric order
within each of the three main sections. ·compi~e-Time
Messages,- -Queue Analyzer Messages,· and ·Object'Time
Messages.A corequisite to this pUblication, for system messages,
is the publication IBM OS Messages and Codes, Order Number
GC28-6631.
Manual, 186 pages
SC28-6458
*N
IBM OS FULL
CAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND
,LIBRARYVMESSAGE MANUAL - PROG'iiAMPRODUCTS
-5'f3ii=Ca2 AND
-~ - - - - - - This publicat10n contains messages issued by "the Program
Product IBM OS Full American National Standard COBOL
compiler and Library, Version 4. Additional object-time
"messages are also included. For each message, either a
Programmer or an Operator Response suggests appropriate
problem determination action.. In addition, there is a ~rief
discussion of multiple console support (MeS) considerations.
Directed at either the COBOL programmer or the operator,
this publication presents the messages in alphanumeric order
within each of the three main sections, -oampile-Time
Messages,- -Queue Analyzer Messages,· and "object-Time
Messages."
A corequisite to this publication, for system messages,
is the publication ~BM as Messages and Codes, Order No.
GC28-6631.
Manual, 182 pages
GC28-6463
IBM OS COBOL INTERACTIVE DEBUG PROGRAM
PRODUCT DESIGN OGJECTIVE =-PiiOGRAii'liiiMBER 5734-CB4
The Program Product DeSign Objectives (PPOO) describe the
design objectives and providt;! the e·stimated availability
date of the subject Program Product.
Flyer, 2 pages
=
SC28-61165
IBM OS COBOL IN~ERACTIVE DEBUG TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE AND
REFERENCE - PROGRAM NUMBE]I5734~ ------ ----- --No abstract availabl-e-.---Manual, 166 pages
GC28-6474
*N
DOS/VS COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY DESIGN OEJECTIVES PROGRAM
PRCDUCT-s746-CB1 (COMPILER AND LIB~AND 5746-LM4------(LIBRARY ONLY)
The Program Product Design Objectives (PPDOI describe the
design objectives and provide the estimated availability
date of the subject Program Product.
Flyer, 2 pages
GC28-61180
ON
IBM DOS SUBSET AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL
CciiiPILER"""A'iiilLIBRAR¥ DESIGiiOiiJEc~ - - PROG. PROO:-5736=CB1 -----The Program Product Design Objectives (PPDO) describe the
design objectives and provide the estimated availability
date of the subject program product.
Flyer, 4 pages
GC28-6503
BPS (CARD) BASIC ASSEMBLER , BASIC UTILITY PROGRAMS: SPECffic'iiTIciiiS !OPERATING GUIDE, PROG. NO. 360P-AS-021 AND
360P-UT-017 THROUGH 020
This reference publication is arranged in six major sections
to d~~ibe these programs:
PROGRAM NUMBER
GC28-6464
IBM OS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND
LIBRARY. VERSION.!
~ PRODUCT SPiiCffiCATIONS
~ NUMBERS 5734-CB2, 57311-LM2
Tbe program Product specifications (PPS) describe the
warranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
Program Product specifications, 4 pages
=
to be processed in a DOS virtual environment. DOS/VS COBOL
is compatible with the highest level of American National
Standard COBOL, X3.23-1968, and with international standard
ISO/R 1989-1972 Programming Language COBOL.
Included are brief description of the DOS/vS COBOL
Compiler and Library, as well as information on the
implementation level, on compatiblility, and on system
requirements.
This publication is intended as an aid to evaluation and
planning; is is not intended to be used as a specification
manual. proposed specifications for the IBM DOS/VS COBOL
Program products ar.e given in the publication': Program
Product Design Objectives: IBM DOS/VS COBOL compiler and
Library, Order No. GC28-6474.
Manual, 44 pages
BasiC Assembler
360P-AS-021
Absolute Loader
360P-UT-017
Inpu~Output Support Package
360P-UT-018
Dump Program
360P-UT-019
Relocating Loader
360P-UT-020,
The first section provides a description of th~ Basic
Assembler language and the Basic Assembler progra~.
Features concerne~ with the planning and writing of source
programs are emphas.' zed. The functions and possiJ;lle
modifications of ea,h of tbe basic utility programs are
described in the next major section. Also included is a
discussion of program segment relocation and linkage. The
input to and output from the Basic Assembler program and
procedures for running assembly jobs are described in the
third major section. The. operating procedures for the
utility programs are presented in the fourth major section.
Program waits and operator messages appear in the fifth
major section, followed by a sample problem in the last
major section.
The reader should be familiar with the material in the
IBM System/360 Principles of Operation (GA22-6821)
Some functions described in this manual require the
use of an absolute address. Users of these programs can
obtain tbe appropriate absolute address by referring to
the writeup, supplied witb the Program Material List,
entitled "Attachment 1 - special Information".
Manual, 164 pages
*N
SC28-61168
*N
IBM OS (TSO) COBOL INTERACTIVE DEBUG INSTALLATION
REFERENCE MATERIAL -.PROGRAM NU~5734-CB4
This publication consists of fOUrimain sections: ·Storage
Requirement Estimates," "Installation.Procedure,· ·systems
Programmer's Guide,· and "Problem Determination Aids." Each
contains system-related information necessary to install and
use the IBM OS COBOL Interactive Debug Program Product under
tbe control of the Time Sharing Option (TSO) of the IBM
operating System.
The following system publications should be used in
connection with this manual:
IBM Systeml360 Operating System
Storage Estimates, Order NO,. GC28-6551
system Generation, Order No·. GC28-6554
System Programmer's Guide, Order No. GC28-6550
The first three main sections of this publication can be
inserted in the corresponding system publication listed
above to which it refers, if such an arrangement simplifies
the use of documentation.
.
Manual, 36 pages
SC28-6469
*N
IBM 1IMI'370 OS FULL AMERICAN fiAT
COMPILER
AND LIiiRi\iiy:-VERSION .! CMS
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-CB2 AND
Tbis publication is intended
r tbe COBOL programmer who is
using or is planning to use the program product IBM OS Full
American National Standard COBOL Compiler and Library, .
Version 4, under the control of the Conversati9rial Mo~itor
system (CMS) in the virtual machine environment of Virtual
Machine Facility/370 (1IMI'370).
It provides the COBOL programmers with a fundamental
understanding of how he can properly enter the COBOL
command, which is one of the CMS commands, to invoke the
COBOL compiler under the CMS component of VM/J70.·
Manual, 68 pages
=
GC28-6473
*N
IBM OOS/VS COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY GENERAL INFORMATION
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5746-CB1 AND5m:Liiii - - This publication contains information of interest to data
system planners and analysts about the IBM OOS/VS COBOL
Compiler. and Library Program Product, an implementation that
allows programs written in American National standard COBOL
GC28-651l1
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE
PROGRAM NUMBERS 360S-AS-0~OS-AS-036
This publication contains ~pecifications for the IBM
System/360 Operating System Assembler Language (levels E
and F).
The assembler language is a symbolic programming
language used to write programs for the IBM System/360,.
The language provides a convenient means for representing
the machine ins~ctions ~d related data necessary to
program the IBM·system/360. The IBM System/360 Operating
System Assembler prcgram processes tbe language and provides
auxiliary functions useful in the preparation and
documentation of a program, and includes facilities for
processing the assembler macro language.
Part I o~ this publication describes the assembler
language,.
.
Part II of this publication describes an extension of
the assembler language -- the macro language -- used to
define macro instructions.
Systems Reference Library Manual 160 pages
GC28-6515
SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 FORTRAN IV LANGUAGE. PROG. NO.
36 ON-LM-48 0 --- -- This publication des,cribes and illustrates the use of the
Fortran IV language for tbe IBM System/360 Operating System,
the IBM System/360 Disk operating System.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 128 pages
169
GC28
GC28
Systeml360 Operating System is required to use this
GC28-6516
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM COBOL LANGUAGE
PROGRAM NUMBER (COBOL E) ~CO::sor
(COBOL .F"f36iiS-Cii=ffi COBOL (Common Business Oriented Language) is a programming
language, ·similar to English, that is used for commercial
data processing. It was deve10ped by the Conference of
Data Systems Languages (CODASYL).
This publication provides the programmer with rules
for writing programs tbat are to be compi1ed by the COBOL
E and COBOL .F compi1ers under System/360 Operating system.
Any vi01ation of the rules for system/360 Operating System
COBOL as defined in this publication is considered an
error. The features implemented by the COBOL P compiler
and not by COBOL E, and the IBM extensions to COBOL, are
listed in an appendix.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 161 pages
ref~rence
Manua~,
Program capabll·ities • .
Sorting and meoging techniques.
Sort/merge program control statements.
Intermediate' storage requirements~
Job control language requirements.
Program initiation.
Program modification.
Efficient program use.
standard operating system.collating sequence.
Sort/merge prog~am messages,
The program has generalized sorting and merging
capabilities that can be tailored to the needs of a
particular installat·ion and application.
'Systems Reference Library Manual, 134 pages
GC28-6550
OS DATA MANAGEMENT BOB ~ PROGRAMMERS
PROGRAM NUMBER
360S-CI-555
This publication consists of self-contained chapters, each
of which provides information on how to modify, extend, or
implement the data management capabilities of the IBM
System/360 Operating System control program. It is designed
primarily for system programmers responsible for
maintaining, updating, and extending th,e operating system
features,. TOpics and associated prerequisite publications
are:
,0
Catalog and VTOC maintenance
IECDSECT, IEFJFCBN, and IEFUCBOB macro instructions
o
(IBM System/360 Operating System: Assembler
Language, GC2S-6514; and OS Data Management
Services Guide, GC26-3746)
o
EXCP macro instructions (IBM System/360 Operating
System: supervisor services and Macro Instructions,
GC2S-6646; IBM Systeml360 Operating System:
Assembler Language, GC2S-6514, OS Data Management
Macro Instruction, GC26-3794, and IBM System/360
Operating' system: System Control Blocks, GC2S-662S)
XDAP macro instruction (IBM System/360 Operating
o
system: Supervisor Services and Macro Instructions,
GC2S-6646)
o
Implementing data set protection
o
Adding a UCS image to the.system library
Manual
=
Systems Reference Library Manual, 68 pages
GC28-6S30
IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 7070/7074 SIMULATOR
.FOR
SYSTEMS RiFiRiiNCELIBRARY
PRO
360c=sI=753
------This
cument provides information on the IBM System/360
Simulator for the IBM 7070/7074, and is directed to the
user who'is replacing'his IBM System/360 Model 40, 50,
65, or 75.
Simulation is a teChnique which uses System/360
instruction sequences to perform the functions of '7070/7074
thus permitting the user to execute object
programs written for the 7070/1074.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 60 pages
GC28-6531
IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 7080 SIMUlATOR FOR IBM
SYSTEM/360, ~ NO. 360C=sI=75-1- - This document provides information on the IBM System/360
Simulator for the IBM 70S0, and is directed to the user who
is replaCing his IBM 70S0 Data Processing System with any
model IBM Systerr~360 with at 1east 131,072 bytes of main
storage. Simulation is a technique which uses System/360
instruction sequences to perform the functions of 70S0
instructions, thus for the 70S0.
. Manua1, 6S pages
'
GC2S-6532
IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION ~ THE 7090/7094 SIMULATOR FOR
IBM SYSTEM/360 PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-SI-750
This document provides information on the IBM Systeml360
SimUlator for the IBM 709/7090/70941/709411 and is directed
to the user
is replacing his IBM 700/7090/70941/709411
Data Processing system with an IBM System/360 Mode1 40,
50, 65, or 75. Simulation is a technique. which uses
System/360 instruction sequences to perform the functions
of 709/7090/70941/709411 instructions, thus permitting the
user to execute object programs written for the
709/7090/70941/709411.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 66 pages
Who
GC2S-6551
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: S1l0RAGE ESTIMATES
This publication is intended for three types of users •
system planners, system programmers, and problem
programmers. It contains instructions, formulas, and
tables that can be used to estimate the main and auxiliary
storage require~ents for any machine configuration. control
program, and control program option of the IBM System/360
Operating System. Main storage requirements are divided
into two categories: F,ixed main storage contains the
resident portions of the control program and the optiona~
services and load modules that can be made resident to
improve the performance of the operating system, Dynamic
main storage is the area where program processing is done.
Each type of user can use this publication different~y.
System planners can use this publication to
plan the storage requirements of a new
system: including the effects of options
and different machine configurations on the
total storage requirement.
GC2S-6534
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM INTRODUCTION
This.publication describ~s the gene~al or9ani~atiOD.
function, and app1ication of IBM system/360 operating
System.
The operating system'is designed to extend the
performance and application of computing gysteml360 and
~o assist the manager, progr~mmer. and operator of tlJ,e
system. The operating system consists of a comprehensive
set of language translators and service programs operating
under the supervisory control and coordination of an
'
integrated set of control routines.
System programmers can use this publication
to determine the amount of main and
auxiliary storage that bas to be allocated
during system generation and to determine
the amount of storage available to the
problem programmer.
Problem p~grammers Can use the dynamic
storage sections· to estimate the
requirements of their jobs.
Information cOncerning Model 195 support is for
planning purposes 'only.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 272 pages
It is designed for
use with MOde1s 30, 40, 50. 65, and 75 of Computing
Systeml360.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 24 pages
GC2S-653S
IBM OS LINXAGE EDITOR AND LOADER MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS
36iiS=-ED-~6OS-ED-521,"
36iiS=LD=5ij'f""' - - - - - - -
This publication provides the information necessary to use
the, linkage editor or loader program of the IBM Systeml360
Operating System to prepare the output ofa 1anguage
translator for execution. The intended audience is a
customer applications programmer coding in a higher-level
language or a system programmer responsible for installing
and maintaining the operating system. An introductory
knowledge of the concepts and facilities of the IBM
e££ective~y~
GC2S-65Q3
IBM SYSTEM/360
SORT/MERGE
PROGRAM. NUMBER
This publication
the use of the IBM System/360
Operating System Sort/Me>;ge Program,. It discusses:
GC28-6529
IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 1620 SIMUlATOR FOR
IBM SYSTEM/360, ~ NUMBER 36OC=SI-7s2
This document provides information on the IBM System/360
Simulator for the IBM 1620 Model 1 and Mode1 2, and is
directed to the user who is replacing'his,IBM '620'Model
1 or Model 2 Data processing System with an IBM Systeml360
Model 30, 40, 50, 65, or 75. Simulation is a tecbnique
which uses System/360 instruction sequences to perform the
functions of 1620 Model 1 or Mode1 2 instructions, thus
permitting the user to execute ·object programs written for
the '1620 Model 1 or Model 2,
in5tru~tions,
guide most
252 pages
GC2S-6554,
OS SYSTEM GENERATION GENERATION - SYSTEMS REFERENCE LIBRARY
This publication provides the infOrmatIOn needed to generate
the Operating System adapted to the machine configuration
and data processing requirements of an installation. It
contains the information to prepare for a system generation.
execute a system generation
Manual, 540 pages
170
~d
test the new system.
'
GC28
GC28
reprogramming. This teChnique provides substantial
improvement over the speeds that can be achieved with
.simulators •
.
Included in this dOCUKent are the characteristics,
functions, requirements. limitations, and operating
procedures of the Emulator.
This pub1ication contains preliminary p1anning
information concerning support of the 1410/7010-1301 Disk
Storage Unit. Mode1s 1 and 2, and the 2302 Disk Storage
Unit, Models 1 and 2, on the IBM 2314 Direct Access storage
Facility, Modell.
Systems Reference Library Manua1, 48 pages
GC28-6559
IBM SYSTEMl360 CONVERSION AIDS. COBOL LANGUAGE
COiivERSION PROGRAM FOR THE IBM 1401,
---PROGRAM NUMBER 1401-CB-701
This publication contains information about the IBM COBOL
Language Conversion Program (COBOL LCP). The COBOL LCP
facilitates transition to IBM system/360 by converting
current COBOL source programs into source programs for a
system/360 COBOL compiler (Design Level E or Design Level
Pl.
This publication is intended to assist users of current
COBOL in the use of the COBOL Language Conversion Program.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 68 pages
GC28-6560
IBM
II LANGUAGE
CONV
IBM 11101
This P
~the IBM FORTRAN
II Language Conversion program (FORTRAN LCP). The FORTRAN
LCP facilitates transition to IBM System/360 by detecting
statements in FORTRAN II source programs that are
incompatible with System/360 FORTRAN IV, by converting
these statements to the proper System/360 format when
possible, and by providing message codes for statements
that cannot be converted. This publication is intended
to assist users of current FORTRAN in·the use of the FORTRAN
Language Conversion Program.
systems Reference Library Manual, 92 pages
GC28-6561
IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS. THE 1401/1460 EMULATOR
PROGRAM .fQ!! IBM SYSTEMl360 MODEL ~
PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-074
This publication contains the information required to use
the IBM 1401/1460 Emulator for IBM System/360 Model 40.
The Emulator comprises the IBM 1401/1460 Emulator Program
(360C-EU-074) and IBM 1401/1460 Compatibility Feature
#4457. General information concerning machine requirements,
data formats, and control cards is included, as are detailed
explanations of operating procedures, user modification
of the Emulator Pr~gram, and special instructions added
by the Compatibility Feature.
The Emulator allows programs written for IBM 1401/1460
card/tape/disk systems to be executed on System/360 Model
40, with little or no reprogramming. Emulati~ provides
substantial improvement over the speeds possible with
simulation.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 46 pages
GC28-6563
IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS. THE 1410/7010
EMULATOR PROGRAM FOR IBM sYsTEiV360MODEL ~
PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-728
This publication provides information for the user who is
planning to supplement or replace his IBM 11110 or 7010
card/tape/disk system with an IBM System/360 Mode1 40.
Emulation is a technique which utilizes both equipment
capabilities (Compatibility Feature ~4478) and programming
(Emulator Program 360C-EU-728) to execute object programs
of other data processing systems. The 1410/7010 Emulator
a110ws the user to run 1410/7010 programs on the System/360
Model 40 with litt1e or no reprogramming. This technique
provides substantial improvement over the speeds achievab1e
with simulators.
Included in this document are the characteristics,
functions, requirements, limitations, and operating
procedures of the Emulator.
This publication includes preliminary planning
information concerning support of the IBM 1410/7010-1301
Disk Unit, Models 1 and 2, and the 2302 Disk Unit, Models
1 and 2, on the 2314 Direct Access storage Faci1ity.
systems Reference Library Manual, 56 pages
GC28-6565
_IBM_ SYS~~360 ?,=?,;:=;O!!.
NUM
,*",==="'blica
the IBM 7090 Emulator Program, a component of the IBM 7090
Emulator. The Emulator consists of this program, and
special machine additions and modifications ca11ed the IBM
1090 COmpatibility Feature (M1119). The combil1dtion of
program and machine feature enables the user to execute,
on his System/360 MOdel 65, programs written for the IBM
109,·7090, 1094, and 7094 II Data processing Systems.
systems Reference Library Manual, 12 pages
GC28-6568
IBM SYSTEMl360 CONVERSIOII AIDS. THE 1410/7010 EMULATOR
PROGRAM FOR IBM SYSTEMl360 MODEL 50
PROGRAM NUMBiffi:360C-EU-726 ----- -This publication provides information for the user wbo is
planning to supplement .or rep1ace his IBM 11110 or 7010
card/tape/disk system with an IBM System/360, Model 50.
Emulation is a technique that utilizes both machine
adaptations.and programming to execute object programs
written for other data.processing systems. The 1410/7010
Emulator (Compatibi1ity Peature ~4478 and Emulator program
No. 360C-EU-726) allows the user to run 1410/7010 programs
on the System/360. Model 50. with little or no
GC28-6570
IBM SYSTEM/360 TRANSITION AIDS COBOL LANGUAGE DIFFERENCES
This pub1ication summarizes the System/360 and Current
Systems specifications for major IBM COBOL 1anguage elements
requiring evaluation, and possible conversion, during the
transition to IBM System/360 COBOL. System~360 COBOL
differences from Current systems COBOL are also summarized.
Where pertinent, the distinction is made between Level E
and Leve1 F COBOL for System/360.
System Reference Library Manual, 84 pages
GC28-6583
.!y (TAPE)
the
Basic Programming Support Tape
Inc1uded
are descriptions of:
Contr01 Statements
System Operating Considerations
System output
Misce11aneous FORTRAN Programming Considerations
Considerations for Coding Assembler Language
Subprograms
FORTRAN Library Subprograms
Initial System Setup
Sample Program
Systems Reference Library Manual, 84 pages
GC28-6585
IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS. THE 70QO/7044
EMULATOR PROGRAM FOR IBM S~M/3~MODEL 65
PRoGiiiiiINUMBER 36OC-Eii=733.
--- ~his publication describes the characteristics and use of
the IBM 7040 Emulator Program. a component of the IBM 7040
Emulator. The Emulator consists of this program. and
specia1 machine additions and modifications ca11ed the IBM
7040 Compatibility Feature (117119). The combination of
program and machine feature enables the user to execute,
on his System/360 Mode1 65. programs written for the IBM
7040 and 7044 Data Processing Systems.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 76 pages
GC28-6586
IBM SYSTEM/360 OP
SYSTEM. UTILIT~ES
SYSTEMS REFERENCE
Y .:: PROGRlIM NUMBERS 360S-UT-506, 1Q1
~his publication
scusses the capabilities of the IBM
System/360 Operating System uti1ity programs and the control
statements used. with each program. These programs are·
used by programmers responsible for organizing and
maintaining operating system data.
Three types of uti1ity programs are discussed. SYSTEM
UTILITIES and DATA SET UTILITIES,· which are used directly
with the System/360 Operating System; and INDEPENDENT
UTILITIES, which operate outside the operating system.
system uti1ities deal with operating system control data.
Data set uti1ities manipu1ate data sets at the record
1eve1 and above. Independent utilities initialize, dump,
and restore direct access volumes.
Information concerning Model 195 support is for
.planning purposes on1y.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 596 pages
GC28-6590
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM, PL/I SUBROUTINE LIBRARY,
COMPUTATIONAL SUBROUTINES, PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-512
This publication gives detai1s of t:he computational
subroutines avai1able in tbe PL/I Library. These
subroutines are used by the PL/I (F) compi1er in the
imp1ementation of PL/I built-in.functions and of the
operators used in. the evaIuation of PL/I expressions. Not
a11 PL/I bui1t-iD functions and expression operators are
supported by the PL/I Library; the compi1er generates in-·
1ine code for a sma11 number of them.. The detai1s provided
include timing figures~ sUmmaries of· the mathmetica1 methods
used, and (where appropriate) figures for range and
accuracy. This information is intended to be of interest
chief1y to those programmers concerned with the performance
of computationa1 subprograms.
Systems Reference Library Manua1, 84 pages
GC28-65911
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I (F\) PROGRAMMER"S
GDmS-PROG. NO. 360S-NL-5-1-1-- - - This publication is a companion v01ume to IBM System/360
Operating System. PL/I (F) Language Reference Manua1. Form
111
GC28
GC28
C28-8201. Together. the two books form a guide to the
writing and execution of PL/I programs under the control of
an IBM Operating system that includes the PL/I (F) Compiler.
The Programmer's Guide is concerned with the relationship
between a PL/I program and the operating system.
It
explains how to compile," link edit, and execute a PLII
program, and introduces job control language, the linkage
editor, and other essential features of the operating
system.
GC28-664'4
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM MASTER INDEX
This publication consolidates the indexes of publications
in the IBM Systems Reference Library for the System/360
Operating System.
It also provides a reading plan for
thes~ publications.
The master index -lists topics alphabetically, and
refers to publications where these topics are discussed.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 352 pages
Manual
GC28-6595
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER (E)
PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-AS=036
Tbis publication is-intended for the programmer who is
writing programs in the assembler language for processing
by the Assembler (E) under IBM System/360 Operating system.
It contains information on assembling, linkage editing,
and executing programs, program listings, error messages,
and certain coding considerations. Previous experience
of 'assembler language programming is a prerequisite for
a full understanding,of this publication.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 48 pages
GC28-6596
IBM SYSTEM/360 FORTRAN IV LIBRARY SUBPROGRAMS
PROG. NOS. 360s=LM=5ii1,36'iiF-LM=619, 360N-LM 480
This publication describes the library SUbprograms supplied
with Basic Fortran IV(E) and Fortran IV (G,H,DOS, and Model
44) ,and tells hoW to use the subprograms in either a Fortran
or an assembler' language program.,
Mariual, 70 pages
GC28-6603
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV (E)
PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE PROGRAMNiiMiiER360S-FO-092
This publication describes how to compile, link, edit, and
execute a Fortran IV (e) program. The text also describes
the output of compilation and execution and how to make
optimal use of the compiler and a load module.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 124 pages
GC28-6648
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM TESTRAN
TESTRAN is a facility for testing program written in the
assembler language for execution under the System/360
Operating System. It is intended for use by the individual
programmer in testing his own programs.
This publication explains how to use TESTRAN for typical
testing purposes, how to write essential job control
statements, ald how to interpret printed test results .•
It formally describes TESTRAN statements, -cataloged
procedures supplied by IBM, and TESTRAN diagnostic messages.
The information in this publication applies to systems
that include the primary control program (PCP) and to
systems that provide mUltiprograrrming with a fixed number
of tasks (MFT or Option 2) or multiprogramming with a
variable number of tasks (MVT or Option 4).
Systems Refe_rence Library Manual, 96 pages
GC28-6615
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM, ALGOL LANGUAGE
This publication-provides the programmer with the
information needed to use the IBM System/360 Operating
System ALGOL compiler for the _solution of scientific and
technical problems. ALGOL has been introduced in a number
of universities and technical institutes for communication
and education purposes. ~o assist that particular area,
the OS/360 ALGOL Compiler is intended to provide a bridge
to System/360 for existing ALGOL users.
A basic knowledge
of the ALGOL language is assumed.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 112 pages
GC28-6650
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: ONLINE 1]§1 EXECUTIVE
PROGRAM MANUAL OS RELEASE 21 - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S DN-533
This publicationprovides customer engineers, other
qualified personnel, and operators with the information
required to use the Online Test Executive Program (OLTEP).
OLTEP is an optional component of the system/360
operating system that can he selected at system generation
for MFT, and MVT control program.
(All statements
concerning MVT apply also to Model 65 Multiprocessing.)
OLTEP is designed to run online test programs, under the
System/360 Operating System. for the testing of I/O
eqUipment.
Prerequisite information is contained in IBM System/360
Operating system: Concepts and Facilities, GC28-6535.
Customer engineers should refer to IBM system/360 OLTS
Customer Engineering Memorandum. service Aid #2 for ordering
procedures for online tests and their documentation.
Manual. 108 pages
GC28-6628
OS/360 SYSTEM CONTROL BLOCKS PROG. NO. 360S-CI-566
This publication shoW's the foriiia'tS clthe major control
blocks and tables used by more than one component of the
system/360 operating system control program.
Descriptions
of each field within the control blocks or tables follow
each format illustration.
The system control blocks described in this publication
will be changed by IBM from time to time to extend the
capabilities of the operating system.
Programs should
refer to these control blocks only through the system macro
instruction facilities provided in the operating system.
(For example. a field of the Data Control Block should
only be referred to by use of the DeBC macro instruction~)
Programs that refer to the control blocks by other means
do so at the risk of not executing correctly in the future.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 356 pages
GC28-6629
SYSTEW360 BASIC ~ ~ (OS, DOS, TOS ! BPS)
This publication describes and illustrates the use of the
Basic Fortran IV language for the IBM System/360 operating.
the IBM System/360 Disk operating System, the IBM System/360
Tape Operating System. and the IBM System/360 Basic
Programming Support Tape System.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 88 pages
~
GC28-6631
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: MESSAGES AND CODES
SYSTEMS REFERENCE LIBRARY------'This publication lists, explains, and suggests appropriate
responses to the system completion codes, wait state codes,
and me~sages produced by IBM-supplied components of the
IBM System/360 Operating System. The codes and messages
are presented in.alphameric order. Information concerning
Model 195 support is for planning purposes only.
Information concerning Mouel iS5 support is £or
planning purposes only.
Manual, 650 pages
GC28-6646
OS/360 SYSTEM SUPERVISOR SERVICES AND MACRO INSTRUCTIONS
----SYSTEMS"""REFERENCE LIBRARY MANUAL The title of this manual was formerly IBM System/360
Operating Supervisor Services.
The descri~tions of the
supervisor macro instructions formerly found in IBM
System/360 Operating System Supervisor and Data Management
Macro InstructiQns, GC28-6647 have been added.
This manual describes how to use the services of the
su~ervisor, the macro instructions used to request these
services, and the linkage conventions used by the control
program to provide these services. Included in the services
of the supervisor are program management, task creation and
management, and main-storage management.
Intended mainly for the programmer coding in assembler
language, this book is a guide to using the macro
instructions described. This book does not discuss maCro
instructions used for graphics, teleprocessing, optical
readers, optical reader-sorters, or magnetic character
readers. These macro instructions are discussed in separate
publications that are listed in the IBM System/360
Bibliography. GA22-6822.
Manual, 126 pages
GC28-6662
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERETING SYSTEM, SORT/MERGE
TIMING ESTIMATES, PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-SM-023
This publication contains total execution times of the
operating System Sort/Merge program for over 30,000 sorting
applications. These times are for sorting applications
executed on the System/360 Models 30.40. 50. 65. and 75
with various amounts of main storage assigned to the
program. Typical input data set sizes and 1/0
configurations are shown.
Systems- Reference Library Manual, 52 pages
GC28-6610
~u~~i~~/360 OPERATING SYSTEM:
PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE ~
This publication describes the major debugging facilities
provided with the System/360 Operating System for the
assembler language programmer:
Abnormal termination and snapshot dumps,.
Indicative dumps.
Core image dumps.
Stand-alone neAadecirnal
durnp~.
The text explains those -aspects o~ system control
pertinent to debug~ing, tells what information each
debugging facility offers, and outlines procedures for
inVOking and interpreting dumps issued ,at the three
operating system levels: ·PCP, MFT, and MVT.
172
GC28
GC28
multiprogramming with a fixed number of tasks (MFT)i and
systems that provide multiprogramming with a variable
number of tasks (MVT). These operating techniques include:
How to start, stop, and restart the operating system.
Bow to control input and output.
Bow to control jobs.
How to understand m~ssages.
This book also presents operating techniques that apply
to all three major system types, as well as a discussion
of the remote job entry (RJE) and conversational remote
job entry (CRJE) facility. Many technical te.rms are
defined.
.
Information concerning Model 195 support is for
planning purposes only.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 260 pages
Systems Reference Library Manual, 112 pages
GC28-6676
IBM sysTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM
TAPE AND !l!2! SORT/MERGE SRL MANUAL, PROG. NO. 360N-SM-483
This publication describes how to use the IBM system/360
Disk Operating System Tape and Disk Sort/Merge Program.
It contains the following specifications:
Minimum machine environment for sorting or merging
records with this program.
Program capabilities.
Control statements required to define a specific sort or
merge application.
Facilities provided for inserting user routines in the
program.
GC28-6692
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: OPERATOR'S PROCEDURES
This book is for the operator of an IBM System/360 Operating
System and is to be used with the OPERATOR'S REFERENCE,
GC28-6691. This book contains procedures for running the
three major system types: Primary Control Program (PCP):
Multiprogramming with a Fixed number of tasks (MFT); and
multiprogramming with a variable number of Tasks (MVT).
It also contains operator procedures that apply to all
three systems. Operator control panel procedures on tear
out sheets are provided for the operator's console.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 148 pages
Operating Instructions.
conversion aids to help the UStr of other sort/Merge
programs change to Program Number 360N-SM-Q83.
For a list of associated publications and their
abstracts, see the IBM sYSTEM/360 BIBLIOGRAPBY, GA22-6822.
Manual, 114 pages
GC28-6679
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING·SYSTEM TAPE AND DISK
SORT/MERGE TIMI~G ESTIMATES
PROGRAM NUMB~60i=SM-483
This publication is intended ~se who require execution
times for the DOS Tape and Disk Sort/Merge program. Times
are shown f~r sorting applications executed on the
system/360 Models 30, 40, and 50. The assumptions under
which these times were calculated are described.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 68 pages
SC28-6695
IBM sYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM: TAPE AND DISK
SORT/MERGE PROGiiiiii; REFERENCE MANUAL, PROG. NO.5736-SM1
This publication describes hoW to use the IBM System/360
Disk operating System Tape and Disk Sort/Merge Program.
It contains the follOWing specifications:
Minimum machine environment for sorting or merging
GC28-6680
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: TAPE LABELS
This publication describes how the IBM system/360 Operating
system processes magnetic tape volumes with IBM standard
labels, American National Standard Labels, nonstandard
labels, or no labels. Included for the guidance of
programmers and operations analysts are discussions· of:
o
Labe1 formats and contents
o
Tape volume layouts
o
Label processing for input/output, multiple data
set .. and multiple volume conditions
..
o
Tape characteristics
o
Nonstandard label processing routines and volume
label editor routines
o
Component considerations
o
Using tape volumes created by other systems
o
External labels
Manual, 170 pages
records with this program.
Program capabilities.
Control statements required to define a specific
sort or merge application.
Facilities prov·~ded for inserting user routines in the
program.
Operating Instructions.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 111 pages
GC28-6698
IBM sYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM TIME SHARING OPTION
PLANNING FOR TSO
------ ---- ------- -----This publication"describes the concepts, features, and
capabilities o£ TSO, a general purpose time-sharing facility
for the MVT configuration of the operating system. It
is intended for use by the system manager, system analyst.
and system programmer to help them design and implement
a TsO system. The publication describes the functions
provided to remote terminal users, the languages available
to them. an overvie~ of system implementation; system
. configuration reqUirements. and IBM Program Products
available for TSO users. Readers interested in this manual
should first read IBM sYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: CONCEPTS
AND FACILITIES, GC28-6535. Readers interested in the
implementation of TsO should also read IBM SysTEM/360
OPERATING SYSTEM: MVT CONTROL PROGRAM LOGIC SUMMARY, GY286658.
This publication is intended for planning purposes
only. Further information will be published when TSO
becomes available.
Manual, 160 pages
GC28-6687
USER'S GUIDE FOR TBE IBM 2947-4 CBECK COLLECTION CONTROLLER
SEQUENTIAL ACCEs -ETBOD PROGRAMSiiPPORTING ~ 888264
PROGRAM N
99-WAF 5799-WAG
This publ
tion defines a~ibes the data management
macro instructions and services for the IBM 2947 Model 4
Cbeck Collection Controller. The macro instructions are
available in the IBM Oper.ating system/360 and Disk Operating
System/360.
Manual, 56 pages
sC28-6689
USER's GUIDE FOR THE IBM 2947 MODEL 4 CBECK COLLECTION
CoNTROLLERiisSEiiiBLYFACILITIES:PROGRAMMING
PRPQ ~
PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AAB
'
The Assembly Facilities for the IBM 2947 Model q enable the
user to prepare sort-control-word patterns for use in the
IBM 2947 Model 4. He may use all the 2947-4 machine
functions without having to convert his sort ·patterns into
machine language. The Assembly Facilities generate actual
2947-q code, in standard assembler format, for OS/360 or
005/360.
Neither the 2947-q machine operations nor examples of
them will be explained in this publication. Examples of
Assembly operations are given, but they are not meant to.be
an exhaustive list of the uses of all operands.
Effective use of this publicatiqn .requires a thorough
understanding of IBM 2947 Check collection Controller,
Functional Characteristics (GL22-6979).
The data management macro instructions and services ~or
the IBM 2947-4 are called the Check Collection Controller
Sequential Access Method (CSAM). The manual related to this
area, for OS, is user's Guide for the IBM 2947":4 Check
Collection Controller Sequential Access Method Program
supporting RPQ 888264 (GC28-6687).
Manual, 56 pages
=
GC28-6691
l!!!! SYSTEM/360 OPERATING ~ OPERATOR'S REFERENCE
This manual tells the computer how to use the IBM System/360
Operating System. It presents general ·operating procedures
for using the various types o£ operator" s conso~e
configurations. It describes specific operating·techniques
for each of the three major system .types: systems with
.the primary control program· (PCP); systems that provide
GC28-6704
IBM sYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: JOB ~ LANGUAGE
REFERENCE
The job control language is used with all System/360
operating System control programs. Every job submitt~d
for execution by the operating system must include job
Control language:statements. These statements contain
information required by the operating· system to initiate
and. control the processing of jobs.
. This publication describes the facilities provided
with the job control language and contains the information
necessary to code job ccntrql language statements.
This publication is intended for review and reference
by programmers who are familiar with the information
contained· in IBM SysTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: JOB CONTROL
LANGUAGE, USER'S GUIDE, GC28-6703, or who.have experience
in using the job control language.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 327 pages
GC28-6708
05 ADVANCED CHECKPOINT/RESTART
This publication describes the advanced checkpoint/restart
facility, which allows automatic and deferred job restart
at the beginning of a step or at a checkpoint within a
step. Emphasis is on planning for the use of this facility
witb the PCP,.MFT, and MVT control programs of the IBM
173
GC28
GC2S
IMAPTFLS--which provides formatted lists of members of
a library to which PTFs have been applied; or of
all members of a library,.
IMASPZAP--which allows the user to inspect and modify
data in a load module
IMBMDMAP--which produces formatted maps of load modules
previously link edited into a partitioned data set,
of link pack or resident reenterable load module
areas, and of the nucleus
IMCJQDMP--which provides formatted job queue dumps
IMDPRDMP--which formats and prints the high speed tape
output
IMDSADMP--which can dump main storage to tape at high
speed, and to either tape or a printer at lo~ speed
Manual, 262 pages
System/360 Operating System.
(All statements concerning
MVT apply also to Model 65 Multiprocessi~g_)
It is intended for usy by programmers and system analysts
who are familiar with the information presented in:
as Job Control Language Reference r GC28-6104
as Data Management Service Guider GC26-3146
Manual, 73 pages
GC28-6709
IBM 2969 PROGRA~MABLE TERMINAL INTERCHANGE MODEL 1
CONTROL PROGRAM OPERATOR'S GUIDE SUPPORTING BfQ 888117
This manual is comprised of three self-contained parts:
ONLINE UTILITIES - Defines the utilities that run under the
APT lOS Control Program. ~hese utilities allow the user to
perform certain functions necessary for real-time
operations. ONLINE TESTS - Defines the test modules that
permit the user to check the teleprocessing network, the
2740 Console, and the 2969-1 Central Processing Element.
OPERA1:0R MESSAGES - EXplains the messages that may be
directed to ,the operator. These messages include error
messages, online test output messages, and online utility
output messages.
Manual
GC28-6720
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYS1:EM MVT GUIDE
This publication describes the M~(multiprogramming with
a variable number of tasks) configuration of the operating
system control program. It contains introductory material
for programmers not familiar with MVT, planning information,
storage estimates, ·information an optimizing performance,
and a section on options and facilities available ~ith
MVT.
GC28-6711
IBM 2969 PROGRAMMABLE TERMINAL INTERCHANGE MODEL 1
CONTROL PROGRAM USER'S GUIDE SUPPORTING BfQ 8881"7
This manual is comprised of three self contained parts:
SYSTEM INTERFACE - Defines the relationship that exists
between the 2969-1 and the main (host) CPU of the
telecommunications system.
SYSTEM GENERATION ANU INITIAL LOADING - Provides a stepby-step method for generator a control program from IBM
supplied program modules and for initially loading this
control program (called APTIOS) into the 2969-1. This part
also discusses the use of the system generation macro
instructions for modifying system parameters.
OFFLINE UTILITY PROGRAMS - Describes the IBM supplied
utility programs that are used in system generation, system
maintenance, and library maintenance of APTIOS. These
program~ run under control of OS/360 rather than APTIOS.
Manual, 150 pages
GC28-6712
IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM SYSTEM MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
REFERENCE ~ _ PROGRAM NUMBERS36i)S-CI-505, 360S CI 535
This publication provides installation managers, system
programmers, and operators with the information required to
plan for, install, and use SNF (System Management
Facilities). SMF is an optional feature of this IBM
System/360 Operating system that can be selected at system
generation for the multiprogramming with fixed number of
Tasks (MFT) or multiprogramming with'a variable number of
tasks (MVT) option of the operating system. SMF collects
system, job~management, and data-management information and
links to user-Written routines that can monitor the
operation of jobs or job steps. This publication introduces
basic SMF concepts; describ~s SMF record formats. control
program exits, and data management requirements; tells hoW
to plan, write, and test user-written exit routines; tells
how tOo incorporate SMF into the operating system; and
describes IPL and data management procedures.
Manual, 88 pages
GC28-6716
IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEMS FEATURE GUIDE
This is a guide to optional features of the IBM System/360
operating system (MVT, MFT and PCP). This publication
stresses improving overall system performance; it endeavors
to interrelate such factors as operating system programs,
application programs, computer ,equipment, customer operating
procedures, customer personnel. and maintenance.
This publication is intended for people who are
responsible for improving system'performance, such,as data
processing managers and system programmer/analysts.
Knowledge of the IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM:
INTRODUCTION, GC28-6534,. and CONCEPTS AND FACILITIES, GC286535, is assumed.
For each optional feature, the reader is given the
'purpose of the feature, performance _criteria, insights
on using the feature, direction toward implementing the
feature, and specific references to more detailed data
in other mM and. if applicable',' non-IBM publications.
The information contained in this publication concerning
the Model 195 is for planning purposes only.
systems Reference Library Manual, 66 pages
system~
Reference Library Manual, 80 pages
GC28-6730
*M
IBM SYSTEM/.360 OPERATING SYSTEM: RELElISE 20 GUIDE
This publication contains information about Release 20 of
the IBM System/360 Operating System. It describes:
o
New and changed system features and ,requirements
o
system maLqtenance activity, including APAR
descriptions. a program symptom index, and a list
of program tempora.r:::y fixes (PTFs) corrected .•
o
Modules added, deleted, or modified for Release 20
o
Ordering and distribution procedures for Release 20
Manual, 336 pages
GC28-6732
IBM SYSTEM/360
OPE~TING
COMMAND LANGUAGE
SYSTEM: TIME SHlIRING OPTION:
------- ---- ------- -------
This publication describes the TSO command language that
a terminal user may use to request the services of TSO.
The "Introduction" describes what the command language
is. The section entitled ·What You Must Know to Use the
Commands" contains general infor_mation necessary for the
use of every command.
The section entitled "The Commands" contains a
description of each command, its operands and its
subcommands.. Examp1es are included.
"Command ProcedUre Statements" describes the statements
designed for use in command procedures. The "Glossary"
contains definitions of terms contained in the text of
the publication.
This publication is intended for planning purposes
only. Further information will be published when TSO
becomes avai1able.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 340 pages
GC28-6733
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM:
RELEASE 19 GUIDE
This publication contains a summary of release 19 of the
IBM System/360 Operating System. It describes:
New and changed system features and requirements.
System maintenance activity, including APAR descriptions. a program symptom index, and a list of program
temporary fixes (PTFs) corrected.
Modules added, deleted, or modified for release 19.
Ordering and distribution procedures for release 19.
Systems Reference'Library Manual, _376 pages
GC28-6747
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING·SYSTEM:
RELIABILITY DATA EXTRACTOR USER"S GUIDE
This publication describes the Reliability Data Extractor
(RDE) ,facility of the IBM System/360 Operating System.
The publication is intended for the users with the RDE
facility in their operating system. This publication
describes how to us,e the RDE facility.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 20 pages
GC28-6719
IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM: SERVICE AIDS
SYSTEMS REFERENCE LIBRARY------- ------- ---This publication describes the major facilities for
inspecting, modifying, mapping, dumping and interpreting
system libraries and mianstorage areas provided by the
system/~60 Service Aids to the system programmer and the
IBM customer engineer.
Each of the seven Service Aids is described in a
separate section of the text. The service Aids are:
IMAPTFLE--which creates JCL for use in applying PTFs to
system libraries
174
GC28-6753
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM: TAPE AND DISK
SORT/MERGE PROGRAM, PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-SM1--- ---PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIGNS
The Program Product Specifications (PPS) describe the
warranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
PrOgram Product Specifications, 2 'pages
Ge28
SC28
in this manual, the reader may use IBM System/360 Operating
SC28-6755
IBM SYSTE~360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM: TAPE AND DISK
SORT/MERGE PROGRAM, SYSTEM INFORMiiTIoN
PROGRAM NUMBER
5736-SM1
This publication contains the Disk Operating System
information that relates to the tape and disk sort/merge
program product. It describes:
system: Time Sharing Option, command Language Reference
IGC28-6732) for review and reference.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 112 pages
=
storage. hardware, and program installation requirements
procedures to be followed for program installation
Sample problems which provide a minimal test of the
GC28-676Q
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: TIME SHARING OPTION GUIDE
roWRITING A TERMINAL MONITdata set utilities support for the
American National Standard Code for Information Interchange
IASCII). This support consists basically of a load module
and four utility programs designed to support data sets·
SC2B-6765
OS/MVT
~ OS/VS2 !!!Q DATA UTILITIES: COPY, FORMAT, H!r! .!
USER'S GUIDE AND REFliRENCE, PROG. NO. 573Q-DT1
The TSO Data Utilities: COPY, LIST, FORMAT, MERGE is .a
program product designed to augment the text and data
manipUlation capabilities of the TSO Command Language. This
publication describes the syntax and use of the TSO Data
Utility. commands: COPY, FORMAT, LIST, and MERGE. This
~
written in ASCII format.
program product Specifications,. 2 pages
SC28-6760
OS/MFr, OS/MVT, AND OS/VS ~ SET UTILITIES SUPPORT FOR
ASCII: USER'S GUIDE, PROG. NO. 573q-UT2
publication is intended for use by terminal users whose
insta1lation includ~ this "TSO program product. This manual
has two sections:
o
-BOW to Use the Commands· describes the operations
that can be performed by using the utility commands
This publication describes the data set utilities that
support the American National Standard Code for Information
Interchange IASCII).
and subcommands at a terminal.
It describes:
The capabilities and limitations of the utility
programs when used to process ASCII data sets.
The control statements needed to process ASCII
o
data sets.
The possible applications of the utility programs.
System/360 operating System Data Set Utility Support for
ASCII is a program product that assists programmers
responsible for creating and maintaining operating system
data.
-Coamand Oescriptions- describes the syntax of the
four utility commands: COPY, FORMAT, LIST, and
MERGE, and the two sub commands of the EDIT command,
FORMAT and MERGE. Examples of each command and
subcommand are included.
prerequisites and corequisites for this publication are:
IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM: TIME SHARING OPTION,
COMMAND LANGUAGE REFERENCE IGC28-6732)
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: TIME SHARING OPTION,
TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE IGC28-6763)
When using this support, ASCII data sets, as well
as EBCDIC data sets, can be created and maintained, a1though
ManuaI, 56 pages
all system/360 operations are in EBCDIC.
Program
produc~
user's Guide. 196 pages
SC28-6767
*M
OS/MVT AND OS/VS2 TSO DATA
iiTILiTXES: COPY, FORMAT, LIST, MERGE SYSTEM INFORMATION
PROGRAM PRODUCT - PROGRAM NUMBER 573Q-UT1
This pubIiCatIOn-is for use by ·system programmers who are
installing the TSO Data utilities: COPY, FORMAT, LIST,
MERGE Program Product into an IBM System/360 Operating
System with tbe Time Sbaring Option.
This publication describes procedures to be followed
for program installation, including sample problems which
ensure tbat the TSO Data Utilities program Product has
been properly installed. Tbis publication also contains
the storage requirements for this program Product.
prerequisit.e publicatiOns are:
GC28-6762
OS/MVT AND OS/VS2 TSO TERMINALS MANUAL
This pub1ication describes bow to use the terminals
supported by the Time Sharing Option ITSO) under the OS/MVT
and OS/vS2 configurations of the operating System lOS). It
is intended for all TSO terminal users.
The operation and
characteristics of the following terminals in a TSO
environment are discussed:
o
IBM 2741 Communication Terminal
o
o
o
o
o
o
IBM 1052 Printer-Keyboard
Teletype. MOdel 33
Teletype. Model 35
IBM 2260 Display station
IBM 2265.Display Station
IBM 3270 Information Display System
IBM System/360 Operating System: Storage Estimates,
GC28-6551
IBM System/360 Operating System: System Generation,
GC28-655Q
IBM system/360 Operating System: Time Sharing Option
Guide, GC28-6698.
.Trademark of Teletype Corporation
The publication is divided into independent seCtions; each
describes one type Qf termina1.
Mauual. , 24 pages
An appendix describes the LOGOFF, LOGON, PROFILE, and
TERMINAL commands that a user issues to control his terminal
session.
Manual, 60 pages
GC28-6768
OS/MVT AND ~ TSO DATA UTILITIES: COPY, FORMAT, LIST, .!
MERGE - PPS -. PROG. ·NO. 513Q-OT1
The PrOgram. Product Specifications (pPS) describe the
warranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
Program Product Specifications, 1 page
GC28-6763
IBM SYS!rEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM: TIME SHARING OPTION
TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE
------- ---- -------. ------
The Time Sharing Opt:ion (TSO) of the IBM System/360
Operating system permits the user to access the facilities
of a computer from a terminal. The work is defined to
the system through the TSO Command Language. This
publ:ication explains ·to all users of TSO how to use the
TSO Command Language to perform the follOwing functions:
o
o
start and end a terminal session
Enter and manipulate data
o
o
program at the terminal
Test a program .
o
write and use command procedures
o
Control. a system with TSO
SC28-6808
A PL/I PRIMER
The puxpose-of.this public~tion is to provide tutorial
material not only for. the person witb SOme knowledge of
comPuter programming, but also for the novice who knows
little or nothing about data processing.
Student Text, 71 pageS
360 ~ "" PROGRAMM·ING ~ CONCEPTS AND
blication describes the facilities provided by the
IBM System/360· Model IIQ Programming System.
The Model QQ programming System consists of a FORTRAN
compiler, an assem.bl.er. a supervisor, and system support
After becoming familiar with the infoJ:Dlation presented
175
GC28
, GC28
program~.
Th1s publication expla1nshow to comp1le, 11nkage edit,
and execute a program written in IBM System/360 Fortran
IV Language.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 180 pages
It. provides FORTRAN and assembler language
proCesS1Rq and program execution in a monitored environment,
with automatic job-to-job transition, interruption handling,
and input/output superyision. The system has facilities
for the creation and maintenance of libraries and the
manipu1ation of their contents.
It also provides extensive
job control and program segmentation capabilities for
flexibility and versatility in the preparation of programs
GC28-6818
OS FORTRAN IV LIBRARY: MATHEMATICAL. M!!! SERVICE SUBPROGRAMS,
PROG. NO. 360S-LM-501
for execution.
Manual, "8 pages
This publication describes the mathematical and service
subprograms contained in the library supplied with Basic
FORTRAN IV (OS) and FORTRAN IV (OS) compilers. Information
GC28-6811
IBM SYSTEM/360 ~ODEL "" PROGRAMMING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER
LANGUAGE, PROGRAM NUM8ER 360F-AS-616--~odel "" Programming System Assembler Language.
This
assembler language is used to write programs for the
Model "". The IBM System/360 Model "" programming
System Assembler program processes the language and
rpovides auxiliary functions useful in the preparation
and documentation of a program.
systems, Reference Library Manual, 7" pages
on the use of these SUbprograms in either a FORTRAN or
an assembler language program is also included.
Manual, 70 pages
GC28-6819
~:~MSi~~E~~:~~7~~~~~~~~~~~•.~LA~I~~~G~U~A~G~E HANDBOOK _F_O_R CONVERSION
PROGRAM NUMBER 7090-PR
This publication descr bes how a FORTRAN IV program written
for execution Under the IBM 7090/709" IBSYS Operating
system must be modified to be run under IBM Sysem/360.
GC28-6812
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL "" PROGRAMMING SYSTEM GUIDE TO
SYSTEM ,USE
This publication contains detailed information for preparing
programs to be executed under the IBM System/360 Model ""
programming System. It discusses and illustrates,the
.system·s reqUirements, its capabilities, and the control
statements and supervisor calls that are used" with it.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 180 pages
Differences in both syntax and implementation are discussed.
It is assumed that the reader is familiar with the IBM
7090/709" FORTRAN IV language.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 32 pages
GC28-6820
OS ITF: PL/I AND BASIC PROGRAM PRODUCT DESIGN OBJECTIVES
PROGRAM NUMBEiiS"573HC1 AND 573"-RC3 - - The Program Product DesigU-Objectives (PPDO) describe the
design objectives and provide the estimated availability
GC28-6813
IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL "" PROGRAMMING SYSTEM
GUIDE TO SYSTEM USE FOR FORTRAN PROGRAMMERs
This publication"describes how to use the Model ""
date of the subject Program Product.
Flyer, 3 pages
Programming System to compile and execute programs written
in the IBM System/360 FORTRAN IV language.
A discussion
of program optimization and of the restrictions of the
OBJECTIVES)
Model "" FORTRAN IV compiler is also included.
This publication is directed primarily at programmers
.who are familiar with the FORTRAN IV language.
(PPDO) descrites
Previous
knowledge of the MOdel "" Programming System is not
reguired.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 30 pages
;;;;;;;-;::-;:',;.=;-- ""
PROGRAMMING SYSTEM SYSTEMS
how to construct an IBM
System/360 Model "" Programming System and how to modify
and extend its capabilities.
Among the SUbjects discussed in this publication are:
How to construct and edit a Model "" Programming System.
How to write an accounting routine and incorporate it
into the system.
How to define 'the input/output configuration at IPL
time.
How to write routines at the Execute Channe1 program
(EXCP) level of the input/output facilities.
HOw to expand the user communication region.
How to update the module and phase libraries.
How to print, punch, and update the distributed
tape reel.
systems Reference Library Manual, 88 pages
GC28-6815
SYSTEM/360 MODEL "" PROGRAMMING SYSTEM OPERATOR'S GUIDE
This publication provides operators with detailed
information required for operating the IBM system/360 Model
"" Programming System and the various stand-alone programs
associated with it.
Operating instructions are provided, for IPL procedures,
genera1 operations. abnormal end procedures, operator-tosystem communications, and stand-a1one operatioDS.
Manual, "56 pages
GC28-6825
IBM SYST
) ITF: PL/1 AND BASIC
GENBRAL
--::ru:1727'3iij'-5736=RCU2
This publidat10n g ves general 1
uaticn about the
external characteristics of the PL/I feature of the
Interactive Terminal Facility (ITF), a Program Product
that operates under the System/360 Operating system or
the System/360 Disk Operating System. The book includes
de~criptions
of terminal commands, PL/I language elements •.
and. machine requirements.
This publication is intended as an aid to evaluation
and planning; it is not meant for the terminal user.
publications will be provided for the terminal user when
ITF:PL/I becomes available.
Program Product Manual, 26 pages
GC28-6829
~~:!p~AND
GC28-6830
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OP
NG SYSTEM INTERACTIVE
TERMINAL FACILITY:P
BASIC - PPS
PROGRAM NUMBERS: 5736
736=RC2- - This Program Product Spec1 ications (PPS) describes the
warranted speCifications of the subject Program Product.
Program Product specifications, " pages
GC28-6816
IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS:
1620 SIMULATOR FOR IBM
SlSTEM/360 MODEL "" PROGRAM NUMBER:360C-SI-755
This'reference plblication provides information on the
1620 simulator for the IBM System/360 Model "", and is
directed to the user who is replacing his IBM 1620 Model
1 or Model 2 Data processing System with an IBM,System/360
Model "". This manual describes the installation
reguirements, and programming and operating considerations
for the 1620 simulator.
Simulation is a technique that uses System/360
instruction sequence to perform the functions of 1620
.instructions, thus permitting the user to execute object
programs 'written for ,the 1620~
s¥stems Reference Library Manual. 56 pages
GC28-6817
GC28-6831
Operating System Time
Facility: PL/1 and BASIC.
SpeCification Sheets, 2 pages
are for system/,360
Interactive Terminal
GC28-6832
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM CODE AND GO FORTRAN
PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFlCATiOiiS- PROGRAM NUMBER 573"-FOl
These program product Specifications-are for IBM System(360
Operating ,System Code and Go FORTRAN.
Specification Sheet, 2 pages
176
SC28
SC28
SC28-6833
IBM SYSTEW360 OS/OOS ITF: PLI'I INTRODUCTION
PROGRAM NUMBERS"5734-RC1,""""5lli=RC1
This publication is an introduction to the IBM System/360
Operating System (OS) and the IBM system/360 Disk operating
System (DOS) Interactive Termina1 Faci1ity: PLI'I. It is
designed to give a novice programmer the tools be needs
to write e1ementary programs in ITF: PL/I and to enab1e
all the capabilities ·of ITF: PL/I nor does it inc1ude a11
the detai1ed information on system and termina1 operation.
These detai1s may be found in the IBM System/360 Operating
System Time Sharing Option Interactive Termina1 Facility:
PL/I Terminal User's Guide. order Number SC28-6839.
Manual. 72 pages
him to understand the more advanced material found in
related publications. Because of this limited scope.
therfore. this pub1ication does not cover a11 the
capabi1ities of ITF: PLI'I nor does it inc1ude a11 the
detailed information on system and terminal operation.
These detai1s may be found in the IBM SYSTEW360 OPERATING
Sl!STEM AND IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM INTERACTIVE
TERMINAL FACILI~Y: PLI'I TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE. form SC286834.
Program Product Manua1. 62 pages
SC28-6834
IBM SYSTEW360 OS/DOS ITF: PLlI TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBERS"5734-RC1,""""slli=acl
--- ---
This publication provides tutorial information and reference
materia1 for users of the PL/I 1anguage component of the
Interactive Termina1 Faci1ity (ITF). a Program Product
that operates under the System/360 Operating system (OS)
or the System/360 Disk Operating system 100S).
The book te11s how to use ITF and how to write programs
in ITF: PL/I; it also includes detailed descriptions of
the ITF: PLI'I 1anguage elements. the ITF system commands.
as well as error recognition and correction information.
sample programs and examp1es of the use of ITF: PUI appear
throughout the text.
.
. This publication is intended for the ITF: PUI termina1
user. Users with little or no programning experience
should be thoroughly. familiar with the concepts presented
in the pub1ication IBM SYSTEMt360 OS/DOS ITF: PL/I
INTRODUCTION. SC28-6833.
Program ·Product Terminal User·s Guide. 233 pages
SC28-6835
IBM SYSTEW360 OS/DOS ITF: BlISIC TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBERS-rn6=R~57iii=RC3
This publication provides
tu~oria~
--- ---
information and reference
materia1 for users of the BlISIC 1anguage component of the
Interactive Termina1 Faci1ity (ITF). a Program Product
that operates under the System/360 Operting System (OS)
or the System/360 Disk Operating system (DOS).
The book te11s how to use ITF. and how to write programs
in BASIC1 it a1so inc1udes detai1ed descriptions of the
BASIC language elements, the ITF system commands, as well
as error recognition and correction.
SYSTEM/360 OS/DOS ITF INSTALL~ION REFERENCE MATERIAL
NUMBERS"5734-R'C"f:' 1.i. 5736-RC1, 1
ublication describes the information required by
the central computing installation to run the Interactive
Terminal Faci1ity (ITF). This inc1udes machine
requirements, and operator coromnads.
XTF runs as a problem program under either the
System/360 Operating System (OS) or the Sysetm/360 Disk
Operating System (DOS).
SC28-6840
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM (TIME SBARING OPTION)
INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY:'""BASICTERMnUiL 'iiiiER"SGUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734~RCq
---------- ----This publication provides tutorial information and reference
material for users of the BASIC language component of the
Interactive Termina1 Faci1ity (ITF). a Program Product that
operates under the Time Sharing Option (TSO) of the
System/360 Operating System (OS).
The book te11s how to use ITF in the TSO environment.
and how to write programs in BASIC1 it a1so includes
detailed descriptions of the BASIC 1anguage elements. a
subset of the TSO command 1anguage. as we11 as error
recognition and correction. Sample programs and examples of
the use of ITF:BASIC appear throughout the·text.
This pub1ication is intended for the TSO ITF:BASIC
termina1 user. No previous know1edge of programming or of
the BASIC 1anguage is required.
Manual. 204 pages
Sample programs and
examp1es of the use of ITF:BASIC appear throughout the
text.
This pub1ication is intended for the ITF: BASIC terminal
user. No previous know1edge of programming or of the BASIC
1anguage is required.
Program product Termina1 Users Guide. 165 pages
SC28-6836
SC28-6839
IBM SYSTEM/3
TING SYSTEM (TIME SHARING OPTICN)
MERACTIVE
FACILITY:'""PL/1 TEiiMIiiliL"USER' S GUIDE
2
-----PROGRAM NUMBER
This pub1ication prov1des tutoria1 and reference information
for users of the PUI language components of the Interactive
Terminal Faci1ity (ITF). an IBM Program Product that
operates under tbe Time Sharing Option (TSO) of the
System/360 operating System (OS).
This guide te11s how to use ITF: PL/I in the TSO
environment. It includes detai1ed descriptions of the
ITF: PL/I 1anguage e1ements. that portion of the TSO
command 1anguage that app1ies to ITFL PL/I. and other
reference information. inc1uding a11 of the ITF: PL/I
error messages. Sample programs and exauples appear
throughout the text.
This publication is intended for the TSO ITF: PL/I
terminal user. Users ~ith little or no programming
experience should be thoroughly familiar with the
concepts presented in the publication IBM System/360
OS (TSO) ITF: PL/I Introduction. Order Number SC28-6838.
Users whose scope of work extends beyond ITF: PL/I
should consult the TSO pub1ications 1isted in the preface.
Manual. 268 pages
It supports conversational problem
SC28-6841
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM (TIME SHARING OPTION)
iNTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACI'L'iTYINruLLATiiiiliiEFERENcEMANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBERS 57311-RC2. 5734-RC4
. --This publication describes the informaticn required by the
central computing installation to insta11 and run the
Interactive Termina1 Faci1ity IITF). This inc1udes
.
installation procedures, storage estimates, ITF control user
functions, and terminal messages.
ITF runs as a command processor under· the ~ime Sharing
Option (TSO) of· System/360 Operating System (OS). It
supports conversationa1 prob1em solving in the ITF:PL/1
and/or ITF:BASIC languages.
This pub1ication is intended for the TSO ITF control
user who insta11s TSO ITF. and who adds the ITF termina1
users to the TSO system,
Manual, 90. pages
s01ving in the ITF:PL/I and/or ITF:BASIC languages •.
Program Product
~eference
Manual, 138 pages
GC28-6837
BASIC LANGUAGE REFERENCE MANUAL
This publication contains a complete description of the
BASIC programming 1anguage as it is defined by IBM.
BASIC is a terminal-oriented language used ~ both·
programmers and non-programmers for the s01ution of prob1ems
requiring lengthy or repetitive computations.
The syntax and semantics of BASIC are presented in
this publication for readers who are .. already acquainted
with the fundamenta1 techniques and termin010gy of
programming. TopiCS covered inc1ude program structure.
data representation, and statement descriptions. Sample
BASIC programs and a formalized definition of the 1anguage
are included in appendixes.
Reference Manua1. 114 pages
SC28-6838
OM
IBM SYSTEW360 OPERATING SYSTEM .(TIME SBARING OPTION)
INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY:'""PL/1 INrRoIiiiCTioii""PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-RC2
-This publication is an introduction to the IBM System/360
Operating system Time Sharing .Option Interactive Terminal
Faci1ity: PUI. It is designed to give a novice programmer
the t001s he needs to write e1ementary programs using
ITF: PL/I and to enab1e him to understand the more advanced
materia1 found in re1ated pub1ications. Because of this
1imited scope; therefore. this pub1ication does not cover
SC28-6842
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM (TIME SHARING OPTION)
COcE AND GO FORTRAN PROCESSciR-TEiiiiIN"AL OSER' S GOIDE
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-F01, 5734-LM1
--- --This publication provides the information necessary to use
the Code and Go FORTRAN processor .for foreground programs
developed in an IBM System/360 Time Sbaring Option (TSO)
environment.
Code and Go is a compi1e-and-go processor that compi1es
at a fast rate and produces an object program directly in
main storage. For the TSO foreground. Code and Go was
specifica11y deve10ped for users who p1ace a premium On
qu.ick compilation and execution, and on easy and rapid
debugging.
This pub1ication. wbi1e primari1y directed to engineers.
mathematicians~ and others who may not be fu11-time,
profes~ional programmers, also provides information for
experienced· production programmers who wi11 be using Code
and Go to write and test components of a 1arge program for
later ·execution in a batch environment. Readers must be
fami1iar with the FORTRAN IV 1anguage as described in the
publication IBM System/360 and system/370 FORTRAN IV
Language. Order No. GC28-6515.
Inc1uded are exp1anations of that portions of that
portion of the TSO command 1anguage that is directly
re1evant to the needs of the Code and Go foreground user. a
sample terminal session, a section on programming
sconsiderations, and other reference information. Also
provided are a discussion of the FORTRAN syntax checker and
its associated messages. and a 1isting (with explanations)
177
SC28
SC28
TSO Terminal. It is intended as a supplement to the IBM
System/360 OS TSO Terminal User's Guide. This book
describes the G1 compiler and its features, and methods of
invoking the compiler. It contains examples of the use
of the G1 compiler and the Prompter, diagnostic messages
of compiler-related and load module execution diagnostic
messages.
Pro9r~
Product Manual, 186 pages
GC28-6844
that a user receives at his terminal. and reference
IBM
information.
This Program Product Design Objectives (PPDO) describes
the design objectives and provides the estimated
Guide.
availability date of the subject program Product.
Design Objective Sheet, 1 page
of the FORTRAN G compiler, adapted for more efficient
use from a time-sharing terminal. The prompter provides
SYSTEMl360 OPERA~ING SY~EM FORTRAN IV LIBRARY MOD 1
DESIGN OBJECTIVES - PROG~BER 5734-LM1------- --- -
It makes no attempt to cover genera1 TSO
operation, which is covered in the TSO Terminal User's
The FORTRAN :IV (G1) compiler is an extended version
the interface between. the compiler and the user, creating
a conversational environment for the G1 programmer.
This publication is intended for use by FORTRAN
programmers of all 1evels, but its approach is essentially
GC28-6847
IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING ~ FORTRAN IV LIBRARY (MOD II)
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LM3
This Program Product Design Objectives (PPDO) describes
toward the inexperienced progra~mer.
It is not a
reference document for the system prograKmer.
Co-requisite.publications for this beok are the IBM
the design objectives and provides the estimated
System/360 Operating System TSO Terminal user's Guide,
Order No. GC28-6763,· and the IBM System/360 Operating
availability date of the subject program Product.
Design Objectives, 2 pages
System Time Sharing Option command Language Reference,
Order No. GC28-6732.
Manual, 124 pages
GC28-6850
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV LIBRARY MOD 1
PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICffioNS - PROGRAM NUMBER"573i1-LM1
The Program Product Specifications (PPS) describe the
SC28-6856
FORTRAN IV (G1) PROCESSOR AND TSO FORTRAN PROMPTER FOR os
AND VM/370 (CMS): IN~ALLATroN"REFEREiiCi!MATERIAL, PROG.
NOS.5'f3ij:"rii2,5734-CP3
This publication describes the internal 10gic of the FORTRAN
IV (G1) compiler.
The FORTRAN (G1) compiler, an extended version of
FORTRAN IV (G), is adapted to a time sharing as well as a
warranted specifications of the subject Program product.
SpeCifications, 2 pages
SC28-6851
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM
FORTRAN IV LIBRARY
ASCII SUPPORT: PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE SUPPLEMENT
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LM1
This publication explains how to install and use the IBM
system/360 Disk Operating system FORTRAN IV Library ASCII
=
batch environment.
Support package. ASCII is an acronym used to refer to
the American National standard Code for Information
Exchange, a 7-bit character code. The internal code used
by System/360 is based on an 8-bit character.
:It is a program product that operates
under the IBM System/360 Operating system.
It provides·the
ability.to store object programs and to produce source and
object listings. storage maps. and object decks.
In
addition, the FORTRAN IV (G1) compiler produces a terse form
of output comprised of error messages and compiler
statistics. suitable for terminal display.
This program logic manual is intended for use by persons
involved in program maintenance. Program logic information
With the
DOS FORTRAN IV Library ASCII support package, DOS users
may process and create magnetic tape data sets recorded
in accordance with the ASCII code.
is not necessary for the use and operation of the FORTRAN
(G1); therefore, distribution of this publication is limited
This publication assumes a knowledge of the FORTRAN
IV language, and familiarity with how to compile, linkage
to licensees who have the aforementioned reqUirement.
Program Product Manual. 48 pages
edit, and execute programs under control of the IBM
system/360 Disk operating system.
Program Product Manual, 16 pages
SC28-6852
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: FORT~N IV (8 EXTENDED)
COMPILER. PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-F03
5734 LM3
*M
=
GC28-6857
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM TIME SBARING OPTION FORTRAN
PRCMPTER - PROGRAM BRODUC~!FiCAT~ ------ ------The Program Product Specifications (PPS) describe the
warranted specifications of the subject Program Product .•
Specification, 2 pages
This publication describes the steps to compile, link edit,
and execute a FORTRAN IV program using the FORTRAN IV
(8 Extended) compiler, an IBM Program Product that operates
under the control of the operating system. The methods
SC28-6858
IBM SYSTEM/360 FORTRAN IV L~BRARY (MODEL 1)
INsTALLATION REFERENCE MAT~PROGRAM NIlMBER 5734-LM1
This publication describes the information required by the
central computing instal1ation to install and run the
FORTRAN IV Library (Model 1). The information includes
of inVOking each step, input to the steps, and output
from the steps, are detailed.
In addition, compiler
options, features of the operating system used by the
FORTRAN programmer. and practices for coding more
efficient FORTRAN programs are discussed.
This publication is directed to programmers familiar
with the FORTRAN IV language.
installation procedures. storage estimates. system
information. and library-produced messages.
The FORTRAN IV Library (Modell) operates with the
FORTRAN E, G, and 8 compilers, with FORTRAN IV (G1), and
with the Code and Go FORTRAN compiler. The library supports
features not contained in the base FORTRAN IV library, such
Previous knowledge of the
operating system is not required.
Information in this publication pertaining to OSlVS2
is for ~lanning purposes until that product is available.
Manual, 208 pages
as list-directed I/O. improved data conversion, and ASC11
support.
The library also includes special interfaces for
running in the TSO foreground.
SC28-6853
IBM OS CODE AND GO· FORTRAN AND FORTRAN lY .1!ll!. PROGRAMMER'S
GUIDE. PROG. NOS. 5734-F01. ~ -LM1
This publication is directed to programmers using either the
IBM System/360 Code and Go FORTRAN or FORTRAN IV (Gll
compiler. It explains how to use the IBM System/360
This publication is intended for Operating System/360
personnel responsible for installing the libary, as well as
for the system programmer responsible for maintenance of the
library within the system.
Program Product Manual, 65 pages
operating System to compile. link edit. and execute programs
written in the IBM system/360 FORTRAN IV language.
SC28-6859
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERA~ING SYSTEM CODE AND GO FORTRAN
pa-OCESSOR INSTALLATION RE~E~ERIAL-- ------PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-F01
This pubIICatIo~bes the information required by the
central computing instalLation to install and run the
FORTRAN IV Code and Go compiler. The information includes
In addition. it contains information on-processing
efficiency, extended error handling, debugging
specifications. and Assembler ~anguage subroutine linkage
conventions.
This publication is directed primarily to programmers
familiar with the FORTRAN IV 1anguage. Previous knowledge
of the IBM System/360 Operating System is not required.
Program Product Manual, 190 pages
installation procedures, storage estimates. system
information, and messages produced by the compiler.
This publication is intended for Operating System/360
personnel responsible for instal1ing the FORTRAN IV Code and
Co
GC28-6854
OS FORTRAN IV (G1) PROCESSOR - PPS - PROG. NO. 5734~F02
The program-product Specifications (PPS) describe the
compiler. as well as for the system programmer
responsible for maintaining it within. the system.
Manual, 60 pages
warranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
Program Product SpeCifications, 2 pages
N IV
SC28-6855
*M
(8
EXTENDED)
~~I~NSTALLATION
5134-=i03, ~
T e
RTRAN IV (8 Extended) compiler and the FORTRAN IV·
Library '(Mod II) are re1eased as independent components that
require installation under the IBM System/360 Operating
System.
This publication describes the procedures for installing
l78
SC28
SC28
FOR7RAN IV (B Extended) compi1er and the FORrRAN IV Library
(Mod II). It is intended for use by system programmers or
planners wbo supervise the generation and maintenance of an
inst~ation's operating system.
Manua1. 611 pages
GC28-6879
OS/vS1 RES WORKSTATION USHR'S GUIDE
This user's Guide is intended for an RES workstation user
who creates one or more jobs to be sent, using RES (Remote
Entry Services), to a central computer for processing. In
addition. this book can be used by one who merely operates
the RES workstation. sending jobs created by others.
The book describes input and output queues and how the
workstation user can control them. The workstation commands
available to the user are described according to their
fUnction. The parameters used for various forms of the
cO~Dands are explained.
For each type of RES workstation. there is a separate
chapter that describes its operation. This portion of the
book can be tai10red to each installation's reqUirements by
removing chapters that pertain to types of workstations not
used by that installation. For a user's guide to be used
only at one workstation. only the pertinent chapter need be
retained.
Manua1, 2111 pages
GC2B-6862
IBM SYSTE~360 OPERATING SYSTEM: FORTRAN IV (H EXTENDED)
COMPILER PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFic~ - PROGRAM NUMBER 573ii=Fci3
The Program Product Specifications (PPS) describe the
warranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
Specifications, 2 pages
GC28-6863
OS FORrRAN IV LIBRARY (MOD II) - PPS - PROG. NO. 5734-LM3
The ProgramProduct specification5tpPs) describe the
warranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 2 pages
SC28-68611
*M
IBM SYST~360 C5: FORTRAN IV MATH AND SVC SUBPROGRAM
SUPPLEMENT FOR MIDE I and MODEL I I LIBRARIES
PROGRAM NUMBERS5734=LMi"; 573ii="LMJ
This publication is a supplement to IBM System/360 Operating
System: FORTRAN IV Library-Mathematica1 and service
Subprograms. Order No. GC28-6818. Together. these
publications describe the ma~hematical and service
subprograms in the FORTRAN IV Mod I and Mod II 1ibraries.
In general, the base publication documents those subprograms that handle single and double preCision quantities:
this supplement documents those SUbprograms that handle
extended precision quantities.
Systems Reference Library Manual r 34 pages
GC28-6881
FORrRAN INTERACTIVE DEBUG FOR OS(TSO) AND VM/310 (CMS)
PROGRAM PRODUCT DESIGN OBJECTIVES, PROG. NO. 5134-F05
The Program Product DeSign Objectives (PPDO) describe the
design objectives and provide the estimated availability
dat~ of the subject program Product.
F1yer, 1 page
GC28-6882
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV LIBRARY OPTION 1 - PROGRAM
PRciiiUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5746-LM3- - - - - The program Product Specifications (PPS) describe the
warranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
Specifications. 2 pages
GC28-6865
SC28-6883
IBM SYSTE~360 OS: FORTRAN IV (H EXTENDED)
DOS FORTRAN IV LIBRARY nPTION/PROGRAMMERS'S GUIDE
COMPILER AND LIBRARY (MODEL In, MESSAGES
SYSTEM REFERENCE'
SiiPP~-PROGRAM PRODUCT 5746-LM3
LIBRARY MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBERS 51311 Fa3, 51311-LM3
This publication is directed to pr09ram~ers using the
No abstract available.
FORTRAN IV Library Option 1. a program product used with the
systems Reference Library Manual. 140 pages
Disk Operating System. The Option 1 Library provides DOS
users with Systeml370 input/output,device support and ASCII
support.
~CII is an acronym used to refer to the American
SC28-6868
*M
Nationa1 Standard Code for Information Interchange.) ASCII
IBM SYST~360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV (H EXTENDED
support allows users to process and create magnetic tape
PLUS COMPILER & LIBRARY USER SUPPLEMENr =-PROGRAM NUMBER
data sets recorded in ASCII code and to specify larger block
5799-AAW
- --- -- --- --sizes for EBCDIC tape data sets.
This publication contains information describing the use
This publication is a supplement to. and should te used
of the FORrRAN IV (B Extended Plus) compiler. an
in conjunction withr the publication, Disk Operating System:
enhancement to the FORTRAN IV (H Extended) compi1er
FORTRAN IV Programmer's Guide. Order NO. GC28-6397.
program product. It supp1ements the fol10wing
Programmers are assumed to be familiar with its contents.
publications:
The supplement contains sections on using and installing the
IBM Systeml360 Operating System:
Option 1 1ibrary and on running the sample program. For
FORTRAN IV (B Extended) Compi1er
information on how to compile. linkage edit, and execute a
Programmer's Guide. Order No. SC28-6852
DOS FORTRAN IV program. tbe appropriate sections of the
programmer's guide shoUld be consu1ted.
IBM Systeml360 Operating system:
Manual. 20 pages
FORTRAN IV (H Extended) Compi1er
and Library (Mod In Messages.
'Order No. SC28-6865
GC28-688Q
IBM FORTRAN PROGRAM PRODUCTS FOR OS AND THE CMS COMPONENT OF
IBM Systeml360 Operating system:
VM1'370: GENERAL INFORMATION, PROG. NOS. mll::ro1,2,3,5
FORTRAN IV ~athematical and Service
-LMt,3,-CP3
Subprograms Supplement for Mod I
This pub1ication provides general information about the
and Mod II' Libraries, Order No. SC28-68611
functions, capabilities, and system requirements of the
fol1owing program products:
'
The supplementary information for each publication
o
Code and Go FORTRAN Processor
o
FORTRAN IV (Gl) Processor
listed above is treated a separate chapter in this
publication. The chapter on the Programmer's
o
FORTRAN IV (H Extended) Processor
Guide describes the new options, OPTIMIZE (3) and IL.
o
FORrRAN IV Library (Mod n
availab1e to the programmer using the (H Extended
FORTRAN IV Library (Mod In
o
Plus) compiler and FORTRAN programming considerations
o
TSO FORTRAN Prompter
for these options and for other compiler" improvements.
o
FORTRAN Interactive Debug
The chapter on the Mod I and Mod II Libraries describes
These products. with the exception of the TSO Prompter,
the cbanges made to a number of mathematica1 subprograms
operate under both OS and the CMS component of VM/370.
This publication is inteqded as an aid to evaluation and
to make their processing more ef£icient.
planning and is not meant £or the terminal user or
Un1ess otherwise notedr a1l information in the base
publications app1y to this supp1ement.
app1ications programmer.
Manua1. 32 pages
Manua1. 112 pages
=
GC28-6872
SYSTEW360 DISK OPERATING ~ FORTRAN IV LIBRARY,
OP.rION 1 _ PROGRAM PRODUCT .m!l!!§!! OBJECTIVE
PROGRAM NUMBER 57116-LM3
The program Product Design Objectives CPPDO) describe the
design objectives and provide the estimated avai1abi1ity
date of the subject Program Product.
Design Objective. 2 pages
GC28-6878
OS/VS1 RES SYSTEM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE
This guide is required by systeuoprogrammers who p1an.
insta11. and maintain' RES (Remote Entry serV1.ces) under VS1.
The guide describes the facilities and operationa1
requirements for both the centra1 computer and the
workstations. 1:he procedure to be followed for generating
and installing RES is exp1ained. '
Manua1. 173 pages
SC28-6885
*N
FORrRAN INTERACTIVE DEBUG FOR OS (TSO) TERMINAL USER'S
GUIDE - PROGRAM PRODUCT 573ii=ros - - _
This manua1 provides the information required to use FORTRAN
Interactive Debug to debug Code and Go FORTRAN or FORTRAN G1
programs from a TSO termina1.
,
FORTRAN Interactive Debug is a conversational. symbolic
debugging 1anguage with which the FORTRAN programmer can
dynamica11y contro1 the execution of his program. While
using it, be can stop and start execution, examine and
cbange va1ues of program variab1es, dynamica11y contr01 the
Extended Error Band1ing facility, disp1ay execution
frequencie~ for program statements, and trace control
transfers as they occur.
The intended audience is the T50 FORTRAN programmer who
codes in Code and Go FORTRAN or FORrRAN G1.
The first section of the book describes FORTRAN
Interactive Debug, its invocation. and its use. and gives
instructions fOr compiling FORTRAN programs so that they can
179
SC28
GC30
be processed under interactive debug. The second section is
a reference section containing al1 the FORTRAN Interactive
Debug subcommands.
Cata~og,
36 pages
The third section covers programming
considerations. Messages issued by FORTRAN Interactive
Debug are covered in the fourth section.
co-requisite Publications:
.
OS (TSO) COde and Go FORTRAN Processor Termina~ User's
Guide, Order No. SC28-6842
OS (TSO) Termina~ User's Supplement for FORTRAN IV (G1)
Processor and TSO FORTRAN Prompter, Order NO. SC28-60·SS
Manua~, 116 pages
SC28-6886
*N
FORTRAN INTERACTIVE DEBUG FOR OS (TSO) INSTALLATION
REFERENCE MATERIAL PROGRAMNuMBERSffi- FOS
This pub~ication describes the information required by the
centra~ computing instal~ation to instal~ and run FORTRAN
GC28-8201
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I (F).
LilNGUAGE REFERENCE .MANUAL--- - - This publication conso~idates documents outlining the
status and use of the inde~dent release.of PL/I (F)
Version 5,. New features ar·e noted,' and information is
provided on the system generation requirements and
techniques. A ~ist of a11 modUles added, de1eted or altered
for this release is inCluded. System Prose informs the
user of the. current maintenance status of PL/I (F).
IBM provides an operating system that can be used for
system generation. The procedures required to initia~ize
the starter system are a~o described in this publication.
Language Reference Manual, 448 pages
Interactive Debug under OS (TSO). The information inc1udes
installation procedures. storage estimates, system
information, messages, and problem determination aids~
FORTRAN Interactive Debug provides a conversational,
symbolic debugging capability for the TSO FORTRAN
programmer. Using interactive debug, the Code and Go
FORTRAN or FORTRAN G1 programmer can dynamically contro~ the
execution of" his program, examine and change values of
program variables, dynamically control the Extended Error
Band1ing Faci1ity, display execution frequencies for program
statements, and trace control transfers as they occur.
This publication is intended for OS personnel
responsible for insta~ling FORTRAN Interactive Debug, as
we1l as for the system programmer responsib~e for
maintaining it within the system.
Manual, 60 pages
GC28-6808
FORTRAN INTERAC'IIVE DEBUG FOR OS (TSO)
PPS PROGRAM NUMBER S73H05 - - - The Program Product Specifications (PPS) .describe the
warranted· specifications of·the subject program Product.
Specification Sheet, 2 pages
*N
SC28-6891
*N
IBM VM/310 (CMS) TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE FOR FORTRAN IV
PROGRAM ~ S13Q-F01, 573ii=F02, S13ii="""Fiij;-573ii-LM1
AND S134-LM3
This user's guide is intended for FORTRAN programmers who
wi1l be using the IBM System/360 OS FORTRAN IV (G1) or Code
and ·Go FORTRAN IV compiler and the FORTRAN IV Library (Mod
1) or the FORTRAN IV (8 Extended) compi~er and the IBM
FORTRAN IV Library (Mod II) under the contro~ of the
Conversational ~onitor System component of the Virtual
Machine Faci~ity/310. It is assumed that the reader is
familiar with the FORTRAN IV Language and the CMS component
of VM/310.
Manual, 210 pages
GC28-8193
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV LIBRARY
ASCII SUPPORT
PROGRAM NUMBER S136-LM1
This Program Product Design Objectives (PPDO) describes
the deSign objectives and provides the estimated
.
availability date of the subject program Product.
Design Objective sheet, 2 pages
GC28-8194
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM
FORTRAN IV L'[BRARY ASCII SUPPO~
PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFlcATiiiNS"= PROGRAM NUMBER S136-LM1
The Program Product specificationS1PPSJ deSCrIbe the
warr!lnted specifications of the subject Program Product .•
Program Product specificatio~s, 3 pages
*M
GC28-8200
SYSTEM/310 PROGRAM PRODUCTS: LANGUAGE AND SORT PROCESSORS
-OS, DOS, V~CMS (CATALOG-)---- - - - ThiQ cata~og is a quick reference to the IBM Program
Products that provide language and sort/merage processing
support for IBM System/310 and Systero/360 running:
o
OS (VS1, VS2, MF'r, and MVT)
o
DOS and DOS/VS
o
CMS Subsystems of VM/310
The 1anguage products described bere include comp1iers, thei
associated libraries, and various related user productivity
aids for:
o
COOL
o
FORTRAN
o
PL/I
o
BASIC
o
o
o
GC28-8202
DOS AND TOS PL/I SUBSET REFERENCE MANUAL
This-pDbIICation provides the rule~writing PL/I Subset
programs that are to be Compiled using the PL/I 0-1evel
·compi~er under the IBM Systeml360 Disk and. Tape Operating
Systems. It is a reference to those features of the PL/I
~anguage implemented by the Fourth Version of the D-level
compiler.
Thi~ publication is divided into two parts.
Part I
contains discussions of the concept of the language. Part
II contains deta·iled rUles and· syntactic descriptions.
For information necessary to compi~e, link-edit, and
execute a program, the reader shou~d be familiar with the
publication DOS and TOS PL/I (D)'··Compiler, Programmer's
Guide, Order No. GC24-900S.
.
For a lis.t of further related publications·, refer to IBM
System/360 Bibliography, Order No. GA22-6822.
Manua~, 2S0 pages
GC3D-1001
. OS/MFT AND OS/MVT TOAM CCMPONENT LEVEL RELEASE GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBER 360S=CO-548
----- ------- ----This publication contains changes and additions to OS/MFT
and OS/MVT systems publications as a resu~t of component
re~eases 2, q, and S of OS TCAM.
publications updated by
this pub~ication are:
o
. OS Messages and Codes - GC28-6631
OS Storage Estimates - GC28-6SS1
o
OS System Control Blocks - GC28-6628
o
Time Sharing ~ion Guide - GC28-6698
o
Time Sharing Option Command Language Reference
o
GC-6132
Time sharing Option ('ISO) Control Program
o
GY21-1199
o
OS Operator's Reference - GC28-6691
System Generation - GC28-6SS4
o
Manual, 160 pages
GC30-2003
IBM SYSTEMS REFERENCE LIBRARY MANUAL - IBM SYSTEM/360
CiPERiTi'iiGSYSTEM QUI!UEliTiLiCcOOiiiiiiCATIONs ~ ~
MESSAGE PROCESSING PROGRAM SERVICES
PROGRAM NUMBER 360S~ - - - This publication provides information on how to use the
Queued Te~ecommunications Access Method (QTAM) within Option
2 lMu~tiprogramming with a Fixed Number of Tasks) or Option
4 (Multiprogramming with a Variable Number of Tasks) of the
System/360 Operating System to support a telecommunications
application. serviCes prov·ided by QTAM in support of a
message processing program are described in detail,
including the facilities provided to establish the interface
to a QTAM message control program •.
For detailed information on the QTAM facilities provided
for the construction of a message control program, refer to
the pub~ication, IBM System/360 Operating System: QTAM
Message Contro~ Program (GC30-200S).
Manual, S2 pages
GC30-200Q
APL
RPG
. Assembler
IBM Program Products are made available under a l.icensin';
agreement; consult your IBM representative for informati,on
on obtaining Program Products.
A section.on how to use this catalog is inc1uded, as
well as four indexes to Program Products and Program Product
Descriptions.
180
Access Method (·BTAM) available with the System/360 Operating
system. . BTA!! provides faci~ities that enable an assemblerlanguage programmer.to write a teleprocessing control
program· that effects communications at the Read/Write level
between a Systeml360 and a variety of computers and
terminals connected to the System/360 over common-carrier
or private-wire comm~icatiODS netlllorks.. BTAM employs
both start-stop and binary synchronous (ESC) communications
techniques, depending on. the type of remote station.
Typica~ BTA!! applications include data acquisition,
message slllitching, ,and inquiry processing~
.
The pub~icatiQn explains some concepts of teleprocessing
and UTAM, describes line control and message transmission
techniques, and describes each of the BTAM ·macro
inctructioDc and faci~itiea needed to construct a control
prograDk The READ and WRITE macro instructions applicable
for each type of remote s~ion and line configuration are
given, along with tbe channel programs generated for each
type.
.
Prerequisite to use of this publication is a knowledge
GC30
Ge30
programmer and the central computer operator in the
~nstallation of, the operation of, and use of Conversational
of System/360 assembly language and data management
facilities ..
Systems Reference Library Manual. 210 pages
GC30-2005
IBM SYSTliMS REFERENCE LIBRARY
IBM ~360 OPERATING SYSTEM QUEUED TELECOMMUNICATIONS
ACCESS METHOD MESSAGE CONTROL PROGRAM
PROGRAM NUMBER360S=CQ~ - - - This publication contains specifications on the use of the
Queued Telecommunications Access Method (QTAM) and the IBM
System/360 Operating System to support telecommunications
applications.
Information in this publication will
facilitate the construction of a QTAM message control
program by the problem programmer. Complete descriptions of
QTAH macro instructions are included.
For detailed information 'on the services provided by
QTAM to support a message processing program, refer to IBM
System/360 Operation System: QTAM Message Processing Program
Services, (Ge30-2003).
Systems Reference Library - 227 pages
GC30-2006
IBM SYSTEW360 OPERATING SYSTEM REMOTE i!Q!! ENTRY
PROGRAM NUMBER 360S RC 536
This publication is designed to present the general concepts
and facilities of Remote Job Entry (RJE).
RJE allows users
at remote locations to submit jobs over communications
lines to an IBM system/360. It is available to users with
either multiprogramming version of the IBM System/360
Operating System: multiprogramming with a variable number
of tasks (MVT) or multiprogramming with a fixed number of
tasks, version 2 (MFT).
Information on the capabilities and uses of RJE, an
the operating environments, and on work station states and
activities is included for the systems programmer and
operator. The Job Entry Control Language is introduced
and explained. The· Job Entry Definition Statement, work
station commands, messages sent to work stations, and
central commands are discussed in terms of their functions,
and how the user employs them in programs.
A discussion of RJE generation includes the necessary
macro instructions. communication Serviceability
FaCilities, such as error recovery procedures, and system
restart procedures, are discussed separately as well as
with the work stations.
A discussion of programming information for the 2780
Data Transmission Terminal and for the 1130 Computipg
System is included.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 126 pages
GC30-2012
OS/MFT, OS/MVT AND OS/VS 1: £Mll CONCEPTS AND FACILITIES
PROG. NO. 360S-RC-551 (MFT/MVT), 57Ql-SC1-0A (VS1)
This publication contains information about Conversation
Remote Job Entry (CRJE) under OS/MFT, OS/MVT, and 0s/VS1.
It describes the system concepts, facilities. and points
out the responsibilities of those involved in the overall
operation of CRJE.
An appendix of related publications and a glossary of
terminology is included.
Manual, 36 pages
Remote Job Entry (CRJE).
This publication describes CRJE and the facilities it
provides users at remote keyboard terminals attached by
cOlrmunications lines to an IBM System/360 or IBM System/370
that uses the MFT. MVT, or VSl options of the operating
system (OS).
Information about the CRJE task, its operating
environment, system generation considerations, and the
central operator command facility is included. Central
messages are described with explanations and suggested
operator responses.
This publication also includes a discussion of CRJE
storage estimates and offers some performance guidelines
to aid the system programmer in tuning his CRJE system.
Manual, 65 pages
GC30-2022
OS TCAM CONCEPTS AND FACILITIES, ~ NO. 360S-CQ-5QS
This publication provides a basic introduction to the
concepts of and the facilities provided by the Telecommunications Access Method (TCAM) under the MFT, MVT,
VS1, and VS2 options of the operating system (aS).
It
also briefly describes the characteristics and o~erating
concepts of a computer-based telecommunications system.
tele~~u!~c:t~~:~l!~~~~~;~:~~z~~~tr~~!;;~~:
ailocation
and use of remote station resources.. TCAM facilities
control the transfer, editing, and processing of data
from remote stations. Variety, flexibility, and
modularity of these TCAM facilities permit selection
of the necessary support or any telecorr.rrunications
application.
A basic knowledge of IBM System/360 and IBM System/370
machine concepts and data management techniques is required
for an understanding of this publication.
Manual, 56 pages
GC30-2024 see page 330
GC30-2025
OS TCAM USER'S §!!!!1!! (OS/MFT, /MVT: OS/VS1, /VS2)
PROG. NO. 360S-CQ:5ij8; VS COMPONENTS 57Ql(&2)-SC1-21
The TeAM User·s Guide is for systems analysts and
programmers· who must.design, write, and install a TCAM
program.
It is both a guide for diagnosis and a problem
determination handbook. Information provided includes:
o
An overview of -.rCAM
o
Functional cbecklists. for coding and diagnosing
sections of a TCAM program
o
Coding considerations
o
CheckIists of possible errors
o
How and when to dump TeAM and its service aids
o
Bow to read TCAM dumps
o
Relationships between as and TeAM control blocks
o
A summary of TCAM macros and operands
o
A detailed description of each field in a TCAM
formatted dump
Prerequisites:
IBM System/360 Operating System Telemcommunication Access
Method (TCAM) Concepts and Facilities, GC30-2022 OS
TCAM Programmer·s Guide and Reference Manual. GC30-2024.
Manual, 238 pages
GC30-2014
OS/MFT, OS/MVT AND OS/VS1: CRJE TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE
PROG. NO. 360S-RC-551 (MFT/MVT), 5741-SC1-0A (VS1J
This publication serves primarily as a" guide for the
inexperienced CRJE (Conversational Remote Job Entry)
terminal user and as a reference for the experienced
CRJE user.
This publication describes the functions of CRJE and
the terminal commands that enable the user to perform
these functions. The commands and subcommands are described
in detail. and examples illustrate how they may be used~
Terminal messages are documented \iith explanations and
corresponding system and user responses.
Manual, 179 pages
GC30-2015
IBM SYSTEW360 OPERATING SYSTEM REMOTE JOB ENTRY PLANNING FOR IBM 2770 RJE SUPPOR-T----- --- ----- This publication is a planning aid only. It is intended
for use prior to the availability of Remote Job Entry (RJE)
support for the IBM 2770 Data communications system with
2772 Multipurpose Control Unit and will be replaced by
reference documentation when that support becomes available.
It.describes the control unit r the input/output deviCes
supported, and the RJE functions that will be available,.
Information herein applies only to the 2772 Multipurpose
Control Unit of the 2770 System;· fn11 information on RJE
is contained in the publication IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING
System Remote Job Entry order. number·GC30-2006.
systems Reference Library Manual, 12 pages
GC30-2016
OS/MFT. OS/MVT ~ OS/VS1: £Mll SYSTEM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE
PROG. NO. 360S-RC-551 (MFT/MVTJ, 5741-5Cl-0A (VS1J
This publication contains information to aid the system
181
GC30-2026
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM CONVERSION GUIDE FROM
QUEUED TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCESS ~ OR BASIC - TELECOMMUNICATIONS ~CCESS METHOD TO TELECOMMUNICATIONS
ACCESS METHOD SYST~ERENCE'LIBRARY
PROGRAM NUMBER~Q-548
---This publication provides a summary of the information
needed to convert a QTAM or BTAM system to TCAM. It briefly
describes the simi1arities and differences between QTAM and
TCAM, and between BTAM and TeAM ..
The first s~ction.describes QTAM macros, macro operands,
service faci1ities. internals, and their TCAM replacements.
1\ ':.""!orking. !-"..nC'".:J.ledge of QTl\..Jj i~ required for underst